29 CFR 1926 OSHA Succinct Construction Regulations and Standards
Regulations and Standards
Including selections from:
Part 1903 - Inspections, Citations, and Proposed Penalties
Part 1904 - Recording and Reporting Occupational Injuries and Illnesses
Part 1926 - Construction
Part 1910 - General Industry
RegLogic CFRTM is an intuitive approach that allows you to navigate government regulations and standards with ease. We help you find the information you need fast!
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced or distributed in any form without the publisher’s prior written permission. Although this publication may contain statutes, regulations, and standards that are promulgated and part of the public domain, the formatting and sequence of these statutes, regulations, standards, and other materials contained herein are subject to copyright and other laws. Copyright infringements include but are not limited to photocopying or any other form of reproduction, assembly and indexing of chosen statutes, regulations, and standards, and utilization of information storage or retrieval systems.
This book is based on regulations contained in the 29 CFR 1926 Construction Regulations and Standards, January 2024 e1 Edition.
Mancomm, Inc.
Correspondence: PMB 27614
12333 Sowden Rd Ste B Houston, TX 77080
Shipping and Receiving: 3210 8th St Rock Island, IL 61201
International Standard Serial Number: 1932-216X Limits of Liability and Disclaimer of Warranty
While best efforts in development, research, and testing have been made to ensure that the information contained herein is accurate and complete at the time of production, the frequency of changes in the statutes, regulations, and standards makes it impossible to warrant the effectiveness of the information expressed or implied. Therefore, neither the publisher nor its subsidiaries or affiliates shall be liable for any damages resulting from the use of or reliance upon this publication. Furthermore, the appearance of products, services, companies, organizations, or causes does not in any way imply endorsement by the publisher, subsidiaries, or its affiliates.
This publication is sold with the understanding that the publisher is not involved in providing accounting, legal, or other professional service or advice. If legal consultation or other expert advice is required, the services of a professional person should be engaged.
Table of Contents
Part 1903 – Inspections, Citations, and Proposed Penalties
§1903.1 Purpose and scope....................................................1
§1903.2 Posting of notice; availability of the Act, regulations and applicable standards.....................1
§1903.3 Authority for inspection ..............................................1
§1903.4 Objection to inspection...............................................1
§1903.5 Entry not a waiver......................................................1
§1903.6 Advance notice of inspections ...................................1
§1903.7 Conduct of inspections...............................................1
§1903.8 Representatives of employers and employees..........2
§1904.36 Prohibition against discrimination.............................10
Subpart E – Reporting Fatality, Injury and Illness Information to the Government
§1904.39 Reporting fatalities, hospitalizations, amputations, and losses of an eye as a result of work-related incidents to OSHA................................................................10
§1904.41 Electronic submission of Employer Identification Number (EIN) and injury and illness records to OSHA....................................................................10
§1904.42 Requests from the Bureau of Labor Statistics for data..................................................................11
§1910.1201 Retention of DOT markings, placards and labels...106 Addendum ..............................................................107 Index .......................................................................111
Part 1903 – Inspections, Citations, and Proposed Penalties
§1903.1 Purpose and scope
The Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (84 Stat. 1590 et seq., 29 U.S.C. 651 et seq.) requires, in part, that every employer covered under the Act furnish to his employees employment and a place of employment which are free from recognized hazards that are causing or are likely to cause death or serious physical harm to his employees. The Act also requires that employers comply with occupational safety and health standards promulgated under the Act, and that employees comply with standards, rules, regulations and orders issued under the Act which are applicable to their own actions and conduct. The Act authorizes the Department of Labor to conduct inspections, and to issue citations and proposed penalties for alleged violations. The Act, under section 20(b), also authorizes the Secretary of Health, Education, and Welfare to conduct inspections and to question employers and employees in connection with research and other related activities. The Act contains provisions for adjudication of violations, periods prescribed for the abatement of violations, and proposed penalties by the Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission, if contested by an employer or by an employee or authorized representative of employees, and for judicial review. The purpose of this part 1903 is to prescribe rules and to set forth general policies for enforcement of the inspection, citation, and proposed penalty provisions of the Act. In situations where this part 1903 sets forth general enforcement policies rather than substantive or procedural rules, such policies may be modified in specific circumstances where the Secretary or his designee determines that an alternative course of action would better serve the objectives of the Act.
§1903.2 Posting of notice; availability of the Act, regulations and applicable standards
(a) (1)-(3) 1903.2(a)
(1) Each employer shall post and keep posted a notice or notices, to be furnished by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, informing employees of the protections and obligations provided for in the Act, and that for assistance and information, including copies of the Act and of specific safety and health standards, employees should contact the employer or the nearest office of the Department of Labor. Such notice or notices shall be posted by the employer in each establishment in a conspicuous place or places where notices to employees are customarily posted. Each employer shall take steps to insure that such notices are not altered, defaced, or covered by other material. 1903.2(a)(1)
(2) Where a State has an approved (...) 1903.2(a)(2)
(3) Reproductions or facsimiles (...) 1903.2(a)(3)
(b) Establishment means a single physical location where business is conducted or where services or industrial operations are performed. (For example: A factory, mill, store, hotel, restaurant, movie theatre, farm, ranch, bank, sales office, warehouse, or central administrative office.) Where distinctly separate activities are performed at a single physical location (such as contract construction activities from the same physical location as a lumber yard), each activity shall be treated as a separate physical establishment, and a separate notice or notices shall be posted in each such establishment, to the extent that such notices have been furnished by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, U.S. Department of Labor. Where employers are engaged in activities which are physically dispersed, such as agriculture, construction, transportation, communications, and electric, gas and sanitary services, the notice or notices required by this section shall be posted at the location to which employees report each day. Where employees do not usually work at, or report to, a single establishment, such as longshoremen, traveling salesmen, technicians, engineers, etc., such notice or notices shall be posted at the location from which the employees operate to carry out their activities. In all cases, such notice or notices shall be posted in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section.
(c) Copies of the Act, (...) 1903.2(c)
(d) Any employer failing to comply (...) 1903.2(d)
§1903.3
Authority for inspection
§1903.4 Objection to inspection
(a) Upon a refusal to permit the Compliance Safety and Health Officer, in exercise of his official duties, to enter without delay and at reasonable times any place of employment or any place therein, to inspect, to review records, or to question any employer, owner, operator, agent, or employee, in accordance with §1903.3 or to permit a representative of employees to accompany the Compliance Safety and Health Officer during the physical inspection of any workplace in accordance with §1903.8, the Safety and Health Officer shall terminate the inspection or confine the inspection to other areas, conditions, structures, machines, apparatus, devices, equipment, materials, records, or interviews concerning which no objection is raised. The Compliance Safety and Health Officer shall endeavor to ascertain the reason for such refusal, and shall immediately report the refusal and the reason therefor to the Area Director. The Area Director shall consult with the Regional Solicitor, who shall take appropriate action, including compulsory process, if necessary. 1903.4(a)
(b) Compulsory process shall be sought in advance of an attempted inspection (...) (1)-(3) 1903.4(b)
(c) With the approval of the Regional Administrator and the Regional Solicitor, compulsory process may also be obtained by the Area Director or his designee. 1903.4(c)
(d) For purposes of this section, the term compulsory process (...) 1903.4(d)
§1903.5
Entry not a waiver
Any permission to enter, inspect, review records, or question any person, shall not imply or be conditioned upon a waiver of any cause of action, citation, or penalty under the Act. Compliance Safety and Health Officers are not authorized to grant any such waiver.
§1903.6
Advance notice of inspections
(a)-(c)
(a) Advance notice of inspections may not be given, except in the following situations: 1903.6(a)
(1) In cases of apparent imminent danger, to enable the employer to abate the danger as quickly as possible; 1903.6(a)(1)
(2) In circumstances where the inspection can most effectively be conducted after regular business hours or where special preparations are necessary for an inspection; 1903.6(a)(2)
(3) Where necessary to assure the presence of representatives of the employer and employees or the appropriate personnel needed to aid in the inspection; and 1903.6(a)(3)
(4) In other circumstances where the Area Director determines that the giving of advance notice would enhance the probability of an effective and thorough inspection. 1903.6(a)(4)
(b) In the situations described in paragraph (a) of this section, (...) 1903.6(b)
(c) The Act provides in section 17(f) (...) 1903.6(c)
§1903.7 Conduct of inspections
(a) Subject to the provisions of §1903.3, inspections shall take place at such times and in such places of employment as the Area Director or the Compliance Safety and Health Officer may direct. At the beginning of an inspection, Compliance Safety and Health Officers shall present their credentials to the owner, operator, or agent in charge at the establishment; explain the nature and purpose of the inspection; and indicate generally the scope of the inspection and the records specified in §1903.3 which they wish to review. However, such designation of records shall not preclude access to additional records specified in §1903.3. 1903.7(a)
(b) Compliance Safety and Health Officers shall have authority to take environmental samples and to take or obtain photographs related to the purpose of the inspection, employ other reasonable investigative techniques, and question privately any employer, owner, operator, agent or employee of an establishment. (See §1903.9 on trade secrets.) As used herein, the term employ other reasonable investigative techniques includes, but is not limited to, the use of devices to measure employee exposures and the attachment of personal sampling equipment such as dosimeters, pumps, badges and other similar devices to employees in order to monitor their exposures. 1903.7(b)
(a)-(b)
(a) Compliance Safety and Health Officers of the Department of Labor are authorized to enter without delay and at reasonable times (...) 1903.3(a)
(c) In taking photographs and samples, Compliance Safety and Health Officers shall take reasonable precautions to insure that such actions with flash, spark-producing, or other equipment would not be hazardous. Compliance Safety and Health Officers shall comply with all employer safety and health rules and practices at the establishment being inspected, and they shall wear and use appropriate protective clothing and equipment. 1903.7(c)
(d) The conduct of inspections shall be such as to preclude unreasonable disruption of the operations of the employer's establishment. 1903.7(d)
(e) At the conclusion of an inspection, the Compliance Safety and Health Officer shall confer with the employer or his representative and informally advise him of any apparent safety or health violations disclosed by the inspection. During such conference, the employer shall be afforded an opportunity to bring to the attention of the Compliance Safety and Health Officer any pertinent information regarding conditions in the workplace. 1903.7(e)
(f) Inspections shall be conducted in accordance with the requirements of this part. 1903.7(f)
§1903.8 Representatives of employers and employees
(a) Compliance Safety and Health Officers shall be in charge of inspections and questioning of persons. A representative of the employer and a representative authorized by his employees shall be given an opportunity to accompany the Compliance Safety and Health Officer during the physical inspection of any workplace for the purpose of aiding such inspection. A Compliance Safety and Health Officer may permit additional employer representatives and additional representatives authorized by employees to accompany him where he determines that such additional representatives will further aid the inspection. A different employer and employee representative may accompany the Compliance Safety and Health Officer during each different phase of an inspection if this will not interfere with the conduct of the inspection. 1903.8(a)
(b) Compliance Safety and Health Officers shall have authority to resolve (...) 1903.8(b)
(c) The representative(s) authorized by employees (...) 1903.8(c)
(d) Compliance Safety and Health Officers are authorized to deny the right of accompaniment (...) 1903.8(d)
§1903.9 Trade secrets (a)-(d)
(c) At the commencement of an inspection, the employer may identify areas in the establishment which contain or which might reveal a trade secret. If the Compliance Safety and Health Officer has no clear reason to question such identification, information obtained in such areas, including all negatives and prints of photographs, and environmental samples, shall be labeled "confidential — trade secret" and shall not be disclosed except in accordance with the provisions of section 15 of the Act. 1903.9(c)
§1903.10 Consultation with employees
Compliance Safety and Health Officers may consult with employees concerning matters of occupational safety and health to the extent they deem necessary for the conduct of an effective and thorough inspection. During the course of an inspection, any employee shall be afforded an opportunity to bring any violation of the Act which he has reason to believe exists in the workplace to the attention of the Compliance Safety and Health Officer.
§1903.11
Complaints by employees
(a) Any employee or representative of employees who believe that a violation of the Act exists in any workplace where such employee is employed may request an inspection of such workplace by giving notice of the alleged violation to the Area Director or to a Compliance Safety and Health Officer. Any such notice shall be reduced to writing, shall set forth with reasonable particularity the grounds for the notice, and shall be signed by the employee or representative of employees. A copy shall be provided the employer or his agent by the Area Director or Compliance Safety and Health Officer no later than at the time of inspection, except that, upon the request of the person giving such notice, his name and the names of individual employees referred to therein shall not appear in such copy or on any record published, released, or made available by the Department of Labor. 1903.11(a)
(b) If upon receipt of such notification (...) 1903.11(b)
(c) Prior to or during any inspection of a workplace, (...) 1903.11(c)
(d) Section 11(c)(1) of the Act provides: "No person shall discharge or in any manner discriminate against any employee because such employee has filed any complaint or instituted or caused to be instituted any proceeding under or related to this Act or has testified or is about to testify in any such proceeding or because of the exercise by such employee on behalf of himself or others of any right afforded by this Act." 1903.11(d) (Approved by the Office of Management and Budget under control number 1218-0064)
§1903.12 Inspection not warranted; informal
review
(a) If the Area Director determines that an inspection (...) 1903.12(a)
(b) If the Area Director determines that an inspection is not warranted because the requirements of §1903.11(a) have not been met, he shall notify the complaining party in writing of such determination. Such determination shall be without prejudice to the filing of a new complaint meeting the requirements of §1903.11(a). 1903.12(b)
§1903.13 Imminent danger
Whenever and as soon as a Compliance Safety and Health Officer concludes on the basis of an inspection that conditions or practices exist in any place of employment which could reasonably be expected to cause death or serious physical harm immediately or before the imminence of such danger can be eliminated through the enforcement procedures otherwise provided by the Act, he shall inform the affected employees and employers of the danger and that he is recommending a civil action to restrain such conditions or practices and for other appropriate relief in accordance with the provisions of section 13(a) of the Act. Appropriate citations and notices of proposed penalties may be issued with respect to an imminent danger even though, after being informed of such danger by the Compliance Safety and Health Officer, the employer immediately eliminates the imminence of the danger and initiates steps to abate such danger.
§1903.14 Citations; notices of de minimis violations; policy regarding employee rescue activities
(a) The Area Director shall review the inspection report (...) 1903.14(a)
(b) Any citation shall describe with particularity (...) 1903.14(b) (c) If a citation or notice of de minimis violations is issued (...) 1903.14(c)
(d) After an inspection, if the Area Director determines (...) 1903.14(d)
(e) Every citation shall state that the issuance of (...) 1903.14(e) (f) No citation may be issued to an employer because of (...) (1)-(4) 1903.14(f)
§1903.14a
Petitions for modification of abatement date
(a) An employer may file a petition for modification (...) 1903.14a(a) (b) A petition for modification of abatement date (...) (1)-(5) 1903.14a(b)
(5) A certification that a copy of the petition has been posted and, if appropriate, served on the authorized representative of affected employees, in accordance with paragraph (c)(1) of this section and a certification of the date upon which such posting and service was made. 1903.14a(b)(5)
(c) A petition for modification of abatement date (...) (1)-(4) 1903.14a(c)
(1) A copy of such petition shall be posted in a conspicuous place where all affected employees will have notice thereof or near such location where the violation occurred. The petition shall remain posted for a period of ten (10) working days. Where affected employees are represented by an authorized representative, said representative shall be served with a copy of such petition. 1903.14a(c)(1)
(d) Where any petition is objected to (...) 1903.14a(d)
§1903.15
Proposed penalties
(a) After, or concurrent with, the issuance of a citation, and within a reasonable time after the termination of the inspection, the Area Director shall notify the employer by certified mail or by personal service by the Compliance Safety and Health Officer of the proposed penalty in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section, or that no penalty is being proposed. Any notice of proposed penalty shall state that the proposed penalty shall be deemed to be the final order of the Review Commission and not subject to review by any court or agency unless, within 15 working days from the date of receipt of such notice, the employer notifies the Area Director in writing that he intends to contest the citation or the notification of proposed penalty before the Review Commission. 1903.15(a)
Safety Stop: A reasonable time is defined as 6 months or less under 29 U.S.C. 658(c).
(b) The Area Director shall determine the amount of any proposed penalty, (...) 1903.15(b)
(c) Appropriate penalties may be proposed with respect to an alleged violation (...) 1903.15(c)
(d) Adjusted civil monetary penalties. The adjusted civil penalties for penalties proposed after January 15, 2024 are as follows: 1903.15(d)
(1) Willful violation. The penalty per willful violation under section 17(a) of the Act, 29 U.S.C. 666(a), shall not be less than $11,524 and shall not exceed $161,323. 1903.15(d)(1)
(2) Repeated violation. The penalty per repeated violation under section 17(a) of the Act, 29 U.S.C. 666(a), shall not exceed $161,323. 1903.15(d)(2)
(3) Serious violation. The penalty for a serious violation under section 17(b) of the Act, 29 U.S.C. 666(b), shall not exceed $16,131. 1903.15(d)(3)
(4) Other-than-serious violation. The penalty for an other-thanserious violation under section 17(c) of the Act, 29 U.S.C. 666(c), shall not exceed $16,131. 1903.15(d)(4)
(5) Failure to correct violation. The penalty for a failure to correct a violation under section 17(d) of the Act, 29 U.S.C. 666(d), shall not exceed $16,131 per day. 1903.15(d)(5)
(6) Posting requirement violation. The penalty for a posting requirement violation under section 17(i) of the Act, 29 U.S.C. 666(i), shall not exceed $16,131. 1903.15(d)(6)
§1903.16 Posting of citations
(a) Upon receipt of any citation under the Act, the employer shall immediately post such citation, or a copy thereof, unedited, at or near each place an alleged violation referred to in the citation occurred, except as provided below. Where, because of the nature of the employer's operations, it is not practicable to post the citation at or near each place of alleged violation, such citation shall be posted, unedited, in a prominent place where it will be readily observable by all affected employees. For example, where employers are engaged in activities which are physically dispersed (see §1903.2(b)), the citation may be posted at the location to which employees report each day. Where employees do not primarily work at or report to a single location (see §1903.2(b)), the citation may be posted at the location from which the employees operate to carry out their activities. The employer shall take steps to ensure that the citation is not altered, defaced, or covered by other material. Notices of de minimis violations need not be posted. 1903.16(a)
(b) Each citation, or a copy thereof, shall remain posted until the violation has been abated, or for 3 working days, whichever is later. The filing by the employer of a notice of intention to contest under §1903.17 shall not affect his posting responsibility under this section unless and until the Review Commission issues a final order vacating the citation. 1903.16(b)
(c) An employer to whom a citation has been issued may post a notice in the same location where such citation is posted indicating that the citation is being contested before the Review Commission, and such notice may explain the reasons for such contest. The employer may also indicate that specified steps have been taken to abate the violation. 1903.16(c)
(d) Any employer failing to comply with the provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section shall be subject to citation and penalty in accordance with §1903.15(d). 1903.16(d)
§1903.17 Employer and employee contests before the Review Commission
(a) Any employer to whom a citation or notice of proposed penalty has been issued may, under section 10(a) of the Act, notify the Area Director in writing that he intends to contest such citation or proposed penalty before the Review Commission. Such notice of intention to contest shall be postmarked within 15 working days of the receipt by the employer of the notice of proposed penalty. Every notice of intention to contest shall specify whether it is directed to the citation or to the proposed penalty, or both. The Area Director shall immediately transmit such notice to the Review Commission in accordance with the rules of procedure prescribed by the Commission. 1903.17(a)
(b) Any employee or representative of employees (...) 1903.17(b)
§1903.18 Failure to correct a violation for which a citation has been issued
(a) If an inspection discloses that an employer (...) 1903.18(a)
(b) Any employer receiving a notification of failure to correct a violation (...) 1903.18(b)
(c) Each notification of failure to correct a violation (...) 1903.18(c)
§1903.19 Abatement verification
Purpose. OSHA's inspections are intended to result in the abatement of violations of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 (the OSH Act). This section sets forth the procedures OSHA will use to ensure abatement. These procedures are tailored to the nature of the violation and the employer's abatement actions.
(a) Scope and application. This section applies to employers who receive a citation for a violation of the Occupational Safety and Health Act. 1903.19(a)
(b) Definitions.
(1) Abatement means action by an employer to comply with a cited standard or regulation or to eliminate a recognized hazard identified by OSHA during an inspection.
(2) Abatement date means:
(i) For an uncontested citation item, the later of:
[A] The date in the citation for abatement of the violation;
[B] The date approved by OSHA or established in litigation as a result of a petition for modification of the abatement date (PMA); or
[C] The date established in a citation by an informal settlement agreement.
(ii) For a contested citation item for which the Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission (OSHRC) has issued a final order affirming the violation, the later of:
[A] The date identified in the final order for abatement; or
[B] The date computed by adding the period allowed in the citation for abatement to the final order date;
[C] The date established by a formal settlement agreement.
(3) Affected employees means those employees who are exposed to the hazard(s) identified as violation(s) in a citation.
(4) Final order date means:
(i) For an uncontested citation item, the fifteenth working day after the employer's receipt of the citation;
(ii) For a contested citation item:
[A] The thirtieth day after the date on which a decision or order of a commission administrative law judge has been docketed with the commission, unless a member of the commission has directed review; or
[B] Where review has been directed, the thirtieth day after the date on which the Commission issues its decision or order disposing of all or pertinent part of a case; or
[C] The date on which a federal appeals court issues a decision affirming the violation in a case in which a final order of OSHRC has been stayed.
(5) Movable equipment means a hand-held or non-hand-held machine or device, powered or unpowered, that is used to do work and is moved within or between worksites.
(c) Abatement certification. 1903.19(c)
(1) Within 10 calendar days after the abatement date, the employer must certify to OSHA (the Agency) that each cited violation has been abated, except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this section. 1903.19(c)(1)
(2) The employer is not required to certify abatement if the OSHA Compliance Officer, during the on-site portion of the inspection: 1903.19(c)(2)
(i) Observes, within 24 hours after a violation is identified, that abatement has occurred; and 1903.19(c)(2)(i)
(ii) Notes in the citation that abatement has occurred. 1903.19(c)(2)(ii)
(3) The employer's certification that abatement is complete must include, for each cited violation, in addition to the information required by paragraph (h) of this section, the date and method of abatement and a statement that affected employees and their representatives have been informed of the abatement. 1903.19(c)(3)
Note to paragraph (c): Appendix A contains a sample Abatement Certification Letter.
(d) Abatement documentation. 1903.19(d)
(1) The employer must submit to the Agency, along with the information on abatement certification required by paragraph (c)(3) of this section, documents demonstrating that abatement is complete for each willful or repeat violation and for any serious violation for which the Agency indicates in the citation that such abatement documentation is required. 1903.19(d)(1)
(2) Documents demonstrating that abatement is complete may include, but are not limited to, evidence of the purchase or repair of equipment, photographic or video evidence of abatement, or other written records. 1903.19(d)(2)
(e) Abatement plans. 1903.19(e)
(1) The Agency may require an employer to submit an abatement plan for each cited violation (except an other-than- serious violation) when the time permitted for abatement is more than 90 calendar days. If an abatement plan is required, the citation must so indicate. 1903.19(e)(1)
(2) The employer must submit an abatement plan for each cited violation within 25 calendar days from the final order date when the citation indicates that such a plan is required. The abatement plan must identify the violation and the steps to be taken to achieve abatement, including a schedule for completing abatement and, where necessary, how employees will be protected from exposure to the violative condition in the interim until abatement is complete. 1903.19(e)(2)
Note to paragraph (e): Appendix B contains a Sample Abatement Plan form.
(f) Progress reports. 1903.19(f)
(1) An employer who is required to submit an abatement plan may also be required to submit periodic progress reports for each cited violation. The citation must indicate: 1903.19(f)(1)
(i) That periodic progress reports are required and the citation items for which they are required; 1903.19(f)(1)(i)
(ii) The date on which an initial progress report must be submitted, which may be no sooner than 30 calendar days after submission of an abatement plan; 1903.19(f)(1)(ii)
(iii) Whether additional progress reports are required; and 1903.19(f)(1)(iii)
(iv) The date(s) on which additional progress reports must be submitted. 1903.19(f)(1)(iv)
(2) For each violation, the progress report must identify, in a single sentence if possible, the action taken to achieve abatement and the date the action was taken. 1903.19(f)(2)
Note to paragraph (f): Appendix B contains a Sample Progress Report form.
(g) Employee notification. 1903.19(g)
(1) The employer must inform affected employees and their representative(s) about abatement activities covered by this section by posting a copy of each document submitted to the Agency or a summary of the document near the place where the violation occurred. 1903.19(g)(1)
(2) Where such posting does not effectively inform employees and their representatives about abatement activities (for example, for employers who have mobile work operations), the employer must: 1903.19(g)(2)
(i) Post each document or a summary of the document in a location where it will be readily observable by affected employees and their representatives; or 1903.19(g)(2)(i)
(ii) Take other steps to communicate fully to affected employees and their representatives about abatement activities. 1903.19(g)(2)(ii)
(3) The employer must inform employees and their representatives of their right to examine and copy all abatement documents submitted to the Agency. 1903.19(g)(3)
(i) An employee or an employee representative must submit a request to examine and copy abatement documents within 3 working days of receiving notice that the documents have been submitted. 1903.19(g)(3)(i)
(ii) The employer must comply with an employee's or employee representative's request to examine and copy abatement documents within 5 working days of receiving the request. 1903.19(g)(3)(ii)
(4) The employer must ensure that notice to employees and employee representatives is provided at the same time or before the information is provided to the Agency and that abatement documents are: 1903.19(g)(4)
(i) Not altered, defaced, or covered by other material; and 1903.19(g)(4)(i)
(ii) Remain posted for three working days after submission to the Agency. 1903.19(g)(4)(ii)
(h) Transmitting abatement documents. 1903.19(h)
(1) The employer must include, in each submission required by this section, the following information: 1903.19(h)(1)
(i) The employer's name and address; 1903.19(h)(1)(i)
(ii) The inspection number to which the submission relates; 1903.19(h)(1)(ii)
(iii) The citation and item numbers to which the submission relates; 1903.19(h)(1)(iii)
(iv) A statement that the information submitted is accurate; and 1903.19(h)(1)(iv)
(v) The signature of the employer or the employer's authorized representative. 1903.19(h)(1)(v)
(2) The date of postmark is the date of submission for mailed documents. For documents transmitted by other means, the date the Agency receives the document is the date of submission.
1903.19(h)(2)
(i) Movable equipment. 1903.19(i)
(1) For serious, repeat, and willful violations involving movable equipment, the employer must attach a warning tag or a copy of the citation to the operating controls or to the cited component of equipment that is moved within the worksite or between worksites. 1903.19(i)(1)
Note to paragraph (i)(1): Attaching a copy of the citation to the equipment is deemed by OSHA to meet the tagging requirement of paragraph (i)(1) of this section as well as the posting requirement of 29 CFR 1903.16.
(2) The employer must use a warning tag that properly warns employees about the nature of the violation involving the equipment and identifies the location of the citation issued. 1903.19(i)(2)
Note to paragraph (i)(2): Non-Mandatory Appendix C contains a sample tag that employers may use to meet this requirement.
(3) If the violation has not already been abated, a warning tag or copy of the citation must be attached to the equipment: 1903.19(i)(3)
(i) For hand-held equipment, immediately after the employer receives the citation; or 1903.19(i)(3)(i)
(ii) For non-hand-held equipment, prior to moving the equipment within or between worksites. 1903.19(i)(3)(ii)
(4) For the construction industry, a tag that is designed and used in accordance with 29 CFR 1926.20(b)(3) and 29 CFR 1926.200(h) is deemed by OSHA to meet the requirements of this section when the information required by paragraph (i)(2) is included on the tag. 1903.19(i)(4)
(5) The employer must assure that the tag or copy of the citation attached to movable equipment is not altered, defaced, or covered by other material. 1903.19(i)(5)
(6) The employer must assure that the tag or copy of the citation attached to movable equipment remains attached until: 1903.19(i)(6)
(i) The violation has been abated and all abatement verification documents required by this regulation have been submitted to the Agency; 1903.19(i)(6)(i)
(ii) The cited equipment has been permanently removed from service or is no longer within the employer's control; or 1903.19(i)(6)(ii)
(iii) The Commission issues a final order vacating the citation. 1903.19(i)(6)(iii)
Appendices to §1903.19 Abatement Verification
Note: Appendices A through C provide information and nonmandatory guidelines to assist employers and employees in complying with the appropriate requirements of this section.
Appendix A Section 1903.19 — Sample AbatementCertification Letter (Non Mandatory)
Appendix B Section 1903.19 — Sample Abatement Plan or Progress Report (Non-Mandatory)
§1903.21 State administration
§1903.22 Definitions
(c) Working days means Mondays through Fridays but shall not include Saturdays, Sundays, or Federal holidays. In computing 15 working days, the day of receipt of any notice shall not be included, and the last day of the 15 working days shall be included.
(d) Compliance Safety and Health Officer means a person authorized by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, to conduct inspections.
(g) Inspection means any inspection of an employer's factory, plant, establishment, construction site, or other area, workplace or environment where work is performed by an employee of an employer, and includes any inspection conducted pursuant to a complaint filed under §1903.11 (a) and (c), any reinspection, followup inspection, accident investigation or other inspection conducted under section 8(a) of the Act.
Part 1904 – Recording and Reporting Occupational Injuries and Illnesses
Subpart A – Purpose
§1904.0 Purpose
The purpose of this rule (part 1904) is to require employers to record and report work-related fatalities, injuries, and illnesses.
Download a PDF version of this form at www.oshacfr.com.
Appendix C Section 1903.19 — Sample Warning Tag (Non-Mandatory)
WARNING:
EQUIPMENTHAZARD
CITEDBYOSHA
EQUIPMENTCITED:
HAZARDCITED:
FORDETAILEDINFORMATION
SEEOSHACITATIONPOSTEDAT:
BACKGROUNDCOLOR-ORANGE
MESSAGECOLOR-BLACK
§1903.20 Informal conferences
At the request of an affected employer, employee, or representative of employees, the Assistant Regional Director may hold an informal conference for the purpose of discussing any issues raised by an inspection, citation, notice of proposed penalty, or notice of intention to contest. The settlement of any issue at such conference shall be subject to the rules of procedure prescribed by the Review Commission. If the conference is requested by the employer, an affected employee or his representative shall be afforded an opportunity to participate, at the discretion of the Assistant Regional Director. If the conference is requested by an employee or representative of employees, the employer shall be afforded an opportunity to participate, at the discretion of the Assistant Regional Director. Any party may be represented by counsel at such conference. No such conference or request for such conference shall operate as a stay of any 15-working-day period for filing a notice of intention to contest as prescribed in §1903.17.
Note to §1904.0: Recording or reporting a work-related injury, illness, or fatality does not mean that the employer or employee was at fault, that an OSHA rule has been violated, or that the employee is eligible for workers' compensation or other benefits.
Subpart B – Scope
Note to Subpart B: All employers covered by the Occupational Safety and Health Act (OSH Act) are covered by these Part 1904 regulations. However, most employers do not have to keep OSHA injury and illness records unless OSHA or the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) informs them in writing that they must keep records. For example, employers with 10 or fewer employees and business establishments in certain industry classifications are partially exempt from keeping OSHA injury and illness records.
§1904.1 Partial exemption for employers with 10 or fewer employees
(a) Basic requirement. 1904.1(a)
(1) If your company had 10 or fewer employees at all times during the last calendar year, you do not need to keep OSHA injury and illness records unless OSHA or the Bureau of Labor Statistics informs you in writing that you must keep records under §1904.41 or §1904.42. However, as required by §1904.39, all employers covered by the OSH Act must report to OSHA any work-related incident that results in a fatality, the in-patient hospitalization of one or more employees, an employee amputation, or an employee loss of an eye. 1904.1(a)(1)
(2) If your company had more than ten (10) employees at any time during the last calendar year, you must keep OSHA injury and illness records unless your establishment is classified as a partially exempt industry under §1904.2. 1904.1(a)(2)
(b) Implementation 1904.1(b)
(1) Is the partial exemption for size based on the size of my entire company or on the size of an individual business establishment? The partial exemption for size is based on the number of employees in the entire company. 1904.1(b)(1)
(2) How do I determine the size of my company to find out if I qualify for the partial exemption for size? To determine if you are exempt because of size, you need to determine your company's peak employment during the last calendar year. If you had no more than 10 employees at any time in the last calendar year, your company qualifies for the partial exemption for size. 1904.1(b)(2)
§1904.3 Keeping records for more than one agency
Subpart C – Recordkeeping Forms and Recording Criteria
Note to Subpart C: This Subpart describes the work-related injuries and illnesses that an employer must enter into the OSHA records and explains the OSHA forms that employers must use to record work-related fatalities, injuries, and illnesses.
§1904.4 Recording criteria
(a) Basic requirement. Each employer required by this part to keep records of fatalities, injuries, and illnesses must record each fatality, injury and illness that: 1904.4(a)
(1) Is work-related; and 1904.4(a)(1)
(2) Is a new case; and 1904.4(a)(2)
(3) Meets one or more of the general recording criteria of §1904.7 or the application to specific cases of §§1904.8 through 1904.12. 1904.4(a)(3)
(b) Implementation — 1904.4(b)
(1) What sections of this rule describe recording criteria for recording work-related injuries and illnesses? The table below indicates which sections of the rule address each topic. 1904.4(b)(1)
(i) Determination of work-relatedness. See §1904.5. 1904.4(b)(1)(i)
(ii) Determination of a new case. See §1904.6. 1904.4(b)(1)(ii)
(iii) General recording criteria. See §1904.7. 1904.4(b)(1)(iii)
(iv) Additional criteria. (Needlestick and sharps injury cases, tuberculosis cases, hearing loss cases, medical removal cases, and musculoskeletal disorder cases). See §§1904.8 through 1904.12. 1904.4(b)(1)(iv)
(2) How do I decide whether a particular injury or illness is recordable? The decision tree for recording work-related injuries and illnesses below shows the steps involved in making this determination. 1904.4(b)(2)
(2) Are there situations where an injury or illness occurs in the work environment and is not considered work-related? Yes, an injury or illness occurring in the work environment that falls under one of the following exceptions is not work-related, and therefore is not recordable. 1904.5(b)(2)
1904.5(b)(2)
(i)
(ii)
(iii)
You are not required to record injuries and illnesses if .
At the time of the injury or illness, the employee was present in the work environment as a member of the general public rather than as an employee.
The injury or illness involves signs or symptoms that surface at work but result solely from a non-workrelated event or exposure that occurs outside the work environment.
The injury or illness results solely from voluntary participation in a wellness program or in a medical, fitness, or recreational activity such as blood donation, physical examination, flu shot, exercise class, racquetball, or baseball.
(iv)
(v)
(vi)
(vii)
The injury or illness is solely the result of an employee eating, drinking, or preparing food or drink for personal consumption (whether bought on the employer's premises or brought in). For example, if the employee is injured by choking on a sandwich while in the employer's establishment, the case would not be considered work-related.
Note: If the employee is made ill by ingesting food contaminated by workplace contaminants (such as lead), or gets food poisoning from food supplied by the employer, the case would be considered workrelated.
The injury or illness is solely the result of an employee doing personal tasks (unrelated to their employment) at the establishment outside of the employee's assigned working hours.
The injury or illness is solely the result of personal grooming, self medication for a non-work-related condition, or is intentionally self-inflicted.
The injury or illness is caused by a motor vehicle accident and occurs on a company parking lot or company access road while the employee is commuting to or from work.
Donotrecord theinjuryor illness.
Recordthe injuryor illness.
§1904.5 Determination of work-relatedness
(a) Basic requirement. You must consider an injury or illness to be work-related if an event or exposure in the work environment either caused or contributed to the resulting condition or significantly aggravated a pre-existing injury or illness. Work-relatedness is presumed for injuries and illnesses resulting from events or exposures occurring in the work environment, unless an exception in §1904.5(b)(2) specifically applies. 1904.5(a)
(b) Implementation. 1904.5(b)
(1) What is the "work environment"? OSHA defines the work environment as "the establishment and other locations where one or more employees are working or are present as a condition of their employment. The work environment includes not only physical locations, but also the equipment or materials used by the employee during the course of his or her work." 1904.5(b)(1)
(ix)
The illness is the common cold or flu (Note: contagious diseases such as tuberculosis, brucellosis, hepatitis A, or plague are considered work-related if the employee is infected at work).
The illness is a mental illness. Mental illness will not be considered work-related unless the employee voluntarily provides the employer with an opinion from a physician or other licensed health care professional with appropriate training and experience (psychiatrist, psychologist, psychiatric nurse practitioner, etc.) stating that the employee has a mental illness that is work-related.
(3) How do I handle a case if it is not obvious whether the precipitating event or exposure occurred in the work environment or occurred away from work? In these situations, you must evaluate the employee's work duties and environment to decide whether or not one or more events or exposures in the work environment either caused or contributed to the resulting condition or significantly aggravated a pre-existing condition. 1904.5(b)(3)
(4) How do I know if an event or exposure in the work environment "significantly aggravated" a preexisting injury or illness? A preexisting injury or illness has been significantly aggravated, for purposes of OSHA injury and illness recordkeeping, when an event or exposure in the work environment results in any of the following: 1904.5(b)(4)
(i) Death, provided that the preexisting injury or illness would likely not have resulted in death but for the occupational event or exposure. 1904.5(b)(4)(i)
(ii) Loss of consciousness, provided that the preexisting injury or illness would likely not have resulted in loss of consciousness but for the occupational event or exposure.
1904.5(b)(4)(ii)
(iii) One or more days away from work, or days of restricted work, or days of job transfer that otherwise would not have occurred but for the occupational event or exposure.
1904.5(b)(4)(iii)
(iv) Medical treatment in a case where no medical treatment was needed for the injury or illness before the workplace event or exposure, or a change in medical treatment was necessitated by the workplace event or exposure.
1904.5(b)(4)(iv)
(5) Which injuries and illnesses are considered pre-existing conditions? (...) 1904.5(b)(5)
(6) How do I decide whether an injury or illness is work-related if the employee is on travel status at the time the injury or illness occurs? Injuries and illnesses that occur while an employee is on travel status are work-related if, at the time of the injury or illness, the employee was engaged in work activities "in the interest of the employer." Examples of such activities include travel to and from customer contacts, conducting job tasks, and entertaining or being entertained to transact, discuss, or promote business (work-related entertainment includes only entertainment activities being engaged in at the direction of the employer).
1904.5(b)(6)
Injuries or illnesses that occur when the employee is on travel status do not have to be recorded if they meet one of the exceptions listed below.
1904.5(b)(6) If the employee has
You may use the following to determine if an injury or illness is work-related
(i) checked into a hotel or motel for one or more days
When a traveling employee checks into a hotel, motel, or into an other temporary residence, he or she establishes a "home away from home." You must evaluate the employee's activities after he or she checks into the hotel, motel, or other temporary residence for their workrelatedness in the same manner as you evaluate the activities of a non- traveling employee. When the employee checks into the temporary residence, he or she is considered to have left the work environment. When the employee begins work each day, he or she re-enters the work environment. If the employee has established a "home away from home" and is reporting to a fixed worksite each day, you also do not consider injuries or illnesses work-related if they occur while the employee is commuting between the temporary residence and the job location.
(ii) taken a detour for personal reasons
Injuries or illnesses are not considered work-related if they occur while the employee is on a personal detour from a reasonably direct route of travel (e.g., has taken a side trip for personal reasons).
(7) How do I decide if a case is work-related when the employee is working at home? Injuries and illnesses that occur while an employee is working at home, including work in a home office, will be considered work-related if the injury or illness occurs while the employee is performing work for pay or compensation in the home, and the injury or illness is directly related to the performance of work rather than to the general home environment or setting. For example, if an employee drops a box of work documents and injures his or her foot, the case is considered workrelated. If an employee's fingernail is punctured by a needle from a sewing machine used to perform garment work at home, becomes infected and requires medical treatment, the injury is considered work-related. If an employee is injured because he or she trips on the family dog while rushing to answer a work phone
call, the case is not considered work-related. If an employee working at home is electrocuted because of faulty home wiring, the injury is not considered work-related. 1904.5(b)(7)
§1904.6 Determination of new cases
(a) Basic requirement. You must consider an injury or illness to be a "new case" if: 1904.6(a)
(1) The employee has not previously experienced a recorded injury or illness of the same type that affects the same part of the body, or 1904.6(a)(1)
(2) The employee previously experienced a recorded injury or illness of the same type that affected the same part of the body but had recovered completely (all signs and symptoms had disappeared) from the previous injury or illness and an event or exposure in the work environment caused the signs or symptoms to reappear. 1904.6(a)(2)
(b) Implementation — 1904.6(b)
(1) When an employee experiences the signs or symptoms of a chronic work-related illness, do I need to consider each recurrence of signs or symptoms to be a new case? No, for occupational illnesses where the signs or symptoms may recur or continue in the absence of an exposure in the workplace, the case must only be recorded once. Examples may include occupational cancer, asbestosis, byssinosis and silicosis. 1904.6(b)(1)
(2) When an employee experiences the signs or symptoms of an injury or illness (...) 1904.6(b)(2)
(3) May I rely on a physician or other licensed health care professional to determine whether a case is a new case or a recurrence of an old case? You are not required to seek the advice of a physician or other licensed health care professional. However, if you do seek such advice, you must follow the physician or other licensed health care professional's recommendation about whether the case is a new case or a recurrence. If you receive recommendations from two or more physicians or other licensed health care professionals, you must make a decision as to which recommendation is the most authoritative (best documented, best reasoned, or most authoritative), and record the case based upon that recommendation. 1904.6(b)(3)
§1904.7 General recording criteria
(a) Basic requirement. You must consider an injury or illness to meet the general recording criteria, and therefore to be recordable, if it results in any of the following: death, days away from work, restricted work or transfer to another job, medical treatment beyond first aid, or loss of consciousness. You must also consider a case to meet the general recording criteria if it involves a significant injury or illness diagnosed by a physician or other licensed health care professional, even if it does not result in death, days away from work, restricted work or job transfer, medical treatment beyond first aid, or loss of consciousness. 1904.7(a)
(b) Implementation 1904.7(b)
(1) How do I decide if a case meets one or more of the general recording criteria? A work-related injury or illness must be recorded if it results in one or more of the following: 1904.7(b)(1)
(i) Death. See §1904.7(b)(2). 1904.7(b)(1)(i)
(ii) Days away from work. See §1904.7(b)(3). 1904.7(b)(1)(ii)
(iii) Restricted work or transfer to another job. See §1904.7(b)(4). 1904.7(b)(1)(iii)
(iv) Medical treatment beyond first aid. See §1904.7(b)(5). 1904.7(b)(1)(iv)
(v) Loss of consciousness. See §1904.7(b)(6). 1904.7(b)(1)(v)
(vi) A significant injury or illness diagnosed by a physician or other licensed health care professional. See §1904.7(b)(7). 1904.7(b)(1)(vi)
(2) How do I record a work-related injury or illness that results in the employee's death? (...) 1904.7(b)(2)
(3) How do I record a work-related injury or illness that results in days away from work? (...) (i)-(ix) 1904.7(b)(3)
(i) Do I count the day on which the injury occurred or the illness began? (...) 1904.7(b)(3)(i)
(ii) How do I record (...) 1904.7(b)(3)(ii)
(iii) How do I handle a case when a physician or other licensed health care professional recommends that the worker return to work but the employee stays at home anyway? (...) 1904.7(b)(3)(iii)
(iv) How do I count weekends, holidays, or other days the employee would not have worked anyway? (...) 1904.7(b)(3)(iv)
(v) How do I record a case in which a worker is injured or becomes ill on a Friday and reports to work on a Monday, and was not scheduled to work on the weekend? (...) 1904.7(b)(3)(v)
Succinct Construction Regulations and Standards
(vi) How do I record (...) 1904.7(b)(3)(vi)
(vii) Is there a limit to the number of days away from work I must count? (...) 1904.7(b)(3)(vii)
(viii) May I stop counting days if an employee who is away from work because of an injury or illness retires or leaves my company? (...) 1904.7(b)(3)(viii)
(ix) If a case occurs in one year but results in days away during the next calendar year, do I record the case in both years? (...) 1904.7(b)(3)(ix)
(4) How do I record a work-related injury or illness that results in restricted work or job transfer? (...) (i)-(xi) 1904.7(b)(4)
(i) How do I decide if the injury or illness resulted in restricted work? (...) [A]-[B] 1904.7(b)(4)(i)
(ii) What is meant by "routine functions"? (...) 1904.7(b)(4)(ii)
(iii) Do I have to record restricted work or job transfer if it applies only to the day on which the injury occurred or the illness began? (...) 1904.7(b)(4)(iii)
(iv) If you or a physician or other licensed health care professional recommends a work restriction, is the injury or illness automatically recordable as a "restricted work" case? (...) 1904.7(b)(4)(iv)
(v) How do I record a case where the worker works only for a partial work shift because of a work-related injury or illness? (...) 1904.7(b)(4)(v)
(vi) If the injured or ill worker (...) 1904.7(b)(4)(vi)
(vii) How do I handle vague restrictions from a physician or (...) 1904.7(b)(4)(vii)
(viii) What do I do if a physician or other licensed health care (...) 1904.7(b)(4)(viii)
(ix) How do I decide if an injury or illness involved a transfer to another job? (...) 1904.7(b)(4)(ix)
(x) Are transfers to another job recorded in the same way as restricted work cases? (...) 1904.7(b)(4)(x)
(xi) How do I count days of job transfer or restriction? (...) 1904.7(b)(4)(xi)
(5) How do I record an injury or illness that involves medical treatment beyond first aid? If a work-related injury or illness results in medical treatment beyond first aid, you must record it on the OSHA 300 Log. If the injury or illness did not involve death, one or more days away from work, one or more days of restricted work, or one or more days of job transfer, you enter a check mark in the box for cases where the employee received medical treatment but remained at work and was not transferred or restricted.
1904.7(b)(5)
(i) What is the definition of medical treatment?
1904.7(b)(5)(i)
"Medical treatment" means the management and care of a patient to combat disease or disorder. For the purposes of part 1904, medical treatment does not include:
[A] Visits to a physician or other licensed health care professional solely for observation or counseling; 1904.7(b)(5)(i)[A]
[B] The conduct of diagnostic procedures, such as x-rays and blood tests, including the administration of prescription medications used solely for diagnostic purposes (e.g., eye drops to dilate pupils); or 1904.7(b)(5)(i)[B]
[C] "First aid" as defined in paragraph (b)(5)(ii) of this section. 1904.7(b)(5)(i)[C]
(ii) What is "first aid"? For the purposes of part 1904, "first aid" means the following: 1904.7(b)(5)(ii)
[A] Using a non-prescription medication at nonprescription strength (for medications available in both prescription and non-prescription form, a recommendation by a physician or other licensed health care professional to use a non-prescription medication at prescription strength is considered medical treatment for recordkeeping purposes); 1904.7(b)(5)(ii)[A]
[B] Administering tetanus immunizations (other immunizations, such as Hepatitis B vaccine or rabies vaccine, are considered medical treatment); 1904.7(b)(5)(ii)[B]
[C] Cleaning, flushing or soaking wounds on the surface of the skin; 1904.7(b)(5)(ii)[C]
[D] Using wound coverings such as bandages, BandAids™, gauze pads, etc.; or using butterfly bandages or Steri-Strips™ (other wound closing devices such as sutures, staples, etc., are considered medical treatment); 1904.7(b)(5)(ii)[D]
[E] Using hot or cold therapy; 1904.7(b)(5)(ii)[E]
[F] Using any non-rigid means of support, such as elastic bandages, wraps, non-rigid back belts, etc. (devices with rigid stays or other systems designed to immobilize parts of the body are considered medical treatment for recordkeeping purposes); 1904.7(b)(5)(ii)[F]
[G] Using temporary immobilization devices while transporting an accident victim (e.g., splints, slings, neck collars, back boards, etc.). 1904.7(b)(5)(ii)[G]
[H] Drilling of a fingernail or toenail to relieve pressure, or draining fluid from a blister; 1904.7(b)(5)(ii)[H]
[I] Using eye patches; 1904.7(b)(5)(ii)[I]
[J] Removing foreign bodies from the eye using only irrigation or a cotton swab; 1904.7(b)(5)(ii)[J]
[K] Removing splinters or foreign material from areas other than the eye by irrigation, tweezers, cotton swabs or other simple means; 1904.7(b)(5)(ii)[K]
[L] Using finger guards; 1904.7(b)(5)(ii)[L]
[M] Using massages (physical therapy or chiropractic treatment are considered medical treatment for recordkeeping purposes); or 1904.7(b)(5)(ii)[M]
[N] Drinking fluids for relief of heat stress. 1904.7(b)(5)(ii)[N]
(iii) Are any other procedures included in first aid? (...) 1904.7(b)(5)(iii)
(iv) Does the professional status of the person providing the treatment have any effect on what is considered first aid or medical treatment? (...) 1904.7(b)(5)(iv)
(v) What if a physician or other licensed health care professional recommends medical treatment but the employee does not follow the recommendation? (...) 1904.7(b)(5)(v)
(6) Is every work-related injury or illness case involving a loss of consciousness recordable? Yes, you must record a work-related injury or illness if the worker becomes unconscious, regardless of the length of time the employee remains unconscious.
1904.7(b)(6)
(7) What is a "significant" diagnosed injury or illness that is recordable (...) 1904.7(b)(7)
Note to §1904.7: OSHA believes that most significant injuries and illnesses will result in one of the criteria listed in §1904.7(a): death, days away from work, restricted work or job transfer, medical treatment beyond first aid, or loss of consciousness. However, there are some significant injuries, such as a punctured eardrum or a fractured toe or rib, for which neither medical treatment nor work restrictions may be recommended. In addition, there are some significant progressive diseases, such as byssinosis, silicosis, and some types of cancer, for which medical treatment or work restrictions may not be recommended at the time of diagnosis but are likely to be recommended as the disease progresses. OSHA believes that cancer, chronic irreversible diseases, fractured or cracked bones, and punctured eardrums are generally considered significant injuries and illnesses, and must be recorded at the initial diagnosis even if medical treatment or work restrictions are not recommended, or are postponed, in a particular case.
§1904.8 Recording criteria for needlestick and sharps injuries (a)-(b)
§1904.9 Recording criteria for cases involving medical removal under OSHA standards (a)-(b)
§1904.10 Recording criteria for cases involving occupational hearing loss (a)-(b)
(1) What is a Standard Threshold Shift? A Standard Threshold Shift, or STS, is defined in the occupational noise exposure standard at 29 CFR 1910.95(g)(10)(i) as a change in hearing threshold, relative to the baseline audiogram for that employee, of an average of 10 decibels (dB) or more at 2000, 3000, and 4000 hertz (Hz) in one or both ears. 1904.10(b)(1)
(2) How do I evaluate the current audiogram to determine whether an employee has an STS and a 25-dB hearing level? (i)-(ii) 1904.10(b)(2)
(3) May I adjust the current audiogram to reflect the effects of aging on hearing? Yes. When you are determining whether an STS has occurred, you may age adjust the employee's current audiogram results by using Tables F-1 or F-2, as appropriate, in appendix F of 29 CFR 1910.95. You may not use an age adjustment when determining whether the employee's total hearing level is 25 dB or more above audiometric zero. 1904.10(b)(3)
(4) Do I have to record the hearing loss if I am going to retest the employee's hearing? (...) 1904.10(b)(4)
(5) Are there any special rules for determining whether a hearing loss case is work-related? (...) 1904.10(b)(5)
(6) If a physician or other licensed health care professional determines the hearing loss is not work-related, do I still need to record the case? If a physician or other licensed health care professional determines, following the rules set out in §1904.5, that the hearing loss is not work-related or that occupational noise exposure did not significantly aggravate the hearing loss, you do not have to consider the case work-related or record the case on the OSHA 300 Log. 1904.10(b)(6)
(7) How do I complete the 300 Log for a hearing loss case? (...) 1904.10(b)(7)
§1904.29 Forms
(a) Basic requirement. You must use OSHA 300, 300-A, and 301 forms, or equivalent forms, for recordable injuries and illnesses. The OSHA 300 form is called the Log of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses, the 300-A is the Summary of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses, and the OSHA 301 form is called the Injury and Illness Incident Report. 1904.29(a)
(b) Implementation — 1904.29(b)
(1) What do I need to do to complete the OSHA 300 Log? You must enter information about your business at the top of the OSHA 300 Log, enter a one or two line description for each recordable injury or illness, and summarize this information on the OSHA 300-A at the end of the year. 1904.29(b)(1)
(2) What do I need to do to complete the OSHA 301 Incident Report? You must complete an OSHA 301 Incident Report form, or an equivalent form, for each recordable injury or illness entered on the OSHA 300 Log. 1904.29(b)(2)
(3) How quickly must each injury or illness be recorded? You must enter each recordable injury or illness on the OSHA 300 Log and 301 Incident Report within seven (7) calendar days of receiving information that a recordable injury or illness has occurred. 1904.29(b)(3)
(4) What is an equivalent form? An equivalent form is one that has the same information, is as readable and understandable, and is completed using the same instructions as the OSHA form it replaces. Many employers use an insurance form instead of the OSHA 301 Incident Report, or supplement an insurance form by adding any additional information required by OSHA. 1904.29(b)(4)
(5) May I keep my records on a computer? (...) 1904.29(b)(5)
(6) Are there situations where I do not put the employee's name on the forms for privacy reasons? (...) 1904.29(b)(6)
(7) How do I determine if an injury or illness is a privacy concern case? (...) (i)-(vi) 1904.29(b)(7)
(i) An injury or illness to an intimate body part or the reproductive system; 1904.29(b)(7)(i)
(ii) An injury or illness resulting from a sexual assault; 1904.29(b)(7)(ii)
(iii) Mental illnesses; 1904.29(b)(7)(iii)
(iv) HIV infection, hepatitis, or tuberculosis; 1904.29(b)(7)(iv)
(v) Needlestick injuries and cuts from sharp objects that are contaminated with another person's blood or other potentially infectious material (see §1904.8 for definitions); and 1904.29(b)(7)(v)
(vi) Other illnesses, if the employee voluntarily requests that his or her name not be entered on the log. 1904.29(b)(7)(vi)
(8) May I classify any other types of injuries and illnesses as privacy concern cases? (...) 1904.29(b)(8)
(9) If I have removed the employee's name, (...) 1904.29(b)(9)
(10) What must I do to protect employee privacy (...) (i)-(iii) 1904.29(b)(10)
Subpart D – Other OSHA Injury and Illness Recordkeeping Requirements
§1904.30 Multiple business establishments
(a) Basic requirement. You must keep a separate OSHA 300 Log for each establishment that is expected to be in operation for one year or longer. 1904.30(a)
(b) Implementation — 1904.30(b)
(1) Do I need to keep OSHA injury and illness records for shortterm establishments (i.e., establishments that will exist for less than a year)? Yes, however, you do not have to keep a separate OSHA 300 Log for each such establishment. You may keep one OSHA 300 Log that covers all of your short-term establishments. You may also include the short-term establishments' recordable injuries and illnesses on an OSHA 300 Log that covers shortterm establishments for individual company divisions or geographic regions. 1904.30(b)(1)
(2) May I keep the records for all of my establishments at my headquarters location or at some other central location? Yes, you may keep the records for an establishment at your headquarters or other central location if you can: 1904.30(b)(2)
(i) Transmit information about the injuries (...) 1904.30(b)(2)(i)
(ii) Produce and send the records (...) 1904.30(b)(2)(ii)
(3) Some of my employees work at several different locations or do not work at any of my establishments at all. How do I record cases for these employees? You must link each of your employees with one of your establishments, for recordkeeping purposes. You must record the injury and illness on the OSHA 300 Log of the injured or ill employee's establishment, or on an OSHA 300 Log that covers that employee's short- term establishment. 1904.30(b)(3)
(4) How do I record an injury or illness when an employee of one of my establishments is injured or becomes ill while visiting or working at another of my establishments, or while working away from any of my establishments? If the injury or illness occurs at one of your establishments, you must record the injury or illness on the OSHA 300 Log of the establishment at which the injury or illness occurred. If the employee is injured or becomes ill and is not at one of your establishments, you must record the case on the OSHA 300 Log at the establishment at which the employee normally works. 1904.30(b)(4)
§1904.31 Covered employees
(a) Basic requirement. You must record on the OSHA 300 Log the recordable injuries and illnesses of all employees on your payroll, whether they are labor, executive, hourly, salary, part-time, seasonal, or migrant workers. You also must record the recordable injuries and illnesses that occur to employees who are not on your payroll if you supervise these employees on a day-to-day basis. If your business is organized as a sole proprietorship or partnership, the owner or partners are not considered employees for recordkeeping purposes. 1904.31(a)
(b) Implementation — 1904.31(b)
(1) If a self-employed person is injured or becomes ill while doing work at my business, do I need to record the injury or illness? (...) 1904.31(b)(1)
(2) If I obtain employees from a temporary help service, employee leasing service, or personnel supply service, do I have to record an injury or illness occurring to one of those employees? You must record these injuries and illnesses if you supervise these employees on a day- to-day basis. 1904.31(b)(2)
(3) If an employee in my establishment is a contractor's employee, must I record an injury or illness occurring to that employee? If the contractor's employee is under the day-to-day supervision of the contractor, the contractor is responsible for recording the injury or illness. If you supervise the contractor employee's work on a day-to-day basis, you must record the injury or illness. 1904.31(b)(3)
(4) Must the personnel supply service, temporary help service, employee leasing service, or contractor also record the injuries or illnesses occurring to temporary, leased or contract employees that I supervise on a day-to-day basis? No, you and the temporary help service, employee leasing service, personnel supply service, or contractor should coordinate your efforts to make sure that each injury and illness is recorded only once: either on your OSHA 300 Log (if you provide day-to-day supervision) or on the other employer's OSHA 300 Log (if that company provides dayto-day supervision). 1904.31(b)(4)
§1904.32
Annual summary
(b) Implementation — (1)-(6) 1904.32(b)
(a)-(b)
(6) When do I have to post the annual summary? You must post the summary no later than February 1 of the year following the year covered by the records and keep the posting in place until April 30. 1904.32(b)(6)
§1904.35
Employee involvement
(a) Basic requirement. Your employees and their representatives must be involved in the recordkeeping system in several ways. 1904.35(a)
(1) You must inform each employee of how he or she is to report a work-related injury or illness to you. 1904.35(a)(1)
(2) You must provide employees with the information described in paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section. 1904.35(a)(2)
(3) You must provide access to your injury and illness records for your employees and their representatives as described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section. 1904.35(a)(3)
(b) Implementation 1904.35(b)
(1) What must I do to make sure that employees report work-related injuries and illnesses to me? 1904.35(b)(1)
(i) You must establish a reasonable procedure for employees to report work-related injuries and illnesses promptly and accurately. A procedure is not reasonable if it would deter or
Succinct Construction Regulations and Standards
discourage a reasonable employee from accurately reporting a workplace injury or illness; 1904.35(b)(1)(i)
(ii) You must inform each employee of your procedure for reporting work-related injuries and illnesses; 1904.35(b)(1)(ii)
(iii) You must inform each employee that: 1904.35(b)(1)(iii)
[A] Employees have the right to report work-related injuries and illnesses; and 1904.35(b)(1)(iii)[A]
[B] Employers are prohibited from discharging or in any manner discriminating against employees for reporting work-related injuries or illnesses; and 1904.35(b)(1)(iii)[B]
(iv) You must not discharge or in any manner discriminate against any employee for reporting a work-related injury or illness. 1904.35(b)(1)(iv)
(2) Do I have to give my employees and their representatives access to the OSHA injury and illness records? Yes, your employees, former employees, their personal representatives, and their authorized employee representatives have the right to access the OSHA injury and illness records, with some limitations, as discussed below. (i)-(vi) 1904.35(b)(2)
§1904.36 Prohibition against discrimination
In addition to §1904.35, section 11(c) of the OSH Act also prohibits you from discriminating against an employee for reporting a work-related fatality, injury, or illness. That provision of the Act also protects the employee who files a safety and health complaint, asks for access to the part 1904 records, or otherwise exercises any rights afforded by the OSH Act.
Subpart E – Reporting Fatality, Injury and Illness Information to the Government
§1904.39 Reporting fatalities, hospitalizations, amputations, and losses of an eye as a result of work-related incidents to OSHA
(a) Basic requirement. 1904.39(a)
(1) Within eight (8) hours after the death of any employee as a result of a work-related incident, you must report the fatality to the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA), U.S. Department of Labor. 1904.39(a)(1)
(2) Within twenty-four (24) hours after the in-patient hospitalization of one or more employees or an employee's amputation or an employee's loss of an eye, as a result of a work-related incident, you must report the in-patient hospitalization, amputation, or loss of an eye to OSHA. 1904.39(a)(2)
(3) You must report the fatality, in-patient hospitalization, amputation, or loss of an eye using one of the following methods: 1904.39(a)(3)
(i) By telephone or in person to the OSHA Area Office that is nearest to the site of the incident. 1904.39(a)(3)(i)
(ii) By telephone to the OSHA toll-free central telephone number, 1-800-321-OSHA (1-800-321-6742). 1904.39(a)(3)(ii)
(iii) By electronic submission using the reporting application located on OSHA's public Web site at www.osha.gov. 1904.39(a)(3)(iii)
(b) Implementation 1904.39(b)
(1) If the Area Office is closed, (...) 1904.39(b)(1)
(2) What information do I need to give to OSHA about the in-patient hospitalization, amputation, or loss of an eye? You must give OSHA the following information for each fatality, in-patient hospitalization, amputation, or loss of an eye: 1904.39(b)(2)
(i) The establishment name; 1904.39(b)(2)(i)
(ii) The location of the work-related incident; 1904.39(b)(2)(ii)
(iii) The time of the work-related incident; 1904.39(b)(2)(iii)
(iv) The type of reportable event (i.e., fatality, in-patient hospitalization, amputation, or loss of an eye); 1904.39(b)(2)(iv)
(v) The number of employees who suffered a fatality, in-patient hospitalization, amputation, or loss of an eye; 1904.39(b)(2)(v)
(vi) The names of the employees who suffered a fatality, inpatient hospitalization, amputation, or loss of an eye; 1904.39(b)(2)(vi)
(vii) Your contact person and his or her phone number; and 1904.39(b)(2)(vii)
(viii) A brief description of the work-related incident. 1904.39(b)(2)(viii)
(3) Do I have to report the fatality, in-patient hospitalization, amputation, or loss of an eye if it resulted from a motor vehicle accident on a public street or highway? If the motor vehicle accident occurred in a construction work zone, you must report the fatality, in-patient hospitalization, amputation, or loss of an eye. If the motor vehicle accident occurred on a public street or highway, but not in a construction work zone, you do not have to report the fatality, in-patient hospitalization, amputation, or loss of an eye to OSHA. However, the fatality, in-patient hospitalization, amputation, or loss of an eye must be recorded on your OSHA injury and illness records, if you are required to keep such records. 1904.39(b)(3)
(4) Do I have to report the fatality, in-patient hospitalization, amputation, or loss of an eye if it occurred on a commercial or public transportation system? No, you do not have to report the fatality, in-patient hospitalization, amputation, or loss of an eye to OSHA if it occurred on a commercial or public transportation system (e.g., airplane, train, subway, or bus). However, the fatality, inpatient hospitalization, amputation, or loss of an eye must be recorded on your OSHA injury and illness records, if you are required to keep such records. 1904.39(b)(4)
(5) Do I have to report a work-related fatality or in-patient hospitalization caused by a heart attack? Yes, your local OSHA Area Office director will decide whether to investigate the event, depending on the circumstances of the heart attack. 1904.39(b)(5)
(6) What if the fatality, in-patient hospitalization, amputation, or loss of an eye does not occur during or right after the work-related incident? You must only report a fatality to OSHA if the fatality occurs within thirty (30) days of the work-related incident. For an in-patient hospitalization, amputation, or loss of an eye, you must only report the event to OSHA if it occurs within twenty-four (24) hours of the work-related incident. However, the fatality, in-patient hospitalization, amputation, or loss of an eye must be recorded on your OSHA injury and illness records, if you are required to keep such records. 1904.39(b)(6)
(7) What if I don't learn about a reportable fatality, in-patient hospitalization, amputation, or loss of an eye right away? (...) 1904.39(b)(7)
(8) What if I don't learn right away that the reportable fatality, inpatient hospitalization, amputation, or loss of an eye was the result of a work-related incident? (...) 1904.39(b)(8)
(9) How does OSHA define "in-patient hospitalization"? (...) 1904.39(b)(9)
(10) Do I have to report an in-patient hospitalization that involves only observation or diagnostic testing? (...) 1904.39(b)(10)
(11) How does OSHA define "amputation"? (...) 1904.39(b)(11)
§1904.41 Electronic submission of Employer Identification Number (EIN) and injury and illness records to OSHA
(a) Basic requirements. 1904.41(a)
(1) Annual electronic submission of information from OSHA Form 300A Summary of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses. 1904.41(a)(1)
(i) If your establishment had 20-249 employees at any time during the previous calendar year, and your establishment is classified in an industry listed in appendix A to subpart E of this part, then you must electronically submit information from OSHA Form 300A Summary of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses to OSHA or OSHA's designee. You must submit the information once a year, no later than the date listed in paragraph (c) of this section of the year after the calendar year covered by the form. 1904.41(a)(1)(i)
(ii) If your establishment had 250 or more employees at any time during the previous calendar year, and this part requires your establishment to keep records, then you must electronically submit information from OSHA Form 300A Summary of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses to OSHA or OSHA's designee. You must submit the information once a year, no later than the date listed in paragraph (c) of this section of the year after the calendar year covered by the form. 1904.41(a)(1)(ii)
(2) Annual electronic submission of information from OSHA Form 300 Log of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses and OSHA
Form 301 Injury and Illness Incident Report by establishments with 100 or more employees in designated industries. If your establishment had 100 or more employees at any time during the previous calendar year, and your establishment is classified in an industry listed in appendix B to subpart E of this part, then you must electronically submit information from OSHA Forms 300 and 301 to OSHA or OSHA's designee. You must submit the information once a year, no later than the date listed in paragraph (c) of this section of the year after the calendar year covered by the forms. 1904.41(a)(2)
(3) Electronic submission of part 1904 records upon notification. Upon notification, you must electronically submit the requested information from your part 1904 records to OSHA or OSHA's designee. 1904.41(a)(3)
(4) Electronic submission of the Employer Identification Number (EIN). For each establishment that is subject to these reporting requirements, you must provide the EIN used by the establishment. 1904.41(a)(4)
(b) Implementation. 1904.41(b)
(1) Does every employer have to routinely make an annual electronic submission of information from part 1904 injury and illness recordkeeping forms to OSHA? No, only three categories of employers must routinely submit information from these forms. The first category is establishments that had 20-249 employees at any time during the previous calendar year, and are classified in an industry listed in appendix A to this subpart; establishments in this category must submit the required information from Form 300A to OSHA once a year. The second category is establishments that had 250 or more employees at any time during the previous calendar year, and are required by this part to keep records; establishments in this category must submit the required information from Form 300A to OSHA once a year. The third category is establishments that had 100 or more employees at any time during the previous calendar year, and are classified in an industry listed in appendix B to this subpart; establishments in this category must also submit the required information from Forms 300 and 301 to OSHA once a year, in addition to the required information from Form 300A. Employers in these three categories must submit the required information by the date listed in paragraph (c) of this section of the year after the calendar year covered by the form (for example, 2024 for the 2023 form(s)). If your establishment is not in any of these three categories, then you must submit the information to OSHA only if OSHA notifies you to do so for an individual data collection. 1904.41(b)(1)
(2) Do part-time, seasonal, or temporary workers count as employees in the criteria for number of employees in paragraph (a) of this section? Yes, each individual employed in the establishment at any time during the calendar year counts as one employee, including full-time, part-time, seasonal, and temporary workers. 1904.41(b)(2)
(3) How will OSHA notify me that I must submit information as part of an individual data collection under paragraph (a)(3) of this section? OSHA will notify you by mail if you will have to submit information as part of an individual data collection under paragraph (a)(3). OSHA will also announce individual data collections through publication in the Federal Register and the OSHA newsletter, and announcements on the OSHA website. If you are an employer who must routinely submit the information, then OSHA will not notify you about your routine submittal. 1904.41(b)(3)
(4) When do I have to submit the information? If you are required to submit information under paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section, then you must submit the information once a year, by the date listed in paragraph (c) of this section of the year after the calendar year covered by the form (for example, 2019 for the 2018 form). If you are submitting information because OSHA notified you to submit information as part of an individual data collection under paragraph (a)(3) of this section, then you must submit the information as specified in the notification. 1904.41(b)(4)
(5) How do I submit the information? You must submit the information electronically. OSHA will provide a secure website for the electronic submission of information. For individual data collections under paragraph (a)(3) of this section, OSHA will include the website's location in the notification for the data collection. 1904.41(b)(5)
(6) Do I have to submit information if my establishment is partially exempt from keeping OSHA injury and illness records? If you are partially exempt from keeping injury and illness records under §§1904.1 and/or 1904.2, then you do not have to routinely submit information under paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this section. You will have to submit information under paragraph (a)(3) of this section if OSHA informs you in writing that it will collect
injury and illness information from you. If you receive such a notification, then you must keep the injury and illness records required by this part and submit information as directed.
1904.41(b)(6)
(7) Do I have to submit information if I am located in a State Plan State? Yes, the requirements apply to employers located in State Plan States. 1904.41(b)(7)
(8) May an enterprise or corporate office electronically submit information for its establishment(s)? Yes, if your enterprise or corporate office had ownership of or control over one or more establishments required to submit information under paragraph (a) of this section, then the enterprise or corporate office may collect and electronically submit the information for the establishment(s). 1904.41(b)(8)
(9) If I have to submit information under paragraph (a)(2) of this section, do I have to submit all of the information from the recordkeeping forms? No, you are required to submit all of the information from the forms except the following: 1904.41(b)(9)
(i) Log of Work-Related Injuries and Illnesses (OSHA Form 300): Employee name (column B). 1904.41(b)(9)(i) (ii) Injury and Illness Incident Report (OSHA Form 301): Employee name (field 1), employee address (field 2), name of physician or other health care professional (field 6), facility name and address if treatment was given away from the worksite (field 7). 1904.41(b)(9)(ii)
(10) My company uses numbers or codes to identify our establishments. May I use numbers or codes as the establishment name in my submission? Yes, you may use numbers or codes as the establishment name. However, the submission must include a legal company name, either as part of the establishment name or separately as the company name. 1904.41(b)(10)
(c) Reporting dates. Establishments that are required to submit under paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section must submit all of the required information by March 2 of the year after the calendar year covered by the form(s) (for example, by March 2, 2024, for the forms covering 2023). 1904.41(c)
(1) In 2017 and 2018, establishments required to submit under paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section must submit the required information according to the table in this paragraph (c)(1): 1904.41(c)(1)
Establishments submitting under paragraph (a)(1) of this section
Submission year
must submit the required information from this form/these forms:
Establishments submitting under paragraph (a)(2) of this section must submit the required information from this form: Submission deadline
2017 300A 300A December 15, 2017.
2018 300A, 300, 301 300A July 1, 2018.
(2) Beginning in 2019, establishments that are required to submit under paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section will have to submit all of the required information by March 2 of the year after the calendar year covered by the form or forms (for example, by March 2, 2019, for the forms covering 2018). 1904.41(c)(2)
§1904.42 Requests from the Bureau of Labor Statistics for data
(a) Basic requirement. If you receive a Survey of Occupational Injuries and Illnesses Form from the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS), or a BLS designee, you must promptly complete the form and return it following the instructions contained on the survey form. 1904.42(a)
(b) Implementation — 1904.42(b)
(1) Does every employer have to send data to the BLS? No, each year, the BLS sends injury and illness survey forms to randomly selected employers and uses the information to create the Nation's occupational injury and illness statistics. In any year, some employers will receive a BLS survey form and others will not. You do not have to send injury and illness data to the BLS unless you receive a survey form. 1904.42(b)(1)
(2) If I get a survey form from the BLS, what do I have to do? If you receive a Survey of Occupational Injuries and Illnesses Form from the Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS), or a BLS designee, you must promptly complete the form and return it, following the instructions contained on the survey form. 1904.42(b)(2)
(3) Do I have to respond to a BLS survey form if I am normally exempt from keeping OSHA injury and illness records? Yes, even if you are exempt from keeping injury and illness records under §1904.1 to §1904.3, the BLS may inform you in writing that it will be collecting injury and illness information from you in the coming year. If you receive such a letter, you must keep the injury and illness records required by §1904.5 to §1904.15 and make a survey report for the year covered by the survey. 1904.42(b)(3)
(4) Do I have to answer the BLS survey form if I am located in a State-Plan State? Yes, all employers who receive a survey form must respond to the survey, even those in State-Plan States. 1904.42(b)(4)
Appendix B Subpart E of Part 1904 — Designated Industries for §1904.41(a)(2) Annual Electronic Submission of Information From OSHA Form 300 Log of WorkRelated Injuries and Illnesses and OSHA Form 301 Injury and Illness Incident Report by Establishments With 100 or More Employees in Designated Industries
Subpart G – Definitions
§1904.46 Definitions
Establishment. An establishment is a single physical location where business is conducted or where services or industrial operations are performed. For activities where employees do not work at a single physical location, such as construction; transportation; communications, electric, gas and sanitary services; and similar operations, the establishment is represented by main or branch offices, terminals, stations, etc. that either supervise such activities or are the base from which personnel carry out these activities.
(1) Can one business location include two or more establishments? Normally, one business location has only one establishment. Under limited conditions, the employer may consider two or more separate businesses that share a single location to be separate establishments. An employer may divide one location into two or more establishments only when:
(i) Each of the establishments represents a distinctly separate business;
(ii) Each business is engaged in a different economic activity;
(iii) No one industry description in the North American Industry Classification System (2007) codes applies to the joint activities of the establishments; and
(iv) Separate reports are routinely prepared for each establishment on the number of employees, their wages and salaries, sales or receipts, and other business information. For example, if an employer operates a construction company at the same location as a lumber yard, the employer may consider each business to be a separate establishment.
(2) Can an establishment include more than one physical location? Yes, but only under certain conditions. An employer may combine two or more physical locations into a single establishment only when:
(i) The employer operates the locations as a single business operation under common management;
(ii) The locations are all located in close proximity to each other; and
(iii) The employer keeps one set of business records for the locations, such as records on the number of employees, their wages and salaries, sales or receipts, and other kinds of business information. For example, one manufacturing establishment might include the main plant, a warehouse a few blocks away, and an administrative services building across the street.
(3) If an employee telecommutes from home, is his or her home considered a separate establishment? No, for employees who telecommute from home, the employee's home is not a business establishment and a separate 300 Log is not required. Employees who telecommute must be linked to one of your establishments under §1904.30(b)(3).
Injury or illness. An injury or illness is an abnormal condition or disorder. Injuries include cases such as, but not limited to, a cut, fracture, sprain, or amputation. Illnesses include both acute and chronic illnesses, such as, but not limited to, a skin disease, respiratory disorder, or poisoning.
(Note: Injuries and illnesses are recordable only if they are new, work- related cases that meet one or more of the part 1904 recording criteria.)
Part 1926 – Safety and Health Regulations for Construction
Subpart A – General
§1926.1 Purpose and scope
(a) This part sets forth the safety and health standards promulgated by the Secretary of Labor under section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. The standards are published in subpart C of this part and following subparts. 1926.1(a)
(b) Subpart B of this part contains statements of general policy and interpretations of section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act having general applicability. 1926.1(b)
§1926.6 Incorporation by reference (a)-(v)
(a) The standards of agencies of the U.S. Government, and organizations which are not agencies of the U.S. Government which are incorporated by reference in this part, have the same force and effect as other standards in this part. Only the mandatory provisions (i.e., provisions containing the word "shall" or other mandatory language) of standards incorporated by reference are adopted as standards under the Occupational Safety and Health Act. 1926.6(a)
Subpart B – General Interpretations
§1926.10 Scope of subpart
(a) This subpart contains the general rules of the Secretary of Labor interpreting and applying the construction safety and health provisions of section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (83 Stat. 96). Section 107 requires as a condition of each contract which is entered into under legislation subject to Reorganization Plan Number 14 of 1950 (64 Stat. 1267), and which is for construction, alteration, and/or repair, including painting and decorating, that no contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work shall require any laborer or mechanic employed in the performance of the contract to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to his health or safety, as determined under construction safety and health standards promulgated by the Secretary by regulation. 1926.10(a)
§1926.16
Rules of construction
(a) The prime contractor and any subcontractors may make their own arrangements with respect to obligations which might be more appropriately treated on a jobsite basis rather than individually. Thus, for example, the prime contractor and his subcontractors may wish to make an express agreement that the prime contractor or one of the subcontractors will provide all required first-aid or toilet facilities, thus relieving the subcontractors from the actual, but not any legal, responsibility (or, as the case may be, relieving the other subcontractors from this responsibility). In no case shall the prime contractor be relieved of overall responsibility for compliance with the requirements of this part for all work to be performed under the contract. 1926.16(a)
(b) By contracting for full performance of a contract subject to section 107 of the Act, the prime contractor assumes all obligations prescribed as employer obligations under the standards contained in this part, whether or not he subcontracts any part of the work. 1926.16(b)
(c) To the extent that a subcontractor of any tier agrees to perform any part of the contract, he also assumes responsibility for complying with the standards in this part with respect to that part. Thus, the prime contractor assumes the entire responsibility under the contract and the subcontractor assumes responsibility with respect to his portion of the work. With respect to subcontracted work, the prime contractor and any subcontractor or subcontractors shall be deemed to have joint responsibility. 1926.16(c)
(d) Where joint responsibility exists, both the prime contractor and his subcontractor or subcontractors, regardless of tier, shall be considered subject to the enforcement provisions of the Act. 1926.16(d)
Subpart C – General Safety and Health Provisions
§1926.20 General safety and health provisions
(a) Contractor requirements. 1926.20(a)
(1) Section 107 of the Act requires that it shall be a condition of each contract which is entered into under legislation subject to Reorganization Plan Number 14 of 1950 (64 Stat. 1267), as defined in §1926.12, and is for construction, alteration, and/or repair, including painting and decorating, that no contractor or subcontractor for any part of the contract work shall require any laborer or mechanic employed in the performance of the contract to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to his health or safety. 1926.20(a)(1)
(1) It shall be the responsibility of the employer to initiate and maintain such programs as may be necessary to comply with this part. 1926.20(b)(1)
(2) Such programs shall provide for frequent and regular inspections of the job sites, materials, and equipment to be made by competent persons designated by the employers. 1926.20(b)(2)
(3) The use of any machinery, tool, material, or equipment which is not in compliance with any applicable requirement of this part is prohibited. Such machine, tool, material, or equipment shall either be identified as unsafe by tagging or locking the controls to render them inoperable or shall be physically removed from its place of operation. 1926.20(b)(3)
(4) The employer shall permit only those employees qualified by training or experience to operate equipment and machinery. 1926.20(b)(4)
(c) The standards contained in this part 1926.20(c)
(d) (1) If a particular standard is specifically applicable to a condition, practice, means, method, operation, or process, it shall prevail over any different general standard which might otherwise be applicable to the same condition, practice, means, method, operation, or process. 1926.20(d)(1)
Regulation Stop: Some standards have more specific requirements for specific types of work than a general standard covering the same topic, and should be referenced first.
(2) On the other hand, any standard shall apply according 1926.20(d)(2)
(e) In the event a standard protects 1926.20(e)
(f) Compliance duties owed to each employee. 1926.20(f)
(1) Personal protective equipment. Standards in this part requiring the employer to provide personal protective equipment (PPE), including respirators and other types of PPE, because of hazards to employees impose a separate compliance duty with respect to each employee covered by the requirement. The employer must provide PPE to each employee required to use the PPE, and each failure to provide PPE to an employee may be considered a separate violation. 1926.20(f)(1)
(2) Training. Standards in this part requiring training on hazards and related matters, such as standards requiring that employees receive training or that the employer train employees, provide training to employees, or institute or implement a training program, impose a separate compliance duty with respect to each employee covered by the requirement. The employer must train each affected employee in the manner required by the standard, and each failure to train an employee may be considered a separate violation. 1926.20(f)(2)
§1926.21 Safety training and education
(a) General requirements. 1926.21(a)
(b) Employer responsibility. 1926.21(b)
(1) The employer should avail himself of the safety and health training programs the Secretary provides. 1926.21(b)(1)
(2) The employer shall instruct each employee in the recognition and avoidance of unsafe conditions and the regulations applicable to his work environment to control or eliminate any hazards or other exposure to illness or injury. 1926.21(b)(2)
(3) Employees required to handle or use poisons, caustics, and other harmful substances shall be instructed regarding the safe handling and use, and be made aware of the potential hazards, personal hygiene, and personal protective measures required. 1926.21(b)(3)
(4) In job site areas where harmful plants or animals are present, employees who may be exposed shall be instructed regarding the potential hazards, and how to avoid injury, and the first aid procedures to be used in the event of injury. 1926.21(b)(4)
(5) Employees required to handle or use flammable liquids, gases, or toxic materials shall be instructed in the safe handling and use of these materials and made aware of the specific requirements contained in subparts D, F, and other applicable subparts of this part. 1926.21(b)(5)
Regulation Stop: The requirements for handling flammable liquids, gases, toxic materials, poisons, caustics, and other harmful substances are spelled out in §1910.1200 - Hazard Communication (§1926.59).
§1926.23 First aid and medical attention
First aid services and provisions for medical care shall be made available by the employer for every employee covered by these regulations. Regulations prescribing specific requirements for first aid, medical attention, and emergency facilities are contained in subpart D of this part.
§1926.24 Fire protection and prevention
The employer shall be responsible for the development and maintenance of an effective fire protection and prevention program at the job site throughout all phases of the construction, repair, alteration, or demolition work. The employer shall ensure the availability of the fire protection and suppression equipment required by subpart F of this part.
§1926.25 Housekeeping
(a) During the course of construction, alteration, or repairs, form and scrap lumber with protruding nails, and all other debris, shall be kept cleared from work areas, passageways, and stairs, in and around buildings or other structures. 1926.25(a)
Regulation Stop: Refer to §1926.250(b)(8) & (c) for additional lumber and general housekeeping standards.
(b) Combustible scrap and debris shall be removed at regular intervals during the course of construction. Safe means shall be provided to facilitate such removal. 1926.25(b)
(c) Containers shall be provided for the collection and separation of waste, trash, oily and used rags, and other refuse. Containers used for garbage and other oily, flammable, or hazardous wastes, such as caustics, acids, harmful dusts, etc. shall be equipped with covers. Garbage and other waste shall be disposed of at frequent and regular intervals. 1926.25(c)
§1926.26 Illumination
Construction areas, aisles, stairs, ramps, runways, corridors, offices, shops, and storage areas where work is in progress shall be lighted with either natural or artificial illumination. The minimum illumination requirements for work areas are contained in subpart D of this part.
§1926.27 Sanitation
Health and sanitation requirements for drinking water are contained in subpart D of this part.
§1926.28 Personal protective equipment
(a) The employer is responsible for requiring the wearing of appropriate personal protective equipment in all operations where there is an exposure to hazardous conditions or where this part indicates the need for using such equipment to reduce the hazards to the employees. 1926.28(a)
(b) Regulations governing the use, selection, and maintenance of personal protective and lifesaving equipment are described under subpart E of this part. 1926.28(b)
§1926.32 Definitions
(a)-(s)
The following definitions shall apply in the application of the regulations in this part:
(d) Authorized person means a person approved or assigned by the employer to perform a specific type of duty or duties or to be at a specific location or locations at the jobsite.
(f) Competent person means one who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings or working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to employees, and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them.
(g) Construction work. For purposes of this section, Construction work means work for construction, alteration, and/or repair, including painting and decorating.
(i) Designated person means "authorized person" as defined in paragraph (d) of this section.
(j) Employee means every laborer or mechanic under the Act regardless of the contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the laborer and mechanic and the contractor or subcontractor who engaged him. "Laborer and mechanic" are not defined in the Act, but the identical terms are used in the Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 276a), which provides for minimum wage protection on Federal and federally assisted construction contracts. The use of the same term in a statute which often applies concurrently with section 107 of the Act has considerable precedential value in ascertaining the meaning of "laborer and mechanic" as used in the Act. Laborer generally means one who performs manual labor or who labors at an occupation requiring physical strength; mechanic generally means a worker skilled with tools. See 18 Comp. Gen. 341.
(k) Employer means contractor or subcontractor within the meaning of the Act and of this part.
(m) Qualified means one who, by possession of a recognized degree, certificate, or professional standing, or who by extensive knowledge, training, and experience, has successfully demonstrated his ability to solve or resolve problems relating to the subject matter, the work, or the project.
(q) Shall means mandatory.
(r) Should means recommended.
§1926.33 Access to employee exposure and medical records
Note: The requirements applicable to construction work under this section are identical to those set forth at §1910.1020 of this chapter.
§1926.34 Means of egress
(a) General. 1926.34(a)
(b) Exit marking. 1926.34(b)
(c) Maintenance and workmanship. Means of egress shall be continually maintained free of all obstructions or impediments to full instant use in the case of fire or other emergency. 1926.34(c)
§1926.35 Employee emergency action plans
(a) Scope and application. This section applies to all emergency action plans required by a particular OSHA standard. The emergency action plan shall be in writing (except as provided in the last sentence of paragraph (e)(3) of this section) and shall cover those designated actions employers and employees must take to ensure employee safety from fire and other emergencies. 1926.35(a)
(b) Elements. The following elements, at a minimum, shall be included in the plan: 1926.35(b)
(1) Emergency escape procedures and emergency escape route assignments; 1926.35(b)(1)
(2) Procedures to be followed by employees who remain to operate critical plant operations before they evacuate; 1926.35(b)(2)
(3) Procedures to account for all employees after emergency evacuation has been completed; 1926.35(b)(3)
(4) Rescue and medical duties for those employees who are to perform them; 1926.35(b)(4)
(5) The preferred means of reporting fires and other emergencies; and 1926.35(b)(5)
(6) Names or regular job titles of persons or departments who can be contacted for further information or explanation of duties under the plan. 1926.35(b)(6)
(c) Alarm system. (1)-(2) 1926.35(c)
(d) Evacuation. 1926.35(d)
(e) Training. 1926.35(e)
(1) Before implementing the emergency action plan, the employer shall designate and train a sufficient number of persons to assist in the safe and orderly emergency evacuation of employees.
1926.35(e)(1)
(2) The employer shall review the plan with each employee covered by the plan at the following times: 1926.35(e)(2)
(i) Initially when the plan is developed,1926.35(e)(2)(i)
(ii) Whenever the employee's responsibilities or designated actions under the plan change, and 1926.35(e)(2)(ii)
(iii) Whenever the plan is changed.1926.35(e)(2)(iii)
(3) The employer shall review with each employee upon initial assignment those parts of the plan which the employee must know to protect the employee in the event of an emergency. The written plan shall be kept at the workplace and made available for employee review. For those employers with 10 or fewer employees the plan may be communicated orally to employees and the employer need not maintain a written plan. 1926.35(e)(3)
Subpart D – Occupational Health and Environmental Controls
§1926.50 Medical services and first aid
(a) The employer shall insure the availability of medical personnel for advice and consultation on matters of occupational health. 1926.50(a)
(b) Provisions shall be made prior to commencement of the project for prompt medical attention in case of serious injury. 1926.50(b)
(c) In the absence of an infirmary, clinic, hospital, or physician, that is reasonably accessible in terms of time and distance to the worksite, which is available for the treatment of injured employees, a person who has a valid certificate in first-aid training from the U.S. Bureau of Mines, the American Red Cross, or equivalent training that can be verified by documentary evidence, shall be available at the worksite to render first aid. 1926.50(c)
(d) (1) First aid supplies shall be easily accessible when required. 1926.50(d)(1)
(2) The contents of the first aid kit shall be placed in a weatherproof container with individual sealed packages for each type of item, and shall be checked by the employer before being sent out on each job and at least weekly on each job to ensure that the expended items are replaced. 1926.50(d)(2)
(e) Proper equipment for prompt transportation of the injured person to a physician or hospital, or a communication system for contacting necessary ambulance service, shall be provided. 1926.50(e)
(f) (1) In areas where 911 emergency dispatch services are not available, the telephone numbers of the physicians, hospitals, or ambulances shall be conspicuously posted. 1926.50(f)(1)
(2) In areas where 911 emergency dispatch services are available and an employer uses a communication system for contacting necessary emergency-medical service, the employer must: 1926.50(f)(2)
(i) Ensure that the communication system is effective in contacting the emergency-medical service; and 1926.50(f)(2)(i)
(ii) [A] When using a communication system in an area that does not automatically supply the caller's latitude and longitude information to the 911 emergency dispatcher, the employer must post in a conspicuous location at the worksite either: 1926.50(f)(2)(ii)[A]
[1] The latitude and longitude of the worksite; or 1926.50(f)(2)(ii)[A][1]
[2] Other location-identification information that communicates effectively to employees the location of the worksite.1926.50(f)(2)(ii)[A][2]
[B] The requirement specified in paragraph (f)(2)(ii)(A) of this section does not apply to worksites with readily available telephone land lines that have 911 emergency service that automatically identifies the location of the caller. 1926.50(f)(2)(ii)[B]
(g) Where the eyes or body of any person may be exposed to injurious corrosive materials, suitable facilities for quick drenching or flushing of the eyes and body shall be provided within the work area for immediate emergency use. 1926.50(g)
Appendix A to §1926.50 — First aid Kits (NonMandatory)
First aid supplies are required to be easily accessible under paragraph §1926.50(d)(1). An example of the minimal contents of a generic first aid kit is described in American National Standard (ANSI) Z308.1-1978 "Minimum Requirements for Industrial Unit-Type First-aid Kits". The contents of the kit listed in the ANSI standard should be adequate for small work sites. When larger operations or multiple operations are being conducted at the same location, employers should determine the need for additional first aid kits at the worksite, additional types of first aid equipment and supplies and additional quantities and types of supplies and equipment in the first aid kits. In a similar fashion, employers who have unique or changing first-aid needs in their workplace may need to enhance their first-aid kits. The employer can use the OSHA 300 log, OSHA 301 log, or other reports to identify these unique problems. Consultation from the local fire/rescue department, appropriate medical professional, or local emergency room may be helpful to employers in these circumstances. By assessing the specific needs of their workplace, employers can ensure that reasonably anticipated supplies are available. Employers should assess the specific needs of their worksite periodically and augment the first aid kit appropriately. If it is reasonably anticipated employees will be exposed to blood or other potentially infectious materials while using first-aid supplies, employers should provide personal protective equipment (PPE). Appropriate PPE includes gloves, gowns, face shields, masks and eye protection (see
(1) An adequate supply of potable water shall be provided in all places of employment. 1926.51(a)(1)
(2) Portable containers used to dispense drinking water shall be capable of being tightly closed, and equipped with a tap. Water shall not be dipped from containers. 1926.51(a)(2)
(3) Any container used to distribute drinking water shall be clearly marked as to the nature of its contents and not used for any other purpose. 1926.51(a)(3)
(4) The common drinking cup is prohibited. 1926.51(a)(4)
(5) Where single service cups 1926.51(a)(5)
(6) Potable water
(b) Nonpotable water. 1926.51(b)
(1) Outlets for nonpotable water, such as water for industrial or firefighting purposes only, shall be identified by signs meeting the requirements of subpart G of this part, to indicate clearly that the water is unsafe and is not to be used for drinking, washing, or cooking purposes. 1926.51(b)(1)
(2) There shall be no cross-connection, open or potential, between a system furnishing potable water and a system furnishing nonpotable water. 1926.51(b)(2)
(c) Toilets at construction jobsites. 1926.51(c)
(1) Toilets shall be provided for employees according to the following table: 1926.51(c)(1)
Table D–1
Number of employees Minimum number of facilities 20 or less 1.
20 or more 1 toilet seat and 1 urinal per 40 workers.
200 or more 1 toilet seat and 1 urinal per 50 workers.
(2) Under temporary field 1926.51(c)(2)
(3) Job sites, not provided with a sanitary sewer, shall be provided with one of the following toilet facilities unless prohibited by local codes: 1926.51(c)(3)
(i) Privies (where their use will not contaminate ground or surface water); 1926.51(c)(3)(i)
(ii) Chemical toilets;1926.51(c)(3)(ii)
(iii) Recirculating toilets;1926.51(c)(3)(iii)
(iv) Combustion toilets.1926.51(c)(3)(iv)
(4) The requirements of this paragraph (c) for sanitation facilities shall not apply to mobile crews having transportation readily available to nearby toilet facilities. 1926.51(c)(4)
(d) Food handling. (1)-(2) 1926.51(d)
(e) Temporary sleeping quarters. 1926.51(e)
(f) Washing facilities. (1)-(4) 1926.51(f)
(1) The employer shall provide adequate washing facilities for employees engaged in the application of paints, coating, herbicides, or insecticides, or in other operations where contaminants may be harmful to the employees. Such facilities shall be in near proximity to the worksite and shall be so equipped as to enable employees to remove such substances. 1926.51(f)(1)
(2) General. 1926.51(f)(2)
(3) Lavatories. 1926.51(f)(3)
(i) Lavatories shall be made available in all places of employment. The requirements of this subdivision do not apply to mobile crews or to normally unattended work locations if employees working at these locations have transportation readily available to nearby washing facilities which meet the other requirements of this paragraph. 1926.51(f)(3)(i)
(ii) Each lavatory shall be provided with hot and cold running water, or tepid running water. 1926.51(f)(3)(ii)
(iii) Hand soap or similar cleansing agents shall be provided. 1926.51(f)(3)(iii)
(iv) Individual hand towels or sections thereof, of cloth or paper, air blowers or clean individual sections of continuous cloth toweling, convenient to the lavatories, shall be provided. 1926.51(f)(3)(iv)
(g) Eating and drinking areas. No employee shall be allowed to consume food or beverages in a toilet room nor in any area exposed to a toxic material. 1926.51(g)
(h) Vermin control. Every enclosed workplace shall be so constructed, equipped, and maintained, so far as reasonably practicable, as to prevent the entrance or harborage of rodents, insects, and other vermin. A continuing and effective extermination program shall be instituted where their presence is detected. 1926.51(h)
(i) Change rooms. Whenever employees are required by a particular standard to wear protective clothing because of the possibility of contamination with toxic materials, change rooms equipped with storage facilities for street clothes and separate storage facilities for the protective clothing shall be provided. 1926.51(i)
§1926.52 Occupational noise exposure
(a) Protection against the effects of noise exposure shall be provided when the sound levels exceed those shown in Table D-2 of this section when measured on the A-scale of a standard sound level meter at slow response. 1926.52(a)
(b) When employees are subjected to sound levels exceeding those listed in Table D-2 of this section, feasible administrative or engineering controls shall be utilized. If such controls fail to reduce sound levels within the levels of the table, personal protective equipment as required in subpart E, shall be provided and used to reduce sound levels within the levels of the table. 1926.52(b)
(c) If the variations in noise level 1926.52(c)
(d) (1) In all cases where the sound levels exceed the values shown herein, a continuing, effective hearing conservation program shall be administered. 1926.52(d)(1)
Table D–2—Permissible Noise Exposures
(2) (i) When the daily noise exposure is composed of two or more periods of noise exposure of different levels, their combined effect should be considered, rather than the individual effect of each. Exposure to different levels for various periods of time shall be computed according to the formula set forth in paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of this section. 1926.52(d)(2)(i)
(ii) Fe = (T1/L1) + (T2/L2) +
+ (Tn/Ln)
(iii) A sample computation showing 1926.52(d)(2)(iii)
(e) Exposure to impulsive or impact noise should not exceed 140 dB peak sound pressure level. 1926.52(e)
§1926.54 Nonionizing radiation
(a) Only qualified and trained employees shall be assigned to install, adjust, and operate laser equipment. 1926.54(a)
(b) Proof of qualification of the laser equipment operator shall be available and in possession of the operator at all times. 1926.54(b)
(c) Employees, when working in areas in which a potential exposure to direct or reflected laser light greater than 0.005 watts (5 milliwatts) exists, shall be provided with antilaser eye protection devices as specified in subpart E of this part. 1926.54(c)
(d) Areas in which lasers are used shall be posted with standard laser warning placards. 1926.54(d)
(e) Beam shutters or caps shall be utilized, or the laser turned off, when laser transmission is not actually required. When the laser is left unattended for a substantial period of time, such as during lunch hour, overnight, or at change of shifts, the laser shall be turned off. 1926.54(e)
(f) Only mechanical or electronic means shall be used as a detector for guiding the internal alignment of the laser. 1926.54(f)
(g) The laser beam shall not be directed at employees. 1926.54(g)
(h) When it is raining or snowing, or when there is dust or fog in the air, the operation of laser systems shall be prohibited where practicable; in any event, employees shall be kept out of range of the area of source and target during such weather conditions. 1926.54(h)
(i) Laser equipment shall bear a label to indicate maximum output. 1926.54(i)
(j) Employees shall not be exposed (1)-(3) 1926.54(j)
(k) Laser unit in operation should be set up above the heads of the employees, when possible. 1926.54(k)
(l) Employees shall not be exposed to microwave power densities in excess of 10 milliwatts per square centimeter. 1926.54(l)
§1926.55 Gases,
vapors, fumes, dusts, and mists (a)-Appendix A
(a) Employers must limit an employee's exposure to any substance listed in Table 1 or 2 of this section in accordance with the following: 1926.55(a)
(1) Substances with limits preceded by (C) — Ceiling Values. An employee's exposure, as determined from breathing-zone air samples, to any substance in Table 1 of this section with a permissible exposure limit preceded by (C) must at no time exceed the exposure limit specified for that substance. If instantaneous monitoring is not feasible, then the employer must assess the ceiling as a 15-minute time-weighted average exposure that the employer cannot exceed at any time during the working day. 1926.55(a)(1)
(2) Other substances — 8-hour Time Weighted Averages. An employee's exposure, as determined from breathing-zone air samples, to any substance in Table 1 or 2 of this section with a permissible exposure limit not preceded by (C) must not exceed the limit specified for that substance measured as an 8-hour time-weighted average in any work shift. 1926.55(a)(2)
(b) To achieve compliance with paragraph (a) of this section, administrative or engineering controls must first be implemented whenever feasible. When such controls are not feasible to achieve full compliance, protective equipment or other protective measures shall be used to keep the exposure of employees to air contaminants within the limits prescribed in this section. Any equipment and technical measures used for this purpose must first be approved for each particular use by a competent industrial hygienist or other technically qualified person. Whenever respirators are used, their use shall comply with §1926.103. 1926.55(b)
§1926.56 Illumination
(a) General. Construction areas, ramps, runways, corridors, offices, shops, and storage areas shall be lighted to not less than the minimum illumination intensities listed in Table D-3 while any work is in progress: 1926.56(a)
Table D–3—Minimum Illumination Intensities in Foot-Candles Footcandles Area or operation
5General construction area lighting.
General construction areas, concrete placement, excavation and waste areas, accessways, active storage areas, loading platforms, refueling, and field maintenance areas.
5 Indoors: warehouses, corridors, hallways, and exitways.
Tunnels, shafts, and general underground work areas: (Exception: minimum of 10 foot- candles is required at tunnel and shaft heading during drilling, mucking, and scaling. Bureau of Mines approved cap lights shall be acceptable for use in the tunnel heading.)
General construction plant and shops (e.g., batch plants, screening plants, mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, carpenter shops, rigging lofts and active storerooms, barracks or living quarters, locker or dressing rooms, mess halls, and indoor toilets and workrooms).
30 First aid stations, infirmaries, and offices.
(b) Other areas. For areas or operations not covered above, refer to the American National Standard A11.1-1965, R1970, Practice for Industrial Lighting, for recommended values of illumination. 1926.56(b)
§1926.59
Hazard communication
Note: The requirements applicable to construction work under this section are identical to those set forth at §1910.1200 of this chapter.
§1926.61
Retention of DOT markings, placards and labels
Note: The requirements applicable to construction work under this section are identical to those set forth at §1910.1201 of this chapter.
§1926.62
Lead
(a) Scope. This section applies to all construction work where an employee may be occupationally exposed to lead. All construction work excluded from coverage in the general industry standard for lead by 29 CFR 1910.1025(a)(2) is covered by this standard. Construction work is defined as work for construction, alteration and/or repair, including painting and decorating. It includes but is not limited to the following: 1926.62(a)
(1) Demolition or salvage of structures where lead or materials containing lead are present; 1926.62(a)(1)
(2) Removal or encapsulation of materials containing lead; 1926.62(a)(2)
(3) New construction, alteration, repair, or renovation of structures, substrates, or portions thereof, that contain lead, or materials containing lead; 1926.62(a)(3)
(4) Installation of products containing lead; 1926.62(a)(4)
(5) Lead contamination/emergency cleanup; 1926.62(a)(5)
(6) Transportation, disposal, storage, or containment of lead or materials containing lead on the site or location at which construction activities are performed, and 1926.62(a)(6)
(7) Maintenance operations associated with the construction activities described in this paragraph. 1926.62(a)(7)
(b) Definitions.
Action level
Assistant Secretary
Competent person
Director
Lead
This section
(c) Permissible exposure limit. 1926.62(c)
(1) The employer shall assure that no employee is exposed to lead at concentrations greater than fifty micrograms per cubic meter of air (50 µg/m3) averaged over an 8- hour period. 1926.62(c)(1)
(2) If an employee is exposed to lead for more than 8 hours
1926.62(c)(2)
(3) When respirators are used to limit employee exposure 1926.62(c)(3)
(d) Exposure assessment (1)-(9) 1926.62(d)
(8) Employee notification. 1926.62(d)(8)
(i) The employer must, as soon as possible but no later than 5 working days after the receipt of the results of any monitoring performed under this section, notify each affected employee of these results either individually in writing or by posting the results in an appropriate location that is accessible to employees. 1926.62(d)(8)(i)
(ii) Whenever the results indicate that the representative employee exposure, without regard to respirators, is at or above the PEL the employer shall include in the written notice a statement that the employees exposure was at or above that level and a description of the corrective action taken or to be taken to reduce exposure to below that level.1926.62(d)(8)(ii)
(e) Methods of compliance. (1)-(5) 1926.62(e)
(1) Engineering and work practice controls. The employer shall implement engineering and work practice controls, including administrative controls, to reduce and maintain employee exposure to lead to or below the permissible exposure limit to the extent that such controls are feasible. Wherever all feasible engineering and work practices controls that can be instituted are not sufficient to reduce employee exposure to or below the permissible exposure limit prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section, the employer shall nonetheless use them to reduce employee exposure to the lowest feasible level and shall supplement them by the use of respiratory protection that complies with the requirements of paragraph (f) of this section. 1926.62(e)(1)
(f) Respiratory protection 1926.62(f)
(1) General. For employees who use respirators required by this section, the employer must provide each employee an appropriate respirator that complies with the requirements of this paragraph. Respirators must be used during: 1926.62(f)(1)
(i) Periods when an employee's exposure to lead exceeds the PEL. 1926.62(f)(1)(i)
(ii) Work operations for which engineering and work-practice controls are not sufficient to reduce employee exposures to or below the PEL. 1926.62(f)(1)(ii)
(iii) Periods when an employee requests a respirator. 1926.62(f)(1)(iii)
(iv) Periods when respirators are required to provide interim protection of employees while they perform the operations specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section. 1926.62(f)(1)(iv)
(2) Respirator program. (i)-(ii) 1926.62(f)(2)
(3) Respirator selection. (i)-(ii) 1926.62(f)(3)
(g) Protective work clothing and equipment 1926.62(g)
(1) Provision and use. Where an employee is exposed to lead above the PEL without regard to the use of respirators, where employees are exposed to lead compounds which may cause skin or eye irritation (e.g. lead arsenate, lead azide), and as interim protection for employees performing tasks as specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, the employer shall provide at no cost to the employee and assure that the employee uses appropriate protective work clothing and equipment that prevents contamination of the employee and the employee's garments such as, but not limited to: 1926.62(g)(1)
(i) Coveralls or similar full-body work clothing;1926.62(g)(1)(i)
(ii) Gloves, hats, and shoes or disposable shoe coverlets; and 1926.62(g)(1)(ii)
(iii) Face shields, vented goggles, or other appropriate protective equipment which complies with §1910.133 of this chapter. 1926.62(g)(1)(iii)
(2) Cleaning and replacement. 1926.62(g)(2)
(i) The employer shall provide the protective clothing required in paragraph (g)(1) of this section in a clean and dry condition at least weekly, and daily to employees whose exposure levels without regard to a respirator are over 200 µg/m3 of lead as an 8-hour TWA. 1926.62(g)(2)(i)
(ii) The employer shall provide for the cleaning, 1926.62(g)(2)(ii) (iii) The employer shall repair or replace required protective clothing and equipment as needed to maintain their effectiveness. 1926.62(g)(2)(iii)
(iv) The employer shall assure that all protective clothing is removed at the completion of a work shift only in change areas provided for that purpose as prescribed in paragraph (i)(2) of this section. 1926.62(g)(2)(iv)
(v) The employer shall assure that contaminated protective clothing 1926.62(g)(2)(v)
(vi) The employer shall inform in writing 1926.62(g)(2)(vi)
(vii) [A] The employer shall ensure that the containers of contaminated protective clothing and equipment required by paragraph (g)(2)(v) of this section are labeled as follows: 1926.62(g)(2)(vii)[A]
DANGER: CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT CONTAMINATED WITH LEAD. MAY DAMAGE FERTILITY OR THE UNBORN CHILD. CAUSES DAMAGE TO THE CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM. DO NOT EAT, DRINK OR SMOKE WHEN HANDLING. DO NOT REMOVE DUST BY BLOWING OR SHAKING. DISPOSE OF LEAD CONTAMINATED WASH WATER IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE LOCAL, STATE, OR FEDERAL REGULATIONS.
[B] Prior to June 1, 1926.62(g)(2)(vii)[B]
(viii) The employer shall prohibit the removal 1926.62(g)(2)(viii)
(h) Housekeeping. 1926.62(h)
(1) All surfaces shall be maintained as free as practicable of accumulations of lead. 1926.62(h)(1)
(2) Clean-up of floors and other surfaces 1926.62(h)(2)
(3) Shoveling, dry or wet sweeping, 1926.62(h)(3)
(4) Where vacuuming methods are selected, 1926.62(h)(4)
(5) Compressed air shall not be used to remove lead from any surface unless the compressed air is used in conjunction with a ventilation system designed to capture the airborne dust created by the compressed air. 1926.62(h)(5)
(i) Hygiene facilities and practices. (1)-(5) 1926.62(i)
(1) The employer shall assure that in areas where employees are exposed to lead above the PEL without regard to the use of respirators, food or beverage is not present or consumed, tobacco products are not present or used, and cosmetics are not applied. 1926.62(i)(1)
(2) Change areas. 1926.62(i)(2)
(i) The employer shall provide clean change areas for employees whose airborne exposure to lead is above the PEL, and as
Succinct Construction Regulations and Standards
interim protection for employees performing tasks as specified in paragraph (d)(2) of this section, without regard to the use of respirators. 1926.62(i)(2)(i)
(ii) The employer shall assure that change areas are equipped with separate storage facilities for protective work clothing and equipment and for street clothes which prevent cross-contamination. 1926.62(i)(2)(ii)
(iii) The employer shall assure that employees do not leave the workplace wearing any protective clothing or equipment that is required to be worn during the work shift. 1926.62(i)(2)(iii)
(j) Medical surveillance (1)-(4) 1926.62(j)
(k) Medical removal protection (1)-(2) 1926.62(k)
(l) Communication of hazards. (1)-(3) 1926.62(l)
(m) Signs. 1926.62(m)
(1) General. 1926.62(m)(1)
(i) The employer shall post the following warning signs in each work area where an employee's exposure to lead is above the PEL. 1926.62(m)(1)(i)
DANGER
LEAD WORK AREA
MAY DAMAGE FERTILITY OR THE UNBORN CHILD
CAUSES DAMAGE TO THE CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM
DO NOT EAT, DRINK OR SMOKE IN THIS AREA
(ii) The employer shall ensure that no statement appears on or near any sign required by this paragraph (m) that contradicts or detracts from the meaning of the required sign. 1926.62(m)(1)(ii)
(iii) The employer shall ensure that signs required by this paragraph (m) are illuminated and cleaned as necessary so that the legend is readily visible. 1926.62(m)(1)(iii)
(iv) The employer may use signs required by other statutes, regulations or ordinances in addition to, or in combination with, signs required by this paragraph (m). 1926.62(m)(1)(iv)
(v) Prior to June 1, 2016, employers may use the following legend in lieu of that specified in paragraph (m)(1)(i) of this section: 1926.62(m)(1)(v) WARNING
§1926.65 Hazardous waste operations and emergency response
(a)-Appendix E (e) Training. (1)-(9) 1926.65(e)
(1) General. 1926.65(e)(1)
(i) All employees working on site (such as but not limited to equipment operators, general laborers and others) exposed to hazardous substances, health hazards, or safety hazards and their supervisors and management responsible for the site shall receive training meeting the requirements of this paragraph before they are permitted to engage in hazardous waste operations that could expose them to hazardous substances, safety, or health hazards, and they shall receive review training as specified in this paragraph. 1926.65(e)(1)(i)
(ii) Employees shall not be permitted to participate in or supervise field activities until they have been trained to a level required by their job function and responsibility. 1926.65(e)(1)(ii)
(2) Elements to be covered. The training shall thoroughly cover the following: 1926.65(e)(2)
(i) Names of personnel and alternates responsible for site safety and health; 1926.65(e)(2)(i)
(ii) Safety, health and other hazards present on the site; 1926.65(e)(2)(ii)
(iii) Use of personal protective equipment;1926.65(e)(2)(iii)
(iv) Work practices by which the employee can minimize risks from hazards; 1926.65(e)(2)(iv)
(v) Safe use of engineering controls and equipment on the site; 1926.65(e)(2)(v)
(vi) Medical surveillance requirements, including recognition of symptoms and signs which might indicate overexposure to hazards; and 1926.65(e)(2)(vi)
(vii) The contents of paragraphs (G) through (J) of the site safety and health plan set forth in paragraph (b)(4)(ii) of this section. 1926.65(e)(2)(vii)
Subpart E – Personal Protective and Life Saving Equipment
§1926.95 Criteria for personal protective equipment
(a) Application. Protective equipment, including personal protective equipment for eyes, face, head, and extremities, protective clothing, respiratory devices, and protective shields and barriers, shall be provided, used, and maintained in a sanitary and reliable condition wherever it is necessary by reason of hazards of processes or environment, chemical hazards, radiological hazards, or mechanical irritants encountered in a manner capable of causing injury or impairment in the function of any part of the body through absorption, inhalation or physical contact. 1926.95(a)
(b) Employee-owned equipment. Where employees provide their own protective equipment, the employer shall be responsible to assure its adequacy, including proper maintenance, and sanitation of such equipment. 1926.95(b)
(c) Design. All personal protective equipment shall be of safe design and construction for the work to be performed. 1926.95(c)
(d) Payment for protective equipment. 1926.95(d)
(1) Except as provided by paragraphs (d)(2) through (d)(6) of this section, the protective equipment, including personal protective equipment (PPE), used to comply with this part, shall be provided by the employer at no cost to employees. 1926.95(d)(1)
(2) The employer is not required to pay for non-specialty safety-toe protective footwear (including steel-toe shoes or steel-toe boots) and non-specialty prescription safety eyewear, provided that the employer permits such items to be worn off the job-site.
1926.95(d)(2)
(3) When the employer provides metatarsal 1926.95(d)(3)
(4) The employer is not required to pay for: 1926.95(d)(4)
(i) Everyday clothing, such as long-sleeve shirts, long pants, street shoes, and normal work boots; or 1926.95(d)(4)(i) (ii) Ordinary clothing, 1926.95(d)(4)(ii)
(5) The employer must pay for replacement PPE, except when the employee has lost or intentionally damaged the PPE. 1926.95(d)(5)
(6) Where an employee provides adequate protective equipment he or she owns pursuant to paragraph (b) of this section, the employer may allow the employee to use it and is not required to reimburse the employee for that equipment. The employer shall not require an employee to provide or pay for his or her own PPE, unless the PPE is excepted by paragraphs (d)(2) through (d)(5) of this section. 1926.95(d)(6)
(7) This section shall become effective 1926.95(d)(7)
Note to §1926.95(d): When the provisions of another OSHA standard specify whether or not the employer must pay for specific equipment, the payment provisions of that standard shall prevail.
§1926.96 Occupational foot protection
Safety-toe footwear for employees shall meet the requirements and specifications in American National Standard for Men's Safety-Toe Footwear, Z41.1-1967.
(a) Employees working in areas where there is a possible danger of head injury from impact, or from falling or flying objects, or from electrical shock and burns, shall be protected by protective helmets. 1926.100(a)
(b) Criteria for head protection. 1926.100(b)
(1) The employer must provide (i)-(iii) 1926.100(b)(1)
(2) The employer must ensure that the head protection 1926.100(b)(2)
(3) OSHA will deem any head protection 1926.100(b)(3)
§1926.101
Hearing protection
(a) Wherever it is not feasible to reduce the noise levels or duration of exposures to those specified in Table D-2, Permissible Noise Exposures, in §1926.52, ear protective devices shall be provided and used. 1926.101(a)
(b) Ear protective devices inserted in the ear shall be fitted or determined individually by competent persons. 1926.101(b)
(c) Plain cotton is not an acceptable protective device. 1926.101(c)
§1926.102 Eye and face protection
(a) General requirements. 1926.102(a)
(1) The employer shall ensure that each affected employee uses appropriate eye or face protection when exposed to eye or face hazards from flying particles, molten metal, liquid chemicals, acids or caustic liquids, chemical gases or vapors, or potentially injurious light radiation. 1926.102(a)(1)
(2) The employer shall ensure that each affected employee uses eye protection that provides side protection when there is a hazard from flying objects. Detachable side protectors (e.g. clip-on or slide-on side shields) meeting the pertinent requirements of this section are acceptable. 1926.102(a)(2)
(3) The employer shall ensure that each affected employee who wears prescription lenses while engaged in operations that involve eye hazards wears eye protection that incorporates the prescription in its design, or wears eye protection that can be worn over the prescription lenses without disturbing the proper position of the prescription lenses or the protective lenses. 1926.102(a)(3)
(4) Eye and face PPE 1926.102(a)(4)
(5) Protectors shall meet the following minimum requirements: 1926.102(a)(5)
(i) They shall provide adequate protection against the particular hazards for which they are designed. 1926.102(a)(5)(i)
(ii) They shall be reasonably comfortable when worn under the designated conditions. 1926.102(a)(5)(ii)
(iii) They shall fit snugly and shall not unduly interfere with the movements of the wearer. 1926.102(a)(5)(iii)
(iv) They shall be durable.1926.102(a)(5)(iv)
(v) They shall be capable of being disinfected.1926.102(a)(5)(v)
(vi) They shall be easily cleanable.1926.102(a)(5)(vi)
Paragraph (a) in eCFR incorrectly states "General" — it should read "General Requirements" like CFR.
(b) Criteria for protective eye and face protection. 1926.102(b)
(1) Protective eye and face protection devices must comply with any of the following consensus standards: 1926.102(b)(1)
(i) ANSI/ISEA Z87.1-2010, Occupational and Educational Personal Eye and Face Protection Devices, incorporated by reference in §1926.6; 1926.102(b)(1)(i)
(ii) ANSI Z87.1-2003, Occupational and Educational Personal Eye and Face Protection Devices, incorporated by reference in §1926.6; or 1926.102(b)(1)(ii)
(iii) ANSI Z87.1-1989 (R-1998), Practice for Occupational and Educational Eye and Face Protection, incorporated by reference in §1926.6; 1926.102(b)(1)(iii)
(2) Protective eye and face 1926.102(b)(2)
(c) Protection against radiant energy 1926.102(c)
(1) Selection of shade numbers for welding filter. Table E-1 shall be used as a guide for the selection of the proper shade numbers of filter lenses or plates used in welding. Shades more dense than those listed may be used to suit the individual's needs. 1926.102(c)(1)
Gas welding (medium), 1⁄8-inch to 1⁄2-inch
Gas welding (heavy), over 1⁄2-inch
(2) Laser protection. 1926.102(c)(2)
(i) Employees whose occupation or assignment requires exposure to laser beams shall be furnished suitable laser safety goggles which will protect for the specific wavelength of the laser and be of optical density (O.D.) adequate for the energy involved. Table E-2 lists the maximum power or energy density for which adequate protection is afforded by glasses of optical densities from 5 through 8. Output levels falling between lines in this table shall require the higher optical density.
1926.102(c)(2)(i)
(ii) All protective goggles shall bear a label identifying the following data: 1926.102(c)(2)(ii)
[A] The laser wavelengths for which use is intended; 1926.102(c)(2)(ii)[A]
[B] The optical density of those wavelengths; 1926.102(c)(2)(ii)[B]
[C] The visible light transmission. 1926.102(c)(2)(ii)[C]
§1926.103 Respiratory protection
Note: The requirements applicable to construction work under this section are identical to those set forth at 29 CFR 1910.134 of this chapter.
§1926.105 Safety nets
(a) Safety nets shall be provided when workplaces are more than 25 feet above the ground or water surface, or other surfaces where the use of ladders, scaffolds, catch platforms, temporary floors, safety lines, or safety belts is impractical. 1926.105(a)
(b) Where safety net protection 1926.105(b)
(c) (1) Nets shall extend 8 feet 1926.105(c)(1) (2) It is intended that only one 1926.105(c)(2)
(d) The mesh size of nets 1926.105(d)
(e) Forged steel safety hooks 1926.105(e)
(f) Connections between net 1926.105(f)
§1926.106 Working over or near water
(a) Employees working over or near water, where the danger of drowning exists, shall be provided with U.S. Coast Guard-approved life jacket or buoyant work vests. 1926.106(a)
(b) Prior to and after each use, the buoyant work vests 1926.106(b)
(c) Ring buoys with at least 90 feet of line 1926.106(c)
(d) At least one lifesaving skiff 1926.106(d)
§1926.107 Definitions applicable to this subpart (a)-(f)
(b) Lanyard means a rope, suitable for supporting one person. One end is fastened to a safety belt or harness and the other end is secured to a substantial object or a safety line.
(c) Lifeline means a rope, suitable for supporting one person, to which a lanyard or safety belt (or harness) is attached.
(f) Safety belt means a device, usually worn around the waist which, by reason of its attachment to a lanyard and lifeline or a structure, will prevent a worker from falling.
Table E–1—Filter Lens Shade Numbers for Protection Against Radiant Energy
Table E–2—Selecting Laser Safety Glass
Table E–1—Filter Lens Shade Numbers for Protection Against Radiant Energy (Continued)
Subpart F – Fire Protection and Prevention
§1926.150 Fire protection
(a) General requirements. 1926.150(a)
(1) The employer shall be responsible for the development of a fire protection program to be followed throughout all phases of the construction and demolition work, and he shall provide for the firefighting equipment as specified in this subpart. As fire hazards occur, there shall be no delay in providing the necessary equipment. 1926.150(a)(1)
(2) Access to all available firefighting equipment shall be maintained at all times. 1926.150(a)(2)
(3) All firefighting equipment, provided by the employer, shall be conspicuously located. 1926.150(a)(3)
(4) All firefighting equipment shall be periodically 1926.150(a)(4)
(5) As warranted by the project, the employer shall provide a trained and equipped firefighting organization (Fire Brigade) to assure adequate protection to life. 1926.150(a)(5)
(b) Water supply. (1)-(2) 1926.150(b)
(c) Portable firefighting equipment 1926.150(c)
(1) Fire extinguishers and small hose lines. 1926.150(c)(1)
(i) A fire extinguisher, rated not less than 2A, shall be provided for each 3,000 square feet of the protected building area, or major fraction thereof. Travel distance from any point of the protected area to the nearest fire extinguisher shall not exceed 100 feet. 1926.150(c)(1)(i)
(ii) One 55-gallon open drum of water with two fire pails may be substituted for a fire extinguisher having a 2A rating. 1926.150(c)(1)(ii)
(iii) A 1⁄2-inch diameter garden-type hose line, not to exceed 100 feet in length and equipped with a nozzle, may be substituted for a 2A- rated fire extinguisher, providing it is capable of discharging a minimum of 5 gallons per minute with a minimum hose stream range of 30 feet horizontally. The garden-type hose lines shall be mounted on conventional racks or reels. The number and location of hose racks or reels shall be such that at least one hose stream can be applied to all points in the area. 1926.150(c)(1)(iii)
(iv) One or more fire extinguishers, rated not less than 2A, shall be provided on each floor. In multistory buildings, at least one fire extinguisher shall be located adjacent to stairway. 1926.150(c)(1)(iv)
(v) Extinguishers and water drums, 1926.150(c)(1)(v)
(vi) A fire extinguisher, rated not less than 10B, shall be provided within 50 feet of wherever more than 5 gallons of flammable or combustible liquids or 5 pounds of flammable gas are being used on the jobsite. This requirement does not apply to the integral fuel tanks of motor vehicles. 1926.150(c)(1)(vi)
(vii) Carbon tetrachloride and other toxic vaporizing liquid fire extinguishers are prohibited. 1926.150(c)(1)(vii)
(viii) Portable fire extinguishers 1926.150(c)(1)(viii)
(ix) Fire extinguishers which 1926.150(c)(1)(ix)
(x) Table F-1 may be used 1926.150(c)(1)(x)
(2) Fire hose and connections. (i)-(iii) 1926.150(c)(2)
(1) Electrical wiring and equipment for light, heat, or power purposes shall be installed in compliance with the requirements of subpart K of this part. 1926.151(a)(1)
(2) Internal combustion engine powered equipment shall be so located that the exhausts are well away from combustible materials. When the exhausts are piped to outside the building under construction, a clearance of at least 6 inches shall be maintained between such piping and combustible material. 1926.151(a)(2)
(3) Smoking shall be prohibited at or in the vicinity of operations which constitute a fire hazard, and shall be conspicuously posted: "No Smoking or Open Flame." 1926.151(a)(3)
(4) Portable battery powered lighting equipment, used in connection with the storage, handling, or use of flammable gases or liquids, shall be of the type approved for the hazardous locations. 1926.151(a)(4)
(5) The nozzle of air, inert gas, and steam lines or hoses, when used in the cleaning or ventilation of tanks and vessels that contain hazardous concentrations of flammable gases or vapors, shall be bonded to the tank or vessel shell. Bonding devices shall not be attached or detached in hazardous concentrations of flammable gases or vapors. 1926.151(a)(5)
(b) Temporary buildings. 1926.151(b)
(1) No temporary building shall be erected where it will adversely affect any means of exit. 1926.151(b)(1)
(2) Temporary buildings, when located within another building or structure, shall be of either noncombustible construction or of combustible construction having a fire resistance of not less than 1 hour. 1926.151(b)(2)
(3) Temporary buildings, 1926.151(b)(3)
(c) Open yard storage. 1926.151(c)
(1) Combustible materials shall be piled with due regard to the stability of piles and in no case higher than 20 feet. 1926.151(c)(1)
(2) Driveways between and around combustible storage piles 1926.151(c)(2)
(3) The entire storage site 1926.151(c)(3)
(4) When there is a danger of an underground fire, 1926.151(c)(4)
(5) Method of piling shall be solid wherever possible and in orderly and regular piles. No combustible material shall be stored outdoors within 10 feet of a building or structure. 1926.151(c)(5)
(6) Portable fire extinguishing equipment, 1926.151(c)(6)
(d) Indoor storage. 1926.151(d)
(1) Storage shall not obstruct, or adversely affect, means of exit. 1926.151(d)(1)
(2) All materials shall be stored, handled, and piled with due regard to their fire characteristics. 1926.151(d)(2)
(3) Noncompatible materials, 1926.151(d)(3)
(4) Material shall be piled to minimize 1926.151(d)(4)
(5) Clearance of at least 36 inches 1926.151(d)(5)
(6) Clearance shall be maintained 1926.151(d)(6)
(7) A clearance of 24 inches 1926.151(d)(7)
§1926.152 Flammable liquids
(a) General requirements. 1926.152(a)
(1) Only approved containers and portable tanks shall be used for storage and handling of flammable liquids. Approved safety cans or Department of Transportation approved containers shall be used for the handling and use of flammable liquids in quantities of 5 gallons or less, except that this shall not apply to those flammable liquid materials which are highly viscid (extremely hard to pour), which may be used and handled in original shipping containers. For quantities of one gallon or less, the original container may be used, for storage, use and handling of flammable liquids. 1926.152(a)(1)
(2) Flammable liquids shall not be stored in areas used for exits, stairways, or normally used for the safe passage of people. 1926.152(a)(2)
(b) Indoor storage of flammable liquids. 1926.152(b)
(1) No more than 25 gallons of flammable liquids shall be stored in a room outside of an approved storage cabinet. For storage of liquefied petroleum gas, see §1926.153. 1926.152(b)(1)
(2) Quantities of flammable liquid in excess of 25 gallons shall be stored in an acceptable or approved cabinet meeting the following requirements: 1926.152(b)(2)
(i) Acceptable wooden storage cabinets shall be constructed in the following manner, or equivalent: The bottom, sides, and top shall be constructed of an exterior grade of plywood at least 1 inch in thickness, which shall not break down or delaminate under standard fire test conditions. All joints shall be rabbeted and shall be fastened in two directions with flathead wood screws. When more than one door is used, there shall be a rabbeted overlap of not less than 1 inch. Steel hinges shall be mounted in such a manner as to not lose their holding capacity due to loosening or burning out of the screws when subjected to fire. Such cabinets shall be painted inside and out with fire retardant paint. 1926.152(b)(2)(i)
(ii) Approved metal storage cabinets will be acceptable. 1926.152(b)(2)(ii)
(iii) Cabinets shall be labeled in conspicuous lettering, "Flammable-Keep Away from Open Flames." 1926.152(b)(2)(iii)
(3) Not more than 60 1926.152(b)(3)
(4) (i) Inside storage rooms 1926.152(b)(4)(i)
(ii) Where an automatic extinguishing system is provided, the system shall be designed and installed in an approved manner. Openings to other rooms or buildings shall be provided with
noncombustible liquid-tight raised sills or ramps at least 4 inches in height, or the floor in the storage area shall be at least 4 inches below the surrounding floor. Openings shall be provided with approved self-closing fire doors. The room shall be liquid-tight where the walls join the floor. A permissible alternate to the sill or ramp is an open-grated trench, inside of the room, which drains to a safe location. Where other portions of the building or other buildings are exposed, windows shall be protected as set forth in the Standard for Fire Doors and Windows, NFPA No. 80-1970, for Class E or F openings. Wood of at least 1-inch nominal thickness may be used for shelving, racks, dunnage, scuffboards, floor overlay, and similar installations. 1926.152(b)(4)(ii)
(iii) Materials which will react 1926.152(b)(4)(iii)
(iv) Storage in inside storage rooms shall comply with Table F-2 following: 1926.152(b)(4)(iv)
(v) Electrical wiring and equipment 1926.152(b)(4)(v)
(vi) Every inside storage room shall be provided with either a gravity or a mechanical exhausting system. Such system shall commence not more than 12 inches above the floor and be designed to provide for a complete change of air within the room at least 6 times per hour. If a mechanical exhausting system is used, it shall be controlled by a switch located outside of the door. The ventilating equipment and any lighting fixtures shall be operated by the same switch. An electric pilot light shall be installed adjacent to the switch if Category 1, 2, or 3 flammable liquids are dispensed within the room. Where gravity ventilation is provided, the fresh air intake, as well as the exhausting outlet from the room, shall be on the exterior of the building in which the room is located. 1926.152(b)(4)(vi)
(vii) In every inside storage 1926.152(b)(4)(vii)
(viii) Flammable liquids in excess of that permitted in inside storage rooms shall be stored outside of buildings in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section. 1926.152(b)(4)(viii)
(5) Quantity. 1926.152(b)(5)
(c) Storage outside buildings. 1926.152(c)
(1) Storage of containers (not more than 60 gallons each) shall not exceed 1,100 gallons in any one pile or area. Piles or groups of containers shall be separated by a 5-foot clearance. Piles or groups of containers shall not be nearer than 20 feet to a building. 1926.152(c)(1)
(2) Within 200 feet 1926.152(c)(2)
(3) The storage area shall be graded in a manner to divert possible spills away from buildings or other exposures, or shall be surrounded by a curb or earth dike at least 12 inches high. When curbs or dikes are used, provisions shall be made for draining off accumulations of ground or rain water, or spills of flammable liquids. Drains shall terminate at a safe location and shall be accessible to operation under fire conditions. 1926.152(c)(3)
(4) Outdoor portable tank storage: (i)-(ii) 1926.152(c)(4)
(5) Storage areas shall be kept 1926.152(c)(5)
(6) Portable tanks, 1926.152(c)(6)
(7) Portable tanks, 1926.152(c)(7)
(d) Fire control for flammable liquid storage. 1926.152(d)
(1) At least one portable 1926.152(d)(1)
(2) At least one portable fire extinguisher having a rating of not less than 20-B units shall be located not less than 25 feet, nor more than 75 feet, from any flammable liquid storage area located outside. 1926.152(d)(2)
(3) When sprinklers are provided, 1926.152(d)(3)
(4) At least one portable fire extinguisher having a rating of not less than 20-B:C units shall be provided on all tank trucks or other vehicles used for transporting and/or dispensing flammable liquids. 1926.152(d)(4)
(e) Dispensing liquids. (1)-(5) 1926.152(e)
(2) Transfer of Category 1, 2, or 3 flammable liquids from one container to another shall be done only when containers are electrically interconnected (bonded). 1926.152(e)(2)
(f) Handling liquids at point of final use. 1926.152(f)
(1) Category 1, 2, or 3 flammable liquids shall be kept in closed containers when not actually in use. 1926.152(f)(1)
(2) Leakage or spillage of flammable liquids shall be disposed of promptly and safely. 1926.152(f)(2)
(3) Category 1, 2, or 3 flammable liquids may be used only where there are no open flames or other sources of ignition within 50 feet of the operation, unless conditions warrant greater clearance. 1926.152(f)(3)
(g) Service and refueling areas. 1926.152(g)
(1) Flammable liquids 1926.152(g)(1)
(2) The tank trucks shall comply 1926.152(g)(2)
(3) The dispensing hose shall be an approved type. 1926.152(g)(3)
(4) The dispensing nozzle shall be an approved 1926.152(g)(4)
(5) Underground tanks shall not be abandoned. 1926.152(g)(5)
(6) Clearly identified and easily 1926.152(g)(6)
(7) (i) Heating equipment of an approved 1926.152(g)(7)(i)
(ii) Heating equipment installed 1926.152(g)(7)(ii)
(8) There shall be no smoking or open flames in the areas used for fueling, servicing fuel systems for internal combustion engines, receiving or dispensing of flammable liquids. 1926.152(g)(8)
(9) Conspicuous and legible signs prohibiting smoking shall be posted. 1926.152(g)(9)
(10) The motors of all equipment being fueled shall be shut off during the fueling operation. 1926.152(g)(10)
(11) Each service or fueling area 1926.152(g)(11)
(h) Scope. (1)-(2) 1926.152(h)
(i) Tank storage (1)-(7) 1926.152(i)
(j) Piping, valves, and fittings (1)-(7) 1926.152(j)
(k) Marine service stations (1)-(4) 1926.152(k)
§1926.153
Liquefied petroleum gas (LP-Gas)
(a) Approval of equipment and systems. (1)-(3) 1926.153(a)
(1) Each system shall have containers, valves, connectors, manifold valve assemblies, and regulators of an approved type. 1926.153(a)(1)
(b) Welding on LP-Gas containers. Welding is prohibited on containers. 1926.153(b)
(c) Container valves and container accessories. 1926.153(c)
(d) Safety devices. (1)-(3) 1926.153(d)
(e) Dispensing. (1)-(2) 1926.153(e)
(f) Requirements for appliances. (1)-(2) 1926.153(f)
(g) Containers and regulating equipment installed outside of buildings or structures. Containers shall be upright upon firm foundations or otherwise firmly secured. The possible effect on the outlet piping of settling shall be guarded against by a flexible connection or special fitting. 1926.153(g)
(h) Containers and equipment used inside of buildings or structures. (1)-(16) 1926.153(h)
(j) Storage of LPG containers. Storage of LPG within buildings is prohibited. 1926.153(j)
(k) Storage outside of buildings. 1926.153(k)
(1) Storage outside of buildings, for containers awaiting use, shall be located from the nearest building or group of buildings, in accordance with the following: 1926.153(k)(1)
Table F–3
Quantity of LP-Gas stored Distance (feet)
500 lbs. or less 0
501 to 6,000 lbs 10
6,001 to 10,000 lbs 20
Over 10,000 lbs
25
(2) Containers shall be in a suitable ventilated enclosure or otherwise protected against tampering. 1926.153(k)(2)
(l) Fire protection. Storage locations shall be provided with at least one approved portable fire extinguisher having a rating of not less than 20-B:C. 1926.153(l)
(m) Systems utilizing containers other than DOT containers — (1)-(4) 1926.153(m)
(n) When LP-Gas and one or more other gases are stored or used in the same area, the containers shall be marked to identify their content. Marking shall be in compliance with American National Standard Z48.1- 1954, "Method of Marking Portable Compressed Gas Containers To Identify the Material Contained." 1926.153(n)
(o) Damage from vehicles. When damage to LP-Gas systems from vehicular traffic is a possibility, precautions against such damage shall be taken. 1926.153(o)
§1926.154 Temporary heating devices
(a) Ventilation. 1926.154(a)
(1) Fresh air shall be supplied in sufficient quantities to maintain the health and safety of workmen. Where natural means of fresh air supply is inadequate, mechanical ventilation shall be provided. 1926.154(a)(1)
(2) When heaters are used in confined spaces, 1926.154(a)(2)
(b) Clearance and mounting. 1926.154(b)
(1) Temporary heating devices 1926.154(b)(1)
(2) Temporary heating devices, which are listed for installation with lesser clearances than specified in Table F-4, may be installed in accordance with their approval. 1926.154(b)(2)
Table F–4
Heating appliances
Minimum clearance, (inches)
Sides Rear Chimney connector
Room heater, circulating type121218
Room heater, radiant type 36 36 18
(3) Heaters not suitable for use on wood floors shall not be set directly upon them or other combustible materials. When such heaters are used, they shall rest on suitable heat insulating material or at least 1-inch concrete, or equivalent. The insulating material shall extend beyond the heater 2 feet or more in all directions. 1926.154(b)(3)
(4) Heaters used in the vicinity of combustible tarpaulins, canvas, or similar coverings shall be located at least 10 feet from the coverings. The coverings shall be securely fastened to prevent ignition or upsetting of the heater due to wind action on the covering or other material. 1926.154(b)(4)
(c) Stability. Heaters, when in use, shall be set horizontally level, unless otherwise permitted by the manufacturer's markings. 1926.154(c)
(d) Solid fuel salamanders. Solid fuel salamanders are prohibited in buildings and on scaffolds. 1926.154(d)
(e) Oil-fired heaters. (1)-(4) 1926.154(e)
§1926.155 Definitions applicable to this subpart (a)-(m)
(a) Approved, for the purpose of this subpart, means equipment that has been listed or approved by a nationally recognized testing laboratory such as Factory Mutual Engineering Corp., or Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., or Federal agencies such as Bureau of Mines, or U.S. Coast Guard, which issue approvals for such equipment.
(h) Flammable liquid means any liquid having a vapor pressure not exceeding 40 pounds per square inch (absolute) at 100 °F (37.8 °C) and having a flashpoint at or below 199.4 °F (93 °C). Flammable liquids are divided into four categories as follows:
(1) Category 1 shall include liquids having flashpoints below 73.4 °F (23 °C) and having a boiling point at or below 95 °F (35 °C).
(2) Category 2 shall include liquids having flashpoints below 73.4 °F (23 °C) and having a boiling point above 95 °F (35 °C).
(3) Category 3 shall include liquids having flashpoints at or above 73.4 °F (23 °C) and at or below 140 °F (60 °C).
(4) Category 4 shall include liquids having flashpoints above 140 °F (60 °C) and at or below 199.4 °F (93 °C).
(i) Flash point of the liquid means the temperature at which it gives off vapor sufficient to form an ignitable mixture with the air near the surface of the liquid or within the vessel used as determined by appropriate test procedure and apparatus as specified below.
(l) Safety can means an approved closed container, of not more than 5 gallons capacity, having a flash-arresting screen, springclosing lid and spout cover and so designed that it will safely relieve internal pressure when subjected to fire exposure.
Subpart G – Signs, Signals, and Barricades
§1926.200 Accident prevention signs and tags
(a) General. Signs and symbols required by this subpart shall be visible at all times when work is being performed, and shall be removed or covered promptly when the hazards no longer exist. 1926.200(a)
(b) Danger signs. 1926.200(b)
(1) Danger signs shall be used only where an immediate hazard exists, and shall follow the specifications illustrated in Figure 1 of ANSI Z35.1-1968 or in Figures 1 to 13 of ANSI Z535.2-2011, incorporated by reference in §1926.6. 1926.200(b)(1)
(2) Danger signs 1926.200(b)(2)
(c) Caution signs. 1926.200(c)
(1) Caution signs shall be used only to warn against potential hazards or to caution against unsafe practices, and shall follow the specifications illustrated in Figure 4 of ANSI Z35.1-1968 or in Figures 1 to 13 of ANSI Z535.2-2011, incorporated by reference in §1926.6. 1926.200(c)(1)
(2) Caution signs 1926.200(c)(2)
(3) The standard color of the background 1926.200(c)(3)
(d) Exit signs. 1926.200(d)
(e) Safety instruction signs. Safety instruction signs, when used, shall be white with green upper panel with white letters to convey the principal message. Any additional wording on the sign shall be black letters on the white background. 1926.200(e)
(f) Directional signs. 1926.200(f)
(g) Traffic control signs and devices. 1926.200(g)
(1) At points of hazard, construction areas shall be posted with legible traffic control signs and protected by traffic control devices. 1926.200(g)(1)
(2) The design and use of all traffic control devices, including signs, signals, markings, barricades, and other devices, for protection of construction workers shall conform to Part 6 of the MUTCD (incorporated by reference, see §1926.6). 1926.200(g)(2)
(h) Accident prevention tags. 1926.200(h)
(1) Accident prevention tags shall be used as a temporary means of warning employees of an existing hazard, such as defective tools, equipment, etc. They shall not be used in place of, or as a substitute for, accident prevention signs. 1926.200(h)(1)
(2) For accident prevention tags, employers shall follow specifications that are similar to those in Figures 1 to 4 of ANSI Z35.21968 or Figures 1 to 8 of ANSI Z535.5-2011, incorporated by reference in §1926.6. 1926.200(h)(2) (i) Additional rules. 1926.200(i)
§1926.201 Signaling
(a) Flaggers. Signaling by flaggers and the use of flaggers, including warning garments worn by flaggers, shall conform to Part 6 of the MUTCD (incorporated by reference, see §1926.6). 1926.201(a) (b) Crane and hoist signals. Regulations for crane and hoist signaling will be found in applicable American National Standards Institute standards. 1926.201(b)
Subpart H – Materials Handling, Storage, Use, and Disposal
§1926.250 General requirements for storage
(a) General. 1926.250(a)
(1) All materials stored in tiers shall be stacked, racked, blocked, interlocked, or otherwise secured to prevent sliding, falling or collapse. 1926.250(a)(1)
(2) (i) The weight of stored materials on floors within buildings and structures shall not exceed maximum safe load limits.
1926.250(a)(2)(i)
(ii) Employers shall conspicuously post maximum safe load limits of floors within buildings and structures, in pounds per square foot, in all storage areas, except when the storage area is on a floor or slab on grade. Posting is not required for storage areas in all single-family residential structures and wood-framed multi-family residential structures. 1926.250(a)(2)(ii)
(3) Aisles and passageways shall be kept clear to provide for the free and safe movement of material handling equipment or employees. Such areas shall be kept in good repair. 1926.250(a)(3)
(4) When a difference in road or working 1926.250(a)(4)
(b) Material storage. 1926.250(b)
(1) Material stored inside buildings under construction shall not be placed within 6 feet of any hoistway or inside floor openings, nor within 10 feet of an exterior wall which does not extend above the top of the material stored. 1926.250(b)(1)
(2) Each employee required to work on stored material in silos, hoppers, tanks, and similar storage areas shall be equipped with personal fall arrest equipment meeting the requirements of subpart M of this part. 1926.250(b)(2)
(3) Noncompatible materials shall be segregated in storage.
1926.250(b)(3)
(4) Bagged materials shall be stacked by stepping back the layers and cross-keying the bags at least every 10 bags high.
1926.250(b)(4)
(5) Materials shall not be stored on scaffolds or runways in excess of supplies needed for immediate operations. 1926.250(b)(5)
(6) Brick stacks shall not be more than 7 feet in height. When a loose brick stack reaches a height of 4 feet, it shall be tapered back 2 inches in every foot of height above the 4-foot level.
1926.250(b)(6)
(7) When masonry blocks are stacked higher than 6 feet, the stack shall be tapered back one-half block per tier above the 6-foot level. 1926.250(b)(7)
(8) Lumber: 1926.250(b)(8)
(i) Used lumber shall have all nails withdrawn before stacking. 1926.250(b)(8)(i)
(ii) Lumber shall be stacked on level and solidly supported sills. 1926.250(b)(8)(ii)
(iii) Lumber shall be so stacked as to be stable and self- supporting. 1926.250(b)(8)(iii)
(iv) Lumber piles shall not exceed 20 feet in height provided that lumber to be handled manually shall not be stacked more than 16 feet high. 1926.250(b)(8)(iv)
(9) Structural steel, poles, pipe, bar stock, and other cylindrical materials, unless racked, shall be stacked and blocked so as to prevent spreading or tilting. 1926.250(b)(9)
(c) Housekeeping. Storage areas shall be kept free from accumulation of materials that constitute hazards from tripping, fire, explosion, or pest harborage. Vegetation control will be exercised when necessary. 1926.250(c)
(1) Rigging equipment for material handling shall be inspected prior to use on each shift and as necessary during its use to ensure that it is safe. Defective rigging equipment shall be removed from service. 1926.251(a)(1)
(2) Employers must ensure that rigging equipment: 1926.251(a)(2)
(i) Has permanently affixed and legible identification markings as prescribed by the manufacturer that indicate the recommended safe working load; 1926.251(a)(2)(i)
(ii) Not be loaded in excess of its recommended 1926.251(a)(2)(ii)
(iii) Not be used without affixed, legible identification markings, required by paragraph (a)(2)(i) of this section. 1926.251(a)(2)(iii)
(3) Rigging equipment, when not in use, 1926.251(a)(3)
(4) Special custom design grabs, hooks, clamps, or other lifting accessories, for such units as modular panels, prefabricated structures and similar materials, shall be marked to indicate the safe working loads and shall be proof-tested prior to use to 125 percent of their rated load. 1926.251(a)(4)
(5) Scope. This section applies to slings used in conjunction with other material handling equipment for the movement of material by hoisting, in employments covered by this part. The types of slings covered are those made from alloy steel chain, wire rope, metal mesh, natural or synthetic fiber rope (conventional three strand construction), and synthetic web (nylon, polyester, and polypropylene). 1926.251(a)(5)
(6) Inspections. Each day before being used, the sling and all fastenings and attachments shall be inspected for damage or defects by a competent person designated by the employer. Additional inspections shall be performed during sling use, where service conditions warrant. Damaged or defective slings shall be immediately removed from service. 1926.251(a)(6)
(3) Job or shop hooks and links, or makeshift fasteners, formed from bolts, rods, etc., or other such attachments, shall not be used. 1926.251(b)(3)
(4) Employers must not use alloy 1926.251(b)(4)
(5) Whenever wear at any point 1926.251(b)(5)
(6) Inspections. (i)-(ii) 1926.251(b)(6)
(c) Wire rope. 1926.251(c)
(1) Employers must not use improved 1926.251(c)(1)
(2) Protruding ends of strands in splices on slings and bridles shall be covered or blunted. 1926.251(c)(2)
(3) Wire rope shall not be secured 1926.251(c)(3)
(4) The following limitations shall apply to the use of wire rope: 1926.251(c)(4)
(i) An eye splice made in any wire rope shall have not less than three full tucks. However, this requirement shall not operate to preclude the use of another form of splice or connection which can be shown to be as efficient and which is not otherwise prohibited. 1926.251(c)(4)(i)
(ii) Except for eye splices in the ends of wires and for endless rope slings, each wire rope used in hoisting or lowering, or in pulling loads, shall consist of one continuous piece without knot or splice. 1926.251(c)(4)(ii)
(iii) Eyes in wire rope bridles, slings, or bull wires shall not be formed by wire rope clips or knots. 1926.251(c)(4)(iii)
(iv) Wire rope shall not be used if, in any length of eight diameters, the total number of visible broken wires exceeds 10 percent of the total number of wires, or if the rope shows other signs of excessive wear, corrosion, or defect. 1926.251(c)(4)(iv)
(5) When U-bolt wire rope clips are used to form eyes, Table H-2 shall be used to determine the number and spacing of clips.
1926.251(c)(5)
(i) When used for eye splices, the U-bolt shall be applied so that the "U" section is in contact with the dead end of the rope. 1926.251(c)(5)(i)
(ii) [Reserved] 1926.251(c)(5)(ii)
(6) Slings shall not be shortened 1926.251(c)(6) (7) Sling legs shall not be kinked. 1926.251(c)(7) (8) Slings used in a basket hitch 1926.251(c)(8) (9) Slings shall be padded or protected 1926.251(c)(9) (10) Hands or fingers shall not be placed 1926.251(c)(10) (11) Shock loading is prohibited. 1926.251(c)(11) (12) A sling shall not be pulled 1926.251(c)(12)
(d) Natural rope, and synthetic fiber. (1)-(7) 1926.251(d)
(e) Synthetic webbing (nylon, polyester, and polypropylene).
1926.251(e)
(1) The employer shall have (i)-(iii) 1926.251(e)(1)
(2) Rated capacity shall not be exceeded. 1926.251(e)(2)
(3) Webbing. Synthetic webbing shall be of uniform thickness and width and selvage edges shall not be split from the webbing's width. 1926.251(e)(3)
(4) Fittings. Fittings shall be: 1926.251(e)(4)
(i) Of a minimum breaking strength equal to that of the sling; and 1926.251(e)(4)(i)
(ii) Free of all sharp edges that could in any way damage the webbing. 1926.251(e)(4)(ii)
(5) Attachment of end fittings to webbing and formation of eyes. Stitching shall be the only method used to attach end fittings to webbing and to form eyes. The thread shall be in an even pattern and contain a sufficient number of stitches to develop the full breaking strength of the sling. 1926.251(e)(5)
(8) Removal from service. Synthetic web slings shall be immediately removed from service if any of the following conditions are present: 1926.251(e)(8)
(i) Acid or caustic burns;1926.251(e)(8)(i)
(ii) Melting or charring of any part of the sling surface; 1926.251(e)(8)(ii)
(iii) Snags, punctures, tears or cuts; 1926.251(e)(8)(iii)
(iv) Broken or worn stitches; or1926.251(e)(8)(iv)
(v) Distortion of fittings.1926.251(e)(8)(v)
(f) Shackles and hooks. (1)-(2) 1926.251(f)
§1926.252
Disposal of waste materials
(a) Whenever materials are dropped more than 20 feet to any point lying outside the exterior walls of the building, an enclosed chute of wood, or equivalent material, shall be used. For the purpose of this paragraph, an enclosed chute is a slide, closed in on all sides, through which material is moved from a high place to a lower one. 1926.252(a)
(b) When debris is dropped through holes in the floor without the use of chutes, the area onto which the material is dropped shall be completely enclosed with barricades not less than 42 inches high and not less than 6 feet back from the projected edge of the opening above. Signs warning of the hazard of falling materials shall be posted at each level. Removal shall not be permitted in this lower area until debris handling ceases above. 1926.252(b)
(c) All scrap lumber, waste material, and rubbish shall be removed from the immediate work area as the work progresses. 1926.252(c)
(d) Disposal of waste material 1926.252(d)
(e) All solvent waste, oily rags, and flammable liquids shall be kept in fire resistant covered containers until removed from worksite. 1926.252(e)
§1926.300
Subpart I – Tools Hand and Power
§1926.300 General requirements
(a) Condition of tools. All hand and power tools and similar equipment, whether furnished by the employer or the employee, shall be maintained in a safe condition. 1926.300(a)
(b) Guarding. 1926.300(b)
(1) When power operated tools are designed to accommodate guards, they shall be equipped with such guards when in use. 1926.300(b)(1)
(2) Belts, gears, shafts, pulleys, sprockets, spindles, drums, fly wheels, chains, or other reciprocating, rotating or moving parts of equipment shall be guarded if such parts are exposed to contact by employees or otherwise create a hazard. Guarding shall meet the requirements as set forth in American National Standards Institute, B15.1-1953 (R1958), Safety Code for Mechanical Power-Transmission Apparatus. 1926.300(b)(2)
(3) Types of guarding. 1926.300(b)(3)
(4) Point of operation guarding. 1926.300(b)(4)
(i) Point of operation is the area on a machine where work is actually performed upon the material being processed. 1926.300(b)(4)(i)
(ii) The point of operation of machines whose operation exposes an employee to injury, shall be guarded. The guarding device shall be in conformity with any appropriate standards therefor, or, in the absence of applicable specific standards, shall be so designed and constructed as to prevent the operator from having any part of his body in the danger zone during the operating cycle. 1926.300(b)(4)(ii)
(iii) Special handtools for placing and removing material shall be such as to permit easy handling of material without the operator placing a hand in the danger zone. Such tools shall not be in lieu of other guarding required by this section, but can only be used to supplement protection provided.1926.300(b)(4)(iii)
(iv) The following are some of the machines which usually require point of operation guarding: 1926.300(b)(4)(iv)
[a] Guillotine cutters. 1926.300(b)(4)(iv)[a]
[b] Shears. 1926.300(b)(4)(iv)[b]
[c] Alligator shears. 1926.300(b)(4)(iv)[c]
[d] Power presses. 1926.300(b)(4)(iv)[d]
[e] Milling machines. 1926.300(b)(4)(iv)[e]
[f] Power saws. 1926.300(b)(4)(iv)[f]
[g] Jointers. 1926.300(b)(4)(iv)[g]
[h] Portable power tools. 1926.300(b)(4)(iv)[h]
[i] Forming rolls and calenders. 1926.300(b)(4)(iv)[i]
(5) Exposure of blades. 1926.300(b)(5)
(6) Anchoring fixed machinery. 1926.300(b)(6)
(7) Guarding of abrasive wheel machinery — exposure adjustment. 1926.300(b)(7)
(8) Bench and floor stands. 1926.300(b)(8)
(9) Cylindrical grinders. 1926.300(b)(9)
(c) Personal protective equipment. Employees using hand and power tools and exposed to the hazard of falling, flying, abrasive, and splashing objects, or exposed to harmful dusts, fumes, mists, vapors, or gases shall be provided with the particular personal protective equipment necessary to protect them from the hazard. All personal protective equipment shall meet the requirements and be maintained according to subparts D and E of this part. 1926.300(c)
(d) Switches. 1926.300(d)
(1) All hand-held powered platen sanders, 1926.300(d)(1)
(2) All hand-held powered drills, tappers, fastener drivers, 1926.300(d)(2)
(3) All other hand-held powered tools, such as circular saws, chain saws, and percussion tools without positive accessory holding means, shall be equipped with a constant pressure switch that will shut off the power when the pressure is released. 1926.300(d)(3)
(4) The requirements of this paragraph 1926.300(d)(4)
(5) Exception: 1926.300(d)(5)
§1926.301
Hand tools
(a) Employers shall not issue or permit the use of unsafe hand tools. 1926.301(a)
(b) Wrenches, including adjustable, pipe, end, and socket wrenches shall not be used when jaws are sprung to the point that slippage occurs. 1926.301(b)
(c) Impact tools, such as drift pins, wedges, and chisels, shall be kept free of mushroomed heads. 1926.301(c)
(d) The wooden handles of tools shall be kept free of splinters or cracks and shall be kept tight in the tool. 1926.301(d)
§1926.302 Power-operated hand tools
(a) Electric power-operated tools. 1926.302(a)
(1) Electric power operated tools shall either be of the approved double-insulated type or grounded in accordance with subpart K of this part. 1926.302(a)(1)
(2) The use of electric cords 1926.302(a)(2)
(b) Pneumatic power tools. 1926.302(b)
(1) Pneumatic power tools shall be secured to the hose or whip by some positive means to prevent the tool from becoming accidentally disconnected. 1926.302(b)(1)
(2) Safety clips or retainers shall be securely installed and maintained on pneumatic impact (percussion) tools to prevent attachments from being accidentally expelled. 1926.302(b)(2)
(3) All pneumatically driven nailers, staplers, and other similar equipment provided with automatic fastener feed, which operate at more than 100 p.s.i. pressure at the tool shall have a safety device on the muzzle to prevent the tool from ejecting fasteners, unless the muzzle is in contact with the work surface. 1926.302(b)(3)
(4) Compressed air shall not be used for cleaning purposes except where reduced to less than 30 p.s.i. and then only with effective chip guarding and personal protective equipment which meets the requirements of subpart E of this part. The 30 p.s.i. requirement does not apply for concrete form, mill scale and similar cleaning purposes. 1926.302(b)(4)
(5) The manufacturer's safe operating pressure for hoses, pipes, valves, filters, and other fittings shall not be exceeded, 1926.302(b)(5)
(6) The use of hoses for hoisting 1926.302(b)(6)
(7) All hoses exceeding 1⁄2-inch inside diameter shall have a safety device at the source of supply or branch line to reduce pressure in case of hose failure. 1926.302(b)(7)
(8) Airless spray guns of the type which atomize paints and fluids at high pressures (1,000 pounds or more per square inch) shall be equipped with automatic or visible manual safety devices which will prevent pulling of the trigger to prevent release of the paint or fluid until the safety device is manually released. 1926.302(b)(8)
(1) All fuel powered tools shall be stopped while being refueled, serviced, or maintained, and fuel shall be transported, handled, and stored in accordance with subpart F of this part. 1926.302(c)(1)
(2) When fuel powered tools are used 1926.302(c)(2)
(d) Hydraulic power tools. (1)-(2) 1926.302(d)
(e) Powder-actuated tools. 1926.302(e)
(1) Only employees who have been trained in the operation of the particular tool in use shall be allowed to operate a powder-actuated tool. 1926.302(e)(1)
(2) The tool shall be tested each day before loading to see that safety devices are in proper working condition. The method of testing shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's recommended procedure. 1926.302(e)(2)
(3) Any tool found not in proper working order, or that develops a defect during use, shall be immediately removed from service and not used until properly repaired. 1926.302(e)(3)
(4) Personal protective equipment 1926.302(e)(4)
(5) Tools shall not be loaded until just prior to the intended firing time. Neither loaded nor empty tools are to be pointed at any employees. Hands shall be kept clear of the open barrel end. 1926.302(e)(5)
(6) Loaded tools shall not be left unattended. 1926.302(e)(6)
(7) Fasteners shall not be driven 1926.302(e)(7)
(8) Driving into materials easily penetrated 1926.302(e)(8)
(9) No fastener shall be driven 1926.302(e)(9)
(10) Tools shall not be used 1926.302(e)(10)
(11) All tools shall be used 1926.302(e)(11)
(12) Powder-actuated tools used 1926.302(e)(12)
§1926.303 Abrasive wheels and tools (a)-(e) (b) Guarding. (1)-(2) 1926.303(b)
(1) Grinding machines shall be equipped with safety guards in conformance with the requirements of American National Standards Institute, B7.1-1970, Safety Code for the Use, Care and Protection of Abrasive Wheels, and paragraph (d) of this section. 1926.303(b)(1)
§1926.304 Woodworking tools
(a)-(i)
(d) Guarding. All portable, power-driven circular saws shall be equipped with guards above and below the base plate or shoe. The upper guard shall cover the saw to the depth of the teeth, except for the minimum arc required to permit the base to be tilted for bevel cuts. The lower guard shall cover the saw to the depth of the teeth, except for the minimum arc required to allow proper retraction and contact with the work. When the tool is withdrawn from the work, the lower guard shall automatically and instantly return to the covering position. 1926.304(d)
(g) Radial saws. 1926.304(g)
(1) The upper hood shall completely enclose the upper portion of the blade down to a point that will include the end of the saw arbor. The upper hood shall be constructed in such a manner and of such material that it will protect the operator from flying splinters, broken saw teeth, etc., and will deflect sawdust away from the operator. The sides of the lower exposed portion of the blade shall be guarded to the full diameter of the blade by a device that will automatically adjust itself to the thickness of the stock and remain in contact with stock being cut to give maximum protection possible for the operation being performed. 1926.304(g)(1)
(h) Hand-fed crosscut table saws. 1926.304(h)
(1) Each circular crosscut table saw shall be guarded by a hood which shall meet all the requirements of paragraph (i)(1) of this section for hoods for circular ripsaws. 1926.304(h)(1)
(i) Overhead horizontal belts, 1926.307(e)(2)(i)
(ii) Horizontal overhead belts [a]-[c]1926.307(e)(2)(ii)
(iii) Where the upper and lower runs of horizontal belts are so located that passage of persons between them would be possible, the passage shall be either: 1926.307(e)(2)(iii)
(iv) Overhead chain and link 1926.307(e)(2)(iv)
Subpart J – Welding and Cutting
§1926.350 Gas welding and cutting
(a) Transporting, moving, and storing compressed gas cylinders. 1926.350(a)
(1) Valve protection caps shall be in place and secured. 1926.350(a)(1)
(2) When cylinders are hoisted, 1926.350(a)(2)
(3) Cylinders shall be moved by tilting 1926.350(a)(3)
(4) When cylinders are transported 1926.350(a)(4)
(5) Valve protection caps 1926.350(a)(5)
(6) Unless cylinders are firmly secured 1926.350(a)(6)
(7) A suitable cylinder truck, 1926.350(a)(7)
(8) When work is finished, when cylinders are empty, or when cylinders are moved at any time, the cylinder valve shall be closed. 1926.350(a)(8)
(9) Compressed gas cylinders shall be secured in an upright position at all times except, if necessary, for short periods of time while cylinders are actually being hoisted or carried. 1926.350(a)(9)
(10) Oxygen cylinders in storage shall be separated from fuel-gas cylinders or combustible materials (especially oil or grease), a minimum distance of 20 feet (6.1 m) or by a noncombustible barrier at least 5 feet (1.5 m) high having a fire-resistance rating of at least one-half hour. 1926.350(a)(10)
(11) Inside of buildings, cylinders shall be stored 1926.350(a)(11)
(12) The in-plant handling, 1926.350(a)(12)
(b) Placing cylinders. 1926.350(b)
(1) Cylinders shall be kept far enough away from the actual welding or cutting operation so that sparks, hot slag, or flame will not reach them. When this is impractical, fire resistant shields shall be provided. 1926.350(b)(1)
(2) Cylinders shall be placed where they cannot become part of an electrical circuit. Electrodes shall not be struck against a cylinder to strike an arc. 1926.350(b)(2)
(3) Fuel gas cylinders 1926.350(b)(3)
(4) Cylinders containing oxygen 1926.350(b)(4)
(c) Treatment of cylinders. (1)-(3) 1926.350(c)
(d) Use of fuel gas. The employer shall thoroughly instruct employees in the safe use of fuel gas, as follows: 1926.350(d)
(1) Before a regulator to a cylinder valve is connected, 1926.350(d)(1)
(2) The cylinder valve shall always 1926.350(d)(2)
(3) Fuel gas shall not be used 1926.350(d)(3)
(4) Before a regulator is removed 1926.350(d)(4)
(5) If, when the valve on a fuel gas cylinder is opened, there is found to be a leak around the valve stem, the valve shall be closed and the gland nut tightened. If this action does not stop the leak, the use of the cylinder shall be discontinued, and it shall be properly tagged and removed from the work area. In the event that fuel gas should leak from the cylinder valve, rather than from the valve stem, and the gas cannot be shut off, the cylinder shall be properly tagged and removed from the work area. If a regulator attached to a cylinder valve will effectively stop a leak through the valve seat, the cylinder need not be removed from the work area. 1926.350(d)(5)
(6) If a leak should develop 1926.350(d)(6)
(e) Fuel gas and oxygen manifolds. 1926.350(e)
(1) Fuel gas and oxygen manifolds shall bear the name of the substance they contain in letters at least 1- inch high which shall be either painted on the manifold or on a sign permanently attached to it. 1926.350(e)(1)
(2) Fuel gas and oxygen manifolds 1926.350(e)(2)
(3) Manifold hose connections, 1926.350(e)(3)
(4) When not in use, manifold and header hose connections shall be capped. 1926.350(e)(4)
(5) Nothing shall be placed on top 1926.350(e)(5)
(f) Hose. 1926.350(f)
(1) Fuel gas hose and oxygen hose shall be easily distinguishable from each other. The contrast may be made by different colors or by surface characteristics readily distinguishable by the sense of touch. Oxygen and fuel gas hoses shall not be interchangeable. A single hose having more than one gas passage shall not be used. 1926.350(f)(1)
(2) When parallel sections of oxygen and fuel gas hose 1926.350(f)(2)
(3) All hose in use, carrying acetylene, oxygen, natural or manufactured fuel gas, or any gas or substance which may ignite or enter into combustion, or be in any way harmful to employees, shall be inspected at the beginning of each working shift. Defective hose shall be removed from service. 1926.350(f)(3)
(4) Hose which has been subject to flashback, 1926.350(f)(4)
(5) Hose couplings shall be of the type 1926.350(f)(5)
(6) Boxes used for the storage 1926.350(f)(6)
(7) Hoses, cables, and other equipment 1926.350(f)(7)
(g) Torches. 1926.350(g)
(1) Clogged torch tip openings 1926.350(g)(1)
(2) Torches in use shall be inspected at the beginning of each working shift for leaking shutoff valves, hose couplings, and tip connections. Defective torches shall not be used. 1926.350(g)(2)
(3) Torches shall be lighted by friction lighters 1926.350(g)(3)
(h) Regulators and gauges. 1926.350(h)
(i) Oil and grease hazards. Oxygen cylinders and fittings shall be kept away from oil or grease. Cylinders, cylinder caps and valves, couplings, regulators, hose, and apparatus shall be kept free from oil or greasy substances and shall not be handled with oily hands or gloves. Oxygen shall not be directed at oily surfaces, greasy clothes, or within a fuel oil or other storage tank or vessel. 1926.350(i)
(j) Additional rules. 1926.350(j)
§1926.351 Arc welding and cutting
(a) Manual electrode holders. (1)-(2) 1926.351(a)
(b) Welding cables and connectors. 1926.351(b)
(1) All arc welding and cutting cables 1926.351(b)(1)
(2) Only cable free from repair or splices for a minimum distance of 10 feet from the cable end to which the electrode holder is connected shall be used, except that cables with standard insulated connectors or with splices whose insulating quality is equal to that of the cable are permitted. 1926.351(b)(2)
(3) When it becomes necessary to connect 1926.351(b)(3)
(4) Cables in need of repair 1926.351(b)(4)
(c) Ground returns and machine grounding. 1926.351(c)
(1) A ground return cable 1926.351(c)(1)
(2) Pipelines containing gases or flammable liquids, 1926.351(c)(2)
(3) When a structure or pipeline is employed 1926.351(c)(3)
(4) When a structure or pipeline is continuously employed 1926.351(c)(4)
(5) The frames of all arc welding and cutting machines shall be grounded either through a third wire in the cable containing the circuit conductor or through a separate wire which is grounded at the source of the current. Grounding circuits, other than by means of the structure, shall be checked to ensure that the circuit
Succinct Construction Regulations and Standards
between the ground and the grounded power conductor has resistance low enough to permit sufficient current to flow to cause the fuse or circuit breaker to interrupt the current. 1926.351(c)(5)
(6) All ground connections shall be inspected 1926.351(c)(6)
(d) Operating instructions. Employers shall instruct employees in the safe means of arc welding and cutting as follows: 1926.351(d)
(1) When electrode holders are to be left unattended, the electrodes shall be removed and the holders shall be so placed or protected that they cannot make electrical contact with employees or conducting objects. 1926.351(d)(1)
(2) Hot electrode holders 1926.351(d)(2)
(3) When the arc welder or cutter 1926.351(d)(3)
(4) Any faulty or defective equipment shall be reported to the supervisor. 1926.351(d)(4)
(5) See §1926.406(c) for additional requirements. 1926.351(d)(5)
(e) Shielding. Whenever practicable, all arc welding and cutting operations shall be shielded by noncombustible or flameproof screens which will protect employees and other persons working in the vicinity from the direct rays of the arc. 1926.351(e)
§1926.352 Fire prevention
(a) When practical, objects to be welded, cut, or heated shall be moved to a designated safe location or, if the objects to be welded, cut, or heated cannot be readily moved, all movable fire hazards in the vicinity shall be taken to a safe place, or otherwise protected. 1926.352(a)
(b) If the object to be welded, cut, or heated cannot be moved and if all the fire hazards cannot be removed, positive means shall be taken to confine the heat, sparks, and slag, and to protect the immovable fire hazards from them. 1926.352(b)
(c) No welding, cutting, or heating shall be done where the application of flammable paints, or the presence of other flammable compounds, or heavy dust concentrations creates a hazard. 1926.352(c)
(d) Suitable fire extinguishing equipment shall be immediately available in the work area and shall be maintained in a state of readiness for instant use. 1926.352(d)
(e) When the welding, cutting, or heating operation is such that normal fire prevention precautions are not sufficient, additional personnel shall be assigned to guard against fire while the actual welding, cutting, or heating operation is being performed, and for a sufficient period of time after completion of the work to ensure that no possibility of fire exists. Such personnel shall be instructed as to the specific anticipated fire hazards and how the firefighting equipment provided is to be used. 1926.352(e)
(f) When welding, cutting, or heating is performed on walls, floors, and ceilings, since direct penetration of sparks or heat transfer may introduce a fire hazard to an adjacent area, the same precautions shall be taken on the opposite side as are taken on the side on which the welding is being performed. 1926.352(f)
(g) For the elimination of possible fire in enclosed spaces as a result of gas escaping through leaking or improperly closed torch valves, the gas supply to the torch shall be positively shut off at some point outside the enclosed space whenever the torch is not to be used or whenever the torch is left unattended for a substantial period of time, such as during the lunch period. Overnight and at the change of shifts, the torch and hose shall be removed from the confined space. Open end fuel gas and oxygen hoses shall be immediately removed from enclosed spaces when they are disconnected from the torch or other gas-consuming device. 1926.352(g)
(h) Except when the contents are being removed or transferred, drums, pails, and other containers which contain or have contained flammable liquids shall be kept closed. Empty containers shall be removed to a safe area apart from hot work operations or open flames. 1926.352(h)
(i) Drums containers, or hollow structures which have contained toxic or flammable substances shall, before welding, cutting, or heating is undertaken on them, either be filled with water or thoroughly cleaned of such substances and ventilated and tested. For welding, cutting and heating on steel pipelines containing natural gas, the pertinent portions of regulations issued by the Department of Transportation, Office of Pipeline Safety, 49 CFR Part 192, Minimum Federal Safety Standards for Gas Pipelines, shall apply. 1926.352(i)
(j) Before heat is applied to a drum, container, or hollow structure, a vent or opening shall be provided for the release of any builtup pressure during the application of heat. 1926.352(j)
§1926.353 Ventilation and protection in welding, cutting, and heating
(a) Mechanical ventilation. For purposes of this section, mechanical ventilation shall meet the following requirements: 1926.353(a)
(1) Mechanical ventilation 1926.353(a)(1)
(2) General mechanical ventilation shall be of sufficient capacity and so arranged as to produce the number of air changes necessary to maintain welding fumes and smoke within safe limits, as defined in subpart D of this part. 1926.353(a)(2)
(3) Local exhaust ventilation 1926.353(a)(3)
(4) Contaminated air exhausted 1926.353(a)(4)
(5) All air replacing that withdrawn 1926.353(a)(5)
(6) Oxygen shall not be used for ventilation purposes, 1926.353(a)(6)
(b) Welding, cutting, and heating in confined spaces. 1926.353(b)
(1) Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2) of this section, and paragraph (c)(2) of this section, either general mechanical or local exhaust ventilation meeting the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section shall be provided whenever welding, cutting, or heating is performed in a confined space. 1926.353(b)(1)
(2) When sufficient ventilation cannot be obtained 1926.353(b)(2)
(3) Lifelines. 1926.353(b)(3)
(c) Welding, cutting, or heating of metals of toxic significance.
1926.353(c)
(1) Welding, cutting, or heating in any enclosed spaces involving the metals specified in this subparagraph shall be performed with either general mechanical or local exhaust ventilation meeting the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section: 1926.353(c)(1)
(i) Zinc-bearing base or filler metals or metals coated with zincbearing materials; 1926.353(c)(1)(i)
(iv) Chromium-bearing metals or metals coated with chromiumbearing materials. 1926.353(c)(1)(iv)
(2) Welding, cutting, or heating in any enclosed spaces involving the metals specified in this subparagraph shall be performed with local exhaust ventilation in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section, or employees shall be protected by air line respirators in accordance with the requirements of subpart E of this part: 1926.353(c)(2)
(i) Metals containing lead, other than as an impurity, or metals coated with lead-bearing materials; 1926.353(c)(2)(i)
(ii) Cadmium-bearing or cadmium-coated base metals; 1926.353(c)(2)(ii)
(iii) Metals coated with mercury-bearing metals;1926.353(c)(2)(iii) (iv) Beryllium-containing base or filler metals. Because of its high toxicity, work involving beryllium shall be done with both local exhaust ventilation and air line respirators. 1926.353(c)(2)(iv)
(3) Employees performing such operations in the open air shall be protected by filter-type respirators in accordance with the requirements of subpart E of this part, except that employees performing such operations on beryllium-containing base or filler metals shall be protected by air line respirators in accordance with the requirements of subpart E of this part. 1926.353(c)(3)
(4) Other employees exposed to the same atmosphere as the welders or burners shall be protected in the same manner as the welder or burner. 1926.353(c)(4)
(d) Inert-gas metal-arc welding. 1926.353(d)
(1) Since the inert-gas metal-arc welding process involves the production of ultra-violet radiation of intensities of 5 to 30 times that produced during shielded metal-arc welding, the decomposition of chlorinated solvents by ultraviolet rays, and the liberation of toxic fumes and gases, employees shall not be permitted to engage in, or be exposed to the process until the following special precautions have been taken: 1926.353(d)(1)
(i) The use of chlorinated solvents 1926.353(d)(1)(i)
(ii) Employees in the area not protected from the arc 1926.353(d)(1)(ii)
(iii) Welders and other employees who are exposed to radiation 1926.353(d)(1)(iii)
(iv) When inert-gas metal-arc welding is being performed on stainless steel, the requirements of paragraph (c)(2) of this section shall be met to protect against dangerous concentrations of nitrogen dioxide. 1926.353(d)(1)(iv)
(e) General welding, cutting, and heating. 1926.353(e)
(1) Welding, cutting, and heating, not involving conditions or materials described in paragraph (b), (c), or (d) of this section, may normally be done without mechanical ventilation or respiratory protective equipment, but where, because of unusual physical or
atmospheric conditions, an unsafe accumulation of contaminants exists, suitable mechanical ventilation or respiratory protective equipment shall be provided. 1926.353(e)(1)
(2) Employees performing any type of welding, cutting, or heating shall be protected by suitable eye protective equipment in accordance with the requirements of subpart E of this part. 1926.353(e)(2)
§1926.354 Welding, cutting, and heating in way of preservative coatings
(a) Before welding, cutting, or heating is commenced on any surface covered by a preservative coating whose flammability is not known, a test shall be made by a competent person to determine its flammability. Preservative coatings shall be considered to be highly flammable when scrapings burn with extreme rapidity. 1926.354(a)
(b) Precautions shall be taken to prevent ignition 1926.354(b)
(c) Protection against toxic preservative coatings: (1)-(2) 1926.354(c)
(d) The preservative coatings shall be removed 1926.354(d)
Subpart K – Electrical GENERAL
§1926.400 Introduction
This subpart addresses electrical safety requirements that are necessary for the practical safeguarding of employees involved in construction work and is divided into four major divisions and applicable definitions as follows:
(a) Installation safety requirements. Installation safety requirements are contained in §§1926.402 through 1926.408. Included in this category are electric equipment and installations used to provide electric power and light on jobsites. 1926.400(a)
(b) Safety-related work practices. Safety-related work practices are contained in §§1926.416 and 1926.417. In addition to covering the hazards arising from the use of electricity at jobsites, these regulations also cover the hazards arising from the accidental contact, direct or indirect, by employees with all energized lines, above or below ground, passing through or near the jobsite. 1926.400(b)
(c) Safety-related maintenance and environmental considerations. Safety-related maintenance and environmental considerations are contained in §§1926.431 and 1926.432. 1926.400(c)
(d) Safety requirements for special equipment. Safety requirements for special equipment are contained in §1926.441. 1926.400(d)
(e) Definitions. Definitions applicable to this subpart are contained in §1926.449. 1926.400(e)
§1926.403 General requirements (a)-(j)
(b) Examination, installation, and use of equipment (1)-(2) 1926.403(b)
(2) Installation and use. Listed, labeled, or certified equipment shall be installed and used in accordance with instructions included in the listing, labeling, or certification. 1926.403(b)(2)
(g) Marking. Electrical equipment shall not be used unless the manufacturer's name, trademark, or other descriptive marking by which the organization responsible for the product may be identified is placed on the equipment and unless other markings are provided giving voltage, current, wattage, or other ratings as necessary. The marking shall be of sufficient durability to withstand the environment involved. 1926.403(g)
§1926.404 Wiring design and protection
(a) Use and identification of grounded and grounding conductors — (1)-(3) 1926.404(a)
(b) Branch circuits — 1926.404(b)
(1) Ground-fault protection — 1926.404(b)(1)
(i) General. The employer shall use either ground fault circuit interrupters as specified in paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section or an assured equipment grounding conductor program as specified in paragraph (b)(1)(iii) of this section to protect employees on construction sites. These requirements are in addition to any other requirements for equipment grounding conductors.
1926.404(b)(1)(i)
(ii) Ground-fault circuit interrupters. All 120-volt, single-phase, 15and 20-ampere receptacle outlets on construction sites, which are not a part of the permanent wiring of the building or structure and which are in use by employees, shall have approved ground-fault circuit interrupters for personnel protection. Receptacles on a two-wire, single-phase portable or vehiclemounted generator rated not more than 5kW, where the circuit
conductors of the generator are insulated from the generator frame and all other grounded surfaces, need not be protected with ground-fault circuit interrupters. 1926.404(b)(1)(ii)
(iii) Assured equipment grounding conductor program. The employer shall establish and implement an assured equipment grounding conductor program on construction sites covering all cord sets, receptacles which are not a part of the building or structure, and equipment connected by cord and plug which are available for use or used by employees. This program shall comply with the following minimum requirements: 1926.404(b)(1)(iii)
[A] A written description of the program, 1926.404(b)(1)(iii)[A]
[B] The employer shall designate 1926.404(b)(1)(iii)[B]
[C] Each cord set, attachment cap, plug 1926.404(b)(1)(iii)[C]
[D] The following tests shall be performed on all cord sets, receptacles which are not a part of the permanent wiring of the building or structure, and cord- and plugconnected equipment required to be grounded: 1926.404(b)(1)(iii)[D]
[1] All equipment grounding conductors shall be tested for continuity and shall be electrically continuous.1926.404(b)(1)(iii)[D][1]
[2] Each receptacle and attachment cap or plug shall be tested for correct attachment of the equipment grounding conductor. The equipment grounding conductor shall be connected to its proper terminal.1926.404(b)(1)(iii)[D][2]
[E] All required tests shall be performed: 1926.404(b)(1)(iii)[E]
[1] Before first use; 1926.404(b)(1)(iii)[E][1]
[2] Before equipment is returned to service following any repairs;1926.404(b)(1)(iii)[E][2]
[3] Before equipment is used after any incident which can be reasonably suspected to have caused damage (for example, when a cord set is run over); and1926.404(b)(1)(iii)[E][3]
[4] At intervals not to exceed 3 months, except that cord sets and receptacles which are fixed and not exposed to damage shall be tested at intervals not exceeding 6 months.1926.404(b)(1)(iii)[E][4]
[F] The employer shall not make available
1926.404(b)(1)(iii)[F]
[G] Tests performed as required 1926.404(b)(1)(iii)[G]
(2) Outlet devices. (i)-(iii) 1926.404(b)(2)
(c) Outside conductors and lamps — (1)-(2) 1926.404(c)
(d) Services — (1)-(2) 1926.404(d)
(e) Overcurrent protection — 1926.404(e)
(1) 600 volts, nominal, or less. The following requirements apply to overcurrent protection of circuits rated 600 volts, nominal, or less. 1926.404(e)(1)
(i) Protection of conductors and equipment. Conductors and equipment shall be protected from overcurrent in accordance with their ability to safely conduct current. Conductors shall have sufficient ampacity to carry the load.1926.404(e)(1)(i)
(ii) Grounded conductors. 1926.404(e)(1)(ii)
(iii) Disconnection of fuses and thermal cutouts. 1926.404(e)(1)(iii)
(iv) Location in or on premises. 1926.404(e)(1)(iv)
(v) Arcing or suddenly moving parts. 1926.404(e)(1)(v)
(1) Systems to be grounded. (i)-(v) 1926.404(f)(1)
(2) Separately derived systems. 1926.404(f)(2)
(3) Portable and vehicle-mounted generators — 1926.404(f)(3)
(i) Portable generators. Under the following conditions, the frame of a portable generator need not be grounded and may serve as the grounding electrode for a system supplied by the generator: 1926.404(f)(3)(i)
(ii) Vehicle-mounted generators. Under the following conditions the frame of a vehicle may serve as the grounding electrode for a system supplied by a generator located on the vehicle: 1926.404(f)(3)(ii)
(iii) Neutral conductor bonding. A neutral conductor shall be bonded to the generator frame if the generator is a component of a separately derived system. No other conductor need be bonded to the generator frame. 1926.404(f)(3)(iii)
(4) Conductors to be grounded. 1926.404(f)(4)
(5) Grounding connections — 1926.404(f)(5)
(i) Grounded system. For a grounded system, a grounding electrode conductor shall be used to connect both the equipment grounding conductor and the grounded circuit conductor to the grounding electrode. Both the equipment grounding conductor and the grounding electrode conductor shall be connected to the grounded circuit conductor on the supply side of the service disconnecting means, or on the supply side of the system disconnecting means or overcurrent devices if the system is separately derived. 1926.404(f)(5)(i)
(ii) Ungrounded systems. 1926.404(f)(5)(ii)
(6) Grounding path. The path to ground from circuits, equipment, and enclosures shall be permanent and continuous. 1926.404(f)(6)
(7) Supports, enclosures, and equipment to be grounded — 1926.404(f)(7)
(i) Supports and enclosures for conductors. [A]-[B] 1926.404(f)(7)(i)
(ii) Service equipment enclosures. 1926.404(f)(7)(ii)
(iii) Fixed equipment. [A]-[F]1926.404(f)(7)(iii)
[A] If within 8 feet (2.44 m) vertically 1926.404(f)(7)(iii)[A]
[B] If located in a wet or damp location
1926.404(f)(7)(iii)[B]
[C] If in electrical contact with metal.1926.404(f)(7)(iii)[C]
[D] If in a hazardous (classified) location. 1926.404(f)(7)(iii)[D]
[E] If supplied by a metal-clad, 1926.404(f)(7)(iii)[E]
[F] If equipment operates [1]-[3]
1926.404(f)(7)(iii)[F]
(iv) Equipment connected by cord and plug. Under any of the conditions described in paragraphs (f)(7)(iv)(A) through (f)(7)(iv)(C) of this section, exposed noncurrent-carrying metal parts of cord- and plug-connected equipment which may become energized shall be grounded: 1926.404(f)(7)(iv)
[A] If in a hazardous (classified) location (see §1926.407).
1926.404(f)(7)(iv)[A]
[B] If operated at over 150 volts to ground, 1926.404(f)(7)(iv)[B]
[C] If the equipment is one of the types listed in paragraphs (f)(7)(iv)(C)(1) through (f)(7)(iv)(C)(5) of this section. However, even though the equipment may be one of these types, it need not be grounded if it is exempted by paragraph (f)(7)(iv)(C)(6). 1926.404(f)(7)(iv)[C]
[1] Hand held motor-operated tools; 1926.404(f)(7)(iv)[C][1]
[2] Cord- and plug-connected equipment 1926.404(f)(7)(iv)[C][2]
[3] Portable and mobile X-ray 1926.404(f)(7)(iv)[C][3]
[4] Tools likely to be used in wet and/or conductive locations; and1926.404(f)(7)(iv)[C][4]
[5] Portable hand lamps. 1926.404(f)(7)(iv)[C][5]
[6] Tools likely to be used in wet and/or conductive locations need not be grounded if supplied through an isolating transformer with an ungrounded secondary of not over 50 volts. Listed or labeled portable tools and appliances protected by a system of double insulation, or its equivalent, need not be grounded. If such a system is employed, the equipment shall be distinctively marked to indicate that the tool or appliance utilizes a system of double insulation.1926.404(f)(7)(iv)[C][6] (v) Nonelectrical equipment. 1926.404(f)(7)(v)
(8) Methods of grounding equipment — (i)-(iii) 1926.404(f)(8)
(9) Bonding. 1926.404(f)(9)
(10) Made electrodes. 1926.404(f)(10)
(11) Grounding of systems and circuits (i)-(iii) 1926.404(f)(11)
§1926.405 Wiring methods, components, and equipment for general use
(a) Wiring methods. The provisions of this paragraph do not apply to conductors which form an integral part of equipment such as motors, controllers, motor control centers and like equipment. 1926.405(a)
(1) General requirements. (i)-(ii) 1926.405(a)(1)
(2) Temporary wiring. 1926.405(a)(2)
(i) Scope. 1926.405(a)(2)(i)
(ii) General requirements for temporary wiring1926.405(a)(2)(ii)
[A] Feeders shall originate in a distribution center. 1926.405(a)(2)(ii)[A]
[C] Receptacles shall be of the grounding type. 1926.405(a)(2)(ii)[C]
[D] Disconnecting switches or plug connectors 1926.405(a)(2)(ii)[D]
[E] All lamps for general illumination shall be protected from accidental contact or breakage. Metal-case sockets shall be grounded. 1926.405(a)(2)(ii)[E]
[F] Temporary lights shall not be suspended by their electric cords unless cords and lights are designed for this means of suspension. 1926.405(a)(2)(ii)[F]
[G] Portable electric lighting used in wet and/or other conductive locations, as for example, drums, tanks, and vessels, shall be operated at 12 volts or less. However, 120-volt lights may be used if protected by a ground-fault circuit interrupter. 1926.405(a)(2)(ii)[G]
[H] A box shall be used wherever a change is made to a raceway system or a cable system which is metal clad or metal sheathed. 1926.405(a)(2)(ii)[H]
[I] Flexible cords and cables 1926.405(a)(2)(ii)[I]
[J] Extension cord sets used with portable electric tools and appliances shall be of three-wire type and shall be designed for hard or extra-hard usage. Flexible cords used with temporary and portable lights shall be designed for hard or extra-hard usage. 1926.405(a)(2)(ii)[J]
Note: The National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, in Article 400, Table 400-4, lists various types of flexible cords, some of which are noted as being designed for hard or extra-hard usage. Examples of these types of flexible cords include hard service cord (types S, ST, SO, STO) and junior hard service cord (types SJ, SJO, SJT, SJTO).
(iii) Guarding. 1926.405(a)(2)(iii)
(b) Cabinets, boxes, and fittings 1926.405(b)
(1) Conductors entering boxes, cabinets, or fittings. Conductors entering boxes, cabinets, or fittings shall be protected from abrasion, and openings through which conductors enter shall be effectively closed. Unused openings in cabinets, boxes, and fittings shall also be effectively closed. 1926.405(b)(1)
(2) Covers and canopies. All pull boxes, junction boxes, and fittings shall be provided with covers. If metal covers are used, they shall be grounded. In energized installations each outlet box shall have a cover, faceplate, or fixture canopy. Covers of outlet boxes having holes through which flexible cord pendants pass shall be provided with bushings designed for the purpose or shall have smooth, well-rounded surfaces on which the cords may bear.
1926.405(b)(2)
(3) Pull and junction boxes for systems over 600 volts, nominal. In addition to other requirements in this section for pull and junction boxes, the following shall apply to these boxes for systems over 600 volts, nominal: 1926.405(b)(3)
(i) Complete enclosure. 1926.405(b)(3)(i)
(ii) Covers. Boxes shall be closed by covers securely fastened in place. Underground box covers that weigh over 100 pounds (43.6 kg) meet this requirement. Covers for boxes shall be permanently marked "HIGH VOLTAGE." The marking shall be on the outside of the box cover and shall be readily visible and legible. 1926.405(b)(3)(ii)
(c) Knife switches. Single-throw knife switches shall be so connected that the blades are dead when the switch is in the open position. Single-throw knife switches shall be so placed that gravity will not tend to close them. Single-throw knife switches approved for use in the inverted position shall be provided with a locking device that will ensure that the blades remain in the open position when so set. Double-throw knife switches may be mounted so that the throw will be either vertical or horizontal. However, if the throw is vertical, a locking device shall be provided to ensure that the blades remain in the open position when so set. 1926.405(c)
(d) Switchboards and panelboards. Switchboards that have any exposed live parts shall be located in permanently dry locations and accessible only to qualified persons. Panelboards shall be mounted in cabinets, cutout boxes, or enclosures designed for the purpose and shall be dead front. However, panelboards other than the dead front externally- operable type are permitted where accessible only to qualified persons. Exposed blades of knife switches shall be dead when open. 1926.405(d)
(e) Enclosures for damp or wet locations 1926.405(e)
(1) Cabinets, fittings, and boxes. Cabinets, cutout boxes, fittings, boxes, and panelboard enclosures in damp or wet locations shall be installed so as to prevent moisture or water from entering and accumulating within the enclosures. In wet locations the enclosures shall be weatherproof. 1926.405(e)(1)
(2) Switches and circuit breakers. 1926.405(e)(2)
(f) Conductors for general wiring. All conductors used for general wiring shall be insulated unless otherwise permitted in this subpart. The conductor insulation shall be of a type that is suitable for the voltage, operating temperature, and location of use. Insulated conductors shall be distinguishable by appropriate color or other means as being grounded conductors, ungrounded conductors, or equipment grounding conductors. 1926.405(f)
(g) Flexible cords and cables. 1926.405(g)
(1) Use of flexible cords and cables. 1926.405(g)(1)
(i) Permitted uses. Flexible cords and cables shall be suitable for conditions of use and location. Flexible cords and cables shall be used only for: 1926.405(g)(1)(i)
[A] Pendants; 1926.405(g)(1)(i)[A]
[B] Wiring of fixtures; 1926.405(g)(1)(i)[B]
[C] Connection of portable lamps or appliances; 1926.405(g)(1)(i)[C]
[D] Elevator cables; 1926.405(g)(1)(i)[D]
[E] Wiring of cranes and hoists; 1926.405(g)(1)(i)[E]
[F] Connection of stationary equipment to facilitate their frequent interchange; 1926.405(g)(1)(i)[F]
[G] Prevention of the transmission 1926.405(g)(1)(i)[G]
[H] Appliances where the fastening means 1926.405(g)(1)(i)[H]
(ii) Attachment plugs for cords. If used as permitted in paragraphs (g)(1)(i)(C), (g)(1)(i)(F), or (g)(1)(i)(H) of this section, the flexible cord shall be equipped with an attachment plug and shall be energized from a receptacle outlet. 1926.405(g)(1)(ii)
(iii) Prohibited uses. Unless necessary for a use permitted in paragraph (g)(1)(i) of this section, flexible cords and cables shall not be used: 1926.405(g)(1)(iii)
[A] As a substitute for the fixed wiring of a structure; 1926.405(g)(1)(iii)[A]
[B] Where run through holes in walls, ceilings, or floors; 1926.405(g)(1)(iii)[B]
[C] Where run through doorways, windows, or similar openings, except as permitted in paragraph (a)(2)(ii)(I) of this section; 1926.405(g)(1)(iii)[C]
[D] Where attached to building surfaces; or 1926.405(g)(1)(iii)[D]
[E] Where concealed behind building 1926.405(g)(1)(iii)[E]
(2) Identification, splices, and terminations. 1926.405(g)(2)
(i) Identification. A conductor of a flexible cord or cable that is used as a grounded conductor or an equipment grounding conductor shall be distinguishable from other conductors. 1926.405(g)(2)(i)
(ii) Marking. 1926.405(g)(2)(ii)
(iii) Splices. Flexible cords shall be used only in continuous lengths without splice or tap. Hard service flexible cords No. 12 or larger may be repaired if spliced so that the splice retains the insulation, outer sheath properties, and usage characteristics of the cord being spliced. 1926.405(g)(2)(iii)
(iv) Strain relief. Flexible cords shall be connected to devices and fittings so that strain relief is provided which will prevent pull from being directly transmitted to joints or terminal screws. 1926.405(g)(2)(iv)
(v) Cords passing through holes. 1926.405(g)(2)(v)
(h) Portable cables over 600 volts, nominal. 1926.405(h)
(i) Fixture wires. (1)-(3) 1926.405(i)
(j) Equipment for general use 1926.405(j)
(1) Lighting fixtures, lampholders, lamps, and receptacles 1926.405(j)(1)
(i) Live parts. 1926.405(j)(1)(i)
(ii) Support. 1926.405(j)(1)(ii)
(iii) Portable lamps. [A]-[D]1926.405(j)(1)(iii)
(iv) Lampholders. 1926.405(j)(1)(iv)
(v) Fixtures. 1926.405(j)(1)(v)
(2) Receptacles, cord connectors, and attachment plugs (caps) (i)-
(ii) 1926.405(j)(2)
(3) Appliances. (i)-(iii) 1926.405(j)(3)
(4) Motors. (i)-(iv) 1926.405(j)(4)
(5) Transformers 1926.405(j)(5)
(i) Application. [A]-[D]1926.405(j)(5)(i)
(ii) Operating voltage. The operating voltage of exposed live parts of transformer installations shall be indicated by warning signs or visible markings on the equipment or structure.
1926.405(j)(5)(ii)
(iii) Transformers over 35 kV. 1926.405(j)(5)(iii)
(ii) Over 600 volts. Capacitors rated over 600 volts, nominal, shall comply with the following additional requirements:
1926.405(j)(6)(ii) [A] Isolating or disconnecting switches 1926.405(j)(6)(ii)[A]
[B] For series capacitors the proper switching shall be assured by use of at least one of the following:
1926.405(j)(6)(ii)[B]
[1] Mechanically sequenced isolating and bypass switches, 1926.405(j)(6)(ii)[B][1]
[2] Interlocks, or 1926.405(j)(6)(ii)[B][2]
[3] Switching procedure prominently displayed at the switching location. 1926.405(j)(6)(ii)[B][3]
(i) General. Equipment shall be approved not only for the class of location but also for the ignitible or combustible properties of the specific gas, vapor, dust, or fiber that will be present. 1926.407(b)(2)(i)
Note: NFPA 70, the National Electrical Code, lists or defines hazardous gases, vapors, and dusts by "Groups" characterized by their ignitible or combustible properties.
(ii) Marking. Equipment shall not be used unless it is marked to show the class, group, and operating temperature or temperature range, based on operation in a 40-degree C ambient, for which it is approved. The temperature marking shall not exceed the ignition temperature of the specific gas, vapor, or dust to be encountered. However, the following provisions modify this marking requirement for specific equipment: 1926.407(b)(2)(ii)
(1) Wiring methods for fixed installations (i)-(ii) 1926.408(a)(1)
(2) Interrupting and isolating devices. 1926.408(a)(2)
(i) Circuit breakers. 1926.408(a)(2)(i)
(ii) Fused cutouts. 1926.408(a)(2)(ii)
(iii) Equipment isolating means. A means shall be provided to completely isolate equipment for inspection and repairs. Isolating means which are not designed to interrupt the load current of the circuit shall be either interlocked with a circuit interrupter or provided with a sign warning against opening them under load. 1926.408(a)(2)(iii)
(3) Mobile and portable equipment. 1926.408(a)(3)
(i) Power cable connections to mobile machines. A metallic enclosure shall be provided on the mobile machine for enclosing the terminals of the power cable. The enclosure shall include provisions for a solid connection for the ground wire(s) terminal to ground effectively the machine frame. The method of cable termination used shall prevent any strain or pull on the cable from stressing the electrical connections. The enclosure shall have provision for locking so only authorized qualified persons may open it and shall be marked with a sign warning of the presence of energized parts. 1926.408(a)(3)(i)
(ii) Guarding live parts. All energized switching and control parts shall be enclosed in effectively grounded metal cabinets or enclosures. Circuit breakers and protective equipment shall have the operating means projecting through the metal cabinet or enclosure so these units can be reset without locked doors being opened. Enclosures and metal cabinets shall be locked so that only authorized qualified persons have access and shall be marked with a sign warning of the presence of energized parts. Collector ring assemblies on revolving-type machines (shovels, draglines, etc.) shall be guarded.
1926.408(a)(3)(ii)
(4) Tunnel installations. (i)-(v) 1926.408(a)(4)
§1926.416 General requirements
(a) Protection of employees. (1)-(3) 1926.416(a)
(a)-(e)
(2) In work areas where the exact location of underground electric powerlines is unknown, employees using jack-hammers, bars, or other hand tools which may contact a line shall be provided with insulated protective gloves. 1926.416(a)(2)
(3) Before work is begun the employer shall ascertain by inquiry or direct observation, or by instruments, whether any part of an energized electric power circuit, exposed or concealed, is so located that the performance of the work may bring any person, tool, or machine into physical or electrical contact with the electric power circuit. The employer shall post and maintain proper warning signs where such a circuit exists. The employer shall advise employees of the location of such lines, the hazards involved, and the protective measures to be taken. 1926.416(a)(3)
(b) Passageways and open spaces. 1926.416(b)
(1) Barriers or other means of guarding shall be provided to ensure that workspace for electrical equipment will not be used as a passageway during periods when energized parts of electrical equipment are exposed. 1926.416(b)(1)
(2) Working spaces, walkways, and similar locations shall be kept clear of cords so as not to create a hazard to employees.
1926.416(b)(2)
§1926.417
(e) Cords and cables. 1926.416(e)
Succinct Construction Regulations and Standards
(1) Worn or frayed electric cords or cables shall not be used. 1926.416(e)(1)
(2) Extension cords shall not be fastened with staples, hung from nails, or suspended by wire. 1926.416(e)(2)
§1926.417 Lockout and tagging of circuits
(a) Controls. Controls that are to be deactivated during the course of work on energized or deenergized equipment or circuits shall be tagged. 1926.417(a)
(b) Equipment and circuits. Equipment or circuits that are deenergized shall be rendered inoperative and shall have tags attached at all points where such equipment or circuits can be energized. 1926.417(b)
(c) Tags. Tags shall be placed to identify plainly the equipment or circuits being worked on. 1926.417(c)
(1) Unless identified for use in the operating environment, no conductors or equipment shall be located: 1926.432(a)(1)
(2) Control equipment, utilization equipment, 1926.432(a)(2)
Subpart L – Scaffolds
§1926.450 Scope, application, and definitions applicable to this subpart
(a) Scope and application. This subpart applies to all scaffolds used in workplaces covered by this part. It does not apply to crane or derrick suspended personnel platforms. The criteria for aerial lifts are set out exclusively in §1926.453. 1926.450(a)
(b) Definitions.
Adjustable suspension scaffold means a suspension scaffold equipped with a hoist(s) that can be operated by an employee(s) on the scaffold.
Bearer (putlog) means a horizontal transverse scaffold member (which may be supported by ledgers or runners) upon which the scaffold platform rests and which joins scaffold uprights, posts, poles, and similar members.
Boatswains' chair means a single-point adjustable suspension scaffold consisting of a seat or sling designed to support one employee in a sitting position.
Body belt (safety belt) means a strap with means both for securing it about the waist and for attaching it to a lanyard, lifeline, or deceleration device.
Body harness means a design of straps which may be secured about the employee in a manner to distribute the fall arrest forces over at least the thighs, pelvis, waist, chest and shoulders, with means for attaching it to other components of a personal fall arrest system.
Brace means a rigid connection that holds one scaffold member in a fixed position with respect to another member, or to a building or structure.
Bricklayers' square scaffold means a supported scaffold composed of framed squares which support a platform.
Carpenters' bracket scaffold means a supported scaffold consisting of a platform supported by brackets attached to building or structural walls.
Catenary scaffold means a suspension scaffold consisting of a platform supported by two essentially horizontal and parallel ropes attached to structural members of a building or other structure. Additional support may be provided by vertical pickups.
Chimney hoist means a multi-point adjustable suspension scaffold used to provide access to work inside chimneys. (See "Multipoint adjustable suspension scaffold".)
Cleat means a structural block used at the end of a platform to prevent the platform from slipping off its supports. Cleats are also used to provide footing on sloped surfaces such as crawling boards.
Competent person means one who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings or working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to employees, and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them.
Continuous run scaffold (Run scaffold) means a two- point or multi- point adjustable suspension scaffold constructed using a series of interconnected braced scaffold members or supporting structures erected to form a continuous scaffold.
Coupler means a device for locking together the tubes of a tube and coupler scaffold.
Crawling board (chicken ladder) means a supported scaffold consisting of a plank with cleats spaced and secured to provide footing, for use on sloped surfaces such as roofs.
Deceleration device means any mechanism, such as a rope grab, rip- stitch lanyard, specially-woven lanyard, tearing or deforming lanyard, or automatic self-retracting lifeline lanyard, which dissipates a substantial amount of energy during a fall arrest or limits the energy imposed on an employee during fall arrest.
Double pole (independent pole) scaffold means a supported scaffold consisting of a platform(s) resting on cross beams (bearers) supported by ledgers and a double row of uprights independent of support (except ties, guys, braces) from any structure.
Equivalent means alternative designs, materials or methods to protect against a hazard which the employer can demonstrate will provide an equal or greater degree of safety for employees than the methods, materials or designs specified in the standard.
Exposed power lines means electrical power lines which are accessible to employees and which are not shielded from contact. Such lines do not include extension cords or power tool cords.
Eye or Eye splice means a loop with or without a thimble at the end of a wire rope.
Fabricated decking and planking means manufactured platforms made of wood (including laminated wood, and solid sawn wood planks), metal or other materials.
Fabricated frame scaffold (tubular welded frame scaffold) means a scaffold consisting of a platform(s) supported on fabricated end frames with integral posts, horizontal bearers, and intermediate members.
Failure means load refusal, breakage, or separation of component parts. Load refusal is the point where the ultimate strength is exceeded.
Float (ship) scaffold means a suspension scaffold consisting of a braced platform resting on two parallel bearers and hung from overhead supports by ropes of fixed length.
Form scaffold means a supported scaffold consisting of a platform supported by brackets attached to formwork.
Guardrail system means a vertical barrier, consisting of, but not limited to, toprails, midrails, and posts, erected to prevent employees from falling off a scaffold platform or walkway to lower levels.
Hoist means a manual or power-operated mechanical device to raise or lower a suspended scaffold.
Horse scaffold means a supported scaffold consisting of a platform supported by construction horses (saw horses). Horse scaffolds constructed of metal are sometimes known as trestle scaffolds.
Independent pole scaffold (see "Double pole scaffold").
Interior hung scaffold means a suspension scaffold consisting of a platform suspended from the ceiling or roof structure by fixed length supports.
Ladder jack scaffold means a supported scaffold consisting of a platform resting on brackets attached to ladders.
Ladder stand means a mobile, fixed-size, self-supporting ladder consisting of a wide flat tread ladder in the form of stairs.
Landing means a platform at the end of a flight of stairs.
Large area scaffold means a pole scaffold, tube and coupler scaffold, systems scaffold, or fabricated frame scaffold erected over substantially the entire work area. For example: a scaffold erected over the entire floor area of a room.
Lean-to scaffold means a supported scaffold which is kept erect by tilting it toward and resting it against a building or structure.
Lifeline means a component consisting of a flexible line that connects to an anchorage at one end to hang vertically (vertical lifeline), or that connects to anchorages at both ends to stretch horizontally (horizontal lifeline), and which serves as a means for connecting other components of a personal fall arrest system to the anchorage.
Lower levels means areas below the level where the employee is located and to which an employee can fall. Such areas include, but are not limited to, ground levels, floors, roofs, ramps, runways, excavations, pits, tanks, materials, water, and equipment.
Masons' adjustable supported scaffold (see "Self-contained adjustable scaffold").
Masons' multi-point adjustable suspension scaffold means a continuous run suspension scaffold designed and used for masonry operations.
Maximum intended load means the total load of all persons, equipment, tools, materials, transmitted loads, and other loads
reasonably anticipated to be applied to a scaffold or scaffold component at any one time.
Mobile scaffold means a powered or unpowered, portable, caster or wheel-mounted supported scaffold.
Multi-level suspended scaffold means a two-point or multipoint adjustable suspension scaffold with a series of platforms at various levels resting on common stirrups.
Multi-point adjustable suspension scaffold means a suspension scaffold consisting of a platform(s) which is suspended by more than two ropes from overhead supports and equipped with means to raise and lower the platform to desired work levels. Such scaffolds include chimney hoists.
Needle beam scaffold means a platform suspended from needle beams.
Open sides and ends means the edges of a platform that are more than 14 inches (36 cm) away horizontally from a sturdy, continuous, vertical surface (such as a building wall) or a sturdy, continuous horizontal surface (such as a floor), or a point of access. Exception: For plastering and lathing operations the horizontal threshold distance is 18 inches (46 cm).
Outrigger means the structural member of a supported scaffold used to increase the base width of a scaffold in order to provide support for and increased stability of the scaffold.
Outrigger beam (Thrustout) means the structural member of a suspension scaffold or outrigger scaffold which provides support for the scaffold by extending the scaffold point of attachment to a point out and away from the structure or building.
Outrigger scaffold means a supported scaffold consisting of a platform resting on outrigger beams (thrustouts) projecting beyond the wall or face of the building or structure, the inboard ends of which are secured inside the building or structure.
Overhand bricklaying means the process of laying bricks and masonry units such that the surface of the wall to be jointed is on the opposite side of the wall from the mason, requiring the mason to lean over the wall to complete the work. It includes mason tending and electrical installation incorporated into the brick wall during the overhand bricklaying process.
Personal fall arrest system means a system used to arrest an employee's fall. It consists of an anchorage, connectors, a body belt or body harness and may include a lanyard, deceleration device, lifeline, or combinations of these.
Platform means a work surface elevated above lower levels. Platforms can be constructed using individual wood planks, fabricated planks, fabricated decks, and fabricated platforms.
Pole scaffold (see definitions for "Single-pole scaffold" and "Double (independent) pole scaffold").
Power operated hoist means a hoist which is powered by other than human energy.
Pump jack scaffold means a supported scaffold consisting of a platform supported by vertical poles and movable support brackets.
Qualified means one who, by possession of a recognized degree, certificate, or professional standing, or who by extensive knowledge, training, and experience, has successfully demonstrated his/her ability to solve or resolve problems related to the subject matter, the work, or the project.
Rated load means the manufacturer's specified maximum load to be lifted by a hoist or to be applied to a scaffold or scaffold component.
Repair bracket scaffold means a supported scaffold consisting of a platform supported by brackets which are secured in place around the circumference or perimeter of a chimney, stack, tank or other supporting structure by one or more wire ropes placed around the supporting structure.
Roof bracket scaffold means a rooftop supported scaffold consisting of a platform resting on angular-shaped supports.
Runner (ledger or ribbon) means the lengthwise horizontal spacing or bracing member which may support the bearers.
Scaffold means any temporary elevated platform (supported or suspended) and its supporting structure (including points of anchorage), used for supporting employees or materials or both.
Self-contained adjustable scaffold means a combination supported and suspension scaffold consisting of an adjustable platform(s) mounted on an independent supporting frame(s) not a part of the object being worked on, and which is equipped with a means to permit the raising and lowering of the platform(s). Such systems include rolling roof rigs, rolling outrigger systems, and some masons' adjustable supported scaffolds.
Shore scaffold means a supported scaffold which is placed against a building or structure and held in place with props.
Single-point adjustable suspension scaffold means a suspension scaffold consisting of a platform suspended by one rope from an overhead support and equipped with means to permit the movement of the platform to desired work levels.
Single-pole scaffold means a supported scaffold consisting of a platform(s) resting on bearers, the outside ends of which are supported on runners secured to a single row of posts or uprights, and the inner ends of which are supported on or in a structure or building wall.
Stair tower (Scaffold stairway/tower) means a tower comprised of scaffold components and which contains internal stairway units and rest platforms. These towers are used to provide access to scaffold platforms and other elevated points such as floors and roofs.
Stall load means the load at which the prime-mover of a poweroperated hoist stalls or the power to the prime-mover is automatically disconnected.
Step, platform, and trestle ladder scaffold means a platform resting directly on the rungs of step ladders or trestle ladders.
Stilts means a pair of poles or similar supports with raised footrests, used to permit walking above the ground or working surface.
Stonesetters' multi-point adjustable suspension scaffold means a continuous run suspension scaffold designed and used for stonesetters' operations.
Supported scaffold means one or more platforms supported by outrigger beams, brackets, poles, legs, uprights, posts, frames, or similar rigid support.
Suspension scaffold means one or more platforms suspended by ropes or other non-rigid means from an overhead structure(s).
System scaffold means a scaffold consisting of posts with fixed connection points that accept runners, bearers, and diagonals that can be interconnected at predetermined levels.
Tank builders' scaffold means a supported scaffold consisting of a platform resting on brackets that are either directly attached to a cylindrical tank or attached to devices that are attached to such a tank.
Top plate bracket scaffold means a scaffold supported by brackets that hook over or are attached to the top of a wall. This type of scaffold is similar to carpenters' bracket scaffolds and form scaffolds and is used in residential construction for setting trusses.
Tube and coupler scaffold means a supported or suspended scaffold consisting of a platform(s) supported by tubing, erected with coupling devices connecting uprights, braces, bearers, and runners.
Tubular welded frame scaffold (see "Fabricated frame scaffold").
Two-point suspension scaffold (swing stage) means a suspension scaffold consisting of a platform supported by hangers (stirrups) suspended by two ropes from overhead supports and equipped with means to permit the raising and lowering of the platform to desired work levels.
Unstable objects means items whose strength, configuration, or lack of stability may allow them to become dislocated and shift and therefore may not properly support the loads imposed on them.
Unstable objects do not constitute a safe base support for scaffolds, platforms, or employees. Examples include, but are not limited to, barrels, boxes, loose brick, and concrete blocks.
Vertical pickup means a rope used to support the horizontal rope in catenary scaffolds.
Walkway means a portion of a scaffold platform used only for access and not as a work level.
Window jack scaffold means a platform resting on a bracket or jack which projects through a window opening.
§1926.451 General requirements
This section does not apply to aerial lifts, the criteria for which are set out exclusively in §1926.453.
(a) Capacity. 1926.451(a)
(1) Except as provided in paragraphs (a)(2), (a)(3), (a)(4), (a)(5) and (g) of this section, each scaffold and scaffold component shall be capable of supporting, without failure, its own weight and at least 4 times the maximum intended load applied or transmitted to it.
1926.451(a)(1)
(2) Direct connections to roofs and floors, 1926.451(a)(2)
(3) Each suspension rope, including connecting hardware, used on non-adjustable suspension scaffolds shall be capable of supporting, without failure, at least 6 times the maximum intended load applied or transmitted to that rope. 1926.451(a)(3)
(4) Each suspension rope, including connecting hardware, used on adjustable suspension scaffolds shall be capable of supporting, without failure, at least 6 times the maximum intended load applied or transmitted to that rope with the scaffold operating at either the rated load of the hoist, or 2 (minimum) times the stall load of the hoist, whichever is greater. 1926.451(a)(4)
(5) The stall load of any 1926.451(a)(5)
(6) Scaffolds shall be designed by a qualified person 1926.451(a)(6)
(b) Scaffold platform construction. 1926.451(b)
(1) Each platform on all working levels of scaffolds shall be fully planked or decked between the front uprights and the guardrail supports as follows: 1926.451(b)(1)
(i) Each platform unit (e.g., scaffold plank, fabricated plank, fabricated deck, or fabricated platform) shall be installed so that the space between adjacent units and the space between the platform and the uprights is no more than 1 inch (2.5 cm) wide, except where the employer can demonstrate that a wider space is necessary (for example, to fit around uprights when side brackets are used to extend the width of the platform).
1926.451(b)(1)(i)
(ii) Where the employer makes the demonstration provided for in paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section, the platform shall be planked or decked as fully as possible and the remaining open space between the platform and the uprights shall not exceed 91⁄2 inches (24.1 cm). 1926.451(b)(1)(ii)
Exception to paragraph (b)(1): The requirement in paragraph (b)(1) to provide full planking or decking does not apply to platforms used solely as walkways or solely by employees performing scaffold erection or dismantling. In these situations, only the planking that the employer establishes is necessary to provide safe working conditions is required.
(2) Except as provided in paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (b)(2)(ii) of this section, each scaffold platform and walkway shall be at least 18 inches (46 cm) wide. 1926.451(b)(2)
(i) Each ladder jack scaffold, top plate bracket scaffold, roof bracket scaffold, and pump jack scaffold shall be at least 12 inches (30 cm) wide. There is no minimum width requirement for boatswains' chairs. 1926.451(b)(2)(i)
Note to paragraph (b)(2)(i): Pursuant to an administrative stay effective November 29, 1996 and published in the Federal Register on November 25, 1996, the requirement in paragraph (b)(2)(i) that roof bracket scaffolds be at least 12 inches wide is stayed until November 25, 1997 or until rulemaking regarding the minimum width of roof bracket scaffolds has been completed, whichever is later.
(ii) Where scaffolds must be used in areas that the employer can demonstrate are so narrow that platforms and walkways cannot be at least 18 inches (46 cm) wide, such platforms and walkways shall be as wide as feasible, and employees on those platforms and walkways shall be protected from fall hazards by the use of guardrails and/or personal fall arrest systems. 1926.451(b)(2)(ii)
(3) Except as provided in paragraphs (b)(3) (i) and (ii) of this section, the front edge of all platforms shall not be more than 14 inches (36 cm) from the face of the work, unless guardrail systems are erected along the front edge and/or personal fall arrest systems are used in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section to protect employees from falling. (i)-(ii) 1926.451(b)(3)
(4) Each end of a platform, unless cleated or otherwise restrained by hooks or equivalent means, shall extend over the centerline of its support at least 6 inches (15 cm). 1926.451(b)(4)
(5) (i) Each end of a platform 10 feet or less 1926.451(b)(5)(i) (ii) Each platform greater than 10 feet in length 1926.451(b)(5)(ii)
(6) On scaffolds where scaffold planks are abutted to create a long platform, each abutted end shall rest on a separate support surface. This provision does not preclude the use of common support members, such as "T" sections, to support abutting planks, or hook on platforms designed to rest on common supports. 1926.451(b)(6)
(7) On scaffolds where platforms are overlapped to create a long platform, the overlap shall occur only over supports, and shall not be less than 12 inches (30 cm) unless the platforms are nailed together or otherwise restrained to prevent movement. 1926.451(b)(7)
(8) At all points of a scaffold where the platform changes direction, such as turning a corner, any platform that rests on a bearer at an angle other than a right angle shall be laid first, and platforms which rest at right angles over the same bearer shall be laid second, on top of the first platform. 1926.451(b)(8)
(9) Wood platforms shall not be covered with opaque finishes, except that platform edges may be covered or marked for identification. Platforms may be coated periodically with wood preservatives, fire- retardant finishes, and slip-resistant finishes; however, the coating may not obscure the top or bottom wood surfaces. 1926.451(b)(9)
(10) Scaffold components manufactured by different manufacturers shall not be intermixed unless the components fit together without force and the scaffold's structural integrity is maintained by the user. Scaffold components manufactured by different manufacturers shall not be modified in order to intermix them unless a competent person determines the resulting scaffold is structurally sound. 1926.451(b)(10)
(11) Scaffold components made of dissimilar metals shall not be used together unless a competent person has determined that galvanic action will not reduce the strength of any component to a level below that required by paragraph (a)(1) of this section. 1926.451(b)(11)
(c) Criteria for supported scaffolds. 1926.451(c)
(1) Supported scaffolds with a height to base width (including outrigger supports, if used) ratio of more than four to one (4:1) shall be restrained from tipping by guying, tying, bracing, or equivalent means, as follows: 1926.451(c)(1)
(i) Guys, ties, and braces shall be installed at locations where horizontal members support both inner and outer legs.
1926.451(c)(1)(i)
(ii) Guys, ties, and braces 1926.451(c)(1)(ii)
(iii) Ties, guys, braces, or outriggers shall be used to prevent the tipping of supported scaffolds in all circumstances where an eccentric load, such as a cantilevered work platform, is applied or is transmitted to the scaffold. 1926.451(c)(1)(iii)
(2) Supported scaffold poles, legs, posts, frames, and uprights shall bear on base plates and mud sills or other adequate firm foundation. 1926.451(c)(2)
(i) Footings shall be level, 1926.451(c)(2)(i)
(ii) Unstable objects 1926.451(c)(2)(ii)
(iii) Unstable objects 1926.451(c)(2)(iii)
(iv) Front-end loaders 1926.451(c)(2)(iv)
(v) Fork-lifts shall not be used to support 1926.451(c)(2)(v)
(3) Supported scaffold poles, 1926.451(c)(3)
(d) Criteria for suspension scaffolds. 1926.451(d)
(1) All suspension scaffold support devices, 1926.451(d)(1)
(5) Suspension scaffold support devices such as cornice hooks, roof hooks, roof irons, parapet clamps, or similar devices shall be: 1926.451(d)(5)
(i) Made of steel, wrought iron, or materials of equivalent strength; 1926.451(d)(5)(i)
(ii) Supported by bearing blocks; and1926.451(d)(5)(ii) (iii) Secured against movement by tiebacks installed at right angles to the face of the building or structure, or opposing angle tiebacks shall be installed and secured to a structurally sound point of anchorage on the building or structure. Sound points of anchorage include structural members, but do not include standpipes, vents, other piping systems, or electrical conduit. 1926.451(d)(5)(iii)
(iv) Tiebacks shall be equivalent in strength to the hoisting rope. 1926.451(d)(5)(iv)
(6) When winding drum hoists 1926.451(d)(6)
(7) The use of repaired wire rope as suspension rope is prohibited. 1926.451(d)(7)
(8) Wire suspension ropes 1926.451(d)(8) (9) The load end of wire suspension ropes 1926.451(d)(9) (10) Ropes shall be inspected for defects (i)-(vi) 1926.451(d)(10) (11) Swaged attachments or spliced 1926.451(d)(11) (12) When wire rope clips (i)-(vi) 1926.451(d)(12) (13) Suspension scaffold power-operated hoists 1926.451(d)(13) (14) Gasoline-powered equipment and hoists 1926.451(d)(14) (15) Gears and brakes of power-operated hoists used on suspension scaffolds shall be enclosed. 1926.451(d)(15)
(16) In addition to the normal operating brake, 1926.451(d)(16) (17) Manually operated hoists 1926.451(d)(17) (18) Two-point and multi-point suspension scaffolds 1926.451(d)(18)
(19) Devices whose sole function 1926.451(d)(19)
(e) Access. This paragraph applies to scaffold access for all employees. Access requirements for employees erecting or dismantling supported scaffolds are specifically addressed in paragraph (e)(9) of this section. (1)-(9) 1926.451(e)
(1) When scaffold platforms are more than 2 feet (0.6 m) above or below a point of access, portable ladders, hook-on ladders, attachable ladders, stair towers (scaffold stairways/towers), stairway-type ladders (such as ladder stands), ramps, walkways, integral prefabricated scaffold access, or direct access from another scaffold, structure, personnel hoist, or similar surface shall be used. Crossbraces shall not be used as a means of access. 1926.451(e)(1)
(8) Direct access to or from another surface shall be used only when the scaffold is not more than 14 inches (36 cm) horizontally and not more than 24 inches (61 cm) vertically from the other surface. 1926.451(e)(8)
(f) Use. 1926.451(f)
(1) Scaffolds and scaffold components shall not be loaded in excess of their maximum intended loads or rated capacities, whichever is less. 1926.451(f)(1)
(2) The use of shore or lean-to scaffolds is prohibited. 1926.451(f)(2)
(3) Scaffolds and scaffold components shall be inspected for visible defects by a competent person before each work shift, and after any occurrence which could affect a scaffold's structural integrity. 1926.451(f)(3)
(4) Any part of a scaffold damaged or weakened such that its strength is less than that required by paragraph (a) of this section shall be immediately repaired or replaced, braced to meet those provisions, or removed from service until repaired. 1926.451(f)(4)
(5) Scaffolds shall not be moved horizontally 1926.451(f)(5)
(6) The clearance between scaffolds and power lines shall be as follows: Scaffolds shall not be erected, used, dismantled, altered, or moved such that they or any conductive material handled on them might come closer to exposed and energized power lines than as follows: 1926.451(f)(6)
2 times the length of the line insulator, but never less than 10 feet (3.1 m).
More than 50 kv 10 feet (3.1 m) plus 0.4 inches (1.0 cm) for each 1 kv over 50 kv
2 times the length of the line insulator, but never less than 10 feet (3.1 m).
Exception to paragraph (f)(6): Scaffolds and materials may be closer to power lines than specified above where such clearance is necessary for performance of work, and only after the utility company, or electrical system operator, has been notified of the need to work closer and the utility company, or electrical system operator, has deenergized the lines, relocated the lines, or installed protective coverings to prevent accidental contact with the lines.
(7) Scaffolds shall be erected, moved, dismantled, or altered only under the supervision and direction of a competent person qualified in scaffold erection, moving, dismantling or alteration. Such activities shall be performed only by experienced and trained employees selected for such work by the competent person. 1926.451(f)(7)
(8) Employees shall be prohibited from working on scaffolds covered with snow, ice, or other slippery material except as necessary for removal of such materials. 1926.451(f)(8)
(9) Where swinging loads are being hoisted onto or near scaffolds such that the loads might contact the scaffold, tag lines or equivalent measures to control the loads shall be used. 1926.451(f)(9)
(10) Suspension ropes supporting 1926.451(f)(10)
(11) Suspension ropes shall be shielded 1926.451(f)(11)
(12) Work on or from scaffolds is prohibited during storms or high winds unless a competent person has determined that it is safe for employees to be on the scaffold and those employees are
protected by a personal fall arrest system or wind screens. Wind screens shall not be used unless the scaffold is secured against the anticipated wind forces imposed. 1926.451(f)(12)
(13) Debris shall not be allowed to accumulate on platforms. 1926.451(f)(13)
(14) Makeshift devices, 1926.451(f)(14)
(15) Ladders shall not be used on scaffolds (i)-(iv) 1926.451(f)(15)
(16) Platforms shall not deflect more than 1⁄60 of the span when loaded. 1926.451(f)(16)
(17) To reduce the possibility of welding (i)-(vi) 1926.451(f)(17)
(g) Fall protection. 1926.451(g)
(1) Each employee on a scaffold more than 10 feet (3.1 m) above a lower level shall be protected from falling to that lower level. Paragraphs (g)(1) (i) through (vii) of this section establish the types of fall protection to be provided to the employees on each type of scaffold. Paragraph (g)(2) of this section addresses fall protection for scaffold erectors and dismantlers. 1926.451(g)(1)
Note to paragraph (g)(1): The fall protection requirements for employees installing suspension scaffold support systems on floors, roofs, and other elevated surfaces are set forth in subpart M of this part.
(i) Each employee on a boatswains' chair, catenary scaffold, float scaffold, needle beam scaffold, or ladder jack scaffold shall be protected by a personal fall arrest system; 1926.451(g)(1)(i)
(ii) Each employee on a single-point or two-point adjustable suspension scaffold shall be protected by both a personal fall arrest system and guardrail system; 1926.451(g)(1)(ii)
(iii) Each employee on a crawling board 1926.451(g)(1)(iii)
(iv) Each employee on a self-contained adjustable scaffold shall be protected by a guardrail system (with minimum 200 pound toprail capacity) when the platform is supported by the frame structure, and by both a personal fall arrest system and a guardrail system (with minimum 200 pound toprail capacity) when the platform is supported by ropes; 1926.451(g)(1)(iv)
(v) Each employee on a walkway located 1926.451(g)(1)(v)
(vi) Each employee performing overhand bricklaying operations from a supported scaffold shall be protected from falling from all open sides and ends of the scaffold (except at the side next to the wall being laid) by the use of a personal fall arrest system or guardrail system (with minimum 200 pound toprail capacity). 1926.451(g)(1)(vi)
(vii) For all scaffolds not otherwise specified 1926.451(g)(1)(vii)
(2) Effective September 2, 1997, 1926.451(g)(2)
(3) In addition to meeting the requirements of §1926.502(d), personal fall arrest systems used on scaffolds shall be attached by lanyard to a vertical lifeline, horizontal lifeline, or scaffold structural member. Vertical lifelines shall not be used when overhead components, such as overhead protection or additional platform levels, are part of a single-point or two-point adjustable suspension scaffold. 1926.451(g)(3)
(i) When vertical lifelines are used, 1926.451(g)(3)(i)
(ii) When horizontal lifelines are used, 1926.451(g)(3)(ii)
(iii) When lanyards are connected 1926.451(g)(3)(iii)
(iv) Vertical lifelines, 1926.451(g)(3)(iv)
(4) Guardrail systems installed to meet the requirements of this section shall comply with the following provisions (guardrail systems built in accordance with Appendix A to this subpart will be deemed to meet the requirements of paragraphs (g)(4) (vii), (viii), and (ix) of this section): (i)-(xv) 1926.451(g)(4)
(i) Guardrail systems shall be installed along all open sides and ends of platforms. Guardrail systems shall be installed before the scaffold is released for use by employees other than erection/dismantling crews. 1926.451(g)(4)(i)
(ii) The top edge height of toprails or equivalent member on supported scaffolds manufactured or placed in service after January 1, 2000 shall be installed between 38 inches (0.97 m) and 45 inches (1.2 m) above the platform surface. The top edge height on supported scaffolds manufactured and placed in service before January 1, 2000, and on all suspended scaffolds where both a guardrail and a personal fall arrest system are required shall be between 36 inches (0.9 m) and 45 inches (1.2 m). When conditions warrant, the height of the top edge may exceed the 45-inch height, provided the guardrail system meets all other criteria of paragraph (g)(4). 1926.451(g)(4)(ii)
(iii) When midrails, screens, mesh, intermediate vertical members, solid panels, or equivalent structural members are used, they shall be installed between the top edge of the guardrail system and the scaffold platform. 1926.451(g)(4)(iii)
(iv) When midrails are used, they shall be installed at a height approximately midway between the top edge of the guardrail system and the platform surface. 1926.451(g)(4)(iv)
(v) When screens and mesh are used, they shall extend from the top edge of the guardrail system to the scaffold platform, and along the entire opening between the supports. 1926.451(g)(4)(v)
(xv) Crossbracing is acceptable in place of a midrail when the crossing point of two braces is between 20 inches (0.5 m) and 30 inches (0.8 m) above the work platform or as a toprail when the crossing point of two braces is between 38 inches (0.97 m) and 48 inches (1.3 m) above the work platform. The end points at each upright shall be no more than 48 inches (1.3 m) apart. 1926.451(g)(4)(xv)
(h) Falling object protection. 1926.451(h)
(1) In addition to wearing hardhats each employee on a scaffold shall be provided with additional protection from falling hand tools, debris, and other small objects through the installation of toeboards, screens, or guardrail systems, or through the erection of debris nets, catch platforms, or canopy structures that contain or deflect the falling objects. When the falling objects are too large, heavy or massive to be contained or deflected by any of the above-listed measures, the employer shall place such potential falling objects away from the edge of the surface from which they could fall and shall secure those materials as necessary to prevent their falling. 1926.451(h)(1)
(2) Where there is a danger of tools, materials, or equipment falling from a scaffold and striking employees below, the following provisions apply: 1926.451(h)(2)
(i) The area below the scaffold to which objects can fall shall be barricaded, and employees shall not be permitted to enter the hazard area; or 1926.451(h)(2)(i)
(ii) A toeboard shall be erected along the edge of platforms more than 10 feet (3.1 m) above lower levels for a distance sufficient to protect employees below, except on float (ship) scaffolds where an edging of 3⁄4 × 11⁄2 inch (2 × 4 cm) wood or equivalent may be used in lieu of toeboards; 1926.451(h)(2)(ii)
(iii) Where tools, materials, or equipment are piled to a height higher than the top edge of the toeboard, paneling or screening extending from the toeboard or platform to the top of the guardrail shall be erected for a distance sufficient to protect employees below; or 1926.451(h)(2)(iii)
(iv) A guardrail system shall be installed with openings small enough to prevent passage of potential falling objects; or 1926.451(h)(2)(iv)
(v) A canopy structure, debris net, or catch platform strong enough to withstand the impact forces of the potential falling objects shall be erected over the employees below.
1926.451(h)(2)(v)
(3) Canopies, when used for falling object protection, (i)-(iii) 1926.451(h)(3)
(4) Where used, toeboards shall be: 1926.451(h)(4)
(i) Capable of withstanding, without failure, a force of at least 50 pounds (222 n) applied in any downward or horizontal direction at any point along the toeboard (toeboards built in accordance with Appendix A to this subpart will be deemed to meet this requirement); and 1926.451(h)(4)(i)
(ii) At least three and one-half inches (9 cm) high from the top edge of the toeboard to the level of the walking/working surface. Toeboards shall be securely fastened in place at the outermost edge of the platform and have not more than 1⁄4 inch (0.7 cm) clearance above the walking/working surface. Toeboards shall be solid or with openings not over one inch (2.5 cm) in the greatest dimension. 1926.451(h)(4)(ii)
§1926.452 Additional requirements applicable to specific types of scaffolds
In addition to the applicable requirements of §1926.451, the following requirements apply to the specific types of scaffolds indicated. Scaffolds not specifically addressed by §1926.452, such as but not limited to systems scaffolds, must meet the requirements of §1926.451.
(a) Pole scaffolds. (1)-(10) 1926.452(a)
(b) Tube and coupler scaffolds. (1)-(10) 1926.452(b)
(a) General requirements. (1)-(2) 1926.453(a) (b) Specific requirements (1)-(5) 1926.453(b) (1) Ladder trucks and tower trucks. 1926.453(b)(1) (2) Extensible and articulating boom platforms. (i)-(xii) 1926.453(b)(2) (i) Lift controls shall be tested 1926.453(b)(2)(i) (ii) Only authorized persons shall operate an aerial lift. 1926.453(b)(2)(ii)
(iii) Belting off to an adjacent pole, 1926.453(b)(2)(iii)
(iv) Employees shall always stand firmly 1926.453(b)(2)(iv)
(v) A body belt shall be worn and a lanyard attached to the boom or basket when working from an aerial lift. 1926.453(b)(2)(v)
Note to paragraph (b)(2)(v): As of January 1, 1998, subpart M of this part (§1926.502(d)) provides that body belts are not acceptable as part of a personal fall arrest system. The use of a body belt in a tethering system or in a restraint system is acceptable and is regulated under §1926.502(e).
(vi) Boom and basket load limits 1926.453(b)(2)(vi)
(vii) The brakes shall be set and when outriggers are used, 1926.453(b)(2)(vii)
(viii) An aerial lift truck 1926.453(b)(2)(viii)
(ix) Articulating boom and extensible boom platforms, primarily designed as personnel carriers, shall have both platform (upper) and lower controls. Upper controls shall be in or beside the platform within easy reach of the operator. Lower controls shall provide for overriding the upper controls. Controls shall be plainly marked as to their function. Lower level controls shall not be operated unless permission has been obtained from the employee in the lift, except in case of emergency.
1926.453(b)(2)(ix)
(x) Climbers shall not be worn while performing work from an aerial lift. 1926.453(b)(2)(x)
(xi) The insulated portion of an aerial lift 1926.453(b)(2)(xi)
(xii) Before moving an aerial lift for travel, 1926.453(b)(2)(xii) (3) Electrical tests. 1926.453(b)(3)
Note to §1926.453: Non-mandatory Appendix C to this subpart lists examples of national consensus standards that are considered to provide employee protection equivalent to that provided through the application of ANSI A92.2-1969, where appropriate. This incorporation by reference was approved by the Director of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. Copies may be obtained from the American National Standards Institute. Copies may be inspected at the Docket Office, Occupational Safety and Health Administration, U.S. Department of Labor, 200 Constitution Avenue, NW., room N2634, Washington, DC or at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to: http://www.archives.gov/federal_register/code_of_federal_regulations/ibr_locations.html.
§1926.454 Training requirements
This section supplements and clarifies the requirements of §1926.21(b)(2) as these relate to the hazards of work on scaffolds.
(a) The employer shall have each employee who performs work while on a scaffold trained by a person qualified in the subject matter to recognize the hazards associated with the type of scaffold being used and to understand the procedures to control or minimize those hazards. The training shall include the following areas, as applicable: 1926.454(a)
(1) The nature of any electrical hazards, fall hazards and falling object hazards in the work area; 1926.454(a)(1)
(2) The correct procedures for dealing with electrical hazards and for erecting, maintaining, and disassembling the fall protection systems and falling object protection systems being used; 1926.454(a)(2)
(3) The proper use of the scaffold, and the proper handling of materials on the scaffold; 1926.454(a)(3)
(4) The maximum intended load and the load-carrying capacities of the scaffolds used; and 1926.454(a)(4)
(5) Any other pertinent requirements of this subpart. 1926.454(a)(5)
(b) The employer shall have each employee who is involved in erecting, disassembling, moving, operating, repairing, maintaining, or inspecting a scaffold trained by a competent person to recognize any hazards associated with the work in question. The training shall include the following topics, as applicable: 1926.454(b)
(1) The nature of scaffold hazards; 1926.454(b)(1)
(2) The correct procedures for erecting, disassembling, moving, operating, repairing, inspecting, and maintaining the type of scaffold in question; 1926.454(b)(2)
(3) The design criteria, maximum intended load-carrying capacity and intended use of the scaffold; 1926.454(b)(3)
(4) Any other pertinent requirements of this subpart. 1926.454(b)(4)
(c) When the employer has reason to believe (1)-(3) 1926.454(c)
Subpart M – Fall Protection
§1926.500 Scope, application, and definitions applicable to this subpart
(a) Scope and application. 1926.500(a)
(1) This subpart sets forth requirements and criteria for fall protection in construction workplaces covered under 29 CFR part 1926. Exception: The provisions of this subpart do not apply when employees are making an inspection, investigation, or assessment of workplace conditions prior to the actual start of construction work or after all construction work has been completed. 1926.500(a)(1)
(2) Section 1926.501 sets forth those workplaces, conditions, operations, and circumstances for which fall protection shall be provided except as follows: (i)-(vii) 1926.500(a)(2)
(3) Section 1926.502 sets forth the requirements for the installation, construction, and proper use of fall protection required by part 1926, except as follows: (i)-(v) 1926.500(a)(3)
(4) Section 1926.503 sets forth requirements for training in the installation and use of fall protection systems, except in relation to steel erection activities and the use of equipment covered by subpart CC. 1926.500(a)(4)
(b) Definitions.
Anchorage means a secure point of attachment for lifelines, lanyards or deceleration devices.
Connector means a device which is used to couple (connect) parts of the personal fall arrest system and positioning device systems together. It may be an independent component of the system, such as a carabiner, or it may be an integral component of part of the system (such as a buckle or dee-ring sewn into a body belt or body harness, or a snap-hook spliced or sewn to a lanyard or self-retracting lanyard).
Controlled access zone (CAZ) means an area in which certain work (e.g., overhand bricklaying) may take place without the use of guardrail systems, personal fall arrest systems, or safety net systems and access to the zone is controlled.
Guardrail system means a barrier erected to prevent employees from falling to lower levels.
Hole means a gap or void 2 inches (5.1 cm) or more in its least dimension, in a floor, roof, or other walking/working surface.
Opening means a gap or void 30 inches (76 cm) or more high and 18 inches (48 cm) or more wide, in a wall or partition, through which employees can fall to a lower level.
Personal fall arrest system means a system used to arrest an employee in a fall from a working level. It consists of an anchorage, connectors, a body belt or body harness and may include a lanyard, deceleration device, lifeline, or suitable combinations of these. As of January 1, 1998, the use of a body belt for fall arrest is prohibited.
Positioning device system means a body belt or body harness system rigged to allow an employee to be supported on an elevated vertical surface, such as a wall, and work with both hands free while leaning.
Safety-monitoring system means a safety system in which a competent person is responsible for recognizing and warning employees of fall hazards.
Toeboard means a low protective barrier that will prevent the fall of materials and equipment to lower levels and provide protection from falls for personnel.
Walking/working surface means any surface, whether horizon-
tal or vertical on which an employee walks or works, including, but not limited to, floors, roofs, ramps, bridges, runways, formwork and concrete reinforcing steel but not including ladders, vehicles, or trailers, on which employees must be located in order to perform their job duties.
Warning line system means a barrier erected on a roof to warn employees that they are approaching an unprotected roof side or edge, and which designates an area in which roofing work may take place without the use of guardrail, body belt, or safety net systems to protect employees in the area.
§1926.501
Duty to have fall protection
(a) General. 1926.501(a)
(1) This section sets forth requirements for employers to provide fall protection systems. All fall protection required by this section shall conform to the criteria set forth in §1926.502 of this subpart. 1926.501(a)(1)
(2) The employer shall determine if the walking/working surfaces on which its employees are to work have the strength and structural integrity to support employees safely. Employees shall be allowed to work on those surfaces only when the surfaces have the requisite strength and structural integrity. 1926.501(a)(2)
(b) (1) Unprotected sides and edges. Each employee on a walking/ working surface (horizontal and vertical surface) with an unprotected side or edge which is 6 feet (1.8 m) or more above a lower level shall be protected from falling by the use of guardrail systems, safety net systems, or personal fall arrest systems. 1926.501(b)(1)
(2) Leading edges. 1926.501(b)(2)
(i) Each employee who is constructing a leading edge 6 feet (1.8 m) or more above lower levels shall be protected from falling by guardrail systems, safety net systems, or personal fall arrest systems. Exception: When the employer can demonstrate that it is infeasible or creates a greater hazard to use these systems, the employer shall develop and implement a fall protection plan which meets the requirements of paragraph (k) of §1926.502. 1926.501(b)(2)(i)
Note: There is a presumption that it is feasible and will not create a greater hazard to implement at least one of the above-listed fall protection systems. Accordingly, the employer has the burden of establishing that it is appropriate to implement a fall protection plan which complies with §1926.502(k) for a particular workplace situation, in lieu of implementing any of those systems.
(ii) Each employee on a walking/working surface 6 feet (1.8 m) or more above a lower level where leading edges are under construction, but who is not engaged in the leading edge work, shall be protected from falling by a guardrail system, safety net system, or personal fall arrest system. If a guardrail system is chosen to provide the fall protection, and a controlled access zone has already been established for leading edge work, the control line may be used in lieu of a guardrail along the edge that parallels the leading edge. 1926.501(b)(2)(ii)
(3) Hoist areas. Each employee in a hoist area shall be protected from falling 6 feet (1.8 m) or more to lower levels by guardrail systems or personal fall arrest systems. If guardrail systems, [or chain, gate, or guardrail] or portions thereof, are removed to facilitate the hoisting operation (e.g., during landing of materials), and an employee must lean through the access opening or out over the edge of the access opening (to receive or guide equipment and materials, for example), that employee shall be protected from fall hazards by a personal fall arrest system. 1926.501(b)(3)
(4) Holes. 1926.501(b)(4)
(i) Each employee on walking/working surfaces shall be protected from falling through holes (including skylights) more than 6 feet (1.8 m) above lower levels, by personal fall arrest systems, covers, or guardrail systems erected around such holes. 1926.501(b)(4)(i)
(ii) Each employee on a walking/working surface shall be protected from tripping in or stepping into or through holes (including skylights) by covers. 1926.501(b)(4)(ii)
(iii) Each employee on a walking/working surface shall be protected from objects falling through holes (including skylights) by covers. 1926.501(b)(4)(iii)
(5) Formwork and reinforcing steel. Each employee on the face of formwork or reinforcing steel shall be protected from falling 6 feet (1.8 m) or more to lower levels by personal fall arrest systems, safety net systems, or positioning device systems. 1926.501(b)(5)
(6) Ramps, runways, and other walkways. Each employee on ramps, runways, and other walkways shall be protected from falling 6 feet (1.8 m) or more to lower levels by guardrail systems. 1926.501(b)(6)
(7) Excavations. 1926.501(b)(7)
Succinct Construction Regulations and Standards
(i) Each employee at the edge of an excavation 6 feet (1.8 m) or more in depth shall be protected from falling by guardrail systems, fences, or barricades when the excavations are not readily seen because of plant growth or other visual barrier; 1926.501(b)(7)(i)
(ii) Each employee at the edge of a well, pit, shaft, and similar excavation 6 feet (1.8 m) or more in depth shall be protected from falling by guardrail systems, fences, barricades, or covers. 1926.501(b)(7)(ii)
(8) Dangerous equipment. 1926.501(b)(8)
(i) Each employee less than 6 feet (1.8 m) above dangerous equipment shall be protected from falling into or onto the dangerous equipment by guardrail systems or by equipment guards. 1926.501(b)(8)(i)
(ii) Each employee 6 feet (1.8 m) or more above dangerous equipment shall be protected from fall hazards by guardrail systems, personal fall arrest systems, or safety net systems. 1926.501(b)(8)(ii)
(9) Overhand bricklaying and related work. 1926.501(b)(9)
(i) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each employee performing overhand bricklaying and related work 6 feet (1.8 m) or more above lower levels, shall be protected from falling by guardrail systems, safety net systems, personal fall arrest systems, or shall work in a controlled access zone. 1926.501(b)(9)(i)
(ii) Each employee reaching more than 10 inches (25 cm) below the level of the walking/working surface on which they are working, shall be protected from falling by a guardrail system, safety net system, or personal fall arrest system. 1926.501(b)(9)(ii)
Note: Bricklaying operations performed on scaffolds are regulated by Subpart L — Scaffolds of this part.
(10) Roofing work on Low-slope roofs. Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each employee engaged in roofing activities on low-slope roofs, with unprotected sides and edges 6 feet (1.8 m) or more above lower levels shall be protected from falling by guardrail systems, safety net systems, personal fall arrest systems, or a combination of warning line system and guardrail system, warning line system and safety net system, or warning line system and personal fall arrest system, or warning line system and safety monitoring system. Or, on roofs 50-feet (15.25 m) or less in width (see Appendix A to subpart M of this part), the use of a safety monitoring system alone [i.e. without the warning line system] is permitted. 1926.501(b)(10)
(11) Steep roofs. Each employee on a steep roof with unprotected sides and edges 6 feet (1.8 m) or more above lower levels shall be protected from falling by guardrail systems with toeboards, safety net systems, or personal fall arrest systems. 1926.501(b)(11)
(12) Precast concrete erection. Each employee engaged in the erection of precast concrete members (including, but not limited to the erection of wall panels, columns, beams, and floor and roof "tees") and related operations such as grouting of precast concrete members, who is 6 feet (1.8 m) or more above lower levels shall be protected from falling by guardrail systems, safety net systems, or personal fall arrest systems, unless another provision in paragraph (b) of this section provides for an alternative fall protection measure. Exception: When the employer can demonstrate that it is infeasible or creates a greater hazard to use these systems, the employer shall develop and implement a fall protection plan which meets the requirements of paragraph (k) of §1926.502. 1926.501(b)(12)
Note: There is a presumption that it is feasible and will not create a greater hazard to implement at least one of the above-listed fall protection systems. Accordingly, the employer has the burden of establishing that it is appropriate to implement a fall protection plan which complies with §1926.502(k) for a particular workplace situation, in lieu of implementing any of those systems.
(13) Residential construction. Each employee engaged in residential construction activities 6 feet (1.8 m) or more above lower levels shall be protected by guardrail systems, safety net system, or personal fall arrest system unless another provision in paragraph (b) of this section provides for an alternative fall protection measure. Exception: When the employer can demonstrate that it is infeasible or creates a greater hazard to use these systems, the employer shall develop and implement a fall protection plan which meets the requirements of paragraph (k) of §1926.502. 1926.501(b)(13)
Note: There is a presumption that it is feasible and will not create a greater hazard to implement at least one of the above-listed fall protection systems. Accordingly, the employer has the burden of establishing that it is appropriate to implement a fall protection plan which complies with §1926.502(k) for a particular workplace situation, in lieu of implementing any of those systems.
(14) Wall openings. Each employee working on, at, above, or near wall openings (including those with chutes attached) where the outside bottom edge of the wall opening is 6 feet (1.8 m) or more above lower levels and the inside bottom edge of the wall open-
ing is less than 39 inches (1.0 m) above the walking/working surface, shall be protected from falling by the use of a guardrail system, a safety net system, or a personal fall arrest system. 1926.501(b)(14)
(15) Walking/working surfaces not otherwise addressed. Except as provided in §1926.500(a)(2) or in §1926.501(b)(1) through (b)(14), each employee on a walking/working surface 6 feet (1.8 m) or more above lower levels shall be protected from falling by a guardrail system, safety net system, or personal fall arrest system. 1926.501(b)(15)
(c) Protection from falling objects. When an employee is exposed to falling objects, the employer shall have each employee wear a hard hat and shall implement one of the following measures: 1926.501(c)
(1) Erect toeboards, screens, or guardrail systems to prevent objects from falling from higher levels; or, 1926.501(c)(1)
(2) Erect a canopy structure 1926.501(c)(2)
(3) Barricade the area to which objects could fall, prohibit employees from entering the barricaded area, and keep objects that may fall far enough away from the edge of a higher level so that those objects would not go over the edge if they were accidentally displaced. 1926.501(c)(3)
§1926.502
Fall protection systems criteria and practices
(a) General. 1926.502(a)
(1) Fall protection systems 1926.502(a)(1)
(2) Employers shall provide and install all fall protection systems required by this subpart for an employee, and shall comply with all other pertinent requirements of this subpart before that employee begins the work that necessitates the fall protection. 1926.502(a)(2)
(b) Guardrail systems. Guardrail systems and their use shall comply with the following provisions: 1926.502(b)
(1) Top edge height 1926.502(b)(1)
(2) Midrails, screens, mesh, intermediate vertical members, or equivalent intermediate structural members shall be installed between the top edge of the guardrail system and the walking/ working surface when there is no wall or parapet wall at least 21 inches (53 cm) high. 1926.502(b)(2)
(i) Midrails, when used, shall be installed at a height midway between the top edge of the guardrail system and the walking/ working level. 1926.502(b)(2)(i)
(ii) Screens and mesh, 1926.502(b)(2)(ii)
(iii) Intermediate members 1926.502(b)(2)(iii)
(iv) Other structural members 1926.502(b)(2)(iv)
(3) Guardrail systems shall be capable of withstanding, without failure, a force of at least 200 pounds (890 N) applied within 2 inches (5.1 cm) of the top edge, in any outward or downward direction, at any point along the top edge. 1926.502(b)(3)
(4) When the 200 pound 1926.502(b)(4)
(5) Midrails, screens, mesh, intermediate vertical members, solid panels, and equivalent structural members shall be capable of withstanding, without failure, a force of at least 150 pounds (666 N) applied in any downward or outward direction at any point along the midrail or other member. 1926.502(b)(5)
(6) Guardrail systems shall be so surfaced as to prevent injury to an employee from punctures or lacerations, and to prevent snagging of clothing. 1926.502(b)(6)
(7) The ends of all top rails and midrails shall not overhang the terminal posts, except where such overhang does not constitute a projection hazard. 1926.502(b)(7)
(8) Steel banding and plastic banding shall not be used as top rails or midrails. 1926.502(b)(8)
(9) Top rails and midrails shall be at least one-quarter inch (0.6 cm) nominal diameter or thickness to prevent cuts and lacerations. If wire rope is used for top rails, it shall be flagged at not more than 6- foot (1.8 m) intervals with high-visibility material. 1926.502(b)(9)
(10) When guardrail systems are used at hoisting areas, a chain, gate or removable guardrail section shall be placed across the access opening between guardrail sections when hoisting operations are not taking place. 1926.502(b)(10)
(11) When guardrail systems are used 1926.502(b)(11)
(12) When guardrail systems are used around holes used for the passage of materials, the hole shall have not more than two sides provided with removable guardrail sections to allow the passage of materials. When the hole is not in use, it shall be closed over with a cover, or a guardrail system shall be provided along all unprotected sides or edges. 1926.502(b)(12)
(13) When guardrail systems are used around holes which are used as points of access (such as ladderways), they shall be provided with a gate, or be so offset that a person cannot walk directly into the hole. 1926.502(b)(13)
(14) Guardrail systems used 1926.502(b)(14)
(15) Manila, 1926.502(b)(15)
(c) Safety net systems. Safety net systems and their use shall comply with the following provisions: 1926.502(c)
(1) Safety nets shall be installed as close as practicable under the walking/working surface on which employees are working, but in no case more than 30 feet (9.1 m) below such level. When nets are used on bridges, the potential fall area from the walking/ working surface to the net shall be unobstructed. 1926.502(c)(1)
(2) Safety nets shall extend outward from the outermost projection of the work surface as follows: 1926.502(c)(2)
Vertical distance from working level to horizontal plane of net
Minimum required horizontal distance of outer edge of net from the edge of the working surface
Up to 5 feet 8 feet.
More than 5 feet up to 10 feet 10 feet.
More than 10 feet 13 feet.
(3) Safety nets shall be installed with sufficient clearance under them to prevent contact with the surface or structures below when subjected to an impact force equal to the drop test specified in paragraph (c)(4) of this section. 1926.502(c)(3)
(4) Safety nets and their installations shall be capable of absorbing an impact force equal to that produced by the drop test specified in paragraph (c)(4)(i) of this section. 1926.502(c)(4)
(i) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(4)(ii) of this section, safety nets and safety net installations shall be drop-tested at the jobsite after initial installation and before being used as a fall protection system, whenever relocated, after major repair, and at 6-month intervals if left in one place. The drop-test shall consist of a 400 pound (180 kg) bag of sand 30 ±2 inches (76 ±5 cm) in diameter dropped into the net from the highest walking/ working surface at which employees are exposed to fall hazards, but not from less than 42 inches (1.1 m) above that level. 1926.502(c)(4)(i)
(ii) When the employer can demonstrate 1926.502(c)(4)(ii)
(5) Defective nets shall not be used. Safety nets shall be inspected at least once a week for wear, damage, and other deterioration. Defective components shall be removed from service. Safety nets shall also be inspected after any occurrence which could affect the integrity of the safety net system. 1926.502(c)(5)
(6) Materials, scrap pieces, equipment, and tools which have fallen into the safety net shall be removed as soon as possible from the net and at least before the next work shift. 1926.502(c)(6)
(7) The maximum size of each safety net mesh opening shall not exceed 36 square inches (230 cm2) nor be longer than 6 inches (15 cm) on any side, and the opening, measured center-to-center of mesh ropes or webbing, shall not be longer than 6 inches (15 cm). All mesh crossings shall be secured to prevent enlargement of the mesh opening. 1926.502(c)(7)
(8) Each safety net (or section of it) shall have a border rope for webbing with a minimum breaking strength of 5,000 pounds (22.2 kN). 1926.502(c)(8)
(9) Connections between safety net panels shall be as strong as integral net components and shall be spaced not more than 6 inches (15 cm) apart. 1926.502(c)(9)
(d) Personal fall arrest systems. Personal fall arrest systems and their use shall comply with the provisions set forth below. Effective January 1, 1998, body belts are not acceptable as part of a personal fall arrest system. Note: The use of a body belt in a positioning device system is acceptable and is regulated under paragraph (e) of this section. 1926.502(d)
(1) Connectors shall be drop forged, 1926.502(d)(1)
(2) Connectors shall have a corrosion-resistant finish, and all surfaces and edges shall be smooth to prevent damage to interfacing parts of the system. 1926.502(d)(2)
(3) Dee-rings and snaphooks shall have a minimum tensile strength of 5,000 pounds (22.2 kN). 1926.502(d)(3)
(4) Dee-rings and snaphooks shall be proof-tested to a minimum tensile load of 3,600 pounds (16 kN) without cracking, breaking, or taking permanent deformation. 1926.502(d)(4)
(5) Snaphooks shall be sized to be compatible with the member to which they are connected to prevent unintentional disengagement of the snaphook by depression of the snaphook keeper by the connected member, or shall be a locking type snaphook designed and used to prevent disengagement of the snaphook by the contact of the snaphook keeper by the connected member. Effective January 1, 1998, only locking type snaphooks shall be used. 1926.502(d)(5)
(6) Unless the snaphook is a locking type and designed for the following connections, snaphooks shall not be engaged: (i)-(v)
1926.502(d)(6) (ii) to each other;1926.502(d)(6)(ii) (iii) to a Dee-ring to which another snaphook or other connector is attached; 1926.502(d)(6)(iii) (iv) to a horizontal lifeline; or1926.502(d)(6)(iv) (v) to any object which is incompatibly shaped or dimensioned in relation to the snaphook such that unintentional disengagement could occur by the connected object being able to depress the snaphook keeper and release itself.
1926.502(d)(6)(v)
(7) On suspended scaffolds 1926.502(d)(7)
(8) Horizontal lifelines shall be designed, 1926.502(d)(8)
(9) Lanyards and vertical lifelines shall have a minimum breaking strength of 5,000 pounds (22.2 kN). 1926.502(d)(9)
(10) (i) Except as provided in paragraph 1926.502(d)(10)(i) (ii) During the construction of elevator shafts, 1926.502(d)(10)(ii)
(11) Lifelines shall be protected against being cut or abraded. 1926.502(d)(11)
(12) Self-retracting lifelines and lanyards which automatically limit free fall distance to 2 feet (0.61 m) or less shall be capable of sustaining a minimum tensile load of 3,000 pounds (13.3 kN) applied to the device with the lifeline or lanyard in the fully extended position. 1926.502(d)(12)
(13) Self-retracting lifelines and lanyards which do not limit free fall distance to 2 feet (0.61 m) or less, ripstitch lanyards, and tearing and deforming lanyards shall be capable of sustaining a minimum tensile load of 5,000 pounds (22.2 kN) applied to the device with the lifeline or lanyard in the fully extended position.
1926.502(d)(13)
(14) Ropes and straps (webbing) 1926.502(d)(14)
(15) Anchorages used for attachment of personal fall arrest equipment shall be independent of any anchorage being used to support or suspend platforms and capable of supporting at least 5,000 pounds (22.2 kN) per employee attached, or shall be designed, installed, and used as follows: 1926.502(d)(15)
(i) as part of a complete personal fall arrest system which maintains a safety factor of at least two; and 1926.502(d)(15)(i) (ii) under the supervision of a qualified person.1926.502(d)(15)(ii)
(16) Personal fall arrest systems, when stopping a fall, shall: 1926.502(d)(16) (i) limit maximum arresting force on an employee to 900 pounds (4 kN) when used with a body belt; 1926.502(d)(16)(i) (ii) limit maximum arresting force on an employee to 1,800 pounds (8 kN) when used with a body harness; 1926.502(d)(16)(ii)
(iii) be rigged such that an employee can neither free fall more than 6 feet (1.8 m), nor contact any lower level; 1926.502(d)(16)(iii)
(iv) bring an employee to a complete stop and limit maximum deceleration distance an employee travels to 3.5 feet (1.07 m); and, 1926.502(d)(16)(iv)
(v) have sufficient strength to withstand twice the potential impact energy of an employee free falling a distance of 6 feet (1.8 m), or the free fall distance permitted by the system, whichever is less. 1926.502(d)(16)(v)
Note: If the personal fall arrest system meets the criteria and protocols contained in Appendix C to subpart M, and if the system is being used by an employee having a combined person and tool weight of less than 310 pounds (140 kg), the system will be considered to be in compliance with the provisions of paragraph (d)(16) of this section. If the system is used by an employee having a combined tool and body weight of 310 pounds (140 kg) or more, then the employer must appropriately modify the criteria and protocols of the Appendix to provide proper protection for such heavier weights, or the system will not be deemed to be in compliance with the requirements of paragraph (d)(16) of this section.
(17) The attachment point of the body belt shall be located in the center of the wearer's back. The attachment point of the body harness shall be located in the center of the wearer's back near shoulder level, or above the wearer's head. 1926.502(d)(17)
(18) Body belts, harnesses, and components shall be used only for employee protection (as part of a personal fall arrest system or positioning device system) and not to hoist materials. 1926.502(d)(18)
(19) Personal fall arrest systems and components subjected to impact loading shall be immediately removed from service and shall not be used again for employee protection until inspected and determined by a competent person to be undamaged and suitable for reuse. 1926.502(d)(19)
(20) The employer shall provide for prompt rescue of employees in the event of a fall or shall assure that employees are able to rescue themselves. 1926.502(d)(20)
(21) Personal fall arrest systems shall be inspected prior to each use for wear, damage and other deterioration, and defective components shall be removed from service. 1926.502(d)(21)
(22) Body belts shall be at least 1926.502(d)(22)
(23) Personal fall arrest systems shall not be attached to guardrail systems, nor shall they be attached to hoists except as specified in other subparts of this part. 1926.502(d)(23)
(24) When a personal fall arrest system is used at hoist areas, it shall be rigged to allow the movement of the employee only as far as the edge of the walking/working surface. 1926.502(d)(24)
(e) Positioning device systems. Positioning device systems and their use shall conform to the following provisions: 1926.502(e)
(1) Positioning devices shall be rigged such that an employee cannot free fall more than 2 feet (.6 m). 1926.502(e)(1)
(2) Positioning devices shall be secured to an anchorage capable of supporting at least twice the potential impact load of an employee's fall or 3,000 pounds (13.3 kN), whichever is greater. 1926.502(e)(2)
(3) Connectors shall be drop forged, 1926.502(e)(3)
(4) Connectors shall have a corrosion-resistant finish, 1926.502(e)(4)
(5) Connecting assemblies shall have 1926.502(e)(5)
(6) Dee-rings and snaphooks shall be proof-tested 1926.502(e)(6)
(7) Snaphooks shall be sized to be compatible 1926.502(e)(7)
(8) Unless the snaphook is a locking type (i)-(v) 1926.502(e)(8)
(9) Positioning device systems shall be inspected prior to each use for wear, damage, and other deterioration, and defective components shall be removed from service. 1926.502(e)(9)
(10) Body belts, 1926.502(e)(10)
(f) Warning line systems. Warning line systems [See §1926.501(b)(10)] and their use shall comply with the following provisions: 1926.502(f)
(1) The warning line shall be erected (i)-(iv) 1926.502(f)(1)
(2) Warning lines shall consist of ropes, wires, or chains, and supporting stanchions erected as follows: 1926.502(f)(2)
(i) The rope, wire, or chain shall be flagged at not more than 6- foot (1.8 m) intervals with high-visibility material; 1926.502(f)(2)(i)
(ii) The rope, wire, or chain shall be rigged and supported in such a way that its lowest point (including sag) is no less than 34 inches (.9 m) from the walking/working surface and its highest point is no more than 39 inches (1.0 m) from the walking/working surface; 1926.502(f)(2)(ii)
(iii) After being erected, with the rope, wire, or chain attached, stanchions shall be capable of resisting, without tipping over, a force of at least 16 pounds (71 N) applied horizontally against the stanchion, 30 inches (.8 m) above the walking/working surface, perpendicular to the warning line, and in the direction of the floor, roof, or platform edge; 1926.502(f)(2)(iii)
(iv) The rope, wire, or chain shall have a minimum tensile strength of 500 pounds (2.22 kN), and after being attached to the stanchions, shall be capable of supporting, without breaking, the loads applied to the stanchions as prescribed in paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section; and 1926.502(f)(2)(iv)
(v) The line shall be attached at each stanchion in such a way that pulling on one section of the line between stanchions will not result in slack being taken up in adjacent sections before the stanchion tips over. 1926.502(f)(2)(v)
(3) No employee shall be allowed in the area 1926.502(f)(3)
(4) Mechanical equipment on roofs 1926.502(f)(4)
(g) Controlled access zones. Controlled access zones [See §1926.501(b)(9) and §1926.502(k)] and their use shall conform to the following provisions. 1926.502(g)
(1) When used to control access to areas where leading edge and other operations are taking place the controlled access zone shall be defined by a control line or by any other means that restricts access. 1926.502(g)(1)
(i) When control lines are used, they shall be erected not less than 6 feet (1.8 m) nor more than 25 feet (7.7 m) from the unprotected or leading edge, except when erecting precast concrete members. 1926.502(g)(1)(i)
(ii) When erecting precast concrete members, 1926.502(g)(1)(ii)
(iii) The control line shall extend 1926.502(g)(1)(iii)
(iv) The control line shall be connected on each side to a guardrail system or wall. 1926.502(g)(1)(iv)
(2) When used to control access (i)-(iv) 1926.502(g)(2)
(3) Control lines shall consist of ropes, wires, tapes, or equivalent materials, and supporting stanchions as follows: 1926.502(g)(3)
(i) Each line shall be flagged or otherwise clearly marked at not more than 6-foot (1.8 m) intervals with high-visibility material. 1926.502(g)(3)(i)
(ii) Each line shall be rigged and supported in such a way that its lowest point (including sag) is not less than 39 inches (1 m) from the walking/working surface and its highest point is not more than 45 inches (1.3 m) [50 inches (1.3 m) when overhand bricklaying operations are being performed] from the walking/working surface. 1926.502(g)(3)(ii)
(iii) Each line shall have a minimum breaking strength of 200 pounds (.88 kN). 1926.502(g)(3)(iii)
(4) On floors and roofs where guardrail systems 1926.502(g)(4) (5) On floors and roofs where guardrail systems 1926.502(g)(5) (h) Safety monitoring systems. Safety monitoring systems [See §§1926.501(b)(10) and 1926.502(k)] and their use shall comply with the following provisions: 1926.502(h)
(1) The employer shall designate a competent person to monitor the safety of other employees and the employer shall ensure that the safety monitor complies with the following requirements: 1926.502(h)(1)
(i) The safety monitor shall be competent to recognize fall hazards; 1926.502(h)(1)(i)
(ii) The safety monitor shall warn the employee when it appears that the employee is unaware of a fall hazard or is acting in an unsafe manner; 1926.502(h)(1)(ii)
(iii) The safety monitor shall be on the same walking/working surface and within visual sighting distance of the employee being monitored; 1926.502(h)(1)(iii)
(iv) The safety monitor shall be close enough to communicate orally with the employee; and 1926.502(h)(1)(iv)
(v) The safety monitor shall not have other responsibilities which could take the monitor's attention from the monitoring function.
1926.502(h)(1)(v)
(2) Mechanical equipment shall not be used 1926.502(h)(2)
(3) No employee, 1926.502(h)(3)
(4) Each employee working in a controlled 1926.502(h)(4)
(i) Covers. Covers for holes in floors, roofs, and other walking/working surfaces shall meet the following requirements: 1926.502(i)
(1) Covers located in roadways 1926.502(i)(1)
(2) All other covers shall be capable of supporting, without failure, at least twice the weight of employees, equipment, and materials that may be imposed on the cover at any one time. 1926.502(i)(2)
(3) All covers shall be secured when installed so as to prevent accidental displacement by the wind, equipment, or employees.
1926.502(i)(3)
(4) All covers shall be color coded or they shall be marked with the word "HOLE" or "COVER" to provide warning of the hazard.
1926.502(i)(4)
Note: This provision does not apply to cast iron manhole covers or steel grates used on streets or roadways.
(j) Protection from falling objects. Falling object protection shall comply with the following provisions: 1926.502(j)
(1) Toeboards, when used as falling object protection, shall be erected along the edge of the overhead walking/working surface for a distance sufficient to protect employees below. 1926.502(j)(1)
(2) Toeboards shall be capable of withstanding, without failure, a force of at least 50 pounds (222 N) applied in any downward or outward direction at any point along the toeboard. 1926.502(j)(2)
(3) Toeboards shall be a minimum of 31⁄2 inches (9 cm) in vertical height from their top edge to the level of the walking/working surface. They shall have not more than 1⁄4 inch (0.6 cm) clearance above the walking/working surface. They shall be solid or have openings not over 1 inch (2.5 cm) in greatest dimension. 1926.502(j)(3)
(4) Where tools, equipment, or materials are piled higher than the top edge of a toeboard, paneling or screening shall be erected from the walking/working surface or toeboard to the top of a guardrail system's top rail or midrail, for a distance sufficient to protect employees below. 1926.502(j)(4)
(5) Guardrail systems, when used as falling object protection, shall have all openings small enough to prevent passage of potential falling objects. 1926.502(j)(5)
(6) During the performance of overhand bricklaying and related work: 1926.502(j)(6)
(7) During the performance of roofing work: 1926.502(j)(7)
(8) Canopies, 1926.502(j)(8)
(k) Fall protection plan. This option is available only to employees engaged in leading edge work, precast concrete erection work, or residential construction work (See §1926.501(b)(2), (b)(12), and (b)(13)) who can demonstrate that it is infeasible or it creates a greater hazard to use conventional fall protection equipment. The fall protection plan must conform to the following provisions. 1926.502(k)
(1) The fall protection plan shall be prepared by a qualified person and developed specifically for the site where the leading edge work, precast concrete work, or residential construction work is being performed and the plan must be maintained up to date. 1926.502(k)(1)
(2) Any changes to the fall protection plan 1926.502(k)(2)
(3) A copy of the fall protection plan 1926.502(k)(3)
(4) The implementation of the fall protection plan 1926.502(k)(4)
(5) The fall protection plan 1926.502(k)(5)
(6) The fall protection plan 1926.502(k)(6)
(7) The fall protection plan 1926.502(k)(7)
(8) Where no other alternative measure has been implemented, 1926.502(k)(8)
(9) The fall protection plan 1926.502(k)(9)
(10) In the event an employee falls, 1926.502(k)(10)
§1926.503 Training requirements
The following training provisions supplement and clarify the requirements of §1926.21 regarding the hazards addressed in Subpart M of this part.
(a) Training program. 1926.503(a)
(1) The employer shall provide a training program for each employee who might be exposed to fall hazards. The program shall enable each employee to recognize the hazards of falling and shall train each employee in the procedures to be followed in order to minimize these hazards. 1926.503(a)(1)
(2) The employer shall assure that each employee has been trained, as necessary, by a competent person qualified in the following areas: 1926.503(a)(2)
(i) The nature of fall hazards in the work area;1926.503(a)(2)(i)
(ii) The correct procedures for erecting, maintaining, disassembling, and inspecting the fall protection systems to be used; 1926.503(a)(2)(ii)
(iii) The use and operation of guardrail systems, personal fall arrest systems, safety net systems, warning line systems, safety monitoring systems, controlled access zones, and other protection to be used; 1926.503(a)(2)(iii)
(iv) The role of each employee in the safety monitoring system when this system is used; 1926.503(a)(2)(iv)
(v) The limitations on the use of mechanical equipment during the performance of roofing work on low-sloped roofs; 1926.503(a)(2)(v)
(vi) The correct procedures for the handling and storage of equipment and materials and the erection of overhead protection; and 1926.503(a)(2)(vi)
(vii) The role of employees in fall protection plans;1926.503(a)(2)(vii)
(viii) The standards contained in this subpart.1926.503(a)(2)(viii)
(b) Certification of training. 1926.503(b)
(1) The employer shall verify compliance with paragraph (a) of this section by preparing a written certification record. The written certification record shall contain the name or other identity of the employee trained, the date(s) of the training, and the signature of the person who conducted the training or the signature of the employer. If the employer relies on training conducted by another employer or completed prior to the effective date of this section,
the certification record shall indicate the date the employer determined the prior training was adequate rather than the date of actual training. 1926.503(b)(1)
(2) The latest training certification shall be maintained. 1926.503(b)(2)
(c) Retraining. When the employer has reason to believe that any affected employee who has already been trained does not have the understanding and skill required by paragraph (a) of this section, the employer shall retrain each such employee. Circumstances where retraining is required include, but are not limited to, situations where: 1926.503(c)
(1) Changes in the workplace render previous training obsolete; or 1926.503(c)(1)
(2) Changes in the types of fall protection systems or equipment to be used render previous training obsolete; or 1926.503(c)(2)
(3) Inadequacies in an affected employee's knowledge or use of fall protection systems or equipment indicate that the employee has not retained the requisite understanding or skill. 1926.503(c)(3)
Note: The following appendices to subpart M of this part serve as non-mandatory guidelines to assist employers in complying with the appropriate requirements of subpart M of this part.
Subpart N – Helicopters, Hoists, Elevators, and Conveyors
§1926.552 Material hoists, personnel hoists, and elevators
(a) General requirements. 1926.552(a)
(1) The employer shall comply with the manufacturer's specifications and limitations applicable to the operation of all hoists and elevators. Where manufacturer's specifications are not available, the limitations assigned to the equipment shall be based on the determinations of a professional engineer competent in the field. 1926.552(a)(1)
(2) Rated load capacities, recommended operating speeds, and special hazard warnings or instructions shall be posted on cars and platforms. 1926.552(a)(2)
(3) Wire rope shall be removed (i)-(iv) 1926.552(a)(3)
(4) Hoisting ropes shall be installed 1926.552(a)(4)
(5) The installation of live booms on hoists is prohibited. 1926.552(a)(5)
(6) The use of endless belt-type manlifts 1926.552(a)(6)
(b) Material hoists. 1926.552(b)
(1) (i) Operating rules shall be established and posted 1926.552(b)(1)(i)
(ii) No person shall be allowed to ride on material hoists except for the purposes of inspection and maintenance. 1926.552(b)(1)(ii)
(2) All entrances of the hoistways shall be protected (i)-(ii) 1926.552(b)(2)
(3) Overhead protective covering 1926.552(b)(3)
(4) The operator's station of a hoisting machine 1926.552(b)(4)
(5) Hoist towers may be used (i)-(ii) 1926.552(b)(5)
(6) Car arresting devices 1926.552(b)(6)
(7) All material hoist towers 1926.552(b)(7)
(8) All material hoists 1926.552(b)(8)
(c) Personnel hoists. 1926.552(c)
(1) Hoist towers outside 1926.552(c)(1)
(2) Towers inside of structures 1926.552(c)(2)
(3) Towers shall be anchored to the structure 1926.552(c)(3)
(4) Hoistway doors or gates shall be not less than 6 feet 6 inches high and shall be provided with mechanical locks which cannot be operated from the landing side, and shall be accessible only to persons on the car. 1926.552(c)(4)
(5) Cars shall be permanently enclosed 1926.552(c)(5)
(6) A door or gate shall be provided 1926.552(c)(6)
(7) Overhead protective covering of 2-inch planking, 3⁄4-inch plywood or other solid material or equivalent strength shall be provided on the top of every personnel hoist. 1926.552(c)(7)
(8) Doors or gates shall be provided 1926.552(c)(8)
(9) Safeties shall be capable of stopping 1926.552(c)(9)
(10) Cars shall be provided with 1926.552(c)(10)
(11) Internal combustion engines 1926.552(c)(11)
(12) Normal and final terminal 1926.552(c)(12)
(13) An emergency stop switch 1926.552(c)(13)
(14) Ropes: (i)-(iii) 1926.552(c)(14)
(15) Following assembly and erection of hoists, 1926.552(c)(15)
(16) All personnel hoists used by employees 1926.552(c)(16)
(17) (i)-(iv)
(i) Personnel hoists used 1926.552(c)(17)(i)
(ii) When a hoist tower is not enclosed, 1926.552(c)(17)(ii)
(iii) These hoists shall be inspected 1926.552(c)(17)(iii)
(iv) Wire rope shall be taken [A]-[E]1926.552(c)(17)(iv)
(d) Permanent elevators under the care and custody 1926.552(d)
Subpart O – Motor Vehicles, Mechanized Equipment, and Marine Operations
§1926.600 Equipment
(a) General Requirements. 1926.600(a)
(1) All equipment left unattended at night, adjacent to a highway in normal use, or adjacent to construction areas where work is in progress, shall have appropriate lights or reflectors, or barricades equipped with appropriate lights or reflectors, to identify the location of the equipment. 1926.600(a)(1)
(2) A safety tire rack, cage, or equivalent protection 1926.600(a)(2)
(3)
(i) Heavy machinery, equipment, or parts thereof, which are suspended or held aloft by use of slings, hoists, or jacks shall be substantially blocked or cribbed to prevent falling or shifting before employees are permitted to work under or between them. Bulldozer and scraper blades, end-loader buckets, dump bodies, and similar equipment, shall be either fully lowered or blocked when being repaired or when not in use. All controls shall be in a neutral position, with the motors stopped and brakes set, unless work being performed requires otherwise. 1926.600(a)(3)(i)
(ii) Whenever the equipment is parked, the parking brake shall be set. Equipment parked on inclines shall have the wheels chocked and the parking brake set. 1926.600(a)(3)(ii)
(4) The use, care and charging 1926.600(a)(4)
(5) All cab glass shall be safety glass, 1926.600(a)(5)
(6) All equipment covered by this subpart (i)-(vii) 1926.600(a)(6)
(7) Rolling railroad cars. 1926.600(a)(7)
(b) Specific requirements. 1926.600(b)
§1926.601 Motor vehicles
(a) Coverage. Motor vehicles as covered by this part are those vehicles that operate within an off-highway jobsite, not open to public traffic. The requirements of this section do not apply to equipment for which rules are prescribed in §1926.602. 1926.601(a)
(b) General requirements. 1926.601(b)
(1) All vehicles shall have a service brake system, an emergency brake system, and a parking brake system. These systems may use common components, and shall be maintained in operable condition. 1926.601(b)(1)
(2) (i) Whenever visibility conditions warrant additional light, all vehicles, or combinations of vehicles, in use shall be equipped with at least two headlights and two taillights in operable condition. 1926.601(b)(2)(i)
(ii) All vehicles, or combination of vehicles, 1926.601(b)(2)(ii)
(3) All vehicles shall be equipped with an adequate audible warning device at the operator's station and in an operable condition. 1926.601(b)(3)
(4) No employer shall use any motor vehicle equipment having an obstructed view to the rear unless: 1926.601(b)(4)
(i) The vehicle has a reverse signal alarm audible above the surrounding noise level or: 1926.601(b)(4)(i)
(ii) The vehicle is backed up only when an observer signals that it is safe to do so. 1926.601(b)(4)(ii)
(5) All vehicles with cabs shall be equipped with windshields and powered wipers. Cracked and broken glass shall be replaced. Vehicles operating in areas or under conditions that cause fogging or frosting of the windshields shall be equipped with operable defogging or defrosting devices. 1926.601(b)(5)
(6) All haulage vehicles, whose pay load is loaded by means of cranes, power shovels, loaders, or similar equipment, shall have a cab shield and/or canopy adequate to protect the operator from shifting or falling materials. 1926.601(b)(6)
(7) Tools and material shall be secured to prevent movement when transported in the same compartment with employees. 1926.601(b)(7)
(8) Vehicles used to transport employees shall have seats firmly secured and adequate for the number of employees to be carried. 1926.601(b)(8)
(9) Seat belts and anchorages 1926.601(b)(9)
(10) Trucks with dump bodies shall be equipped with positive means of support, permanently attached, and capable of being locked in position to prevent accidental lowering of the body while maintenance or inspection work is being done. 1926.601(b)(10)
(11) Operating levers controlling hoisting or dumping devices on haulage bodies shall be equipped with a latch or other device which will prevent accidental starting or tripping of the mechanism. 1926.601(b)(11)
(12) Trip handles for tailgates of dump trucks shall be so arranged that, in dumping, the operator will be in the clear. 1926.601(b)(12)
(13) (i)-(ii) (i) All rubber-tired motor vehicle equipment
1926.601(b)(13)(i)
(ii) Mud flaps may be used 1926.601(b)(13)(ii)
(14) All vehicles in use shall be checked at the beginning of each shift to assure that the following parts, equipment, and accessories are in safe operating condition and free of apparent damage that could cause failure while in use: service brakes, including trailer brake connections; parking system (hand brake); emergency stopping system (brakes); tires; horn; steering mechanism; coupling devices; seat belts; operating controls; and safety devices. All defects shall be corrected before the vehicle is placed in service. These requirements also apply to equipment such as lights, reflectors, windshield wipers, defrosters, fire extinguishers, etc., where such equipment is necessary.
1926.601(b)(14)
§1926.602 Material handling equipment
(a) Earthmoving equipment; General. 1926.602(a)
(1) These rules apply to the following types of earthmoving equipment: scrapers, loaders, crawler or wheel tractors, bulldozers, off-highway trucks, graders, agricultural and industrial tractors, and similar equipment. The promulgation of specific rules for compactors and rubber-tired "skid-steer" equipment is reserved pending consideration of standards currently being developed.
1926.602(a)(1)
(2) Seat belts. (i)-(iii) 1926.602(a)(2)
(3) Access roadways and grades. (i)-(ii) 1926.602(a)(3) (4) Brakes. 1926.602(a)(4)
(7) Rollover protective structures for off-highway trucks. 1926.602(a)(7)
(8) Specific effective dates — brakes and fenders. (i)-(ii) 1926.602(a)(8)
(9) Audible alarms. 1926.602(a)(9)
(i) All bidirectional machines, such as rollers, compacters, frontend loaders, bulldozers, and similar equipment, shall be equipped with a horn, distinguishable from the surrounding noise level, which shall be operated as needed when the machine is moving in either direction. The horn shall be maintained in an operative condition. 1926.602(a)(9)(i)
(ii) No employer shall permit earthmoving or compacting equipment which has an obstructed view to the rear to be used in reverse gear unless the equipment has in operation a reverse signal alarm distinguishable from the surrounding noise level or an employee signals that it is safe to do so. 1926.602(a)(9)(ii)
(10) Scissor points. 1926.602(a)(10)
(b) Excavating and other equipment. (1)-(3) 1926.602(b)
(c) Lifting and hauling equipment (other than equipment covered under subpart N of this part). 1926.602(c)
(1) Industrial trucks shall meet the requirements of §1926.600 and the following: 1926.602(c)(1)
(ii) No modifications or additions 1926.602(c)(1)(ii)
(iii) If a load is lifted 1926.602(c)(1)(iii)
(iv) Steering or spinner knobs 1926.602(c)(1)(iv)
(v) All high lift rider industrial trucks 1926.602(c)(1)(v)
(vi) All industrial trucks in use 1926.602(c)(1)(vi)
(vii) Unauthorized personnel shall not be permitted to ride on powered industrial trucks. A safe place to ride shall be provided where riding of trucks is authorized. 1926.602(c)(1)(vii)
(viii) Whenever a truck is equipped [A]-[C]1926.602(c)(1)(viii)
Note: The requirements applicable to construction work under this paragraph are identical to those set forth at §1910.178(l) of this chapter.
§1926.603 Pile driving equipment
(a) General requirements. 1926.603(a)
(1) Boilers and piping systems which are a part of, or used with, pile driving equipment shall meet the applicable requirements of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Power Boilers (section I). 1926.603(a)(1)
(2) All pressure vessels which are a part of, or used with, pile driving equipment shall meet the applicable requirements of the American Society of Mechanical Engineers, Pressure Vessels (section VIII). 1926.603(a)(2)
(3) Overhead protection, which will not obscure the vision of the operator and which meets the requirements of subpart N of this part, shall be provided. Protection shall be the equivalent of 2inch planking or other solid material of equivalent strength. 1926.603(a)(3)
(4) Stop blocks shall be provided for the leads to prevent the hammer from being raised against the head block. 1926.603(a)(4)
(5) A blocking device, capable of safely supporting the weight of the hammer, shall be provided for placement in the leads under the hammer at all times while employees are working under the hammer. 1926.603(a)(5)
(6) Guards shall be provided across the top of the head block to prevent the cable from jumping out of the sheaves. 1926.603(a)(6)
(7) When the leads must be inclined in the driving of batter piles, provisions shall be made to stabilize the leads. 1926.603(a)(7)
(8) Fixed leads shall be provided with ladder, and adequate rings, or similar attachment points, so that the loft worker may engage his safety belt lanyard to the leads. If the leads are provided with loft platforms(s), such platform(s) shall be protected by standard guardrails. 1926.603(a)(8)
(9) Steam hose leading to a steam hammer or jet pipe shall be securely attached to the hammer with an adequate length of at least 1⁄4-inch diameter chain or cable to prevent whipping in the event the joint at the hammer is broken. Air hammer hoses shall be provided with the same protection as required for steam lines. 1926.603(a)(9)
(10) Safety chains, or equivalent means, shall be provided for each hose connection to prevent the line from thrashing around in case the coupling becomes disconnected. 1926.603(a)(10)
(11) Steam line controls shall consist of two shutoff valves, one of which shall be a quick-acting lever type within easy reach of the hammer operator. 1926.603(a)(11)
(12) Guys, outriggers, thrustouts, or counterbalances shall be provided as necessary to maintain stability of pile driver rigs. 1926.603(a)(12)
(b) Pile driving from barges and floats. Barges or floats supporting pile driving operations shall meet the applicable requirements of §1926.605. 1926.603(b)
(c) Pile driving equipment. 1926.603(c)
(1) Engineers and winchmen shall accept signals only from the designated signalmen. 1926.603(c)(1)
(2) All employees shall be kept clear when piling is being hoisted into the leads. 1926.603(c)(2)
(3) When piles are being driven in an excavated pit, the walls of the pit shall be sloped to the angle of repose or sheet-piled and braced. 1926.603(c)(3)
(4) When steel tube piles are being "blown out", employees shall be kept well beyond the range of falling materials. 1926.603(c)(4)
(5) When it is necessary to cut off the tops of driven piles, pile driving operations shall be suspended except where the cutting operations are located at least twice the length of the longest pile from the driver. 1926.603(c)(5)
(6) When driving jacked piles, all access pits shall be provided with ladders and bulkheaded curbs to prevent material from falling into the pit. 1926.603(c)(6)
§1926.604 Site clearing
(a) General requirements. 1926.604(a)
(1) Employees engaged in site clearing shall be protected from hazards of irritant and toxic plants and suitably instructed in the first aid treatment available. 1926.604(a)(1)
(2) All equipment used in site clearing operations shall be equipped with rollover guards meeting the requirements of this subpart. In addition, rider-operated equipment shall be equipped with an overhead and rear canopy guard meeting the following requirements: 1926.604(a)(2)
(i) The overhead covering on this canopy structure shall be of not less than 1⁄8-inch steel plate or 1⁄4-inch woven wire mesh with openings no greater than 1 inch, or equivalent. 1926.604(a)(2)(i)
(ii) The opening in the rear of the canopy structure shall be covered with not less than 1⁄4-inch woven wire mesh with openings no greater than 1 inch. 1926.604(a)(2)(ii)
(b) Specific requirements. [Reserved] 1926.604(b)
Subpart P – Excavations
§1926.650 Scope, application, and definitions applicable to this subpart
(a) Scope and application. This subpart applies to all open excavations made in the earth's surface. Excavations are defined to include trenches. 1926.650(a)
(b) Definitions applicable to this subpart.
Excavation means any man-made cut, cavity, trench, or depression in an earth surface, formed by earth removal.
Hazardous atmosphere means an atmosphere which by reason of being explosive, flammable, poisonous, corrosive, oxidizing, irritating, oxygen deficient, toxic, or otherwise harmful, may cause death, illness, or injury.
Shield (Shield system) means a structure that is able to withstand the forces imposed on it by a cave-in and thereby protect employees within the structure. Shields can be permanent structures or can be designed to be portable and moved along as work progresses. Additionally, shields can be either premanufactured or job-built in accordance with §1926.652 (c)(3) or (c)(4). Shields used in trenches are usually referred to as "trench boxes" or "trench shields."
Shoring (Shoring system) means a structure such as a metal hydraulic, mechanical or timber shoring system that supports the sides of an excavation and which is designed to prevent cave-ins. Sloping (Sloping system) means a method of protecting employees from cave-ins by excavating to form sides of an excavation that are inclined away from the excavation so as to prevent cave-ins. The angle of incline required to prevent a cave-in varies with differences in such factors as the soil type, environmental conditions of exposure, and application of surcharge loads. Structural ramp means a ramp built of steel or wood, usually used for vehicle access. Ramps made of soil or rock are not considered structural ramps.
Trench (Trench excavation) means a narrow excavation (in relation to its length) made below the surface of the ground. In general, the depth is greater than the width, but the width of a trench (measured at the bottom) is not greater than 15 feet (4.6 m). If forms or other structures are installed or constructed in an excavation so as to reduce the dimension measured from the forms or structure to the side of the excavation to 15 feet (4.6 m) or less (measured at the bottom of the excavation), the excavation is also considered to be a trench.
§1926.651 Specific excavation requirements
(a) Surface encumbrances. All surface encumbrances that are located so as to create a hazard to employees shall be removed or supported, as necessary, to safeguard employees. 1926.651(a)
(b) Underground installations. 1926.651(b)
(1) The estimated location of utility installations, such as sewer, telephone, fuel, electric, water lines, or any other underground installations that reasonably may be expected to be encountered during excavation work, shall be determined prior to opening an excavation. 1926.651(b)(1)
(2) Utility companies or owners 1926.651(b)(2)
(3) When excavation operations 1926.651(b)(3)
(4) While the excavation is open, underground installations shall be protected, supported or removed as necessary to safeguard employees. 1926.651(b)(4)
(c) Access and egress 1926.651(c)
(1) Structural ramps. 1926.651(c)(1)
(i) Structural ramps that are used solely by employees as a means of access or egress from excavations shall be designed by a competent person. Structural ramps used for access or egress of equipment shall be designed by a competent person qualified in structural design, and shall be constructed in accordance with the design. 1926.651(c)(1)(i)
(ii) Ramps and runways constructed 1926.651(c)(1)(ii)
(iii) Structural members used 1926.651(c)(1)(iii)
(iv) Cleats or other appropriate means 1926.651(c)(1)(iv)
(v) Structural ramps used 1926.651(c)(1)(v)
(2) Means of egress from trench excavations. A stairway, ladder, ramp or other safe means of egress shall be located in trench excavations that are 4 feet (1.22 m) or more in depth so as to require no more than 25 feet (7.62 m) of lateral travel for employees. 1926.651(c)(2)
(d) Exposure to vehicular traffic. Employees exposed to public vehicular traffic shall be provided with, and shall wear, warning vests or other suitable garments marked with or made of reflectorized or high- visibility material. 1926.651(d)
(e) Exposure to falling loads. No employee shall be permitted underneath loads handled by lifting or digging equipment. Employees shall be required to stand away from any vehicle being loaded or unloaded to avoid being struck by any spillage or falling materials. Operators may remain in the cabs of vehicles being loaded or unloaded when the vehicles are equipped, in accordance with §1926.601(b)(6), to provide adequate protection for the operator during loading and unloading operations. 1926.651(e)
(f) Warning system for mobile equipment. When mobile equipment is operated adjacent to an excavation, or when such equipment is required to approach the edge of an excavation, and the operator does not have a clear and direct view of the edge of the excavation, a warning system shall be utilized such as barricades, hand or mechanical signals, or stop logs. If possible, the grade should be away from the excavation. 1926.651(f)
(g) Hazardous atmospheres 1926.651(g)
(1) Testing and controls. In addition to the requirements set forth in subparts D and E of this part (29 CFR 1926.50 — 1926.107) to prevent exposure to harmful levels of atmospheric contaminants and to assure acceptable atmospheric conditions, the following requirements shall apply: 1926.651(g)(1)
(i) Where oxygen deficiency (atmospheres containing less than 19.5 percent oxygen) or a hazardous atmosphere exists or could reasonably be expected to exist, such as in excavations in landfill areas or excavations in areas where hazardous substances are stored nearby, the atmospheres in the excavation shall be tested before employees enter excavations greater than 4 feet (1.22 m) in depth. 1926.651(g)(1)(i)
(ii) Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent employee exposure to atmospheres containing less than 19.5 percent oxygen and other hazardous atmospheres. These precautions include providing proper respiratory protection or ventilation in accordance with subparts D and E of this part respectively. 1926.651(g)(1)(ii)
(iii) Adequate precaution shall be taken 1926.651(g)(1)(iii)
(iv) When controls are used 1926.651(g)(1)(iv)
(2) Emergency rescue equipment. 1926.651(g)(2)
(i) Emergency rescue equipment, such as breathing apparatus, a safety harness and line, or a basket stretcher, shall be readily available where hazardous atmospheric conditions exist or may reasonably be expected to develop during work in an excavation. This equipment shall be attended when in use. 1926.651(g)(2)(i)
(ii) Employees entering bell-bottom pier holes, or other similar deep and confined footing excavations, shall wear a harness with a life- line securely attached to it. The lifeline shall be separate from any line used to handle materials, and shall be individually attended at all times while the employee wearing the lifeline is in the excavation. 1926.651(g)(2)(ii)
(h) Protection from hazards associated with water accumulation. 1926.651(h)
(1) Employees shall not work in excavations in which there is accumulated water, or in excavations in which water is accumulating, unless adequate precautions have been taken to protect employees against the hazards posed by water accumulation. The precautions necessary to protect employees adequately vary with each situation, but could include special support or shield systems to protect from cave-ins, water removal to control the level of accumulating water, or use of a safety harness and lifeline. 1926.651(h)(1)
(2) If water is controlled or prevented 1926.651(h)(2)
(3) If excavation work interrupts the natural drainage 1926.651(h)(3)
(i) Stability of adjacent structures. (1)-(3) 1926.651(i)
(j) Protection of employees from loose rock or soil. 1926.651(j)
(1) Adequate protection shall be provided to protect employees from loose rock or soil that could pose a hazard by falling or rolling from an excavation face. Such protection shall consist of scaling to remove loose material; installation of protective barricades at intervals as necessary on the face to stop and contain falling material; or other means that provide equivalent protection. 1926.651(j)(1)
(2) Employees shall be protected from excavated or other materials or equipment that could pose a hazard by falling or rolling into excavations. Protection shall be provided by placing and keeping such materials or equipment at least 2 feet (.61 m) from the edge of excavations, or by the use of retaining devices that are sufficient to prevent materials or equipment from falling or rolling into excavations, or by a combination of both if necessary.
1926.651(j)(2)
(k) Inspections. 1926.651(k)
(1) Daily inspections of excavations, the adjacent areas, and protective systems shall be made by a competent person for evidence of a situation that could result in possible cave-ins, indications of failure of protective systems, hazardous atmospheres, or other hazardous conditions. An inspection shall be conducted by the competent person prior to the start of work and as needed throughout the shift. Inspections shall also be made after every rainstorm or other hazard increasing occurrence. These inspections are only required when employee exposure can be reasonably anticipated. 1926.651(k)(1)
(2) Where the competent person finds evidence of a situation that could result in a possible cave-in, indications of failure of protective systems, hazardous atmospheres, or other hazardous conditions, exposed employees shall be removed from the hazardous area until the necessary precautions have been taken to ensure their safety. 1926.651(k)(2)
(l) Walkways shall be provided where employees or equipment are required or permitted to cross over excavations. Guardrails which comply with §1926.502(b) shall be provided where walkways are 6 feet (1.8 m) or more above lower levels. 1926.651(l)
§1926.652 Requirements for protective systems
(a) Protection of employees in excavations. 1926.652(a)
(1) Each employee in an excavation shall be protected from caveins by an adequate protective system designed in accordance with paragraph (b) or (c) of this section except when: 1926.652(a)(1)
(i) Excavations are made entirely in stable rock; or1926.652(a)(1)(i) (ii) Excavations are less than 5 feet (1.52m) in depth and examination of the ground by a competent person provides no indication of a potential cave-in. 1926.652(a)(1)(ii)
(2) Protective systems shall have the capacity to resist without failure all loads that are intended or could reasonably be expected to be applied or transmitted to the system. 1926.652(a)(2)
(b) Design of sloping and benching systems. The slopes and configurations of sloping and benching systems shall be selected and constructed by the employer or his designee and shall be in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (b)(1); or, in the alternative, paragraph (b)(2); or, in the alternative, paragraph (b)(3), or, in the alternative, paragraph (b)(4), as follows: 1926.652(b)
(1) Option (1) — Allowable configurations and slopes. (i)-(ii)
1926.652(b)(1)
(2) Option (2) — Determination of slopes and configurations
1926.652(b)(2)
(3) Option (3) — Designs using other tabulated data. 1926.652(b)(3)
(i) Designs of sloping or benching systems shall be selected from and be in accordance with tabulated data, such as tables and charts. 1926.652(b)(3)(i)
(ii) The tabulated data [A]-[C]1926.652(b)(3)(ii)
(iii) At least one copy of the tabulated data 1926.652(b)(3)(iii)
(4) Option (4) — Design by a registered professional engineer. 1926.652(b)(4)
(i) Sloping and benching systems not utilizing Option (1) or Option (2) or Option (3) under paragraph (b) of this section shall be approved by a registered professional engineer. 1926.652(b)(4)(i)
(ii) Designs shall be in written form [A]-[C]1926.652(b)(4)(ii)
(iii) At least one copy of the design 1926.652(b)(4)(iii)
(c) Design of support systems, shield systems, and other protective systems. Designs of support systems shield systems, and other protective systems shall be selected and constructed by the employer or his designee and shall be in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (c)(1); or, in the alternative, paragraph (c)(2); or, in the alternative, paragraph (c)(3); or, in the alternative, paragraph (c)(4) as follows: 1926.652(c)
(1) Option (1) — Designs using appendices A, C and D.
1926.652(c)(1)
(2) Option (2) — Designs Using Manufacturer's Tabulated Data. 1926.652(c)(2)
(i) Design of support systems, shield systems, or other protective systems that are drawn from manufacturer's tabulated data
shall be in accordance with all specifications, recommendations, and limitations issued or made by the manufacturer. 1926.652(c)(2)(i)
(ii) Deviation from the specifications, recommendations, 1926.652(c)(2)(ii)
(3) Option (3) — Designs using other tabulated data. 1926.652(c)(3)
(i) Designs of support systems, shield systems, or other protective systems shall be selected from and be in accordance with tabulated data, such as tables and charts. 1926.652(c)(3)(i)
(ii) The tabulated data [A]-[C]1926.652(c)(3)(ii)
(iii) At least one copy of the tabulated data, 1926.652(c)(3)(iii)
(4) Option (4) — Design by a registered professional engineer. 1926.652(c)(4)
(i) Support systems, shield systems, and other protective systems not utilizing Option 1, Option 2 or Option 3, above, shall be approved by a registered professional engineer. 1926.652(c)(4)(i)
(ii) Designs shall be in written form [A]-[B]1926.652(c)(4)(ii)
(iii) At least one copy of the design 1926.652(c)(4)(iii)
(d) Materials and equipment. 1926.652(d)
(1) Materials and equipment used for protective systems shall be free from damage or defects that might impair their proper function. 1926.652(d)(1)
(2) Manufactured materials and equipment 1926.652(d)(2)
(3) When material or equipment that is used for protective systems is damaged, a competent person shall examine the material or equipment and evaluate its suitability for continued use. If the competent person cannot assure the material or equipment is able to support the intended loads or is otherwise suitable for safe use, then such material or equipment shall be removed from service, and shall be evaluated and approved by a registered professional engineer before being returned to service. 1926.652(d)(3)
(e) Installation and removal of support. 1926.652(e)
(1) General. 1926.652(e)(1)
(i) Members of support systems shall be securely connected together to prevent sliding, falling, kickouts, or other predictable failure. 1926.652(e)(1)(i)
(ii) Support systems shall be installed and removed in a manner that protects employees from cave-ins, structural collapses, or from being struck by members of the support system.
1926.652(e)(1)(ii)
(iii) Individual members of support systems
1926.652(e)(1)(iii)
(iv) Before temporary removal of individual members begins, 1926.652(e)(1)(iv)
(v) Removal shall begin at, and progress from, 1926.652(e)(1)(v)
(vi) Backfilling shall progress together 1926.652(e)(1)(vi)
(i) Shield systems shall not be subjected to loads exceeding those which the system was designed to withstand. 1926.652(g)(1)(i)
Appendix A Subpart P of Part 1926 — Soil Classification
(a) Scope and application
(1) Scope. This appendix describes a method of classifying soil and rock deposits based on site and environmental conditions, and on the structure and composition of the earth deposits. The appendix contains definitions, sets forth requirements, and describes acceptable visual and manual tests for use in classifying soils.
(2) Application. This appendix applies when a sloping or benching system is designed in accordance with the requirements set forth in §1926.652(b)(2) as a method of protection for employees from cave-ins. This appendix also applies when timber shoring for excavations is designed as a method of protection from cave-ins in accordance with appendix C to subpart P of part 1926, and when aluminum hydraulic shoring is designed in accordance with appendix D. This appendix also applies if other protective systems are designed and selected for use from data prepared in accordance with the requirements set forth in §1926.652(c), and the use of the data is predicated on the use of the soil classification system set forth in this appendix.
(b) Definitions. The definitions and examples given below are based on, in whole or in part, the following: American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM) Standards D653-85 and D2488; The Unified Soils Classification System, the U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) Textural Classification Scheme; and The National Bureau of Standards Report BSS-121.
Cemented soil means a soil in which the particles are held together by a chemical agent, such as calcium carbonate, such that a hand-size sample cannot be crushed into powder or individual soil particles by finger pressure.
Cohesive soil means clay (fine grained soil), or soil with a high clay content, which has cohesive strength. Cohesive soil does not crumble, can be excavated with vertical sideslopes, and is plastic when moist. Cohesive soil is hard to break up when dry, and exhibits significant cohesion when submerged. Cohesive soils include clayey silt, sandy clay, silty clay, clay and organic clay.
Dry soil means soil that does not exhibit visible signs of moisture content.
Fissured means a soil material that has a tendency to break along definite planes of fracture with little resistance, or a material that exhibits open cracks, such as tension cracks, in an exposed surface.
Granular soil means gravel, sand, or silt, (coarse grained soil) with little or no clay content. Granular soil has no cohesive strength. Some moist granular soils exhibit apparent cohesion. Granular soil cannot be molded when moist and crumbles easily when dry.
Layered system means two or more distinctly different soil or rock types arranged in layers. Micaceous seams or weakened planes in rock or shale are considered layered.
Moist soil means a condition in which a soil looks and feels damp. Moist cohesive soil can easily be shaped into a ball and rolled into small diameter threads before crumbling. Moist granular soil that contains some cohesive material will exhibit signs of cohesion between particles.
Plastic means a property of a soil which allows the soil to be deformed or molded without cracking, or appreciable volume change. Saturated soil means a soil in which the voids are filled with water. Saturation does not require flow. Saturation, or near saturation, is necessary for the proper use of instruments such as a pocket penetrometer or sheer vane.
Soil classification system means, for the purpose of this subpart, a method of categorizing soil and rock deposits in a hierarchy of Stable Rock, Type A, Type B, and Type C, in decreasing order of stability. The categories are determined based on an analysis of the properties and performance characteristics of the deposits and the environmental conditions of exposure.
Stable rock means natural solid mineral matter that can be excavated with vertical sides and remain intact while exposed. Submerged soil means soil which is underwater or is free seeping.
Type A means cohesive soils with an unconfined compressive strength of 1.5 ton per square foot (tsf) (144 kPa) or greater. Examples of cohesive soils are: clay, silty clay, sandy clay, clay loam and, in some cases, silty clay loam and sandy clay loam. Cemented soils such as caliche and hardpan are also considered Type A. However, no soil is Type A if:
(i) The soil is fissured; or
(ii) The soil is subject to vibration from heavy traffic, pile driving, or similar effects; or
(iii) The soil has been previously disturbed; or
(iv) The soil is part of a sloped, layered system where the layers dip into the excavation on a slope of four horizontal to one vertical (4H:1V) or greater; or
(v) The material is subject to other factors that would require it to be classified as a less stable material.
Type B means:
(i) Cohesive soil with an unconfined compressive strength greater than 0.5 tsf (48 kPa) but less than 1.5 tsf (144 kPa); or
(ii) Granular cohesionless soils including: angular gravel (similar to crushed rock), silt, silt loam, sandy loam and, in some cases, silty clay loam and sandy clay loam.
(iii) Previously disturbed soils except those which would otherwise be classified as Type C soil.
Appendix A
Succinct Construction Regulations and Standards
(iv) Soil that meets the unconfined compressive strength or cementation requirements for Type A, but is fissured or subject to vibration; or
(v) Dry rock that is not stable; or
(vi) Material that is part of a sloped, layered system where the layers dip into the excavation on a slope less steep than four horizontal to one vertical (4H:1V), but only if the material would otherwise be classified as Type B.
Type C means:
(i) Cohesive soil with an unconfined compressive strength of 0.5 tsf (48 kPa) or less; or
(ii) Granular soils including gravel, sand, and loamy sand; or
(iii) Submerged soil or soil from which water is freely seeping; or
(iv) Submerged rock that is not stable; or
(v) Material in a sloped, layered system where the layers dip into the excavation on a slope of four horizontal to one vertical (4H:1V) or steeper.
Unconfined compressive strength means the load per unit area at which a soil will fail in compression. It can be determined by laboratory testing, or estimated in the field using a pocket penetrometer, by thumb penetration tests, and other methods. Wet soil means soil that contains significantly more moisture than moist soil, but in such a range of values that cohesive material will slump or begin to flow when vibrated. Granular material that would exhibit cohesive properties when moist will lose those cohesive properties when wet.
(c) Requirements.
(1) Classification of soil and rock deposits. Each soil and rock deposit shall be classified by a competent person as Stable Rock, Type A, Type B, or Type C in accordance with the definitions set forth in paragraph (b) of this appendix.
(2) Basis of classification. The classification of the deposits shall be made based on the results of at least one visual and at least one manual analysis. Such analyses shall be conducted by a competent person using tests described in paragraph (d) below, or in other recognized methods of soil classification and testing such as those adopted by the America Society for Testing Materials, or the U.S. Department of Agriculture textural classification system.
(3) Visual and manual analyses. The visual and manual analyses, such as those noted as being acceptable in paragraph (d) of this appendix, shall be designed and conducted to provide sufficient quantitative and qualitative information as may be necessary to identify properly the properties, factors, and conditions affecting the classification of the deposits.
(4) Layered systems. In a layered system, the system shall be classified in accordance with its weakest layer. However, each layer may be classified individually where a more stable layer lies under a less stable layer.
(5) Reclassification. If, after classifying a deposit, the properties, factors, or conditions affecting its classification change in any way, the changes shall be evaluated by a competent person. The deposit shall be reclassified as necessary to reflect the changed circumstances.
(d) Acceptable visual and manual tests –
(1) Visual tests. Visual analysis is conducted to determine qualitative information regarding the excavation site in general, the soil adjacent to the excavation, the soil forming the sides of the open excavation, and the soil taken as samples from excavated material.
(i) Observe samples of soil that are excavated and soil in the sides of the excavation. Estimate the range of particle sizes and the relative amounts of the particle sizes. Soil that is primarily composed of fine-grained material is cohesive material. Soil composed primarily of coarse-grained sand or gravel is granular material.
(ii) Observe soil as it is excavated. Soil that remains in clumps when excavated is cohesive. Soil that breaks up easily and does not stay in clumps is granular.
(iii) Observe the side of the opened excavation and the surface area adjacent to the excavation. Crack-like openings such as tension cracks could indicate fissured material. If chunks of soil spall off a vertical side, the soil could be fissured. Small spalls are evidence of moving ground and are indications of potentially hazardous situations.
(iv) Observe the area adjacent to the excavation and the excavation itself for evidence of existing utility and other underground structures, and to identify previously disturbed soil.
(v) Observe the opened side of the excavation to identify layered systems. Examine layered systems to identify if the layers slope toward the excavation. Estimate the degree of slope of the layers.
(vi) Observe the area adjacent to the excavation and the sides of the opened excavation for evidence of surface water, water seeping from the sides of the excavation, or the location of the level of the water table.
(vii) Observe the area adjacent to the excavation and the area within the excavation for sources of vibration that may affect the stability of the excavation face.
(2) Manual tests. Manual analysis of soil samples is conducted to determine quantitative as well as qualitative properties of soil and to provide more information in order to classify soil properly.
(i) Plasticity. Mold a moist or wet sample of soil into a ball and attempt to roll it into threads as thin as 1⁄8-inch in diameter. Cohesive material can be successfully rolled into threads without crumbling. For example, if at least a two inch (50 mm) length of 1⁄8-inch thread can be held on one end without tearing, the soil is cohesive.
(ii) Dry strength. If the soil is dry and crumbles on its own or with moderate pressure into individual grains or fine powder, it is granular (any combination of gravel, sand, or silt). If the soil is dry and falls into clumps which break up into smaller clumps, but the smaller clumps can only be broken up with difficulty, it may be clay in any combination with gravel, sand or silt. If the dry soil breaks into clumps which do not break up into small clumps and which can only be broken with difficulty, and there is no visual indication the soil is fissured, the soil may be considered unfissured.
(iii) Thumb penetration. The thumb penetration test can be used to estimate the unconfined compressive strength of cohesive soils. (This test is based on the thumb penetration test described in American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standard designation D2488 — “Standard Recommended Practice for Description of Soils (Visual — Manual Procedure).”) Type A soils with an unconfined compressive strength of 1.5 tsf can be readily indented by the thumb; however, they can be penetrated by the thumb only with very great effort. Type C soils with an unconfined compressive strength of 0.5 tsf can be easily penetrated several inches by the thumb, and can be molded by light finger pressure. This test should be conducted on an undisturbed soil sample, such as a large clump of spoil, as soon as practicable after excavation to keep to a minimum the effects of exposure to drying influences. If the excavation is later exposed to wetting influences (rain, flooding), the classification of the soil must be changed accordingly.
(iv) Other strength tests. Estimates of unconfined compressive strength of soils can also be obtained by use of a pocket penetrometer or by using a hand-operated shearvane.
(v) Drying test. The basic purpose of the drying test is to differentiate between cohesive material with fissures, unfissured cohesive material, and granular material. The procedure for the drying test involves drying a sample of soil that is approximately one inch thick (2.54 cm) and six inches (15.24 cm) in diameter until it is thoroughly dry:
[A] If the sample develops cracks as it dries, significant fissures are indicated.
[B] Samples that dry without cracking are to be broken by hand. If considerable force is necessary to break a sample, the soil has significant cohesive material content. The soil can be classified as an unfissured cohesive material and the unconfined compressive strength should be determined.
[C] If a sample breaks easily by hand, it is either a fissured cohesive material or a granular material. To distinguish between the two, pulverize the dried clumps of the sample by hand or by stepping on them. If the clumps do not pulverize easily, the material is cohesive with fissures. If they pulverize easily into very small fragments, the material is granular.
Appendix B Subpart P of Part 1926 — Sloping and Benching
(a) Scope and application. This appendix contains specifications for sloping and benching when used as methods of protecting employees working in excavations from cave-ins. The requirements of this appendix apply when the design of sloping and benching protective systems is to be performed in accordance with the requirements set forth in §1926.652(b)(2).
(b) Definitions.
Actual slope means the slope to which an excavation face is excavated.
Distress means that the soil is in a condition where a cave-in is imminent or is likely to occur. Distress is evidenced by such phenomena as the development of fissures in the face of or adjacent to an open excavation; the subsidence of the edge of an excavation; the slumping of material from the face or the bulging or heaving of material from the bottom of an excavation; the spalling of material from the face of an excavation; and ravelling, i.e., small amounts of material such as pebbles or little clumps of material suddenly separating from the face of an excavation and trickling or rolling down into the excavation.
Maximum allowable slope means the steepest incline of an excavation face that is acceptable for the most favorable site conditions as protection against cave-ins, and is expressed as the ratio of horizontal distance to vertical rise (H:V).
Short term exposure means a period of time less than or equal to 24 hours that an excavation is open.
(c) Requirements.
(1) Soil classification. Soil and rock deposits shall be classified in accordance with appendix A to subpart P of part 1926.
(2) Maximum allowable slope. The maximum allowable slope for a soil or rock deposit shall be determined from Table B-1 of this appendix.
(3) Actual slope.
(i) The actual slope shall not be steeper than the maximum allowable slope.
(ii) The actual slope shall be less steep than the maximum allowable slope, when there are signs of distress. If that situation occurs, the slope shall be cut back to an actual slope which is at least 1⁄2 horizontal to one vertical (1⁄2 H:1V) less steep than the maximum allowable slope.
(iii) When surcharge loads from stored material or equipment, operating equipment, or traffic are present, a competent person shall determine the degree to which the actual slope must be reduced below the maximum allowable slope, and shall assure that such reduction is achieved. Surcharge loads from adjacent structures shall be evaluated in accordance with §1926.651(i).
(4) Configurations. Configurations of sloping and benching systems shall be in accordance with Figure B-1.
Maximum Allowable Slopes
Soil or Rock Type
Maximum Allowable Slopes (H:V)1 For Excavations Less Than 20 Feet Deep3
Stable Rock Vertical (90°)
Type A2 3⁄4:1 (53°)
Type B 1:1 (45°)
Type C 11⁄2:1 (34°)
1Numbers shown in parentheses next to maximum allowable slopes are angles expressed in degrees from the horizontal. Angles have been rounded off.
2A short-term maximum allowable slope of 1⁄2 H:1V (63°) is allowed in excavations in Type A soil that are 12 feet (3.67 m) or less in depth. Short-term maximum allowable slopes for excavations greater than 12 feet (3.67 m) in depth shall be 3⁄4H:1V (53°).
3Sloping or benching for excavations greater than 20 feet deep shall be designed by a registered professional engineer.
Figure B-1 Slope Configurations
(All slopes stated below are in the horizontal to vertical ratio) B-1.1 Excavations made in Type A soil.
1. All simple slope excavation 20 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of 3⁄4:1.
20’ Max.
Simple Slope - General 3/4 1 12’ Max.
Exception: Simple slope excavations which are open 24 hours or less (short term) and which are 12 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of 1⁄2:1.
1/2 1
Simple Slope - Short Term
2. All benched excavations 20 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of 3⁄4 to 1 and maximum bench dimensions as follows:
Simple Bench
Multiple Bench
3. All excavations 8 feet or less in depth which have unsupported vertically sided lower portions shall have a maximum vertical side of 31⁄2 feet.
2. All benched excavations 20 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of 1:1 and maximum bench dimensions as follows:
This bench allowed in cohesive soil only.
Unsupported Vertically Sided Lower Portion Maximum 8 Feet in Depth
All excavations more than 8 feet but not more than 12 feet in depth which unsupported vertically sided lower portions shall have a maximum allowable slope of 1:1 and a maximum vertical side of 31⁄2 feet.
Single Bench
This bench allowed in cohesive soil only.
Unsupported Vertically Sided Lower Portion Maximum 12 Feet in Depth
Editor's Note: In the image for all excavations more than 8 feet but not more than 12 feet in depth in this section containing Figure B-1, 3., the CFR labeled the height to be 2'. This appears to be an error. The height is corrected to 12' in the image appearing above.
All excavations 20 feet or less in depth which have vertically sided lower portions that are supported or shielded shall have a maximum allowable slope of 3⁄4:1. The support or shield system must extend at least 18 inches above the top of the vertical side.
Support or shield system
Total height of vertical side
Supported or Shielded Vertically Sided Lower Portion
4. All other simple slope, compound slope, and vertically sided lower portion excavations shall be in accordance with the other options permitted under §1926.652(b).
B-1.2 Excavations Made in Type B Soil
1. All simple slope excavations 20 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of 1:1.
Multiple Bench
3. All excavations 20 feet or less in depth which have vertically sided lower portions shall be shielded or supported to a height at least 18 inches above the top of the vertical side. All such excavations shall have a maximum allowable slope of 1:1.
Support or shield system
Total height of vertical side
4. All other sloped excavations shall be in accordance with the other options permitted in §1926.652(b).
B-1.3 Excavations Made in Type C Soil
1. All simple slope excavations 20 feet or less in depth shall have a maximum allowable slope of 11⁄2:1.
Vertically Sided Lower Portion Simple Slope
2. All excavations 20 feet or less in depth which have vertically sided lower portions shall be shielded or supported to a height at least 18 inches above the top of the vertical side. All such excavations shall have a maximum allowable slope of 11⁄2:1.
Support or shield system
Total height of vertical side
Vertically Sided Lower Portion
3. All other sloped excavations shall be in accordance with the other options permitted in §1926.652(b).
B-1.4 Excavations Made in Layered Soils
1. All excavations 20 feet or less in depth made in layered soils shall have a maximum allowable slope for each layer as set forth below.
2. All other sloped excavations shall be in accordance with the other options permitted in §1926.652(b).
Subpart Q – Concrete and Masonry Construction
§1926.700 Scope, application, and definitions applicable to this subpart
(a) Scope and application. This subpart sets forth requirements to protect all construction employees from the hazards associated with concrete and masonry construction operations performed in workplaces covered under 29 CFR part 1926. In addition to the requirements in subpart Q, other relevant provisions in parts 1910 and 1926 apply to concrete and masonry construction operations. 1926.700(a)
(b) Definitions applicable to this subpart. In addition to the definitions set forth in §1926.32, the following definitions apply to this subpart. (1)-(9)
(3) Lift slab means a method of concrete construction in which floor, and roof slabs are cast on or at ground level and, using jacks, lifted into position.
(4) Limited access zone means an area alongside a masonry wall, which is under construction, and which is clearly demarcated to limit access by employees.
(6) Reshoring means the construction operation in which shoring equipment (also called reshores or reshoring equipment) is placed, as the original forms and shores are removed, in order to support partially cured concrete and construction loads.
(7) Shore means a supporting member that resists a compressive force imposed by a load.
(8) Vertical slip forms means forms which are jacked vertically during the placement of concrete.
§1926.701
§1926.701
General requirements
(a) Construction loads. No construction loads shall be placed on a concrete structure or portion of a concrete structure unless the employer determines, based on information received from a person who is qualified in structural design, that the structure or portion of the structure is capable of supporting the loads. 1926.701(a)
(b) Reinforcing steel. All protruding reinforcing steel, onto and into which employees could fall, shall be guarded to eliminate the hazard of impalement. 1926.701(b)
(c) Post-tensioning operations. 1926.701(c)
(1) No employee (except those essential to the post-tensioning operations) shall be permitted to be behind the jack during tensioning operations. 1926.701(c)(1)
(2) Signs and barriers shall be erected to limit employee access to the post-tensioning area during tensioning operations. 1926.701(c)(2)
(d) Riding concrete buckets. No employee shall be permitted to ride concrete buckets. 1926.701(d)
(e) Working under loads. 1926.701(e)
(1) No employee shall be permitted to work under concrete buckets while buckets are being elevated or lowered into position. 1926.701(e)(1)
(2) To the extent practical, 1926.701(e)(2)
(f) Personal protective equipment. No employee shall be permitted to apply a cement, sand, and water mixture through a pneumatic hose unless the employee is wearing protective head and face equipment. 1926.701(f)
§1926.702 Requirements for equipment
and tools
(a) Bulk cement storage. (1)-(2) 1926.702(a)
(b) Concrete mixers. (1)-(2) 1926.702(b)
(c) Power concrete trowels. 1926.702(c)
(d) Concrete buggies. 1926.702(d)
(e) Concrete pumping systems. (1)-(2) 1926.702(e)
(f) Concrete buckets. (1)-(2) 1926.702(f)
(g) Tremies. 1926.702(g)
(h) Bull floats. 1926.702(h)
(i) Masonry saws. (1)-(2) 1926.702(i)
(j) Lockout/Tagout Procedures. 1926.702(j)
(1) No employee shall be permitted 1926.702(j)(1)
(2) Tags shall read Do Not Start or similar language to indicate that the equipment is not to be operated. 1926.702(j)(2)
§1926.703 Requirements for cast-in-place concrete
(a) General requirements for formwork. 1926.703(a)
(1) Formwork shall be designed, fabricated, erected, supported, braced and maintained so that it will be capable of supporting without failure all vertical and lateral loads that may reasonably be anticipated to be applied to the formwork. Formwork which is designed, fabricated, erected, supported, braced and maintained in conformance with the Appendix to this section will be deemed to meet the requirements of this paragraph. 1926.703(a)(1)
(2) Drawings or plans, including all revisions, for the jack layout, formwork (including shoring equipment), working decks, and scaffolds, shall be available at the jobsite. 1926.703(a)(2)
(b) Shoring and reshoring. 1926.703(b)
(1) All shoring equipment (including equipment used in reshoring operations) shall be inspected prior to erection to determine that the equipment meets the requirements specified in the formwork drawings. 1926.703(b)(1)
(2) Shoring equipment found to be damaged such that its strength is reduced to less than that required by §1926.703(a)(1) shall not be used for shoring. 1926.703(b)(2)
(3) Erected shoring equipment shall be inspected immediately prior to, during, and immediately after concrete placement. 1926.703(b)(3)
(4) Shoring equipment 1926.703(b)(4)
(5) The sills for shoring 1926.703(b)(5)
(6) All base plates, 1926.703(b)(6)
(7) Eccentric loads on shore heads and similar members shall be prohibited unless these members have been designed for such loading. 1926.703(b)(7)
(8) Whenever single post shores are used one on top of another (tiered), the employer shall comply with the following specific requirements in addition to the general requirements for formwork: 1926.703(b)(8)
(i) The design of the shoring shall be prepared by a qualified designer and the erected shoring shall be inspected by an engineer qualified in structural design. 1926.703(b)(8)(i)
(ii) The single post shores shall be vertically aligned. 1926.703(b)(8)(ii)
(iii) The single post shores shall be spliced to prevent misalignment. 1926.703(b)(8)(iii)
(iv) The single post shores 1926.703(b)(8)(iv)
(9) Adjustment of single post shores to raise formwork shall not be made after the placement of concrete. 1926.703(b)(9)
(10) Reshoring shall be erected, 1926.703(b)(10)
(c) Vertical slip forms. 1926.703(c)
(1) The steel rods or pipes on which jacks climb or by which the forms are lifted shall be — 1926.703(c)(1)
(i) Specifically designed for that purpose; and1926.703(c)(1)(i)
(ii) Adequately braced where not encased in concrete. 1926.703(c)(1)(ii)
(2) Forms shall be designed to prevent excessive distortion of the structure during the jacking operation. 1926.703(c)(2)
(3) All vertical slip forms shall be provided with scaffolds or work platforms where employees are required to work or pass. 1926.703(c)(3)
(4) Jacks and vertical supports shall be positioned in such a manner that the loads do not exceed the rated capacity of the jacks. 1926.703(c)(4)
(5) The jacks or other lifting devices shall be provided with mechanical dogs or other automatic holding devices to support the slip forms whenever failure of the power supply or lifting mechanism occurs. 1926.703(c)(5)
(6) The form structure shall be maintained within all design tolerances specified for plumbness during the jacking operation.
1926.703(c)(6)
(7) The predetermined safe rate of lift shall not be exceeded. 1926.703(c)(7)
(d) Reinforcing steel. 1926.703(d)
(1) Reinforcing steel 1926.703(d)(1)
(2) Employers shall take measures to prevent unrolled wire mesh from recoiling. Such measures may include, but are not limited to, securing each end of the roll or turning over the roll.
1926.703(d)(2)
(e) Removal of formwork. 1926.703(e)
(1) Forms and shores (except those used for slabs on grade and slip forms) shall not be removed until the employer determines that the concrete has gained sufficient strength to support its weight and superimposed loads. Such determination shall be based on compliance with one of the following: 1926.703(e)(1) (i) The plans and specifications stipulate conditions for removal of forms and shores, and such conditions have been followed, or 1926.703(e)(1)(i)
(ii) The concrete has been properly tested with an appropriate ASTM standard test method designed to indicate the concrete compressive strength, and the test results indicate that the concrete has gained sufficient strength to support its weight and superimposed loads. 1926.703(e)(1)(ii)
(2) Reshoring shall not be removed 1926.703(e)(2)
Appendix §1926.703(a)(1)
General Requirements for Formwork (This Appendix is non-mandatory.)
This appendix serves as a non-mandatory guideline to assist employers in complying with the formwork requirements in §1926.703(a)(1). Formwork which has been designed, fabricated, erected, braced, supported and maintained in accordance with Sections 6 and 7 of the American National Standard for Construction and Demolition Operations — Concrete and Masonry Work, ANSI A10.9-1983, shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provision of §1926.703(a)(1).
§1926.704 Requirements for precast concrete
(a) Precast concrete wall units, structural framing, and tilt-up wall panels shall be adequately supported to prevent overturning and to prevent collapse until permanent connections are completed.
1926.704(a)
(b) Lifting inserts which are embedded or otherwise attached to tiltup precast concrete members shall be capable of supporting at least two times the maximum intended load applied or transmitted to them.
1926.704(b)
(c) Lifting inserts which are embedded or otherwise attached to precast concrete members, other than the tilt-up members, shall be capable of supporting at least four times the maximum intended load applied or transmitted to them. 1926.704(c)
(d) Lifting hardware shall be capable of supporting at least five times the maximum intended load applied or transmitted to the lifting hardware. 1926.704(d)
(e) No employee shall be permitted under precast concrete members being lifted or tilted into position except those employees required for the erection of those members. 1926.704(e)
§1926.706 Requirements for masonry construction
(a) A limited access zone shall be established whenever a masonry wall is being constructed. The limited access zone shall conform to the following. 1926.706(a)
(1) The limited access zone shall be established prior to the start of construction of the wall. 1926.706(a)(1)
(2) The limited access zone 1926.706(a)(2)
(3) The limited access zone 1926.706(a)(3)
(4) The limited access zone 1926.706(a)(4)
(5) The limited access zone 1926.706(a)(5)
(b) All masonry walls over eight feet in height 1926.706(b)
Subpart R – Steel Erection
§1926.750 Scope
(a) This subpart sets forth requirements to protect employees from the hazards associated with steel erection activities involved in the construction, alteration, and/or repair of single and multi-story buildings, bridges, and other structures where steel erection occurs. The requirements of this subpart apply to employers engaged in steel erection unless otherwise specified. This subpart does not cover electrical transmission towers, communication and broadcast towers, or tanks. 1926.750(a)
Note to paragraph (a): Examples of structures where steel erection may occur include but are not limited to the following: Single and multi-story buildings; systems-engineered metal buildings; lift slab/tilt-up structures; energy exploration structures; energy production, transfer and storage structures and facilities; auditoriums; malls; amphitheaters; stadiums; power plants; mills; chemical process structures; bridges; trestles; overpasses; underpasses; viaducts; aqueducts; aerospace facilities and structures; radar and communication structures; light towers; signage; billboards; scoreboards; conveyor systems; conveyor supports and related framing; stairways; stair towers; fire escapes; draft curtains; fire containment structures; monorails; aerialways; catwalks; curtain walls; window walls; store fronts; elevator fronts; entrances; skylights; metal roofs; industrial structures; hi-bay structures; rail, marine and other transportation structures; sound barriers; water process and water containment structures; air and cable supported structures; space frames; geodesic domes; canopies; racks and rack support structures and frames; platforms; walkways; balconies; atriums; penthouses; car dumpers; stackers/reclaimers; cranes and craneways; bins; hoppers; ovens; furnaces; stacks; amusement park structures and rides; and artistic and monumental structures.
(b) (1) Steel erection activities include hoisting, laying out, placing, connecting, welding, burning, guying, bracing, bolting, plumbing and rigging structural steel, steel joists and metal buildings; installing metal decking, curtain walls, window walls, siding systems, miscellaneous metals, ornamental iron and similar materials; and moving point-to-point while performing these activities. 1926.750(b)(1)
(2) The following activities are covered by this subpart 1926.750(b)(2)
(c) The duties of controlling contractors under this subpart 1926.750(c)
§1926.751 Definitions
Connector means an employee who, working with hoisting equipment, is placing and connecting structural members and/or components.
Controlled Decking Zone (CDZ) means an area in which certain work (for example, initial installation and placement of metal decking) may take place without the use of guardrail systems, personal fall arrest systems, fall restraint systems, or safety net systems and where access to the zone is controlled.
Controlled load lowering means lowering a load by means of a mechanical hoist drum device that allows a hoisted load to be lowered with maximum control using the gear train or hydraulic components of the hoist mechanism. Controlled load lowering requires the use of the hoist drive motor, rather than the load hoist brake, to lower the load.
Controlling contractor means a prime contractor, general contractor, construction manager or any other legal entity which has the overall responsibility for the construction of the project — its planning, quality and completion.
(1) exceeds 75 percent of the rated capacity of the crane or derrick, or
(2) requires the use of more than one crane or derrick.
Multiple lift rigging means a rigging assembly manufactured by wire rope rigging suppliers that facilitates the attachment of up to five independent loads to the hoist rigging of a crane.
Shear connector means headed steel studs, steel bars, steel lugs, and similar devices which are attached to a structural member for the purpose of achieving composite action with concrete.
Systems-engineered metal building means a metal, field-assembled building system consisting of framing, roof and wall coverings. Typically, many of these components are cold-formed shapes. These individual parts are fabricated in one or more manufacturing facilities and shipped to the job site for assembly into the final structure. The engineering design of the system is normally the responsibility of the systems-engineered metal building manufacturer.
§1926.752 Site layout, site-specific erection plan and construction sequence
(a) Approval to begin steel erection. Before authorizing the commencement of steel erection, the controlling contractor shall ensure that the steel erector is provided with the following written notifications: 1926.752(a)
(1) The concrete in the footings, piers and walls and the mortar in the masonry piers and walls has attained, on the basis of an appropriate ASTM standard test method of field-cured samples, either 75 percent of the intended minimum compressive design strength or sufficient strength to support the loads imposed during steel erection. 1926.752(a)(1)
(2) Any repairs, replacements and modifications to the anchor bolts were conducted in accordance with §1926.755(b). 1926.752(a)(2)
(b) Commencement of steel erection. 1926.752(b)
(c) Site layout. The controlling contractor shall ensure that the following is provided and maintained: 1926.752(c)
(1) Adequate access roads into and through the site for the safe delivery and movement of derricks, cranes, trucks, other necessary equipment, and the material to be erected and means and methods for pedestrian and vehicular control. Exception: this requirement does not apply to roads outside of the construction site. 1926.752(c)(1)
(2) A firm, properly graded, drained area, readily accessible to the work with adequate space for the safe storage of materials and the safe operation of the erector's equipment. 1926.752(c)(2)
(d) Pre-planning of overhead hoisting operations. 1926.752(d)
(e) Site-specific erection plan. Where employers elect, due to conditions specific to the site, to develop alternate means and methods that provide employee protection in accordance with §1926.753(c)(5), §1926.757(a)(4) or §1926.757(e)(4), a site- specific erection plan shall be developed by a qualified person and be available at the work site. Guidelines for establishing a site-specific erection plan are contained in Appendix A to this subpart. 1926.752(e)
§1926.753 Hoisting and rigging
(a) All the provisions of subpart CC 1926.753(a) (b) In addition, paragraphs (c) through (e) of this section 1926.753(b) (c) General. 1926.753(c)
(1) Pre-shift visual inspection of cranes. 1926.753(c)(1)
(i) Cranes being used in steel erection activities shall be visually inspected prior to each shift by a competent person; the inspection shall include observation for deficiencies during operation. At a minimum this inspection shall include the following: 1926.753(c)(1)(i)
(ii) If any deficiency is identified, 1926.753(c)(1)(ii)
(iii) If the deficiency is determined to constitute a hazard, 1926.753(c)(1)(iii)
(iv) The operator shall be responsible for those operations 1926.753(c)(1)(iv)
(2) A qualified rigger (a rigger who is also a qualified person) shall inspect the rigging prior to each shift in accordance with §1926.251. 1926.753(c)(2)
(3) The headache ball, hook or load 1926.753(c)(3)
(4) Cranes or derricks may be used 1926.753(c)(4)
(5) Safety latches on hooks (i)-(ii) 1926.753(c)(5)
(d) Working under loads. 1926.753(d)
(1) Routes for suspended loads shall be pre-planned to ensure that no employee is required to work directly below a suspended load except for: 1926.753(d)(1)
(i) Employees engaged in the initial connection of the steel; or 1926.753(d)(1)(i)
(ii) Employees necessary for the hooking or unhooking of the load. 1926.753(d)(1)(ii)
(2) When working under suspended loads, the following criteria shall be met: 1926.753(d)(2)
Succinct Construction Regulations and Standards
(i) Materials being hoisted shall be rigged to prevent unintentional displacement; 1926.753(d)(2)(i)
(ii) Hooks with self-closing safety latches or their equivalent shall be used to prevent components from slipping out of the hook; and 1926.753(d)(2)(ii)
(iii) All loads shall be rigged by a qualified rigger1926.753(d)(2)(iii)
(e) Multiple lift rigging procedure. 1926.753(e)
(1) A multiple lift shall only be performed if the following criteria are met: 1926.753(e)(1)
(i) A multiple lift rigging assembly is used;1926.753(e)(1)(i)
(ii) A maximum of five members are hoisted per lift;1926.753(e)(1)(ii)
(iii)Only beams and similar structural members are lifted; and 1926.753(e)(1)(iii)
(iv)All employees engaged in the multiple lift have been trained in these procedures in accordance with §1926.761(c)(1). 1926.753(e)(1)(iv)
(v) No crane is permitted to be used for a multiple lift where such use is contrary to the manufacturer's specifications and limitations. 1926.753(e)(1)(v)
(2) Components of the multiple lift rigging assembly 1926.753(e)(2)
(3) The total load shall not exceed: 1926.753(e)(3)
(i) The rated capacity of the hoisting equipment specified in the hoisting equipment load charts; 1926.753(e)(3)(i)
(ii) The rigging capacity specified in the rigging rating chart. 1926.753(e)(3)(ii)
(4) The multiple lift rigging assembly shall be rigged with members: 1926.753(e)(4)
(i) Attached at their center of gravity and maintained reasonably level;1926.753(e)(4)(i)
(ii) Rigged from top down; and1926.753(e)(4)(ii)
(iii) Rigged at least 7 feet (2.1 m) apart.1926.753(e)(4)(iii)
(5) The members on the multiple lift rigging assembly shall be set from the bottom up. 1926.753(e)(5)
(6) Controlled load lowering shall be used whenever the load is over the connectors. 1926.753(e)(6)
§1926.754 Structural steel assembly
(a) Structural stability shall be maintained at all times during the erection process. 1926.754(a)
Note to paragraph (a): Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) regulations incorporate by reference a number of standards, policies, and standard specifications published by the American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) and other organizations. (See 23 CFR 625.4). Many of these incorporated provisions may be relevant to maintaining structural stability during the erection process. For instance, as of May 17, 2010, in many cases FHWA requires a Registered Engineer to prepare and seal working drawings for falsework used in highway bridge construction. (See AASHTO Specifications for Highway Bridges, Div. II, § 3.2.1, 15th edition, 1992, which FHWA incorporates by reference in 23 CFR 625.4). FHWA also encourages compliance with AASHTO Specifications that the FHWA regulations do not currently incorporate by reference. (See http:// www.fhwa.dot.gov/bridge/lrfd/index.htm.)
(b) The following additional requirements shall apply for multistory structures: 1926.754(b)
(1) The permanent floors shall be installed as the erection of structural members progresses, and there shall be not more than eight stories between the erection floor and the upper-most permanent floor, except where the structural integrity is maintained as a result of the design. 1926.754(b)(1)
(2) At no time shall there be more than four floors 1926.754(b)(2)
(3) A fully planked or decked floor or nets 1926.754(b)(3)
(c) Walking/working surfaces — shear connectors and other similar devices — 1926.754(c)
(1) Tripping hazards. Shear connectors (such as headed steel studs, steel bars or steel lugs), reinforcing bars, deformed anchors or threaded studs shall not be attached to the top flanges of beams, joists or beam attachments so that they project vertically from or horizontally across the top flange of the member until after the metal decking, or other walking/working surface, has been installed. 1926.754(c)(1)
(2) Installation of shear connectors 1926.754(c)(2)
(d) Plumbing-up. (1)-(3) 1926.754(d)
(e) Metal decking — (1)-(6) 1926.754(e)
§1926.755
Column anchorage
(a) General requirements for erection stability. 1926.755(a)
(1) All columns shall be anchored by a minimum of 4 anchor rods (anchor bolts). 1926.755(a)(1)
(2) Each column anchor rod (anchor bolt) assembly, 1926.755(a)(2)
(3) Columns shall be set on level 1926.755(a)(3)
(4) All columns shall be evaluated 1926.755(a)(4)
(b) Repair, replacement or field modification of anchor rods (anchor bolts). 1926.755(b)
(1) Anchor rods (anchor bolts) 1926.755(b)(1)
(2) Prior to the erection of a column, the controlling contractor shall provide written notification to the steel erector if there has been any repair, replacement or modification of the anchor rods (anchor bolts) of that column. 1926.755(b)(2)
§1926.756 Beams and columns
(a) General. 1926.756(a)
(1) During the final placing of solid web structural members, the load shall not be released from the hoisting line until the members are secured with at least two bolts per connection, of the same size and strength as shown in the erection drawings, drawn up wrench- tight or the equivalent as specified by the project structural engineer of record, except as specified in paragraph (b) of this section. 1926.756(a)(1)
(2) A competent person shall determine 1926.756(a)(2)
(b) Diagonal bracing. Solid web structural members used as diagonal bracing shall be secured by at least one bolt per connection drawn up wrench-tight or the equivalent as specified by the project structural engineer of record. 1926.756(b)
(c) (1) Double connections at columns and/or at beam webs over a column. When two structural members on opposite sides of a column web, or a beam web over a column, are connected sharing common connection holes, at least one bolt with its wrench-tight nut shall remain connected to the first member unless a shop-attached or field-attached seat or equivalent connection device is supplied with the member to secure the first member and prevent the column from being displaced (See Appendix H to this subpart for examples of equivalent connection devices). 1926.756(c)(1)
(2) If a seat or equivalent device is used, 1926.756(c)(2)
(d) Column splices. 1926.756(d)
(e) Perimeter columns. (1)-(2) 1926.756(e)
§1926.757
Open web steel joists
(a) General. 1926.757(a)
(1) Except as provided in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, where steel joists are used and columns are not framed in at least two directions with solid web structural steel members, a steel joist shall be field-bolted at the column to provide lateral stability to the column during erection. For the installation of this joist: 1926.757(a)(1) (i) A vertical stabilizer plate shall be provided 1926.757(a)(1)(i)
(ii) The bottom chords 1926.757(a)(1)(ii)
(iii) Hoisting cables shall not be released until the seat at each end of the steel joist is field-bolted, and each end of the bottom chord is restrained by the column stabilizer plate.
1926.757(a)(1)(iii)
(2) Where constructibility does not allow a steel joist to be installed at the column: (i)-(ii) 1926.757(a)(2)
(3) Where steel joists at or near columns 1926.757(a)(3) (4) Where steel joists at or near columns 1926.757(a)(4) (5) A steel joist or steel joist girder 1926.757(a)(5) (6) When steel joist(s) are landed 1926.757(a)(6) (7) No modification that affects the strength 1926.757(a)(7) (8) Field-bolted joists. (i)-(ii) 1926.757(a)(8) (9) Steel joists and steel joist girders 1926.757(a)(9) (10) A bridging terminus point 1926.757(a)(10)
(b) Attachment of steel joists and steel joist girders. (1)-(4) 1926.757(b)
(c) Erection of steel joists. (1)-(5) 1926.757(c) (d) Erection bridging. (1)-(6) 1926.757(d) (e) Landing and placing loads. (1)-(5) 1926.757(e)
§1926.758
Systems-engineered metal buildings
(a) All of the requirements of this subpart apply to the erection of systems-engineered metal buildings except §§1926.755 (column anchorage) and 1926.757 (open web steel joists). 1926.758(a)
(b) Each structural column shall be anchored by a minimum of four anchor rods (anchor bolts). 1926.758(b)
(c) Rigid frames shall have 1926.758(c)
(d) Construction loads shall not be placed on any structural steel framework unless such framework is safely bolted, welded or otherwise adequately secured. 1926.758(d)
(e) In girt and eave strut-to-frame connections, when girts or eave struts share common connection holes, at least one bolt with its wrench- tight nut shall remain connected to the first member unless a manufacturer-supplied, field-attached seat or similar connection device is present to secure the first member so that the girt or eave strut is always secured against displacement. 1926.758(e)
(f) Both ends of all steel joists (1)-(3) 1926.758(f)
(g) Purlins and girts shall not be used 1926.758(g)
(h) Purlins may only be used 1926.758(h)
(i) Construction loads may be placed 1926.758(i)
§1926.759 Falling object protection
(a) Securing loose items aloft. All materials, equipment, and tools, which are not in use while aloft, shall be secured against accidental displacement. 1926.759(a)
(b) Protection from falling objects other than materials being hoisted. The controlling contractor shall bar other construction processes below steel erection unless overhead protection for the employees below is provided. 1926.759(b)
§1926.760 Fall protection
(a) General requirements. 1926.760(a)
(1) Except as provided by paragraph (a)(3) of this section, each employee engaged in a steel erection activity who is on a walking/ working surface with an unprotected side or edge more than 15 feet (4.6 m) above a lower level shall be protected from fall hazards by guardrail systems, safety net systems, personal fall arrest systems, positioning device systems or fall restraint systems. 1926.760(a)(1)
(2) Perimeter safety cables. On multi-story structures, perimeter safety cables shall be installed at the final interior and exterior perimeters of the floors as soon as the metal decking has been installed. 1926.760(a)(2)
(3) Connectors and employees working 1926.760(a)(3)
(b) Connectors. Each connector shall: 1926.760(b)
(1) Be protected in accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section from fall hazards of more than two stories or 30 feet (9.1 m) above a lower level, whichever is less; 1926.760(b)(1)
(2) Have completed connector training in accordance with §1926.761; and 1926.760(b)(2)
(3) Be provided, at heights over 15 and up to 30 feet above a lower level, with a personal fall arrest system, positioning device system or fall restraint system and wear the equipment necessary to be able to be tied off; or be provided with other means of protection from fall hazards in accordance with paragraph (a)(1) of this section. 1926.760(b)(3)
(c) Controlled Decking Zone (CDZ). A controlled decking zone may be established in that area of the structure over 15 and up to 30 feet above a lower level where metal decking is initially being installed and forms the leading edge of a work area. In each CDZ, the following shall apply: 1926.760(c)
(1) Each employee working at the leading edge 1926.760(c)(1)
(2) Access to a CDZ shall be limited 1926.760(c)(2)
(3) The boundaries of a CDZ shall be designated and clearly marked. The CDZ shall not be more than 90 feet (27.4 m) wide and 90 (27.4 m) feet deep from any leading edge. The CDZ shall be marked by the use of control lines or the equivalent. Examples of acceptable procedures for demarcating CDZ's can be found in Appendix D to this subpart. 1926.760(c)(3)
(4) Each employee working in a CDZ shall have completed CDZ training in accordance with §1926.761. 1926.760(c)(4)
(5) Unsecured decking in a CDZ 1926.760(c)(5)
(6) Safety deck attachments 1926.760(c)(6)
(7) Final deck attachments 1926.760(c)(7)
(d) Criteria for fall protection equipment. (1)-(3) 1926.760(d)
(e) Custody of fall protection. (1)-(2) 1926.760(e)
§1926.761
Training
The following provisions supplement the requirements of §1926.21 regarding the hazards addressed in this subpart.
(a) Training personnel. 1926.761(a)
(b) Fall hazard training. (1)-(5) 1926.761(b)
(1) The recognition and identification of fall hazards in the work area; 1926.761(b)(1)
(2) The use and operation of guardrail systems (including perimeter safety cable systems), personal fall arrest systems, positioning device systems, fall restraint systems, safety net systems, and other protection to be used; 1926.761(b)(2)
(3) The correct procedures for erecting, maintaining, disassembling, and inspecting the fall protection systems to be used; 1926.761(b)(3)
(4) The procedures to be followed to prevent falls to lower levels and through or into holes and openings in walking/working surfaces and walls; and 1926.761(b)(4)
(5) The fall protection requirements of this subpart. 1926.761(b)(5)
(c) Special training programs. In addition to the training required in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the employer shall provide special training to employees engaged in the following activities.
1926.761(c)
(1) Multiple lift rigging procedure. The employer shall ensure that each employee who performs multiple lift rigging has been provided training in the following areas: 1926.761(c)(1)
(i) The nature of the hazards associated with multiple lifts; and 1926.761(c)(1)(i)
(ii) The proper procedures and equipment to perform multiple lifts required by §1926.753(e). 1926.761(c)(1)(ii)
(2) Connector procedures. The employer shall ensure that each connector has been provided training in the following areas: 1926.761(c)(2)
(3) Controlled Decking Zone Procedures. Where CDZs are being used, the employer shall assure that each employee has been provided training in the following areas: 1926.761(c)(3)
Appendix G Subpart R of Part 1926 — §1926.502
(b)-(e) Fall Protection Systems Criteria and Practices
Regulation Stop: Refer to Subpart M .502(b)-(e).
Subpart S – Underground Construction, Caissons, Cofferdams and Compressed Air
§1926.800 Underground construction
(a) Scope and application. 1926.800(a)
(1) This section applies to the construction of underground tunnels, shafts, chambers, and passageways. This section also applies to cut-and-cover excavations which are both physically connected to ongoing underground construction operations within the scope of this section, and covered in such a manner as to create conditions characteristic of underground construction. 1926.800(a)(1)
(2) This section does not apply to the following: (i)-(ii) 1926.800(a)(2)
(b) Access and egress. 1926.800(b)
(1) The employer shall provide and maintain safe means of access and egress to all work stations. 1926.800(b)(1)
(2) The employer shall provide access and egress 1926.800(b)(2)
(3) The employer shall control access to all openings to prevent unauthorized entry underground. Unused chutes, manways, or other openings shall be tightly covered, bulkheaded, or fenced off, and shall be posted with warning signs indicating "Keep Out" or similar language. Completed or unused sections of the underground facility shall be barricaded. 1926.800(b)(3)
(c) Check-in/check-out. 1926.800(c)
(d) Safety instruction. All employees shall be instructed in the recognition and avoidance of hazards associated with underground construction activities including, where appropriate, the following subjects: 1926.800(d)
(1) Air monitoring; 1926.800(d)(1) (2) Ventilation; 1926.800(d)(2) (3) Illumination; 1926.800(d)(3) (4) Communications; 1926.800(d)(4) (5) Flood control; 1926.800(d)(5) (6) Mechanical equipment; 1926.800(d)(6) (7) Personal protective equipment; 1926.800(d)(7) (8) Explosives; 1926.800(d)(8) (9) Fire prevention and protection; and 1926.800(d)(9) (10) Emergency procedures, 1926.800(d)(10) (e) Notification. (1)-(2) 1926.800(e) (f) Communications. (1)-(5) 1926.800(f) (g) Emergency provisions (1)-(5) 1926.800(g) (h) Hazardous classifications. (1)-(3) 1926.800(h) (i) Gassy operations-additional requirements. (1)-(6) 1926.800(i) (j) Air quality and monitoring (1)-(3) 1926.800(j) (k) Ventilation. (1)-(13) 1926.800(k) (l) Illumination. (1)-(2) 1926.800(l) (m) Fire prevention and control. (1)-(12) 1926.800(m) (n) Welding, cutting, and other hot work. (1)-(2) 1926.800(n) (o) Ground support. (1)-(4) 1926.800(o) (p) Blasting. (1)-(2) 1926.800(p) (q) Drilling. (1)-(11) 1926.800(q) (r) Haulage. (1)-(18) 1926.800(r)
§1926.850
(s) Electrical safety. (1)-(3) 1926.800(s)
Succinct Construction Regulations and Standards
(t) Hoisting unique to underground construction. (1)-(4) 1926.800(t)
(a) Prior to permitting employees to start demolition operations, an engineering survey shall be made, by a competent person, of the structure to determine the condition of the framing, floors, and walls, and possibility of unplanned collapse of any portion of the structure. Any adjacent structure where employees may be exposed shall also be similarly checked. The employer shall have in writing evidence that such a survey has been performed. 1926.850(a)
(b) When employees are required to work within a structure to be demolished which has been damaged by fire, flood, explosion, or other cause, the walls or floor shall be shored or braced. 1926.850(b)
(c) All electric, gas, water, steam, sewer, and other service lines shall be shut off, capped, or otherwise controlled, outside the building line before demolition work is started. In each case, any utility company which is involved shall be notified in advance. 1926.850(c)
(d) If it is necessary to maintain any power, water or other utilities during demolition, such lines shall be temporarily relocated, as necessary, and protected. 1926.850(d)
(e) It shall also be determined if any type of hazardous chemicals, gases, explosives, flammable materials, or similarly dangerous substances have been used in any pipes, tanks, or other equipment on the property. When the presence of any such substances is apparent or suspected, testing and purging shall be performed and the hazard eliminated before demolition is started. 1926.850(e)
(f) Where a hazard exists from fragmentation of glass, such hazards shall be removed. 1926.850(f)
(g) Where a hazard exists to employees falling through wall openings, the opening shall be protected to a height of approximately 42 inches. 1926.850(g)
(h) When debris is dropped through holes in the floor without the use of chutes, the area onto which the material is dropped shall be completely enclosed with barricades not less than 42 inches high and not less than 6 feet back from the projected edge of the opening above. Signs, warning of the hazard of falling materials, shall be posted at each level. Removal shall not be permitted in this lower area until debris handling ceases above. 1926.850(h)
(i) All floor openings, not used as material drops, shall be covered over with material substantial enough to support the weight of any load which may be imposed. Such material shall be properly secured to prevent its accidental movement. 1926.850(i)
(j) Except for the cutting of holes in floors for chutes, holes through which to drop materials, preparation of storage space, and similar necessary preparatory work, the demolition of exterior walls and floor construction shall begin at the top of the structure and proceed downward. Each story of exterior wall and floor construction shall be removed and dropped into the storage space before commencing the removal of exterior walls and floors in the story next below. 1926.850(j)
(k) Employee entrances to multi-story structures being demolished shall be completely protected by sidewalk sheds or canopies, or both, providing protection from the face of the building for a minimum of 8 feet. All such canopies shall be at least 2 feet wider than the building entrances or openings (1 foot wider on each side thereof), and shall be capable of sustaining a load of 150 pounds per square foot. 1926.850(k)
Subpart W – Rollover Protective Structures; Overhead Protection
§1926.1000 Scope
(a)-(f)
(a) Coverage. This subpart applies to the following types of material handling equipment: All rubber-tired, self-propelled scrapers, rubbertired front-end loaders, rubber-tired dozers, wheel-type agricultural and industrial tractors, crawler tractors, crawler-type loaders, and motor graders, with or without attachments, that are used in construction work. This subpart also applies to compactors and rubber-tired
skid-steer equipment, with or without attachments, manufactured after July 15, 2019, that are used in construction work. This subpart does not apply to sideboom pipelaying tractors. 1926.1000(a)
(b) Equipment manufactured before 1926.1000(b)
(c) Equipment manufactured on or after 1926.1000(c)
(d) Remounting. 1926.1000(d)
(e) Labeling. (1)-(3) 1926.1000(e)
(f) Machines meeting certain existing governmental requirements. (1)-(3) 1926.1000(f)
Subpart X – Stairways and Ladders
§1926.1050 Scope, application, and definitions applicable to this subpart
(a) Scope and application. This subpart applies to all stairways and ladders used in construction, alteration, repair (including painting and decorating), and demolition workplaces covered under 29 CFR part 1926, and also sets forth, in specified circumstances, when ladders and stairways are required to be provided. Additional requirements for ladders used on or with scaffolds are contained in subpart L — Scaffolds. This subpart does not apply to integral components of equipment covered by subpart CC. Subpart CC exclusively sets forth the circumstances when ladders and stairways must be provided on equipment covered by subpart CC. 1926.1050(a)
(b) Definitions.
Cleat means a ladder crosspiece of rectangular cross section placed on edge upon which a person may step while ascending or descending a ladder.
Double-cleat ladder means a ladder similar in construction to a single-cleat ladder, but with a center rail to allow simultaneous twoway traffic for employees ascending or descending.
Equivalent means alternative designs, materials, or methods that the employer can demonstrate will provide an equal or greater degree of safety for employees than the method or item specified in the standard.
Extension trestle ladder means a self-supporting portable ladder, adjustable in length, consisting of a trestle ladder base and a vertically adjustable extension section, with a suitable means for locking the ladders together.
Failure means load refusal, breakage, or separation of component parts. Load refusal is the point where the structural members lose their ability to carry the loads.
Fixed ladder means a ladder that cannot be readily moved or carried because it is an integral part of a building or structure. A sidestep fixed ladder is a fixed ladder that requires a person getting off at the top to step to the side of the ladder side rails to reach the landing. A through fixed ladder is a fixed ladder that requires a person getting off at the top to step between the side rails of the ladder to reach the landing.
Handrail means a rail used to provide employees with a handhold for support.
Individual-rung/step ladders means ladders without a side rail or center rail support. Such ladders are made by mounting individual steps or rungs directly to the side or wall of the structure.
Job-made ladder means a ladder that is fabricated by employees, typically at the construction site, and is not commercially manufactured. This definition does not apply to any individual-rung/ step ladders.
Ladder stand. A mobile fixed size self-supporting ladder consisting of a wide flat tread ladder in the form of stairs. The assenbly may include handrails.
Lower levels means those areas to which an employee can fall from a stairway or ladder. Such areas include ground levels, floors, roofs, ramps, runways, excavations, pits, tanks, material, water, equipment, and similar surfaces. It does not include the surface from which the employee falls.
Maximum intended load means the total load of all employees, equipment, tools, materials, transmitted loads, and other loads anticipated to be applied to a ladder component at any one time.
Nosing means that portion of a tread projecting beyond the face of the riser immediately below.
Point of access means all areas used by employees for work-related passage from one area or level to another. Such open areas include doorways, passageways, stairway openings, studded walls, and various other permanent or temporary openings used for such travel.
Portable ladder means a ladder that can be readily moved or carried.
Riser height means the vertical distance from the top of a tread to the top of the next higher tread or platform/landing or the distance from the top of a platform/landing to the top of the next higher tread or platform/landing.
Side-step fixed ladder. See "Fixed ladder."
Single-cleat ladder means a ladder consisting of a pair of side rails, connected together by cleats, rungs, or steps.
Single-rail ladder means a portable ladder with rungs, cleats, or steps mounted on a single rail instead of the normal two rails used on most other ladders.
Spiral stairway means a series of steps attached to a vertical pole and progressing upward in a winding fashion within a cylindrical space.
Stairrail system means a vertical barrier erected along the unprotected sides and edges of a stariway to prevent employees from falling to lower levels. The top surface of a stairrail system may also be a "handrail."
Step stool (ladder type) means a self-supporting, foldable, portable ladder, nonadjustable in length, 32 inches or less in overall size, with flat steps and without a pail shelf, designed to be climbed on the ladder top cap as well as all steps. The side rails may continue above the top cap.
Through fixed ladder. See "Fixed ladder."
Tread depth means the horizontal distance from front to back of a tread (excluding nosing, if any).
Unprotected sides and edges means any side or edge (except at entrances to points of access) of a stairway where there is no stairrail system or wall 36 inches (.9 m) or more in height, and any side or edge (except at entrances to points of access) of a stairway landing, or ladder platform where there is no wall or guardrail system 39 inches (1 m) or more in height.
§1926.1051 General requirements
(a) A stairway or ladder shall be provided at all personnel points of access where there is a break in elevation of 19 inches (48 cm) or more, and no ramp, runway, sloped embankment, or personnel hoist is provided. 1926.1051(a)
(1) Employees shall not use any spiral stairways that will not be a permanent part of the structure on which construction work is being performed. 1926.1051(a)(1)
(2) A double-cleated ladder or two or more separate ladders shall be provided when ladders are the only mean of access or exit from a working area for 25 or more employees, or when a ladder is to serve simultaneous two-way traffic. 1926.1051(a)(2)
(3) When a building or structure has only one point of access between levels, that point of access shall be kept clear to permit free passage of employees. When work must be performed or equipment must be used such that free passage at that point of access is restricted, a second point of access shall be provided and used. 1926.1051(a)(3)
(4) When a building or structure has two or more points of access between levels, at least one point of access shall be kept clear to permit free passage of employees. 1926.1051(a)(4)
(b) Employers shall provide and install all stairway and ladder fall protection systems required by this subpart and shall comply with all other pertinent requirements of this subpart before employees begin the work that necessitates the installation and use of stairways, ladders, and their respective fall protection systems. 1926.1051(b)
§1926.1052 Stairways
(a) General. The following requirements apply to all stairways as indicated: 1926.1052(a)
(1) Stairways that will not be a permanent part of the structure on which construction work is being performed shall have landings of not less than 30 inches (76 cm) in the direction of travel and extend at least 22 inches (56 cm) in width at every 12 feet (3.7 m) or less of vertical rise. 1926.1052(a)(1)
(2) Stairs shall be installed between 30° and 50° from horizontal. 1926.1052(a)(2)
(3) Riser height and tread depth shall be uniform within each flight of stairs, including any foundation structure used as one or more treads of the stairs. Variations in riser height or tread depth shall not be over 1⁄4-inch (0.6 cm) in any stairway system. 1926.1052(a)(3)
(4) Where doors or gates open directly on a stairway, a platform shall be provided, and the swing of the door shall not reduce the effective width of the platform to less than 20 inches (51 cm).
1926.1052(a)(4)
(5) Metal pan landings and metal pan treads, 1926.1052(a)(5)
(6) All parts of stairways shall be free of hazardous projections, such as protruding nails. 1926.1052(a)(6)
(7) Slippery conditions on stairways shall be eliminated before the stairways are used to reach other levels. 1926.1052(a)(7)
(b) Temporary service. The following requirements apply to all stairways as indicated: 1926.1052(b)
(1) Except during stairway construction, foot traffic is prohibited on stairways with pan stairs where the treads and/or landings are to be filled in with concrete or other material at a later date, unless the stairs are temporarily fitted with wood or other solid material at least to the top edge of each pan. Such temporary treads and landings shall be replaced when worn below the level of the top edge of the pan. 1926.1052(b)(1)
(2) Except during stairway construction, foot traffic is prohibited on skeleton metal stairs where permanent treads and/or landings are to be installed at a later date, unless the stairs are fitted with secured temporary treads and landings long enough to cover the entire tread and/or landing area. 1926.1052(b)(2)
(3) Treads for temporary service 1926.1052(b)(3)
(c) Stairrails and handrails. The following requirements apply to all stairways as indicated: 1926.1052(c)
(1) Stairways having four or more risers or rising more than 30 inches (76 cm), whichever is less, shall be equipped with: 1926.1052(c)(1)
(i) At least one handrail; and1926.1052(c)(1)(i)
(ii) One stairrail system along each unprotected side or edge. 1926.1052(c)(1)(ii)
Note: When the top edge of a stairrail system also serves as a handrail, paragraph (c)(7) of this section applies.
(2) Winding and spiral stairways 1926.1052(c)(2)
(3) The height of stairrails shall be as follows: (i)-(ii) 1926.1052(c)(3) (4) Midrails, screens, mesh, (i)-(iv) 1926.1052(c)(4) (5) Handrails and the top rails of stairrail systems 1926.1052(c)(5) (6) The height of handrails 1926.1052(c)(6) (7) When the top edge of a stairrail system 1926.1052(c)(7) (8) Stairrail systems and handrails 1926.1052(c)(8) (9) Handrails shall provide an adequate handhold 1926.1052(c)(9) (10) The ends of stairrail systems 1926.1052(c)(10) (11) Handrails that will not be a permanent part 1926.1052(c)(11) (12) Unprotected sides and edges of stairway landings shall be provided with guardrail systems. Guardrail system criteria are contained in subpart M of this part. 1926.1052(c)(12)
§1926.1053 Ladders
(a) General. The following requirements apply to all ladders as indicated, including job-made ladders. 1926.1053(a) (1) Ladders shall be capable of supporting the following loads without failure: 1926.1053(a)(1)
(i) Each self-supporting portable ladder: At least four times the maximum intended load, except that each extra-heavy-duty type 1A metal or plastic ladder shall sustain at least 3.3 times the maximum intended load. The ability of a ladder to sustain the loads indicated in this paragraph shall be determined by applying or transmitting the requisite load to the ladder in a downward vertical direction. Ladders built and tested in conformance with the applicable provisions of appendix A of this subpart will be deemed to meet this requirement. 1926.1053(a)(1)(i)
(ii) Each portable ladder that is not self-supporting: At least four times the maximum intended load, except that each extraheavy-duty type 1A metal or plastic ladders shall sustain at least 3.3 times the maximum intended load. The ability of a ladder to sustain the loads indicated in this paragraph shall be determined by applying or transmitting the requisite load to the ladder in a downward vertical direction when the ladder is placed at an angle of 751⁄2 degrees from the horizontal. Ladders built and tested in conformance with the applicable provisions of appendix A will be deemed to meet this requirement. 1926.1053(a)(1)(ii)
(iii) Each fixed ladder: At least two loads of 250 pounds (114 kg) each, concentrated between any two consecutive attachments (the number and position of additional concentrated loads of 250 pounds (114 kg) each, determined from anticipated usage of the ladder, shall also be included), plus anticipated loads caused by ice buildup, winds, rigging, and impact loads resulting from the use of ladder safety devices. Each step or rung
Succinct Construction Regulations and Standards
shall be capable of supporting a single concentrated load of at least 250 pounds (114 kg) applied in the middle of the step or rung. Ladders built in conformance with the applicable provisions of appendix A will be deemed to meet this requirement. 1926.1053(a)(1)(iii)
(2) Ladder rungs, cleats, and steps 1926.1053(a)(2)
(3) (i) Rungs, cleats, and steps 1926.1053(a)(3)(i)
(ii) Rungs, cleats, and steps 1926.1053(a)(3)(ii)
(iii) Rungs, cleats, and steps 1926.1053(a)(3)(iii)
(4) (i) The minimum clear distance 1926.1053(a)(4)(i)
(ii) The minimum clear distance between side rails for all portable ladders shall be 111⁄2 inches (29 cm). 1926.1053(a)(4)(ii)
(5) The rungs of individual-rung/step ladders 1926.1053(a)(5)
(6) (i) The rungs and steps of fixed metal ladders 1926.1053(a)(6)(i)
(ii) The rungs and steps of portable metal ladders 1926.1053(a)(6)(ii)
(7) Ladders shall not be tied or fastened together to provide longer sections unless they are specifically designed for such use. 1926.1053(a)(7)
(8) A metal spreader or locking device 1926.1053(a)(8) (9) When splicing is required to obtain 1926.1053(a)(9)
(10) Except when portable ladders are used 1926.1053(a)(10) (11) Ladder components shall be surfaced 1926.1053(a)(11) (12) Wood ladders shall not be coated 1926.1053(a)(12) (13) The minimum perpendicular clearance 1926.1053(a)(13) (14) The minimum perpendicular clearance 1926.1053(a)(14) (15) When unavoidable obstructions are encountered, 1926.1053(a)(15)
(16) Through fixed ladders at their point of access/egress 1926.1053(a)(16)
(17) Fixed ladders without cages or wells 1926.1053(a)(17) (18) Fixed ladders shall be provided with cages, wells, ladder safety devices, or self-retracting lifelines where the length of climb is less than 24 feet (7.3 m) but the top of the ladder is at a distance greater than 24 feet (7.3 m) above lower levels. 1926.1053(a)(18)
(19) Where the total length of a climb equals or exceeds 24 feet (7.3 m), fixed ladders shall be equipped with one of the following: 1926.1053(a)(19)
(i) Ladder safety devices; or1926.1053(a)(19)(i)
(ii) Self-retracting lifelines, and rest platforms at intervals not to exceed 150 feet (45.7 m); or 1926.1053(a)(19)(ii)
(iii) A cage or well, and multiple ladder sections, each ladder section not to exceed 50 feet (15.2 m) in length. Ladder sections shall be offset from adjacent sections, and landing platforms shall be provided at maximum intervals of 50 feet (15.2 m).
1926.1053(a)(19)(iii)
(20) Cages for fixed ladders shall conform to all of the following: (i)(viii) 1926.1053(a)(20)
(21) Wells for fixed ladders shall conform to all of the following: (i)(v) 1926.1053(a)(21)
(b) Use. The following requirements apply to the use of all ladders, including job-made ladders, except as otherwise indicated: 1926.1053(b)
(1) When portable ladders are used for access to an upper landing surface, the ladder side rails shall extend at least 3 feet (.9 m) above the upper landing surface to which the ladder is used to gain access; or, when such an extension is not possible because of the ladder's length, then the ladder shall be secured at its top to a rigid support that will not deflect, and a grasping device, such as a grabrail, shall be provided to assist employees in mounting and dismounting the ladder. In no case shall the extension be such that ladder deflection under a load would, by itself, cause the ladder to slip off its support. 1926.1053(b)(1)
(2) Ladders shall be maintained 1926.1053(b)(2)
(3) Ladders shall not be loaded beyond the maximum intended load for which they were built, nor beyond their manufacturer's rated capacity. 1926.1053(b)(3)
(4) Ladders shall be used only for the purpose for which they were designed. 1926.1053(b)(4)
(5) (i) Non-self-supporting ladders shall be used at an angle such that the horizontal distance from the top support to the foot of the ladder is approximately one-quarter of the working length of
the ladder (the distance along the ladder between the foot and the top support). 1926.1053(b)(5)(i)
Safety Stop: Extension ladders must be set at a 4:1 slope.
(ii) Wood job-made ladders with spliced side rails shall be used at an angle such that the horizontal distance is one-eighth the working length of the ladder. 1926.1053(b)(5)(ii)
(iii) Fixed ladders shall be used at a pitch no greater than 90 degrees from the horizontal, as measured to the back side of the ladder. 1926.1053(b)(5)(iii)
(6) Ladders shall be used only on stable and level surfaces unless secured to prevent accidental displacement. 1926.1053(b)(6)
(7) Ladders shall not be used on slippery surfaces unless secured or provided with slip-resistant feet to prevent accidental displacement. Slip-resistant feet shall not be used as a substitute for care in placing, lashing, or holding a ladder that is used upon slippery surfaces including, but not limited to, flat metal or concrete surfaces that are constructed so they cannot be prevented from becoming slippery. 1926.1053(b)(7)
(8) Ladders placed in any location where they can be displaced by workplace activities or traffic, such as in passageways, doorways, or driveways, shall be secured to prevent accidental displacement, or a barricade shall be used to keep the activities or traffic away from the ladder. 1926.1053(b)(8)
(9) The area around the top and bottom of ladders shall be kept clear. 1926.1053(b)(9)
(10) The top of a non-self-supporting ladder 1926.1053(b)(10)
(11) Ladders shall not be moved, 1926.1053(b)(11)
(12) Ladders shall have nonconductive siderails if they are used where the employee or the ladder could contact exposed energized electrical equipment, except as provided in §1926.955(b) and (c) of this part. 1926.1053(b)(12)
(13) The top or top step of a stepladder shall not be used as a step. 1926.1053(b)(13)
(14) Cross-bracing on the rear section of stepladders shall not be used for climbing unless the ladders are designed and provided with steps for climbing on both front and rear sections.
1926.1053(b)(14)
(15) Ladders shall be inspected by a competent person for visible defects on a periodic basis and after any occurrence that could affect their safe use. 1926.1053(b)(15)
(16) Portable ladders with structural defects, such as, but not limited to, broken or missing rungs, cleats, or steps, broken or split rails, corroded components, or other faulty or defective components, shall either be immediately marked in a manner that readily identifies them as defective, or be tagged with "Do Not Use" or similar language, and shall be withdrawn from service until repaired. 1926.1053(b)(16)
(17) Fixed ladders with structural defects, such as, but not limited to, broken or missing rungs, cleats, or steps, broken or split rails, or corroded components, shall be withdrawn from service until repaired. The requirement to withdraw a defective ladder from service is satisfied if the ladder is either: 1926.1053(b)(17)
(i) Immediately tagged with "Do Not Use" or similar language, 1926.1053(b)(17)(i)
(ii) Marked in a manner that readily identifies it as defective; 1926.1053(b)(17)(ii)
(iii) Or blocked (such as with a plywood attachment that spans several rungs). 1926.1053(b)(17)(iii)
(19) Single-rail ladders shall not be used. 1926.1053(b)(19)
(20) When ascending or descending a ladder, the user shall face the ladder. 1926.1053(b)(20)
(21) Each employee shall use at least one hand to grasp the ladder when progressing up and/or down the ladder. 1926.1053(b)(21)
(22) An employee shall not carry any object or load that could cause the employee to lose balance and fall. 1926.1053(b)(22)
§1926.1060
Training requirements
The following training provisions clarify the requirements of §1926.21(b)(2), regarding the hazards addressed in Subpart X.
(a) The employer shall provide a training program for each employee using ladders and stairways, as necessary. The program shall enable each employee to recognize hazards related to ladders and stairways, and shall train each employee in the procedures to be followed to minimize these hazards. 1926.1060(a)
(1) The employer shall ensure that each employee has been trained by a competent person in the following areas, as applicable: 1926.1060(a)(1)
(i) The nature of fall hazards in the work area;1926.1060(a)(1)(i)
(ii) The correct procedures for erecting, maintaining, and disassembling the fall protection systems to be used; 1926.1060(a)(1)(ii)
(iii) The proper construction, use, placement, and care in handling of all stairways and ladders; 1926.1060(a)(1)(iii)
(iv) The maximum intended load-carrying capacities of ladders used; and 1926.1060(a)(1)(iv)
(v) The standards contained in this subpart.1926.1060(a)(1)(v)
(b) Retraining shall be provided for each employee as necessary so that the employee maintains the understanding and knowledge acquired through compliance with this section. 1926.1060(b)
Subpart Z – Toxic and Hazardous Substances
§1926.1101 Asbestos
(a) Scope and application. This section regulates asbestos exposure in all work as defined in 29 CFR 1910.12(b), including but not limited to the following: 1926.1101(a)
(1) Demolition or salvage of structures where asbestos is present; 1926.1101(a)(1)
(2) Removal or encapsulation of materials containing asbestos; 1926.1101(a)(2)
(3) Construction, alteration, repair, maintenance, or renovation of structures, substrates, or portions thereof, that contain asbestos; 1926.1101(a)(3)
(4) Installation of products containing asbestos; 1926.1101(a)(4)
(5) Asbestos spill/emergency cleanup; and 1926.1101(a)(5)
(6) Transportation, disposal, storage, containment of and housekeeping activities involving asbestos or products containing asbestos, on the site or location at which construction activities are performed. 1926.1101(a)(6)
(7) Coverage under this standard shall be based on the nature of the work operation involving asbestos exposure. 1926.1101(a)(7)
(8) This section does not apply to asbestos-containing asphalt roof coatings, cements and mastics. 1926.1101(a)(8)
(b) Definitions.
Aggressive method means removal or disturbance of building material by sanding, abrading, grinding or other method that breaks, crumbles, or disintegrates intact ACM.
Amended water means water to which surfactant (wetting agent) has been added to increase the ability of the liquid to penetrate ACM.
Asbestos includes chrysotile, amosite, crocidolite, tremolite asbestos, anthophyllite asbestos, actinolite asbestos, and any of these minerals that has been chemically treated and/or altered. For purposes of this standard, "asbestos" includes PACM, as defined below.
Asbestos-containing material (ACM), means any material containing more than one percent asbestos.
Assistant Secretary means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee. Authorized person means any person authorized by the employer and required by work duties to be present in regulated areas.
Building/facility owner is the legal entity, including a lessee, which exercises control over management and record keeping functions relating to a building and/or facility in which activities covered by this standard take place.
Certified Industrial Hygienist (CIH) means one certified in the practice of industrial hygiene by the American Board of Industrial Hygiene.
Class I asbestos work means activities involving the removal of TSI and surfacing ACM and PACM.
Class II asbestos work means activities involving the removal of ACM which is not thermal system insulation or surfacing material. This includes, but is not limited to, the removal of asbestos-containing wallboard, floor tile and sheeting, roofing and siding shingles, and construction mastics.
Class III asbestos work means repair and maintenance operations, where "ACM", including TSI and surfacing ACM and PACM, is likely to be disturbed.
Class IV asbestos work means maintenance and custodial activities during which employees contact but do not disturb ACM or PACM and activities to clean up dust, waste and debris resulting
from Class I, II, and III activities.
Clean room means an uncontaminated room having facilities for the storage of employees' street clothing and uncontaminated materials and equipment.
Closely resemble means that the major workplace conditions which have contributed to the levels of historic asbestos exposure, are no more protective than conditions of the current workplace. Competent person means, in addition to the definition in 29 CFR 1926.32 (f), one who is capable of identifying existing asbestos hazards in the workplace and selecting the appropriate control strategy for asbestos exposure, who has the authority to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them, as specified in 29 CFR 1926.32(f): in addition, for Class I and Class II work who is specially trained in a training course which meets the criteria of EPA's Model Accreditation Plan (40 CFR part 763) for supervisor, or its equivalent and, for Class III and Class IV work, who is trained in a manner consistent with EPA requirements for training of local education agency maintenance and custodial staff as set forth at 40 CFR 763.92 (a)(2).
Critical barrier means one or more layers of plastic sealed over all openings into a work area or any other similarly placed physical barrier sufficient to prevent airborne asbestos in a work area from migrating to an adjacent area.
Decontamination area means an enclosed area adjacent and connected to the regulated area and consisting of an equipment room, shower area, and clean room, which is used for the decontamination of workers, materials, and equipment that are contaminated with asbestos.
Demolition means the wrecking or taking out of any load-supporting structural member and any related razing, removing, or stripping of asbestos products.
Director means the Director, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or designee.
Disturbance means activities that disrupt the matrix of ACM or PACM, crumble or pulverize ACM or PACM, or generate visible debris from ACM or PACM. In no event shall the amount of ACM or PACM so disturbed exceed that which can be contained in one glove bag or waste bag which shall not exceed 60 inches in length and width.
Employee exposure means that exposure to airborne asbestos that would occur if the employee were not using respiratory protective equipment.
Equipment room (change room) means a contaminated room located within the decontamination area that is supplied with impermeable bags or containers for the disposal of contaminated protective clothing and equipment.
Fiber means a particulate form of asbestos, 5 micrometers or longer, with a length-to-diameter ratio of at least 3 to 1.
Glovebag means not more than a 60 × 60 inch impervious plastic bag- like enclosure affixed around an asbestos-containing material, with glove-like appendages through which material and tools may be handled.
High-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter means a filter capable of trapping and retaining at least 99.97 percent of all monodispersed particles of 0.3 micrometers in diameter.
Homogeneous area means an area of surfacing material or thermal system insulation that is uniform in color and texture.
Industrial hygienist means a professional qualified by education, training, and experience to anticipate, recognize, evaluate and develop controls for occupational health hazards.
Intact means that the ACM has not crumbled, been pulverized, or otherwise deteriorated so that the asbestos is no longer likely to be bound with its matrix.
Modification for purposes of paragraph (g)(6)(ii), means a changed or altered procedure, material or component of a control system, which replaces a procedure, material or component of a required system. Omitting a procedure or component, or reducing or diminishing the stringency or strength of a material or component of the control system is not a "modification" for purposes of paragraph (g)(6) of this section.
Negative Initial Exposure Assessment means a demonstration by the employer, which complies with the criteria in paragraph (f)(2)(iii) of this section, that employee exposure during an operation is expected to be consistently below the PELs.
PACM means "presumed asbestos containing material".
Presumed Asbestos Containing Material means thermal system insulation and surfacing material found in buildings constructed no later than 1980. The designation of a material as "PACM"
Succinct Construction Regulations and Standards
may be rebutted pursuant to paragraph (k)(5) of this section.
Project Designer means a person who has successfully completed the training requirements for an abatement project designer established by 40 U.S.C. 763.90(g).
Regulated area means: an area established by the employer to demarcate areas where Class I, II, and III asbestos work is conducted, and any adjoining area where debris and waste from such asbestos work accumulate; and a work area within which airborne concentrations of asbestos, exceed or there is a reasonable possibility they may exceed the permissible exposure limit. Requirements for regulated areas are set out in paragraph (e) of this section.
Removal means all operations where ACM and/or PACM is taken out or stripped from structures or substrates, and includes demolition operations.
Renovation means the modifying of any existing structure, or portion thereof.
Repair means overhauling, rebuilding, reconstructing, or reconditioning of structures or substrates, including encapsulation or other repair of ACM or PACM attached to structures or substrates.
Surfacing material means material that is sprayed, troweled-on or otherwise applied to surfaces (such as acoustical plaster on ceilings and fireproofing materials on structural members, or other materials on surfaces for acoustical, fireproofing, and other purposes).
Surfacing ACM means surfacing material which contains more than 1% asbestos.
Thermal system insulation (TSI) means ACM applied to pipes, fittings, boilers, breeching, tanks, ducts or other structural components to prevent heat loss or gain.
Thermal system insulation ACM is thermal system insulation which contains more than 1% asbestos.
(1) Time-weighted average limit (TWA). The employer shall ensure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of asbestos in excess of 0.1 fiber per cubic centimeter of air as an eight (8) hour time-weighted average (TWA), as determined by the method prescribed in Appendix A to this section, or by an equivalent method. 1926.1101(c)(1)
(2) Excursion limit. The employer shall ensure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of asbestos in excess of 1.0 fiber per cubic centimeter of air (1 f/cc) as averaged over a sampling period of thirty (30) minutes, as determined by the method prescribed in Appendix A to this section, or by an equivalent method. 1926.1101(c)(2)
(d) Multi-employer worksites. 1926.1101(d)
(1) On multi-employer worksites, an employer performing work requiring the establishment of a regulated area shall inform other employers on the site of the nature of the employer's work with asbestos and/or PACM, of the existence of and requirements pertaining to regulated areas, and the measures taken to ensure that employees of such other employers are not exposed to asbestos. 1926.1101(d)(1)
(2) Asbestos hazards at a multi-employer work site shall be abated by the contractor who created or controls the source of asbestos contamination. For example, if there is a significant breach of an enclosure containing Class I work, the employer responsible for erecting the enclosure shall repair the breach immediately. 1926.1101(d)(2)
(3) In addition, 1926.1101(d)(3)
(4) All employers of employees working adjacent 1926.1101(d)(4)
(5) All general contractors on a construction project which includes work covered by this standard shall be deemed to exercise general supervisory authority over the work covered by this standard, even though the general contractor is not qualified to serve as the asbestos "competent person" as defined by paragraph (b) of this section. As supervisor of the entire project, the general contractor shall ascertain whether the asbestos contractor is in compliance with this standard, and shall require such contractor to come into compliance with this standard when necessary. 1926.1101(d)(5)
(e) Regulated areas. (1)-(6) 1926.1101(e)
(1) All Class I, II and III asbestos work 1926.1101(e)(1)
(2) Demarcation. 1926.1101(e)(2)
(3) Access. 1926.1101(e)(3)
(4) Respirators. 1926.1101(e)(4)
(5) Prohibited activities. The employer shall ensure that employees do not eat, drink, smoke, chew tobacco or gum, or apply cosmetics in the regulated area. 1926.1101(e)(5)
(6) Competent Persons. 1926.1101(e)(6)
(f) Exposure assessments and monitoring. (1)-(6) 1926.1101(f)
(1) General monitoring criteria. 1926.1101(f)(1)
(i) Each employer who has a workplace or work operation where exposure monitoring is required under this section shall perform monitoring to determine accurately the airborne concentrations of asbestos to which employees may be exposed. 1926.1101(f)(1)(i)
(ii) Determinations of employee exposure 1926.1101(f)(1)(ii)
(iii) Representative 8-hour TWA employee exposure 1926.1101(f)(1)(iii)
(4) Termination of monitoring. (i)-(ii) 1926.1101(f)(4)
(5) Employee notification of monitoring results. 1926.1101(f)(5)
(6) Observation of monitoring. (i)-(ii) 1926.1101(f)(6) (g) Methods of compliance. (1)-(11) 1926.1101(g)
(1) Engineering controls and work practices for all operations covered by this section. The employer shall use the following engineering controls and work practices in all operations covered by this section, regardless of the levels of exposure: 1926.1101(g)(1)
(2) In addition to the requirements of paragraph (g)(1) of this section, the employer shall use the following control methods to achieve compliance with the TWA permissible exposure limit and excursion limit prescribed by paragraph (c) of this section; 1926.1101(g)(2)
(iv) Use of other work practices 1926.1101(g)(2)(iv)
(v) Wherever the feasible engineering 1926.1101(g)(2)(v)
(3) Prohibitions. The following work practices and engineering controls shall not be used for work related to asbestos or for work which disturbs ACM or PACM, regardless of measured levels of asbestos exposure or the results of initial exposure assessments: 1926.1101(g)(3)
(i) High-speed abrasive disc saws that are not equipped with point of cut ventilator or enclosures with HEPA filtered exhaust air. 1926.1101(g)(3)(i)
(ii) Compressed air used to remove asbestos, or materials containing asbestos, unless the compressed air is used in conjunction with an enclosed ventilation system designed to capture the dust cloud created by the compressed air.
1926.1101(g)(3)(ii)
(iii) Dry sweeping, shoveling or other dry clean-up of dust and debris containing ACM and PACM. 1926.1101(g)(3)(iii)
(iv) Employee rotation as a means of reducing employee exposure to asbestos. 1926.1101(g)(3)(iv)
(4) Class I Requirements. (i)-(vi) 1926.1101(g)(4)
(5) Specific control methods for Class I work. (i)-(vi) 1926.1101(g)(5)
(6) Alternative control methods for Class I work. (i)-(ii) 1926.1101(g)(6)
(7) Work Practices and Engineering Controls for Class II work. (i)(iv) 1926.1101(g)(7)
(8) Additional Controls for Class II work. (i)-(vi) 1926.1101(g)(8)
(9) Work Practices and Engineering Controls for Class III asbestos work. (i)-(v) 1926.1101(g)(9)
(10) Class IV asbestos work. (i)-(ii) 1926.1101(g)(10)
(11) Alternative methods of compliance (i)-(vi) 1926.1101(g)(11)
(h) Respiratory protection. (1)-(3) 1926.1101(h)
(1) General. For employees who use respirators required by this section, the employer must provide each employee an appropriate respirator that complies with the requirements of this paragraph. Respirators must be used during: 1926.1101(h)(1)
(i) Class I asbestos work.1926.1101(h)(1)(i)
(ii) Class II asbestos work when ACM is not removed in a substantially intact state. 1926.1101(h)(1)(ii)
(iii) Class II and III asbestos work that is not performed using wet methods, except for removal of ACM from sloped roofs when a negative- exposure assessment has been conducted and ACM is removed in an intact state. 1926.1101(h)(1)(iii)
(iv) Class II and III asbestos work for which a negative-exposure assessment has not been conducted. 1926.1101(h)(1)(iv)
(v) Class III asbestos work when TSI or surfacing ACM or PACM is being disturbed. 1926.1101(h)(1)(v)
(vi) Class IV asbestos work performed within regulated areas where employees who are performing other work are required to use respirators. 1926.1101(h)(1)(vi)
(vii) Work operations covered by this section for which employees are exposed above the TWA or excursion limit.
(1) General. The employer shall provide or require the use of protective clothing, such as coveralls or similar whole-body clothing, head coverings, gloves, and foot coverings for any employee exposed to airborne concentrations of asbestos that exceed the TWA and/or excursion limit prescribed in paragraph (c) of this section, or for which a required negative exposure assessment is not produced, or for any employee performing Class I operations which involve the removal of over 25 linear or 10 square feet of TSI or surfacing ACM and PACM. 1926.1101(i)(1)
(2) Laundering. (i)-(ii) 1926.1101(i)(2)
(3) Contaminated clothing. 1926.1101(i)(3)
(4) Inspection of protective clothing. (i)-(ii) 1926.1101(i)(4)
(j) Hygiene facilities and practices for employees. (1)-(4)
1926.1101(j)
(k) Communication of hazards. 1926.1101(k)
(1) Hazard communication. 1926.1101(k)(1)
(i) This section applies to the communication of information concerning asbestos hazards in construction activities to facilitate compliance with this standard. Most asbestos- related construction activities involve previously installed building materials. Building owners often are the only and/or best sources of information concerning them. Therefore, they, along with employers of potentially exposed employees, are assigned specific information conveying and retention duties under this section.
Installed Asbestos Containing Building Material. Employers and building owners shall identify TSI and sprayed or troweled on surfacing materials in buildings as asbestos-containing, unless they determine in compliance with paragraph (k)(5) of this section that the material is not asbestos-containing. Asphalt and vinyl flooring material installed no later than 1980 must also be considered as asbestos containing unless the employer, pursuant to paragraph (g)(8)(i)(I) of this section determines that it is not asbestos- containing. If the employer/building owner has actual knowledge, or should have known through the exercise of due diligence, that other materials are asbestos-containing, they too must be treated as such. When communicating information to employees pursuant to this standard, owners and employers shall identify "PACM" as ACM. Additional requirements relating to communication of asbestos work on multiemployer worksites are set out in paragraph (d) of this section. 1926.1101(k)(1)(i)
(ii) The employer shall include asbestos in the program established to comply with the Hazard Communication Standard (HCS) (§1910.1200). The employer shall ensure that each employee has access to labels on containers of asbestos and safety data sheets, and is trained in accordance with the provisions of HCS and paragraphs (k)(9) and (10) of this section. The employer shall provide information on at least the following hazards: Cancer and lung effects. 1926.1101(k)(1)(ii)
(2) Duties of building and facility owners. (i)-(ii) 1926.1101(k)(2)
(3) Duties of employers whose employees perform work (i)-(iii) 1926.1101(k)(3)
(4) In addition to the above requirements, 1926.1101(k)(4)
(5) Criteria to rebut the designation of installed material as PACM. (i)-(iii) 1926.1101(k)(5)
(6) At the entrance to mechanical rooms/areas 1926.1101(k)(6)
(7) Signs. 1926.1101(k)(7)
(i) Warning signs that demarcate the regulated area shall be provided and displayed at each location where a regulated area is required to be established by paragraph (e) of this section. Signs shall be posted at such a distance from such a location that an employee may read the signs and take necessary protective steps before entering the area marked by the signs.
1926.1101(k)(7)(i)
(ii) [A] The warning signs required by paragraph (k)(7) of this section shall bear the following information. 1926.1101(k)(7)(ii)[A] DANGER ASBESTOS MAY CAUSE CANCER CAUSES DAMAGE TO LUNGS
AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
[B] In addition, where the use of respirators and protective clothing is required in the regulated area under this section, the warning signs shall include the following: 1926.1101(k)(7)(ii)[B] WEAR RESPIRATORY PROTECTION AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING IN THIS AREA
[C] Prior to June 1, 2016, employers may use the following legend in lieu of that specified in paragraph (k)(7)(ii)(A) of this section: 1926.1101(k)(7)(ii)[C] DANGER ASBESTOS
CANCER AND LUNG DISEASE HAZARD AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY
[D] Prior to June 1, 2016, employers may use the following legend in lieu of that specified in paragraph (k)(7)(ii)(B) of this section: 1926.1101(k)(7)(ii)[D] RESPIRATORS AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING ARE REQUIRED IN THIS AREA
(iii) The employer shall ensure that employees working in and contiguous to regulated areas comprehend the warning signs required to be posted by paragraph (k)(7)(i) of this section. Means to ensure employee comprehension may include the use of foreign languages, pictographs and graphics.
1926.1101(k)(7)(iii)
(8) Labels. 1926.1101(k)(8)
(i) Labels shall be affixed to all products 1926.1101(k)(8)(i)
(ii) The employer shall ensure that such labels comply with paragraphs (k) of this section. 1926.1101(k)(8)(ii)
(iii) The employer shall ensure that labels of bags or containers of protective clothing and equipment, scrap, waste, and debris containing asbestos fibers bear the following information: 1926.1101(k)(8)(iii) DANGER CONTAINS ASBESTOS FIBERS MAY CAUSE CANCER CAUSES DAMAGE TO LUNGS DO NOT BREATHE DUST AVOID CREATING DUST
(iv) (v) [Reserved] 1926.1101(k)(8)(v)
(vi) The provisions for labels required [A]-[B] 1926.1101(k)(8)(vi)
(vii) When a building owner or employer identifies previously installed PACM and/or ACM, labels or signs shall be affixed or posted so that employees will be notified of what materials contain PACM and/or ACM. The employer shall attach such labels in areas where they will clearly be noticed by employees who are likely to be exposed, such as at the entrance to mechanical room/areas. Signs required by paragraph (k)(6) of this section may be posted in lieu of labels so long as they contain information required for labelling. The employer shall ensure, to the extent feasible, that employees who come in contact with these signs or labels can comprehend them. Means to ensure employee comprehension may include the use of foreign languages, pictographs, graphics, and awareness training. 1926.1101(k)(8)(vii)
(9) Employee Information and Training. (i)-(viii) 1926.1101(k)(9)
(10) Access to training materials. (i)-(iii) 1926.1101(k)(10)
(l) Housekeeping (1)-(4) 1926.1101(l)
(m) Medical surveillance. (1)-(4) 1926.1101(m)
(n) Recordkeeping. (1)-(8) 1926.1101(n)
(o) Competent person. (1)-(4) 1926.1101(o)
(p) Appendices. (1)-(2) 1926.1101(p)
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting §1926.1101, see the List of CFR Sections Affected, which appears in the Finding Aids section of the printed volume and on GPO access.
§1926.1126 Chromium (VI)
(a) Scope. 1926.1126(a)
(1) This standard applies to occupational exposures to chromium (VI) in all forms and compounds in construction, except: 1926.1126(a)(1)
(2) Exposures that occur in the application of pesticides regulated by the Environmental Protection Agency or another Federal government agency (e.g., the treatment of wood with preservatives); 1926.1126(a)(2)
(3) Exposures to portland cement; or 1926.1126(a)(3)
(4) Where the employer has objective data demonstrating that a material containing chromium or a specific process, operation, or activity involving chromium cannot release dusts, fumes, or mists of chromium (VI) in concentrations at or above 0.5 µgm/m3 as an 8- hour time-weighted average (TWA) under any expected conditions of use. 1926.1126(a)(4)
(b) Definitions. For the purposes of this section the following definitions apply:
Action level means a concentration of airborne chromium (VI) of 2.5 micrograms per cubic meter of air (2.5 µgm/m3) calculated as an 8-hour time-weighted average (TWA).
Assistant Secretary. means the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health, U.S. Department of Labor, or designee. Chromium (VI) [hexavalent chromium or Cr(VI)] means chromium with a valence of positive six, in any form and in any compound. Director means the Director of the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH), U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, or designee.
Emergency means any occurrence that results, or is likely to result, in an uncontrolled release of chromium (VI). If an incidental release of chromium (VI) can be controlled at the time of release by employees in the immediate release area, or by maintenance personnel, it is not an emergency.
Employee exposure means the exposure to airborne chromium (VI) that would occur if the employee were not using a respirator.
High-efficiency particulate air [HEPA] filter means a filter that is at least 99.97 percent efficient in removing mono-dispersed particles of 0.3 micrometers in diameter or larger.
Historical monitoring data means data from chromium (VI) monitoring conducted prior to May 30, 2006, obtained during work operations conducted under workplace conditions closely resembling the processes, types of material, control methods, work practices, and environmental conditions in the employer's current operations.
Objective data means information such as air monitoring data from industry-wide surveys or calculations based on the composition or chemical and physical properties of a substance demonstrating the employee exposure to chromium (VI) associated with a particular product or material or a specific process, operation, or activity. The data must reflect workplace conditions closely resembling the processes, types of material, control methods, work practices, and environmental conditions in the employer's current operations.
Physician or other licensed health care professional [PLHCP] is an individual whose legally permitted scope of practice (i.e., license, registration, or certification) allows him or her to independently provide or be delegated the responsibility to provide some or all of the particular health care services required by paragraph (i) of this section.
This section means this §1926.1126 chromium (VI) standard.
(c) Permissible exposure limit (PEL). The employer shall ensure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of chromium (VI) in excess of 5 micrograms per cubic meter of air (5 µgm/ m3), calculated as an 8-hour time-weighted average (TWA). 1926.1126(c)
(d) Exposure determination 1926.1126(d)
(1) General. Each employer who has a workplace or work operation covered by this section shall determine the 8-hour TWA exposure for each employee exposed to chromium (VI). This determination shall be made in accordance with either paragraph (d)(2) or paragraph (d)(3) of this section. 1926.1126(d)(1)
(2) Scheduled monitoring option. 1926.1126(d)(2)
(i) The employer shall perform initial monitoring to determine the 8-hour TWA exposure for each employee on the basis of a sufficient number of personal breathing zone air samples to accurately characterize full shift exposure on each shift, for each job classification, in each work area. Where an employer does representative sampling instead of sampling all employees in order to meet this requirement, the employer shall sample the employee(s) expected to have the highest chromium (VI) exposures. 1926.1126(d)(2)(i)
(ii) If initial monitoring indicates that employee exposures are below the action level, the employer may discontinue monitoring for those employees whose exposures are represented by such monitoring. 1926.1126(d)(2)(ii)
(iii) If monitoring reveals employee exposures to be at or above the action level, the employer shall perform periodic monitoring at least every six months. 1926.1126(d)(2)(iii)
(iv) If monitoring reveals employee exposures to be above the PEL, the employer shall perform periodic monitoring at least every three months. 1926.1126(d)(2)(iv)
(v) If periodic monitoring indicates that employee exposures are below the action level, and the result is confirmed by the result of another monitoring taken at least seven days later, the employer may discontinue the monitoring for those employees whose exposures are represented by such monitoring. 1926.1126(d)(2)(v)
(vi) The employer shall perform additional monitoring when there has been any change in the production process, raw materials, equipment, personnel, work practices, or control methods that may result in new or additional exposures to chromium (VI), or when the employer has any reason to believe that new or additional exposures have occurred. 1926.1126(d)(2)(vi)
(3) Performance-oriented option. The employer shall determine the 8- hour TWA exposure for each employee on the basis of any combination of air monitoring data, historical monitoring data, or objective data sufficient to accurately characterize employee exposure to chromium (VI). 1926.1126(d)(3)
(4) Employee notification of determination results. 1926.1126(d)(4)
(i) Within 5 work days after making an exposure determination in accordance with paragraph (d)(2) or paragraph (d)(3) of this section, the employer shall individually notify each affected employee in writing of the results of that determination or post the results in an appropriate location accessible to all affected employees. 1926.1126(d)(4)(i)
(ii) Whenever the exposure determination indicates that employee exposure is above the PEL, the employer shall describe in the written notification the corrective action being taken to reduce employee exposure to or below the PEL. 1926.1126(d)(4)(ii)
(5) Accuracy of measurement. Where air monitoring is performed to comply with the requirements of this section, the employer shall use a method of monitoring and analysis that can measure chromium (VI) to within an accuracy of plus or minus 25 percent (±25%) and can produce accurate measurements to within a statistical confidence level of 95 percent for airborne concentrations at or above the action level. 1926.1126(d)(5)
(6) Observation of monitoring. 1926.1126(d)(6)
(i) Where air monitoring is performed to comply with the requirements of this section, the employer shall provide affected employees or their designated representatives an opportunity to observe any monitoring of employee exposure to chromium (VI). 1926.1126(d)(6)(i)
(ii) When observation of monitoring requires entry into an area where the use of protective clothing or equipment is required, the employer shall provide the observer with clothing and equipment and shall assure that the observer uses such clothing and equipment and complies with all other applicable safety and health procedures. 1926.1126(d)(6)(ii)
(e) Methods of compliance. (1)-(2) 1926.1126(e)
(f) Respiratory protection (1)-(2) 1926.1126(f)
(g) Protective work clothing and equipment (1)-(3) 1926.1126(g)
(h) Hygiene areas and practices (1)-(5) 1926.1126(h)
(i) Medical surveillance (1)-(5) 1926.1126(i)
(j) Communication of chromium (VI) hazards to employees. 1926.1126(j)
(1) Hazard communication. The employer shall include chromium (VI) in the program established to comply with the Hazard Communication Standard (HCS) (§1910.1200). The employer shall ensure that each employee has access to labels on containers of chromium and safety data sheets, and is trained in accordance with the provisions of §1910.1200 and paragraph (j)(2) of this section. The employer shall provide information on at least the following hazards: Cancer; eye irritation; and skin sensitization. 1926.1126(j)(1)
(2) Employee information and training. 1926.1126(j)(2)
(i) The employer shall ensure that each employee can demonstrate knowledge of at least the following: 1926.1126(j)(2)(i)
[A] The contents of this section; and 1926.1126(j)(2)(i)[A]
[B] The purpose and a description of the medical surveillance program required by paragraph (i) of this section. 1926.1126(j)(2)(i)[B]
(ii) The employer shall make a copy of this section readily available without cost to all affected employees. 1926.1126(j)(2)(ii)
(k) Recordkeeping (1)-(4) 1926.1126(k)
(l) Dates. (1)-(3) 1926.1126(l)
§1926.1153 Respirable crystalline silica
(a) Scope and application. This section applies to all occupational exposures to respirable crystalline silica in construction work, except where employee exposure will remain below 25 micrograms per cubic meter of air (25 µg/m3) as an 8-hour time-weighted average (TWA) under any foreseeable conditions. 1926.1153(a)
(b) Definitions. For the purposes of this section the following definitions apply:
Competent person means an individual who is capable of identifying existing and foreseeable respirable crystalline silica hazards in the workplace and who has authorization to take prompt
corrective measures to eliminate or minimize them. The competent person must have the knowledge and ability necessary to fulfill the responsibilities set forth in paragraph (g) of this section.
Employee exposure means the exposure to airborne respirable crystalline silica that would occur if the employee were not using a respirator. Respirable crystalline silica means quartz, cristobalite, and/or tridymite contained in airborne particles that are determined to be respirable by a sampling device designed to meet the characteristics for respirable-particle-size-selective samplers specified in the
International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 7708:1995: Air Quality — Particle Size Fraction Definitions for Health-Related Sampling.
(c) Specified exposure control methods. 1926.1153(c) (1) For each employee engaged in a task identified on Table 1, the employer shall fully and properly implement the engineering controls, work practices, and respiratory protection specified for the task on Table 1, unless the employer assesses and limits the exposure of the employee to respirable crystalline silica in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section. 1926.1153(c)(1)
Table 1—Specified Exposure Control Methods When Working With Materials Containing Crystalline Silica
(i) Stationary masonry saws
(ii) Handheld power saws (any blade diameter)
Use saw equipped with integrated water delivery system that continuously feeds water to the blade
Operate and maintain tool in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to minimize dust emissions
Use saw equipped with integrated water delivery system that continuously feeds water to the blade
Operate and maintain tool in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to minimize dust emissions:
For tasks performed outdoors only:
Use saw equipped with commercially available dust collection system
(iii) Handheld power saws for cutting fiber-cement board (with blade diameter of 8 inches or less)
(iv) Walk-behind saws
(v) Drivable saws
(vi) Rig-mounted core saws or drills
Operate and maintain tool in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to minimize dust emissions
Dust collector must provide the air flow recommended by the tool manufacturer, or greater, and have a filter with 99% or greater efficiency
Use saw equipped with integrated water delivery system that continuously feeds water to the blade
Operate and maintain tool in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to minimize dust emissions:
— When used outdoors
— When used indoors or in an enclosed area
For tasks performed outdoors only:
Use saw equipped with integrated water delivery system that continuously feeds water to the blade
Operate and maintain tool in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to minimize dust emissions
Use tool equipped with integrated water delivery system that supplies water to cutting surface
Operate and maintain tool in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to minimize dust emissions
Table 1—Specified Exposure Control Methods When Working With Materials Containing Crystalline Silica (Continued)
Equipment/task
(vii) Handheld and stand-mounted drills (including impact and rotary hammer drills)
Engineering and work practice control methods
Use drill equipped with commercially available shroud or cowling with dust collection system
Operate and maintain tool in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to minimize dust emissions
Dust collector must provide the air flow recommended by the tool manufacturer, or greater, and have a filter with 99% or greater efficiency and a filter-cleaning mechanism
(ix) Vehicle-mounted drilling rigs for rock and concrete
Use shroud around drill bit with a dust collection system. Dust collector must have a filter with 99% or greater efficiency and a filter-cleaning mechanism APF 10 APF 10.
Use a HEPA-filtered vacuum when cleaning holes
Use dust collection system with close capture hood or shroud around drill bit with a low-flow water spray to wet the dust at the discharge point from the dust collector
None None. OR
Operate from within an enclosed cab and use water for dust suppression on drill bit
Use tool with water delivery system that supplies a continuous stream or spray of water at the point of impact:
— When used outdoors
(x) Jackhammers and handheld powered chipping tools
(xi) Handheld grinders for mortar removal (i.e., tuckpointing)
None
None.
None APF 10.
— When used indoors or in an enclosed area APF 10 APF 10.
OR
Use tool equipped with commercially available shroud and dust collection system
Operate and maintain tool in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to minimize dust emissions
Dust collector must provide the air flow recommended by the tool manufacturer, or greater, and have a filter with 99% or greater efficiency and a filter-cleaning mechanism:
— When used outdoors
None APF 10.
— When used indoors or in an enclosed area APF 10 APF 10.
Use grinder equipped with commercially available shroud and dust collection system
Operate and maintain tool in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to minimize dust emissions
Dust collector must provide 25 cubic feet per minute (cfm) or greater of airflow per inch of wheel diameter and have a filter with 99% or greater efficiency and a cyclonic pre-separator or filter-cleaning mechanism
10
25.
Equipment/task
Operate and maintain machine to minimize dust emissions Table 1—Specified Exposure Control Methods When Working With Materials Containing Crystalline Silica
(xii) Handheld grinders for uses other than mortar removal
Engineering and work practice control methods
For tasks performed outdoors only:
Use grinder equipped with integrated water delivery system that continuously feeds water to the grinding surface
Operate and maintain tool in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to minimize dust emissions
OR
Use grinder equipped with commercially available shroud and dust collection system
Operate and maintain tool in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to minimize dust emissions
Dust collector must provide 25 cubic feet per minute (cfm) or greater of airflow per inch of wheel diameter and have a filter with 99% or greater efficiency and a cyclonic pre-separator or filter-cleaning mechanism:
— When used outdoors
— When used indoors or in an enclosed area
Use machine equipped with integrated water delivery system that continuously feeds water to the cutting surface
Operate and maintain tool in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to minimize dust emissions
OR
Use machine equipped with dust collection system recommended by the manufacturer
(xiii) Walk-behind milling machines and floor grinders
(xiv) Small drivable milling machines (less than half-lane)
Operate and maintain tool in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to minimize dust emissions
Dust collector must provide the air flow recommended by the manufacturer, or greater, and have a filter with 99% or greater efficiency and a filter-cleaning mechanism
When used indoors or in an enclosed area, use a HEPA-filtered vacuum to remove loose dust in between passes
Use a machine equipped with supplemental water sprays designed to suppress dust. Water must be combined with a surfactant
APF 10.
Table 1—Specified Exposure Control Methods When Working With Materials Containing Crystalline Silica (Continued)
Equipment/task
(xv) Large drivable milling machines (half-lane and larger)
Engineering and work practice control methods
For cuts of any depth on asphalt only:
Use machine equipped with exhaust ventilation on drum enclosure and supplemental water sprays designed to suppress dust
Operate and maintain machine to minimize dust emissions
For cuts of four inches in depth or less on any substrate:
Use machine equipped with exhaust ventilation on drum enclosure and supplemental water sprays designed to suppress dust
Operate and maintain machine to minimize dust emissions
OR
Use a machine equipped with supplemental water spray designed to suppress dust. Water must be combined with a surfactant
Operate and maintain machine to minimize dust emissions
Use equipment designed to deliver water spray or mist for dust suppression at crusher and other points where dust is generated (e.g., hoppers, conveyers, sieves/sizing or vibrating components, and discharge points)
Required respiratory protection and minimum assigned protection factor (APF)
None
None.
None
None.
None
None.
None
(xvi) Crushing machines
(xvii) Heavy equipment and utility vehicles used to abrade or fracture silica-containing materials (e.g., hoeramming, rock ripping) or used during demolition activities involving silicacontaining materials
(xviii) Heavy equipment and utility vehicles for tasks such as grading and excavating but not including: Demolishing, abrading, or fracturing silica-containing materials
Operate and maintain machine in accordance with manufacturer's instructions to minimize dust emissions
Use a ventilated booth that provides fresh, climate-controlled air to the operator, or a remote control station
Operate equipment from within an enclosed cab When employees outside of the cab are engaged in the task, apply water and/or dust suppressants as necessary to minimize dust emissions
Apply water and/or dust suppressants as necessary to minimize dust emissions OR
When the equipment operator is the only employee engaged in the task, operate equipment from within an enclosed cab
(2) When implementing the control measures specified in Table 1, each employer shall: 1926.1153(c)(2)
(i) For tasks performed indoors or in enclosed areas, provide a means of exhaust as needed to minimize the accumulation of visible airborne dust; 1926.1153(c)(2)(i)
(ii) For tasks performed using wet methods, apply water at flow rates sufficient to minimize release of visible dust; 1926.1153(c)(2)(ii)
(iii) For measures implemented that include an enclosed cab or booth, ensure that the enclosed cab or booth: 1926.1153(c)(2)(iii)
[A] Is maintained as free as practicable from settled dust; 1926.1153(c)(2)(iii)[A]
[B] Has door seals and closing mechanisms that work properly; 1926.1153(c)(2)(iii)[B]
[C] Has gaskets and seals that are in good condition and working properly; 1926.1153(c)(2)(iii)[C]
[D] Is under positive pressure maintained through continuous delivery of fresh air; 1926.1153(c)(2)(iii)[D]
[E] Has intake air that is filtered through a filter that is 95% efficient in the 0.3-10.0 µm range (e.g., MERV-16 or better); and 1926.1153(c)(2)(iii)[E]
None
None
[F] Has heating and cooling capabilities.
1926.1153(c)(2)(iii)[F]
None.
None.
(3) Where an employee performs more than one task on Table 1 during the course of a shift, and the total duration of all tasks combined is more than four hours, the required respiratory protection for each task is the respiratory protection specified for more than four hours per shift. If the total duration of all tasks on Table 1 combined is less than four hours, the required respiratory protection for each task is the respiratory protection specified for less than four hours per shift. 1926.1153(c)(3)
(d) Alternative exposure control methods. For tasks not listed in Table 1, or where the employer does not fully and properly implement the engineering controls, work practices, and respiratory protection described in Table 1: (1)-(3) 1926.1153(d)
(1) Permissible exposure limit (PEL). The employer shall ensure that no employee is exposed to an airborne concentration of respirable crystalline silica in excess of 50 µg/m3, calculated as an 8-hour TWA. 1926.1153(d)(1)
(v) Methods of sample analysis. 1926.1153(d)(2)(v)
(vi) Employee notification of assessment results.1926.1153(d)(2)(vi)
[A] Within five working days after completing an exposure assessment in accordance with paragraph (d)(2) of this section, the employer shall individually notify each affected employee in writing of the results of that assessment or post the results in an appropriate location accessible to all affected employees. 1926.1153(d)(2)(vi)[A]
[B] Whenever an exposure assessment 1926.1153(d)(2)(vi)[B]
(vii) Observation of monitoring. [A]-[B]1926.1153(d)(2)(vii)
(3) Methods of compliance (i)-(ii) 1926.1153(d)(3)
(e) Respiratory protection (1)-(3) 1926.1153(e)
(3) Specified exposure control methods. 1926.1153(e)(3)
(f) Housekeeping. 1926.1153(f)
(1) The employer shall not allow dry sweeping or dry brushing where such activity could contribute to employee exposure to respirable crystalline silica unless wet sweeping, HEPA-filtered vacuuming or other methods that minimize the likelihood of exposure are not feasible. 1926.1153(f)(1)
(2) The employer shall not allow compressed air to be used to clean clothing or surfaces where such activity could contribute to employee exposure to respirable crystalline silica unless: 1926.1153(f)(2)
(i) The compressed air is used in conjunction with a ventilation system that effectively captures the dust cloud created by the compressed air; or 1926.1153(f)(2)(i)
(ii) No alternative method is feasible.1926.1153(f)(2)(ii)
(g) Written exposure control plan. (1)-(4) 1926.1153(g)
(i) A description of the tasks in the workplace 1926.1153(g)(1)(i)
(ii) A description of the engineering controls, 1926.1153(g)(1)(ii)
(iii) A description of the housekeeping measures 1926.1153(g)(1)(iii)
(iv) A description of the procedures used 1926.1153(g)(1)(iv)
(3) The employer shall make the written exposure control plan readily available for examination 1926.1153(g)(3)
(4) The employer shall designate a competent person to make frequent and regular inspections 1926.1153(g)(4)
(h) Medical surveillance (1)-(7) 1926.1153(h)
(i) Communication of respirable crystalline silica hazards to employees 1926.1153(i)
(1) Hazard communication. The employer shall include respirable crystalline silica in the program established to comply with the hazard communication standard (HCS) (29 CFR 1910.1200).
The employer shall ensure that each employee has access to labels on containers of crystalline silica and safety data sheets, and is trained in accordance with the provisions of HCS and paragraph (i)(2) of this section. The employer shall ensure that at least the following hazards are addressed: Cancer, lung effects, immune system effects, and kidney effects. 1926.1153(i)(1)
(2) Employee information and training. 1926.1153(i)(2)
(i) The employer shall ensure that each employee covered by this section can demonstrate knowledge and understanding of at least the following: 1926.1153(i)(2)(i)
[A] The health hazards associated with exposure to respirable crystalline silica; 1926.1153(i)(2)(i)[A]
[B] Specific tasks in the workplace that could result in exposure to respirable crystalline silica; 1926.1153(i)(2)(i)[B]
[C] Specific measures the employer has implemented to protect employees from exposure to respirable crystalline silica, including engineering controls, work practices, and respirators to be used; 1926.1153(i)(2)(i)[C]
[D] The contents of this section; 1926.1153(i)(2)(i)[D]
[E] The identity of the competent person designated by the employer in accordance with paragraph (g)(4) of this section; and 1926.1153(i)(2)(i)[E]
[F] The purpose and a description of the medical surveillance program required by paragraph (h) of this section. 1926.1153(i)(2)(i)[F]
(ii) The employer shall make a copy of this section readily available without cost to each employee covered by this section.
1926.1153(i)(2)(ii)
(j) Recordkeeping (1)-(3) 1926.1153(j)
(k) Dates. (1)-(3) 1926.1153(k)
Subpart AA – Confined Spaces in Construction
§1926.1201 Scope
(a) This standard sets forth requirements for practices and procedures to protect employees engaged in construction activities at a worksite with one or more confined spaces, subject to the exceptions in paragraph (b) of this section. 1926.1201(a)
Note to paragraph (a). Examples of locations where confined spaces may occur include, but are not limited to, the following: Bins; boilers; pits (such as elevator, escalator, pump, valve or other equipment); manholes (such as sewer, storm drain, electrical, communication, or other utility); tanks (such as fuel, chemical, water, or other liquid, solid or gas); incinerators; scrubbers; concrete pier columns; sewers; transformer vaults; heating, ventilation, and air-conditioning (HVAC) ducts; storm drains; water mains; precast concrete and other pre-formed manhole units; drilled shafts; enclosed beams; vessels; digesters; lift stations; cesspools; silos; air receivers; sludge gates; air preheaters; step up transformers; turbines; chillers; bag houses; and/or mixers/reactors.
(b) Exceptions. This standard does not apply to: 1926.1201(b)
(1) Construction work regulated by subpart P of this part (Excavations). 1926.1201(b)(1)
(2) Construction work regulated by subpart S of this part (Underground Construction, Caissons, Cofferdams and Compressed Air). 1926.1201(b)(2)
(3) Construction work regulated by subpart Y of this part (Diving). 1926.1201(b)(3)
(c) Where this standard applies and there 1926.1201(c)
§1926.1202 Definitions
The following terms are defined for the purposes of this subpart only:
Attendant means an individual stationed outside one or more permit spaces who assesses the status of authorized entrants and who must perform the duties specified in §1926.1209.
Authorized entrant means an employee who is authorized by the entry supervisor to enter a permit space.
Confined space means a space that:
(1) Is large enough and so configured that an employee can bodily enter it;
(2) Has limited or restricted means for entry and exit; and (3) Is not designed for continuous employee occupancy.
Controlling Contractor is the employer that has overall responsibility for construction at the worksite.
Note to the definition of "Controlling Contractor". If the controlling contractor owns or manages the property, then it is both a controlling employer and a host employer.
Entry Employer means any employer who decides that an employee it directs will enter a permit space.
Note to the definition of "Entry Employer". An employer cannot avoid the duties of the standard merely by refusing to decide whether its employees will enter a permit space, and OSHA will consider the failure to so decide to be an implicit decision to allow employees to enter those spaces if they are working in the proximity of the space.
Entry permit (permit) means the written or printed document that is provided by the employer who designated the space a permit space to allow and control entry into a permit space and that contains the information specified in §1926.1206.
(1) Flammable gas, vapor, or mist in excess of 10 percent of its lower flammable limit (LFL);
(2) Airborne combustible dust at a concentration that meets or exceeds its LFL;
Note to paragraph (2) of the definition of "Hazardous atmosphere". This concentration may be approximated as a condition in which the combustible dust obscures vision at a distance of 5 feet (1.52 meters) or less.
(4) Atmospheric concentration of any substance for which a dose or a permissible exposure limit is published in subpart D of this part (Occupational Health and Environmental Control), or in subpart Z of this part (Toxic and Hazardous Substances), and which could result in employee exposure in excess of its dose or permissible exposure limit;
Note to paragraph (4) of the definition of "Hazardous atmosphere". An atmospheric concentration of any substance that is not capable of causing death, incapacitation, impairment of ability to self-rescue, injury, or acute illness due to its health effects is not covered by this definition.
(5) Any other atmospheric condition that is immediately dangerous to life or health.
Note to paragraph (5) of the definition of "Hazardous atmosphere". For air contaminants for which OSHA has not determined a dose or permissible exposure limit, other sources of information, such as Safety Data Sheets that comply with the Hazard Communication Standard, §1926.59, published information, and internal documents can provide guidance in establishing acceptable atmospheric conditions.
Succinct Construction Regulations and Standards
Host employer means the employer that owns or manages the property where the construction work is taking place.
Note to the definition of "Host employer". If the owner of the property on which the construction activity occurs has contracted with an entity for the general management of that property, and has transferred to that entity the information specified in §1926.1203(h)(1), OSHA will treat the contracted management entity as the host employer for as long as that entity manages the property. Otherwise, OSHA will treat the owner of the property as the host employer. In no case will there be more than one host employer.
Immediately dangerous to life or health (IDLH) means any condition that would interfere with an individual's ability to escape unaided from a permit space and that poses a threat to life or that would cause irreversible adverse health effects.
Note to the definition of "Immediately dangerous to life or health". Some materials — hydrogen fluoride gas and cadmium vapor, for example — may produce immediate transient effects that, even if severe, may pass without medical attention, but are followed by sudden, possibly fatal collapse 12-72 hours after exposure. The victim "feels normal" after recovery from transient effects until collapse. Such materials in hazardous quantities are considered to be "immediately" dangerous to life or health.
Non-entry rescue occurs when a rescue service, usually the attendant, retrieves employees in a permit space without entering the permit space.
Non-permit confined space means a confined space that meets the definition of a confined space but does not meet the requirements for a permit-required confined space, as defined in this subpart.
Permit-required confined space (permit space) means a confined space that has one or more of the following characteristics:
(1) Contains or has a potential to contain a hazardous atmosphere;
(2) Contains a material that has the potential for engulfing an entrant;
(3) Has an internal configuration such that an entrant could be trapped or asphyxiated by inwardly converging walls or by a floor which slopes downward and tapers to a smaller cross-section; or
(4) Contains any other recognized serious safety or health hazard.
Rescue means retrieving, and providing medical assistance to, one or more employees who are in a permit space.
Retrieval system means the equipment (including a retrieval line, chest or full body harness, wristlets or anklets, if appropriate, and a lifting device or anchor) used for non-entry rescue of persons from permit spaces.
(1) Placement of a tagout device on a circuit or equipment that has been deenergized, in accordance with an established procedure, to indicate that the circuit or equipment being controlled may not be operated until the tagout device is removed; and
(2) The employer ensures that:
(i) Tagout provides equivalent protection to lockout; or
(ii) That lockout is infeasible and the employer has relieved, disconnected, restrained and otherwise rendered safe stored (residual) energy.
§1926.1203
General requirements
(a) Before it begins work at a worksite, each employer must ensure that a competent person identifies all confined spaces in which one or more of the employees it directs may work, and identifies each space that is a permit space, through consideration and evaluation of the elements of that space, including testing as necessary. 1926.1203(a)
(b) If the workplace contains one or more permit spaces, the employer who identifies, or who receives notice of, a permit space must: 1926.1203(b)
(1) Inform exposed employees by posting danger signs or by any other equally effective means, of the existence and location of, and the danger posed by, each permit space; and 1926.1203(b)(1) Note to paragraph (b)(1). A sign reading "DANGER — PERMIT-REQUIRED CONFINED SPACE, DO NOT ENTER" or using other similar language would satisfy the requirement for a sign.
(2) Inform, in a timely manner and in a manner other than posting, its employees' authorized representatives and the controlling contractor of the existence and location of, and the danger posed by, each permit space. 1926.1203(b)(2)
(c) Each employer who identifies, 1926.1203(c)
(d) If any employer decides that employees it directs will enter a permit space, that employer must have a written permit space program that complies with §1926.1204 implemented at the construction site. The written program must be made available prior to and during entry operations for inspection by employees and their authorized representatives. 1926.1203(d)
(e) An employer may use the alternate procedures specified in paragraph (e)(2) of this section for entering a permit space only under the conditions set forth in paragraph (e)(1) of this section. 1926.1203(e)
(1) An employer whose employees enter a permit space need not comply with §§1926.1204 through 1206 and §§1926.1208 through 1211, provided that all of the following conditions are met: 1926.1203(e)(1)
(i) The employer can demonstrate that all physical hazards in the space are eliminated or isolated through engineering controls so that the only hazard posed by the permit space is an actual or potential hazardous atmosphere; 1926.1203(e)(1)(i)
(ii) The employer can demonstrate that continuous forced air ventilation alone is sufficient to maintain that permit space safe for entry, and that, in the event the ventilation system stops working, entrants can exit the space safely; 1926.1203(e)(1)(ii)
(iii) The employer develops monitoring and inspection data that supports the demonstrations required by paragraphs (e)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section; 1926.1203(e)(1)(iii)
(iv) If an initial entry of the permit space is necessary to obtain the data required by paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section, the entry is performed in compliance with §§1926.1204 through 1926.1211; 1926.1203(e)(1)(iv)
(v) The determinations and supporting data required by paragraphs (e)(1)(i), (ii), and (iii) of this section are documented by the employer and are made available to each employee who enters the permit space under the terms of paragraph (e) of this section or to that employee's authorized representative; and 1926.1203(e)(1)(v)
(vi) Entry into the permit space under the terms of paragraph (e)(1) of this section is performed in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
1926.1203(e)(1)(vi)
Note to paragraph (e)(1). See paragraph (g) of this section for reclassification of a permit space after all hazards within the space have been eliminated.
(2) The following requirements apply to entry into permit spaces that meet the conditions set forth in paragraph (e)(1) of this section: 1926.1203(e)(2)
(i) Any conditions making it unsafe to remove an entrance cover must be eliminated before the cover is removed.
1926.1203(e)(2)(i)
(ii) When entrance covers are removed, the opening must be immediately guarded by a railing, temporary cover, or other temporary barrier that will prevent an accidental fall through the opening and that will protect each employee working in the space from foreign objects entering the space. 1926.1203(e)(2)(ii)
(iii) Before an employee enters the space, the internal atmosphere must be tested, with a calibrated direct-reading instrument, for oxygen content, for flammable gases and vapors, and for potential toxic air contaminants, in that order. Any employee who enters the space, or that employee's authorized representative, must be provided an opportunity to observe the pre-entry testing required by this paragraph.
1926.1203(e)(2)(iii)
(iv) No hazardous atmosphere is permitted within the space whenever any employee is inside the space. 1926.1203(e)(2)(iv)
(v) Continuous forced air ventilation must be used, as follows: 1926.1203(e)(2)(v)
[A] An employee must not enter the space until the forced air ventilation has eliminated any hazardous atmosphere; 1926.1203(e)(2)(v)[A]
[B] The forced air ventilation must be so directed as to ventilate the immediate areas where an employee is or will be present within the space and must continue until all employees have left the space; 1926.1203(e)(2)(v)[B]
[C] The air supply for the forced air ventilation must be from a clean source and must not increase the hazards in the space. 1926.1203(e)(2)(v)[C]
(vi) The atmosphere within the space must be continuously monitored unless the entry employer can demonstrate that equipment for continuous monitoring is not commercially available or periodic monitoring is sufficient. If continuous monitoring is used, the employer must ensure that the monitoring equipment has an alarm that will notify all entrants if a specified atmospheric threshold is achieved, or that an employee will check the monitor with sufficient frequency to ensure that entrants have adequate time to escape. If continuous monitoring is not used, periodic monitoring is required. All monitoring must ensure that the continuous forced air ventilation is preventing the accumulation of a hazardous atmosphere. Any employee who enters the space, or that employee's autho-
rized representative, must be provided with an opportunity to observe the testing required by this paragraph (e)(2)(vi).
1926.1203(e)(2)(vi)
(vii) If a hazard is detected during entry:1926.1203(e)(2)(vii)
[A] Each employee must leave the space immediately; 1926.1203(e)(2)(vii)[A]
[B] The space must be evaluated to determine how the hazard developed; and 1926.1203(e)(2)(vii)[B]
[C] The employer must implement measures to protect employees from the hazard before any subsequent entry takes place. 1926.1203(e)(2)(vii)[C]
(viii) The employer must ensure a safe method of entering and exiting the space. If a hoisting system is used, it must be designed and manufactured for personnel hoisting; however, a job-made hoisting system is permissible if it is approved for personnel hoisting by a registered professional engineer, in writing, prior to use. 1926.1203(e)(2)(viii)
(ix) The employer must verify that the space is safe for entry and that the pre-entry measures required by paragraph (e)(2) of this section have been taken, through a written certification that contains the date, the location of the space, and the signature of the person providing the certification. The certification must be made before entry and must be made available to each employee entering the space or to that employee's authorized representative. 1926.1203(e)(2)(ix)
(f) When there are changes in the use 1926.1203(f)
(g) A space classified by an employer as a permit-required confined space may only be reclassified as a non-permit confined space when a competent person determines that all of the applicable requirements in paragraphs (g)(1) through (4) of this section have been met: 1926.1203(g)
(1) If the permit space poses no actual or potential atmospheric hazards and if all hazards within the space are eliminated or isolated without entry into the space (unless the employer can demonstrate that doing so without entry is infeasible), the permit space may be reclassified as a non-permit confined space for as long as the non-atmospheric hazards remain eliminated or isolated; 1926.1203(g)(1)
(2) The entry employer must eliminate or isolate the hazards without entering the space, unless it can demonstrate that this is infeasible. If it is necessary to enter the permit space to eliminate or isolate hazards, such entry must be performed under §§1926.1204 through 1926.1211. If testing and inspection during that entry demonstrate that the hazards within the permit space have been eliminated or isolated, the permit space may be reclassified as a non-permit confined space for as long as the hazards remain eliminated or isolated; 1926.1203(g)(2)
Note to paragraph (g)(2). Control of atmospheric hazards through forced air ventilation does not constitute elimination or isolation of the hazards. Paragraph (e) of this section covers permit space entry where the employer can demonstrate that forced air ventilation alone will control all hazards in the space.
(3) The entry employer must document the basis for determining that all hazards in a permit space have been eliminated or isolated, through a certification that contains the date, the location of the space, and the signature of the person making the determination. The certification must be made available to each employee entering the space or to that employee's authorized representative; and 1926.1203(g)(3)
(4) If hazards arise within a permit space that has been reclassified as a non-permit space under paragraph (g) of this section, each employee in the space must exit the space. The entry employer must then reevaluate the space and reclassify it as a permit space as appropriate in accordance with all other applicable provisions of this standard. 1926.1203(g)(4)
(h) Permit space entry communication and coordination.
1926.1203(h)
(1) Before entry operations begin, the host employer must provide the following information, if it has it, to the controlling contractor: 1926.1203(h)(1)
(i) The location of each known permit space;1926.1203(h)(1)(i)
(ii) The hazards or potential hazards in each space or the reason it is a permit space; and 1926.1203(h)(1)(ii)
(iii) Any precautions that the host employer or any previous controlling contractor or entry employer implemented for the protection of employees in the permit space. 1926.1203(h)(1)(iii)
(2) Before entry operations begin, the controlling contractor must: 1926.1203(h)(2)
(i) Obtain the host employer's information about the permit space hazards and previous entry operations; and 1926.1203(h)(2)(i)
(ii) Provide the following information to each entity entering a permit space and any other entity at the worksite whose activities could foreseeably result in a hazard in the permit space: 1926.1203(h)(2)(ii)
[A] The information received from the host employer; 1926.1203(h)(2)(ii)[A]
[B] Any additional information the controlling contractor has about the subjects listed in paragraph (h)(1) of this section; and 1926.1203(h)(2)(ii)[B]
[C] The precautions that the host employer, controlling contractor, or other entry employers implemented for the protection of employees in the permit spaces.
1926.1203(h)(2)(ii)[C]
(3) Before entry operations begin, each entry employer must: 1926.1203(h)(3)
(i) Obtain all of the controlling contractor's information regarding permit space hazards and entry operations; and 1926.1203(h)(3)(i)
(ii) Inform the controlling contractor of the permit space program that the entry employer will follow, including any hazards likely to be confronted or created in each permit space.
1926.1203(h)(3)(ii)
(4) The controlling contractor and entry employer(s) must coordinate entry operations when: 1926.1203(h)(4)
(i) More than one entity performs permit space entry at the same time; or 1926.1203(h)(4)(i)
(ii) Permit space entry is performed at the same time that any activities that could foreseeably result in a hazard in the permit space are performed. 1926.1203(h)(4)(ii)
(5) After entry operations: 1926.1203(h)(5)
(i) The controlling contractor must debrief each entity that entered a permit space regarding the permit space program followed and any hazards confronted or created in the permit space(s) during entry operations; 1926.1203(h)(5)(i)
(ii) The entry employer must inform the controlling contractor in a timely manner of the permit space program followed and of any hazards confronted or created in the permit space(s) during entry operations; and 1926.1203(h)(5)(ii)
(iii) The controlling contractor must apprise the host employer of the information exchanged with the entry entities pursuant to this subparagraph. 1926.1203(h)(5)(iii)
Note to paragraph (h). Unless a host employer or controlling contractor has or will have employees in a confined space, it is not required to enter any confined space to collect the information specified in this paragraph (h).
(i) If there is no controlling contractor 1926.1203(i)
Subpart CC – Cranes and Derricks in Construction
§1926.1400 Scope
(a) This standard applies to power-operated equipment, when used in construction, that can hoist, lower and horizontally move a suspended load. Such equipment includes, but is not limited to: Articulating cranes (such as knuckle-boom cranes); crawler cranes; floating cranes; cranes on barges; locomotive cranes; mobile cranes (such as wheel-mounted, rough-terrain, all-terrain, commercial truckmounted, and boom truck cranes); multi-purpose machines when configured to hoist and lower (by means of a winch or hook) and horizontally move a suspended load; industrial cranes (such as carrydeck cranes); dedicated pile drivers; service/mechanic trucks with a hoisting device; a crane on a monorail; tower cranes (such as a fixed jib, i.e., "hammerhead boom"), luffing boom and self-erecting); pedestal cranes; portal cranes; overhead and gantry cranes; straddle cranes; sideboom cranes; derricks; and variations of such equipment. However, items listed in paragraph (c) of this section are excluded from the scope of this standard. 1926.1400(a)
(b) Attachments. This standard applies to equipment included in paragraph (a) of this section when used with attachments. Such attachments, whether crane-attached or suspended include, but are not limited to: Hooks, magnets, grapples, clamshell buckets, orange peel buckets, concrete buckets, drag lines, personnel platforms, augers or drills and pile driving equipment. 1926.1400(b)
(c) Exclusions. (1)-(18) 1926.1400(c)
(18) Flash-butt welding trucks. 1926.1400(c)(18)
(d) All sections of this subpart CC 1926.1400(d)
(e) The duties of controlling entities 1926.1400(e)
(f) Where provisions of this standard direct 1926.1400(f)
(g) For work covered by Subpart V 1926.1400(g)
(h) Section 1926.1402 does not apply 1926.1400(h)
§1926.1401 Definitions
A/D director (Assembly/Disassembly director) means an individual who meets this subpart's requirements for an A/D director, irrespec-
tive of the person's formal job title or whether the person is nonmanagement or management personnel.
Articulating crane means a crane whose boom consists of a series of folding, pin connected structural members, typically manipulated to extend or retract by power from hydraulic cylinders.
Assembly/Disassembly means the assembly and/or disassembly of equipment covered under this standard. With regard to tower cranes, "erecting and climbing" replaces the term "assembly," and "dismantling" replaces the term "disassembly." Regardless of whether the crane is initially erected to its full height or is climbed in stages, the process of increasing the height of the crane is an erection process. Assist crane means a crane used to assist in assembling or disassembling a crane.
Attachments means any device that expands the range of tasks that can be done by the equipment. Examples include, but are not limited to: An auger, drill, magnet, pile-driver, and boom-attached personnel platform.
Audible signal means a signal made by a distinct sound or series of sounds. Examples include, but are not limited to, sounds made by a bell, horn, or whistle.
Blocking (also referred to as "cribbing") is wood or other material used to support equipment or a component and distribute loads to the ground. It is typically used to support lattice boom sections during assembly/disassembly and under outrigger and stabilizer floats.
Boatswain's chair means a single-point adjustable suspension scaffold consisting of a seat or sling (which may be incorporated into a full body harness) designed to support one employee in a sitting position.
Bogie means "travel bogie," which is defined below.
Boom (equipment other than tower crane) means an inclined spar, strut, or other long structural member which supports the upper hoisting tackle on a crane or derrick. Typically, the length and vertical angle of the boom can be varied to achieve increased height or height and reach when lifting loads. Booms can usually be grouped into general categories of hydraulically extendible, cantilevered type, latticed section, cable supported type or articulating type.
Boom (tower cranes): On tower cranes, if the "boom" (i.e., principal horizontal structure) is fixed, it is referred to as a jib; if it is moveable up and down, it is referred to as a boom.
Boom angle indicator means a device which measures the angle of the boom relative to horizontal.
This type of device disengages boom hoist power when the boom reaches a predetermined operating angle. It also sets brakes or closes valves to prevent the boom from lowering after power is disengaged.
Boom length indicator indicates the length of the permanent part of the boom (such as ruled markings on the boom) or, as in some computerized systems, the length of the boom with extensions/attachments.
Boom stop includes boom stops, (belly straps with struts/standoff), telescoping boom stops, attachment boom stops, and backstops. These devices restrict the boom from moving above a certain maximum angle and toppling over backward.
Boom suspension system means a system of pendants, running ropes, sheaves, and other hardware which supports the boom tip and controls the boom angle.
Builder means the builder/constructor of equipment.
Center of gravity: The center of gravity of any object is the point in the object around which its weight is evenly distributed. If you could put a support under that point, you could balance the object on the support.
Certified welder means a welder who meets nationally recognized certification requirements applicable to the task being performed.
Climbing means the process in which a tower crane is raised to a new working height, either by adding additional tower sections to the top of the crane (top climbing), or by a system in which the entire crane is raised inside the structure (inside climbing).
Come-a-long means a mechanical device typically consisting of a chain or cable attached at each end that is used to facilitate movement of materials through leverage.
Competent person means one who is capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards in the surroundings or working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to employees, and who has authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate them.
Controlled load lowering means lowering a load by means of a mechanical hoist drum device that allows a hoisted load to be lowered with maximum control using the gear train or hydraulic components of the hoist mechanism. Controlled load lowering requires the use of the hoist drive motor, rather than the load hoist brake, to lower the load.
Controlling entity means an employer that is a prime contractor, general contractor, construction manager or any other legal entity which has the overall responsibility for the construction of the project — its planning, quality and completion.
Counterweight means a weight used to supplement the weight of equipment in providing stability for lifting loads by counterbalancing those loads.
Crane/derrick includes all equipment covered by this subpart.
Crawler crane means equipment that has a type of base mounting which incorporates a continuous belt of sprocket driven track.
Crossover points means locations on a wire rope which is spooled on a drum where one layer of rope climbs up on and crosses over the previous layer. This takes place at each flange of the drum as the rope is spooled onto the drum, reaches the flange, and begins to wrap back in the opposite direction.
Dedicated channel means a line of communication assigned by the employer who controls the communication system to only one signal person and crane/derrick or to a coordinated group of cranes/derricks/ signal person(s).
Dedicated pile-driver is a machine that is designed to function exclusively as a pile-driver. These machines typically have the ability to both hoist the material that will be pile-driven and to pile-drive that material.
Dedicated spotter (power lines): To be considered a dedicated spotter, the requirements of §1926.1428 (Signal person qualifications) must be met and his/her sole responsibility is to watch the separation between the power line and the equipment, load line and load (including rigging and lifting accessories), and ensure through communication with the operator that the applicable minimum approach distance is not breached.
Directly under the load means a part or all of an employee is directly beneath the load.
Dismantling includes partial dismantling (such as dismantling to shorten a boom or substitute a different component).
Drum rotation indicator means a device on a crane or hoist which indicates in which direction and at what relative speed a particular hoist drum is turning.
Electrical contact occurs when a person, object, or equipment makes contact or comes in close proximity with an energized conductor or equipment that allows the passage of current.
Employer-made equipment means floating cranes/derricks designed and built by an employer for the employer's own use.
Encroachment is where any part of the crane, load line or load (including rigging and lifting accessories) breaches a minimum clearance distance that this subpart requires to be maintained from a power line.
Equipment means equipment covered by this subpart.
Equipment criteria means instructions, recommendations, limitations and specifications.
Fall protection equipment means guardrail systems, safety net systems, personal fall arrest systems, positioning device systems or fall restraint systems.
Fall restraint system means a fall protection system that prevents the user from falling any distance. The system is comprised of either a body belt or body harness, along with an anchorage, connectors and other necessary equipment. The other components typically include a lanyard, and may also include a lifeline and other devices.
Fall zone means the area (including but not limited to the area directly beneath the load) in which it is reasonably foreseeable that partially or completely suspended materials could fall in the event of an accident.
Flange points are points of contact between rope and drum flange where the rope changes layers.
Floating cranes/derricks means equipment designed by the manufacturer (or employer) for marine use by permanent attachment to a barge, pontoons, vessel or other means of flotation.
For example means "one example, although there are others."
Free fall (of the load line) means that only the brake is used to regulate the descent of the load line (the drive mechanism is not used to drive the load down faster or retard its lowering).
Free surface effect is the uncontrolled transverse movement of liquids in compartments which reduce a vessel's transverse stability.
Hoist means a mechanical device for lifting and lowering loads by winding a line onto or off a drum.
Hoisting is the act of raising, lowering or otherwise moving a load in the air with equipment covered by this standard. As used in this standard, "hoisting" can be done by means other than wire rope/hoist drum equipment.
Include/including means "including, but not limited to."
Insulating link/device means an insulating device listed, labeled, or accepted by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.7.
Jib stop (also referred to as a jib backstop), is the same type of device as a boom stop but is for a fixed or luffing jib.
Land crane/derrick is equipment not originally designed by the manufacturer for marine use by permanent attachment to barges, pontoons, vessels, or other means of floatation.
List means the angle of inclination about the longitudinal axis of a barge, pontoons, vessel or other means of floatation.
Load refers to the object(s) being hoisted and/or the weight of the object(s); both uses refer to the object(s) and the load-attaching equipment, such as, the load block, ropes, slings, shackles, and any other ancillary attachment.
Load moment (or rated capacity) indicator means a system which aids the equipment operator by sensing (directly or indirectly) the overturning moment on the equipment, i.e., load multiplied by radius. It compares this lifting condition to the equipment's rated capacity, and indicates to the operator the percentage of capacity at which the equipment is working. Lights, bells, or buzzers may be incorporated as a warning of an approaching overload condition.
Load moment (or rated capacity) limiter means a system which aids the equipment operator by sensing (directly or indirectly) the overturning moment on the equipment, i.e., load multiplied by radius. It compares this lifting condition to the equipment's rated capacity, and when the rated capacity is reached, it shuts off power to those equipment functions which can increase the severity of loading on the equipment, e.g., hoisting, telescoping out, or luffing out. Typically, those functions which decrease the severity of loading on the equipment remain operational, e.g., lowering, telescoping in, or luffing in.
Locomotive crane means a crane mounted on a base or car equipped for travel on a railroad track.
Luffing jib limiting device is similar to a boom hoist limiting device, except that it limits the movement of the luffing jib.
Marine hoisted personnel transfer device means a device, such as a "transfer net," that is designed to protect the employees being hoisted during a marine transfer and to facilitate rapid entry into and exit from the device. Such devices do not include boatswain's chairs when hoisted by equipment covered by this standard.
Marine worksite means a construction worksite located in, on or above the water.
Mobile crane means a lifting device incorporating a cable suspended latticed boom or hydraulic telescopic boom designed to be moved between operating locations by transport over the road.
Moving point-to-point means the times during which an employee is in the process of going to or from a work station.
Multi-purpose machine means a machine that is designed to be configured in various ways, at least one of which allows it to hoist (by means of a winch or hook) and horizontally move a suspended load. For example, a machine that can rotate and can be configured with removable forks/tongs (for use as a forklift) or with a winch pack, jib (with a hook at the end) or jib used in conjunction with a winch. When configured with the forks/tongs, it is not covered by this subpart. When configured with a winch pack, jib (with a hook at the end) or jib used in conjunction with a winch, it is covered by this subpart.
Nationally recognized accrediting agency is an organization that, due to its independence and expertise, is widely recognized as competent to accredit testing organizations. Examples of such accrediting agencies include, but are not limited to, the National Commission for Certifying Agencies and the American National Standards Institute. Nonconductive means that, because of the nature and condition of the materials used, and the conditions of use (including environmental conditions and condition of the material), the object in question has the property of not becoming energized (that is, it has high dielectric properties offering a high resistance to the passage of current under the conditions of use).
Operational aids are devices that assist the operator in the safe operation of the crane by providing information or automatically taking control of a crane function. These include, but are not limited to, the devices listed in §1926.1416 ("listed operational aids").
Operational controls means levers, switches, pedals and other devices for controlling equipment operation.
Operator means a person who is operating the equipment.
Overhead and gantry cranes includes overhead/bridge cranes, semigantry, cantilever gantry, wall cranes, storage bridge cranes, launching gantry cranes, and similar equipment, irrespective of whether it travels on tracks, wheels, or other means.
Paragraph refers to a paragraph in the same section of this subpart that the word "paragraph" is used, unless otherwise specified.
Pendants includes both wire and bar types. Wire type: A fixed length of wire rope with mechanical fittings at both ends for pinning segments of wire rope together. Bar type: Instead of wire rope, a bar is used. Pendants are typically used in a latticed boom crane system to easily change the length of the boom suspension system without completely changing the rope on the drum when the boom length is increased or decreased. Personal fall arrest system means a system used to arrest an employee in a fall from a working level. It consists of an anchorage, connectors, a body harness and may include a lanyard, deceleration device, lifeline, or suitable combination of these.
Portal crane is a type of crane consisting of a rotating upperstructure, hoist machinery, and boom mounted on top of a structural gantry which may be fixed in one location or have travel capability. The gantry legs or columns usually have portal openings in between to allow passage of traffic beneath the gantry.
Power lines means electric transmission and distribution lines.
Procedures include, but are not limited to: Instructions, diagrams, recommendations, warnings, specifications, protocols and limitations.
Proximity alarm is a device that provides a warning of proximity to a power line and that has been listed, labeled, or accepted by a Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.7.
Qualified evaluator (not a third party) means a person employed by the signal person's employer who has demonstrated that he/she is competent in accurately assessing whether individuals meet the Qualification Requirements in this subpart for a signal person.
Qualified evaluator (third party) means an entity that, due to its independence and expertise, has demonstrated that it is competent in accurately assessing whether individuals meet the Qualification Requirements in this subpart for a signal person.
Qualified person means a person who, by possession of a recognized degree, certificate, or professional standing, or who by extensive knowledge, training and experience, successfully demonstrated the ability to solve/resolve problems relating to the subject matter, the work, or the project.
Qualified rigger. is a rigger who meets the criteria for a qualified person. Range control limit device is a device that can be set by an equipment operator to limit movement of the boom or jib tip to a plane or multiple planes.
Range control warning device is a device that can be set by an equipment operator to warn that the boom or jib tip is at a plane or multiple planes.
Rated capacity means the maximum working load permitted by the manufacturer under specified working conditions. Such working conditions typically include a specific combination of factors such as equipment configuration, radii, boom length, and other parameters of use.
Rated capacity indicator: See load moment indicator.
Rated capacity limiter: See load moment limiter.
Repetitive pickup points refer to, when operating on a short cycle operation, the rope being used on a single layer and being spooled repetitively over a short portion of the drum.
Running wire rope means a wire rope that moves over sheaves or drums.
Runway means a firm, level surface designed, prepared and designated as a path of travel for the weight and configuration of the crane being used to lift and travel with the crane suspended platform. An existing surface may be used as long as it meets these criteria.
Section means a section of this subpart, unless otherwise specified. Sideboom crane means a track-type or wheel-type tractor having a boom mounted on the side of the tractor, used for lifting, lowering or transporting a load suspended on the load hook. The boom or hook can be lifted or lowered in a vertical direction only.
Special hazard warnings means warnings of site-specific hazards (for example, proximity of power lines).
Stability (flotation device) means the tendency of a barge, pontoons, vessel or other means of flotation to return to an upright position after having been inclined by an external force.
Standard Method means the protocol in appendix A of this subpart for hand signals.
Such as means "such as, but not limited to."
Superstructure: See Upperworks.
Succinct Construction Regulations and Standards
Tagline means a rope (usually fiber) attached to a lifted load for purposes of controlling load spinning and pendular motions or used to stabilize a bucket or magnet during material handling operations.
Tender means an individual responsible for monitoring and communicating with a diver.
Tilt up or tilt down operation means raising/lowering a load from the horizontal to vertical or vertical to horizontal.
Tower crane is a type of lifting structure which utilizes a vertical mast or tower to support a working boom (jib) in an elevated position. Loads are suspended from the working boom. While the working boom may be of the fixed type (horizontal or angled) or have luffing capability, it can always rotate to swing loads, either by rotating on the top of the tower (top slewing) or by the rotation of the tower (bottom slewing). The tower base may be fixed in one location or ballasted and moveable between locations. Mobile cranes that are configured with luffing jib and/or tower attachments are not considered tower cranes under this section.
Travel bogie (tower cranes) is an assembly of two or more axles arranged to permit vertical wheel displacement and equalize the loading on the wheels.
Trim means angle of inclination about the transverse axis of a barge, pontoons, vessel or other means of floatation.
Two blocking means a condition in which a component that is uppermost on the hoist line such as the load block, hook block, overhaul ball, or similar component, comes in contact with the boom tip, fixed upper block or similar component. This binds the system and continued application of power can cause failure of the hoist rope or other component.
Unavailable procedures means procedures that are no longer available from the manufacturer, or have never been available, from the manufacturer.
Upperstructure: See Upperworks.
Upperworks means the revolving frame of equipment on which the operating machinery (and many cases the engine) are mounted along with the operator's cab. The counterweight is typically supported on the rear of the upperstructure and the boom or other front end attachment is mounted on the front.
Up to means "up to and including."
Wire rope means a flexible rope constructed by laying steel wires into various patterns of multi-wired strands around a core system to produce a helically wound rope.
§1926.1402 Ground conditions
(a) Definitions.
(1) "Ground conditions" means the ability of the ground to support the equipment (including slope, compaction, and firmness).
(2) "Supporting materials" means blocking, mats, cribbing, marsh buggies (in marshes/wetlands), or similar supporting materials or devices.
(b) The equipment must not be assembled or used 1926.1402(b) (c) The controlling entity must: (1)-(2) 1926.1402(c)
(d) If there is no controlling entity 1926.1402(d) (e) If the A/D director or the operator 1926.1402(e)
(f) This section does not apply 1926.1402(f)
(1) Conduct a planning meeting 1926.1407(b)(1)
(2) If tag lines are used, 1926.1407(b)(2)
(3) At least one of the following additional measures must be in place. The measure selected from this list must be effective in preventing encroachment. 1926.1407(b)(3) The additional measures are:
(i) Use a dedicated spotter who is in continuous contact with the equipment operator. The dedicated spotter must: 1926.1407(b)(3)(i)
[A] Be equipped with a visual aid 1926.1407(b)(3)(i)[A]
[B] Be positioned to effectively gauge 1926.1407(b)(3)(i)[B]
[C] Where necessary, 1926.1407(b)(3)(i)[C]
[D] Give timely information 1926.1407(b)(3)(i)[D]
(ii) A proximity alarm set 1926.1407(b)(3)(ii)
(iii) A device that automatically warns 1926.1407(b)(3)(iii)
(iv) A device that automatically limits 1926.1407(b)(3)(iv)
§1926.1408 Power line safety (up to 350 kV) — equipment operations
(a) Hazard assessments and precautions inside the work zone. Before beginning equipment operations, the employer must: 1926.1408(a)
(1) Identify the work zone by either: (i)-(ii) 1926.1408(a)(1)
(2) Determine if any part of the equipment, load line or load (including rigging and lifting accessories), if operated up to the equipment's maximum working radius in the work zone, could get closer than 20 feet to a power line. If so, the employer must meet the requirements in Option (1), Option (2), or Option (3) of this section, as follows: 1926.1408(a)(2)
(i) Option (1) — Deenergize and ground. Confirm from the utility owner/operator that the power line has been deenergized and visibly grounded at the worksite. 1926.1408(a)(2)(i)
(ii) Option (2) — 20 foot clearance. Ensure that no part of the equipment, load line, or load (including rigging and lifting accessories), gets closer than 20 feet to the power line by implementing the measures specified in paragraph (b) of this section. 1926.1408(a)(2)(ii)
(iii) Option (3) — Table A clearance. 1926.1408(a)(2)(iii)
[A] Determine the line's voltage and the minimum approach distance permitted under Table A (see §1926.1408). 1926.1408(a)(2)(iii)[A]
[B] Determine if any part of the equipment, load line or load (including rigging and lifting accessories), while operating up to the equipment's maximum working radius in the work zone, could get closer than the minimum approach distance of the power line permitted under Table A (see §1926.1408). If so, then the employer must follow the requirements in paragraph (b) of this section to ensure that no part of the equipment, load line, or load (including rigging and lifting accessories), gets closer to the line than the minimum approach distance. 1926.1408(a)(2)(iii)[B]
(b) Preventing encroachment/electrocution. Where encroachment precautions are required under Option (2) or Option (3) of this section, all of the following requirements must be met: 1926.1408(b)
(1) Conduct a planning meeting with the operator and the other workers who will be in the area of the equipment or load to review the location of the power line(s), and the steps that will be implemented to prevent encroachment/electrocution.
1926.1408(b)(1)
(2) If tag lines are used, 1926.1408(b)(2)
(3) Erect and maintain an elevated warning line, barricade, or line of signs, in view of the operator, equipped with flags or similar high-visibility markings, at 20 feet from the power line (if using Option (2) of this section) or at the minimum approach distance under Table A (see §1926.1408) (if using Option (3) of this section). If the operator is unable to see the elevated warning line, a dedicated spotter must be used as described in §1926.1408(b)(4)(ii) in addition to implementing one of the measures described in §§1926.1408(b)(4)(i), (iii), (iv) and (v).
1926.1408(b)(3)
(4) Implement at least one of the following measures: 1926.1408(b)(4)
(i) A proximity alarm set to give the operator sufficient warning to prevent encroachment. 1926.1408(b)(4)(i)
(ii) A dedicated spotter who is in continuous contact with the operator. Where this measure is selected, the dedicated spotter must: 1926.1408(b)(4)(ii)
[A] Be equipped with a visual aid 1926.1408(b)(4)(ii)[A]
[B] Be positioned to effectively gauge 1926.1408(b)(4)(ii)[B]
[C] Where necessary, 1926.1408(b)(4)(ii)[C]
[D] Give timely information 1926.1408(b)(4)(ii)[D]
(iii) A device that automatically warns the operator when to stop movement, such as a range control warning device. Such a device must be set to give the operator sufficient warning to prevent encroachment. 1926.1408(b)(4)(iii)
(iv) A device that automatically limits range of movement, set to prevent encroachment. 1926.1408(b)(4)(iv)
(v) An insulating link/device, as defined in §1926.1401, installed at a point between the end of the load line (or below) and the load. 1926.1408(b)(4)(v)
(5) The requirements of paragraph (b)(4) 1926.1408(b)(5)
(c) Voltage information. 1926.1408(c)
(d) Operations below power lines. 1926.1408(d)
(1) No part of the equipment, load line, or load (including rigging and lifting accessories) is allowed below a power line unless the employer has confirmed that the utility owner/operator has deenergized and (at the worksite) visibly grounded the power line, except where one of the exceptions in paragraph (d)(2) of this section applies. 1926.1408(d)(1)
(2) Exceptions. Paragraph (d)(1) of this section is inapplicable where the employer demonstrates that one of the following applies: 1926.1408(d)(2)
(i) The work is covered by subpart V of this part. 1926.1408(d)(2)(i)
(ii) For equipment with non-extensible booms: The uppermost part of the equipment, with the boom at true vertical, would be more than 20 feet below the plane of the power line or more than the Table A of this section minimum clearance distance below the plane of the power line. 1926.1408(d)(2)(ii)
(iii) For equipment with articulating or extensible booms: The uppermost part of the equipment, with the boom in the fully extended position, at true vertical, would be more than 20 feet below the plane of the power line or more than the Table A of this section minimum clearance distance below the plane of the power line. 1926.1408(d)(2)(iii)
(iv) The employer demonstrates that compliance with paragraph (d)(1) of this section is infeasible and meets the requirements of §1926.1410. 1926.1408(d)(2)(iv)
(e) Power lines presumed energized. The employer must assume that all power lines are energized unless the utility owner/operator confirms that the power line has been and continues to be deenergized and visibly grounded at the worksite. 1926.1408(e)
(f) When working near transmitter/communication (1)-(2) 1926.1408(f)
(g) Training. 1926.1408(g)
(1) The employer must train each operator and crew member assigned to work with the equipment on all of the following: 1926.1408(g)(1)
(i) The procedures to be followed in the event of electrical contact with a power line. Such training must include: 1926.1408(g)(1)(i)
[A] Information regarding the danger of electrocution from the operator simultaneously touching the equipment and the ground. 1926.1408(g)(1)(i)[A]
[B] The importance to the operator's safety of remaining inside the cab except where there is an imminent danger of fire, explosion, or other emergency that necessitates leaving the cab. 1926.1408(g)(1)(i)[B]
[C] The safest means of evacuating from equipment that may be energized. 1926.1408(g)(1)(i)[C]
[D] The danger of the potentially energized zone around the equipment (step potential). 1926.1408(g)(1)(i)[D]
[E] The need for crew in the area to avoid approaching or touching the equipment and the load.
1926.1408(g)(1)(i)[E]
[F] Safe clearance distance from power lines.
1926.1408(g)(1)(i)[F]
(ii) Power lines are presumed to be energized unless the utility owner/operator confirms that the power line has been and continues to be deenergized and visibly grounded at the worksite. 1926.1408(g)(1)(ii)
(iii) Power lines are presumed to be uninsulated unless the utility owner/operator or a registered engineer who is a qualified person with respect to electrical power transmission and distribution confirms that a line is insulated. 1926.1408(g)(1)(iii)
(iv) The limitations of an insulating link/device, proximity alarm, and range control (and similar) device, if used.
1926.1408(g)(1)(iv)
(v) The procedures to be followed to properly ground equipment and the limitations of grounding. 1926.1408(g)(1)(v)
(2) Employees working as dedicated spotters must be trained to enable them to effectively perform their task, including training on the applicable requirements of this section. 1926.1408(g)(2)
(3) Training under this section must be administered in accordance with §1926.1430(g). 1926.1408(g)(3)
(h) Devices originally designed by the manufacturer for use as: A safety device (see §1926.1415), operational aid, or a means to prevent power line contact or electrocution, when used to comply with this section, must meet the manufacturer's procedures for use and conditions of use. 1926.1408(h)
Table A—Minimum Clearance Distances
Table A—Minimum Clearance Distances (Continued)
over 1,000
(as established by the utility owner/ operator or registered professional engineer who is a qualified person with respect to electrical power transmission and distribution).
Note: The value that follows "to" is up to and includes that value. For example, over 50 to 200 means up to and including 200kV.
§1926.1409 Power line safety (over 350 kV)
The requirements of §§1926.1407 and 1926.1408 apply to power lines over 350 kV except:
(a) For power lines at or below 1000 kV, wherever the distance "20 feet" is specified, the distance "50 feet" must be substituted; and 1926.1409(a)
(b) For power lines over 1000 kV, the minimum clearance distance must be established by the utility owner/operator or registered professional engineer who is a qualified person with respect to electrical power transmission and distribution. 1926.1409(b)
§1926.1410 Power line safety (all voltages) — equipment operations closer than the Table A zone
Equipment operations in which any part of the equipment, load line, or load (including rigging and lifting accessories) is closer than the minimum approach distance under Table A of §1926.1408 to an energized power line is prohibited, except where the employer demonstrates that all of the following requirements are met:
(a) The employer determines that it is infeasible 1926.1410(a)
(d) A planning meeting with the employer and utility owner/operator (or registered professional engineer who is a qualified person with respect to electrical power transmission and distribution) is held to determine the procedures that will be followed to prevent electrical contact and electrocution. At a minimum these procedures must include: 1926.1410(d)
(1) If the power line is equipped 1926.1410(d)(1)
(2) A dedicated spotter who is in continuous contact with the operator. The dedicated spotter must: 1926.1410(d)(2)
(i) Be equipped with a visual aid to assist in identifying the minimum clearance distance. Examples of a visual aid include, but are not limited to: A line painted on the ground; a clearly visible line of stanchions; a set of clearly visible line-of-sight landmarks (such as a fence post behind the dedicated spotter and a building corner ahead of the dedicated spotter).1926.1410(d)(2)(i)
(ii) Be positioned to effectively gauge 1926.1410(d)(2)(ii)
(iii) Where necessary, 1926.1410(d)(2)(iii)
(iv) Give timely information 1926.1410(d)(2)(iv)
(3) An elevated warning line, or barricade (not attached to the crane), in view of the operator (either directly or through video equipment), equipped with flags or similar high-visibility markings, to prevent electrical contact. However, this provision does not apply to work covered by subpart V of this part. 1926.1410(d)(3)
(5) Nonconductive rigging if the rigging 1926.1410(d)(5)
(6) If the equipment is equipped with a device 1926.1410(d)(6)
(7) If a tag line is used, 1926.1410(d)(7)
(8) Barricades forming a perimeter 1926.1410(d)(8)
(9) Workers other than the operator 1926.1410(d)(9)
(10) Only personnel essential 1926.1410(d)(10)
(11) The equipment must be properly grounded. 1926.1410(d)(11)
(12) Insulating line hose 1926.1410(d)(12)
(e) The procedures developed to comply with paragraph (d) of this section are documented and immediately available on-site. 1926.1410(e)
(f) The equipment user and utility 1926.1410(f)
(g) The procedures developed to comply 1926.1410(g)
(h) The utility owner/operator 1926.1410(h)
(i) [Reserved] 1926.1410(i)
(j) If a problem occurs implementing 1926.1410(j)
(k) Devices originally designed 1926.1410(k)
(l) [Reserved] 1926.1410(l)
(m) The employer must train each operator and crew member assigned to work with the equipment in accordance with §1926.1408(g). 1926.1410(m)
§1926.1411 Power line safety — while traveling under or near power lines with no load
(a) This section establishes procedures and criteria that must be met for equipment traveling under or near a power line on a construction site with no load. Equipment traveling on a construction site with a load is governed by §§1926.1408, 1926.1409 or 1926.1410, whichever is appropriate, and §1926.1417(u). 1926.1411(a)
(b) The employer must ensure that: 1926.1411(b)
(1) The boom/mast and boom/mast support system are lowered sufficiently to meet the requirements of this paragraph. 1926.1411(b)(1)
(2) The clearances specified in Table T of this section are maintained. 1926.1411(b)(2)
(3) The effects of speed and terrain on equipment movement (including movement of the boom/mast) are considered so that those effects do not cause the minimum clearance distances specified in Table T of this section to be breached. 1926.1411(b)(3)
(4) Dedicated spotter. If any part of the equipment while traveling will get closer than 20 feet to the power line, the employer must ensure that a dedicated spotter who is in continuous contact with the driver/operator is used. The dedicated spotter must: 1926.1411(b)(4)
(i) Be positioned to effectively gauge the clearance distance. 1926.1411(b)(4)(i)
(ii) Where necessary, use equipment that enables the dedicated spotter to communicate directly with the operator. 1926.1411(b)(4)(ii)
(iii) Give timely information to the operator so that the required clearance distance can be maintained. 1926.1411(b)(4)(iii)
(5) Additional precautions for traveling in poor visibility. When traveling at night, or in conditions of poor visibility, in addition to the measures specified in paragraphs (b)(1) through (4) of this section, the employer must ensure that: 1926.1411(b)(5)
(i) The power lines are illuminated or another means of identifying the location of the lines is used. 1926.1411(b)(5)(i)
(ii) A safe path of travel is identified and used. 1926.1411(b)(5)(ii)
Table T—Minimum Clearance Distances While Traveling With No Load Voltage (nominal, kV, alternating current) While traveling — minimum clearance distance (feet) up to 0.75 4 over .75 to 50 6 over 50 to 345 10 over 345 to 750 16 Over 750 to 1,000 20
Over 1,000 (as established by the utility owner/ operator or registered professional engineer who is a qualified person with respect to electrical power transmission and distribution).
§1926.1412 Inspections
(a) Modified equipment. 1926.1412(a)
(1) Equipment that has had modifications or additions which affect the safe operation of the equipment (such as modifications or additions involving a safety device or operational aid, critical part of a control system, power plant, braking system, load-sustaining structural components, load hook, or in-use operating mechanism) or capacity must be inspected by a qualified person after such modifications/additions have been completed, prior to initial use. The inspection must meet all of the following requirements: 1926.1412(a)(1)
(i) The inspection must assure that the modifications or additions have been done in accordance with the approval obtained pursuant to §1926.1434 (Equipment modifications).
1926.1412(a)(1)(i)
(ii) The inspection must include functional testing of the equipment. 1926.1412(a)(1)(ii)
(2) Equipment must not be used until an inspection under this paragraph demonstrates that the requirements of paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section have been met. 1926.1412(a)(2)
(b) Repaired/adjusted equipment. 1926.1412(b)
(1) Equipment that has had a repair or adjustment that relates to safe operation (such as: A repair or adjustment to a safety device or operator aid, or to a critical part of a control system, power plant, braking system, load-sustaining structural components,
load hook, or in-use operating mechanism), must be inspected by a qualified person after such a repair or adjustment has been completed, prior to initial use. The inspection must meet all of the following requirements: 1926.1412(b)(1)
(i) The qualified person must determine if the repair/adjustment meets manufacturer equipment criteria (where applicable and available). 1926.1412(b)(1)(i)
(ii) Where manufacturer equipment criteria are unavailable or inapplicable, the qualified person must: 1926.1412(b)(1)(ii)
[A] Determine if a registered professional engineer (RPE) is needed to develop criteria for the repair/adjustment. If an RPE is not needed, the employer must ensure that the criteria are developed by the qualified person. If an RPE is needed, the employer must ensure that they are developed by an RPE. 1926.1412(b)(1)(ii)[A]
[B] Determine if the repair/adjustment meets the criteria developed in accordance with paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(A) of this section. 1926.1412(b)(1)(ii)[B]
(iii) The inspection must include functional testing of the repaired/ adjusted parts and other components that may be affected by the repair/adjustment. 1926.1412(b)(1)(iii)
(4) Equipment must not be used until an inspection under this paragraph demonstrates that the repair/adjustment meets the requirements of paragraph (b)(1)(i) of this section (or, where applicable, paragraph (b)(1)(ii) of this section). 1926.1412(b)(4)
(c) Post-assembly. 1926.1412(c)
(1) Upon completion of assembly, the equipment must be inspected by a qualified person to assure that it is configured in accordance with manufacturer equipment criteria. 1926.1412(c)(1)
(2) Where manufacturer equipment criteria (i)-(ii) 1926.1412(c)(2)
(3) Equipment must not be used until an inspection under this paragraph demonstrates that the equipment is configured in accordance with the applicable criteria. 1926.1412(c)(3)
(d) Each shift. 1926.1412(d)
(1) A competent person must begin a visual inspection prior to each shift the equipment will be used, which must be completed before or during that shift. The inspection must consist of observation for apparent deficiencies. Taking apart equipment components and booming down is not required as part of this inspection unless the results of the visual inspection or trial operation indicate that further investigation necessitating taking apart equipment components or booming down is needed. Determinations made in conducting the inspection must be reassessed in light of observations made during operation. At a minimum the inspection must include all of the following: 1926.1412(d)(1)
(2) If any deficiency in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) 1926.1412(d)(2)
(3) If any deficiency in paragraph (d)(1)(xiv) 1926.1412(d)(3)
(e) Monthly. 1926.1412(e)
(1) Each month the equipment is in service it must be inspected in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section (each shift).
1926.1412(e)(1)
(2) Equipment must not be used until 1926.1412(e)(2)
(3) Documentation. 1926.1412(e)(3)
(i) The following information must be documented and maintained by the employer that conducts the inspection: 1926.1412(e)(3)(i)
[A] The items checked and the results of the inspection. 1926.1412(e)(3)(i)[A]
[B] The name and signature of the person who conducted the inspection and the date. 1926.1412(e)(3)(i)[B]
(ii) This document must be retained for a minimum of three months. 1926.1412(e)(3)(ii)
(f) Annual/comprehensive. 1926.1412(f)
(1) At least every 12 months the equipment must be inspected by a qualified person in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section (each shift) except that the corrective action set forth in paragraphs (f)(4), (f)(5), and (f)(6) of this section must apply in place of the corrective action required by paragraphs (d)(2) and (d)(3) of this section. 1926.1412(f)(1)
(2) In addition, at least every 12 months, the equipment must be inspected by a qualified person. Disassembly is required, as necessary, to complete the inspection. The equipment must be inspected for all of the following: 1926.1412(f)(2)
(3) This inspection must include functional 1926.1412(f)(3)
(4) If any deficiency is identified, 1926.1412(f)(4)
(5) If the qualified person determines 1926.1412(f)(5)
(6) If the qualified person determines 1926.1412(f)(6)
(7) Documentation of annual/comprehensive inspection. The following information must be documented, maintained, and retained for a minimum of 12 months, by the employer that conducts the inspection: 1926.1412(f)(7)
(i) The items checked and the results of the inspection. 1926.1412(f)(7)(i)
(ii) The name and signature of the person who conducted the inspection and the date. 1926.1412(f)(7)(ii)
(g) Severe service. Where the severity of use/conditions is such that there is a reasonable probability of damage or excessive wear (such as loading that may have exceeded rated capacity, shock loading that may have exceeded rated capacity, prolonged exposure to a corrosive atmosphere), the employer must stop using the equipment and a qualified person must: 1926.1412(g)
(1) Inspect the equipment for structural damage to determine if the equipment can continue to be used safely. 1926.1412(g)(1)
(2) In light of the use/conditions determine whether any items/conditions listed in paragraph (f) of this section need to be inspected; if so, the qualified person must inspect those items/conditions. 1926.1412(g)(2)
(3) If a deficiency is found, the employer must follow the requirements in paragraphs (f)(4) through (6) of this section. 1926.1412(g)(3)
(h) Equipment not in regular use. Equipment that has been idle for 3 months or more must be inspected by a qualified person in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (e) (Monthly) of this section before initial use. 1926.1412(h)
(i) [Reserved] 1926.1412(i)
(j) Any part of a manufacturer's procedures regarding inspections that relate to safe operation (such as to a safety device or operational aid, critical part of a control system, power plant, braking system, load-sustaining structural components, load hook, or in-use operating mechanism) that is more comprehensive or has a more frequent schedule of inspection than the requirements of this section must be followed. 1926.1412(j)
(k) All documents produced under this section must be available, during the applicable document retention period, to all persons who conduct inspections under this section. 1926.1412(k)
(1) Definitions. (i)-(iii)
(2) Requirements. (i)-(iv) 1926.1414(e)(2)
(3) When Types II and III with an operating design factor of less than 5 are used (for non-duty cycle, non-repetitive lifts), the following requirements must be met for each lifting operation: 1926.1414(e)(3)
(i) A qualified person must inspect 1926.1414(e)(3)(i)
(ii) Operations must be conducted in such 1926.1414(e)(3)(ii)
(iii) Each lift made under §1926.1414(e)(3) must be recorded in the monthly and annual inspection documents. Such prior uses must be considered by the qualified person in determining whether to use the rope again. 1926.1414(e)(3)(iii)
(4) Additional requirements for rotation resistant ropes for boom hoist reeving. (i)-(ii) 1926.1414(e)(4)
§1926.1416 Operational aids
(a) The devices listed in this section (1)-(2) 1926.1416(a)
(b) Operations must not begin unless 1926.1416(b)
(c) If a listed operational aid 1926.1416(c)
(d) Category I operational aids and alternative measures. Operational aids listed in this paragraph that are not working properly must be repaired no later than 7 calendar days after the deficiency occurs. Exception: If the employer documents that it has ordered the necessary parts within 7 calendar days of the occurrence of the deficiency, the repair must be completed within 7 calendar days of receipt of the parts. See §1926.1417(j) for additional requirements. 1926.1416(d)
(1) Boom hoist limiting device. 1926.1416(d)(1)
(i) For equipment manufactured after December 16, 1969, a boom hoist limiting device is required. Temporary alternative measures (use at least one). One or more of the following methods must be used: 1926.1416(d)(1)(i)
[A] Use a boom angle indicator. 1926.1416(d)(1)(i)[A]
[B] Clearly mark the boom hoist cable (so that it can easily be seen by the operator) at a point that will give the operator sufficient time to stop the hoist to keep the boom within the minimum allowable radius. In addition, install mirrors or remote video cameras and displays if necessary for the operator to see the mark.
1926.1416(d)(1)(i)[B]
[C] Clearly mark the boom hoist cable (so that it can easily be seen by a spotter) at a point that will give the spotter sufficient time to signal the operator and have the
operator stop the hoist to keep the boom within the minimum allowable radius. 1926.1416(d)(1)(i)[C]
(ii) If the equipment was manufactured on or before 1926.1416(d)(1)(ii)
(2) Luffing jib limiting device. 1926.1416(d)(2)
(3) Anti two-blocking device. 1926.1416(d)(3)
(i) Telescopic boom cranes manufactured after February 28, 1992, must be equipped with a device which automatically prevents damage from contact between the load block, overhaul ball, or similar component, and the boom tip (or fixed upper block or similar component). The device(s) must prevent such damage at all points where two-blocking could occur.
1926.1416(d)(3)(i)
Temporary alternative measures: Clearly mark the cable (so that it can easily be seen by the operator) at a point that will give the operator sufficient time to stop the hoist to prevent two-blocking, and use a spotter when extending the boom.
(ii) Lattice boom cranes. [A]-[D]1926.1416(d)(3)(ii)
(e) Category II operational aids and alternative measures. Operational aids listed in this paragraph that are not working properly must be repaired no later than 30 calendar days after the deficiency occurs.
Exception: If the employer documents that it has ordered the necessary parts within 7 calendar days of the occurrence of the deficiency, and the part is not received in time to complete the repair in 30 calendar days, the repair must be completed within 7 calendar days of receipt of the parts. See §1926.1417(j) for additional requirements. 1926.1416(e)
(1) Boom angle or radius indicator. 1926.1416(e)(1)
(2) Jib angle indicator 1926.1416(e)(2)
(3) Boom length indicator if the equipment has a telescopic boom, except where the rated capacity is independent of the boom length. Temporary alternative measures. One or more of the following methods must be used: 1926.1416(e)(3)
(i) Mark the boom with measured marks to calculate boom length, 1926.1416(e)(3)(i)
(ii) Calculate boom length from boom angle and radius measurements, 1926.1416(e)(3)(ii)
(iii) Measure the boom with a measuring device.1926.1416(e)(3)(iii)
(4) Load weighing and similar devices. (i)-(ii) 1926.1416(e)(4)
(5) The following devices are required on equipment manufactured after November 8, 2011: 1926.1416(e)(5)
(i) Outrigger/stabilizer position 1926.1416(e)(5)(i)
(ii) Hoist drum rotation indicator if the equipment has a hoist drum not visible from the operator's station. Temporary alternative measures: Mark the drum to indicate the rotation of the drum. In addition, install mirrors or remote video cameras and displays if necessary for the operator to see the mark.
1926.1416(e)(5)(ii)
§1926.1417 Operation
(a) The employer must comply with all manufacturer procedures applicable to the operational functions of equipment, including its use with attachments. 1926.1417(a)
(1) The procedures applicable to the operation of the equipment, including rated capacities (load charts), recommended operating speeds, special hazard warnings, instructions, and operator's manual, must be readily available in the cab at all times for use by the operator. 1926.1417(c)(1)
(2) Where rated capacities are available in the cab only in electronic form: In the event of a failure which makes the rated capacities inaccessible, the operator must immediately cease operations or follow safe shut-down procedures until the rated capacities (in electronic or other form) are available.
1926.1417(c)(2)
(d) The operator must not engage in any practice or activity that diverts his/her attention while actually engaged in operating the equipment, such as the use of cellular phones (other than when used for signal communications). 1926.1417(d)
(e) Leaving the equipment unattended. 1926.1417(e)
(1) The operator must not leave the controls while the load is suspended, except where all of the following are met: 1926.1417(e)(1)
(i) The operator remains adjacent to the equipment and is not engaged in any other duties. 1926.1417(e)(1)(i)
(ii) The load is to be held suspended for a period of time exceeding normal lifting operations. 1926.1417(e)(1)(ii)
(iii) The competent person determines that it is safe to do so and implements measures necessary to restrain the boom hoist
Succinct Construction Regulations and Standards
and telescoping, load, swing, and outrigger or stabilizer functions. 1926.1417(e)(1)(iii)
(iv) Barricades or caution lines, and notices, are erected to prevent all employees from entering the fall zone. No employees, including those listed in §§1926.1425(b)(1) through (3), §1926.1425(d) or §1926.1425(e), are permitted in the fall zone. 1926.1417(e)(1)(iv)
(2) The provisions in §1926.1417(e)(1) do 1926.1417(e)(2)
(f) Tag-out. (1)-(2) 1926.1417(f)
(g) Before starting the engine, the operator must verify that all controls are in the proper starting position and that all personnel are in the clear. 1926.1417(g)
(h) Storm warning. 1926.1417(h)
(i) [Reserved] 1926.1417(i)
(j) If equipment adjustments or repairs are necessary: (1)-(2) 1926.1417(j)
(k) Safety devices and operational 1926.1417(k)
(l) [Reserved] 1926.1417(l)
(m) If the competent person determines 1926.1417(m)
(n) The competent person must adjust 1926.1417(n)
(o) Compliance with rated capacity. 1926.1417(o)
(1) The equipment must not be operated in excess of its rated capacity. 1926.1417(o)(1)
(2) The operator must not be required to operate 1926.1417(o)(2)
(3) Load weight. (i)-(ii) 1926.1417(o)(3)
(p) The boom or other parts of the equipment 1926.1417(p) (q) The equipment must not be used to drag 1926.1417(q) (r) On wheel-mounted equipment, 1926.1417(r)
(s) The operator must test the brakes each time a load that is 90% or more of the maximum line pull is handled by lifting the load a few inches and applying the brakes. In duty cycle and repetitive lifts where each lift is 90% or more of the maximum line pull, this requirement applies to the first lift but not to successive lifts. 1926.1417(s) (t) Neither the load nor 1926.1417(t) (u) Traveling with a load. (1)-(2) 1926.1417(u) (v) Rotational speed of the equipment 1926.1417(v) (w) A tag or restraint line 1926.1417(w) (x) The brakes must be adjusted in accordance 1926.1417(x) (y) The operator must obey a stop (or emergency stop) signal, irrespective of who gives it. 1926.1417(y) (z) Swinging locomotive cranes. 1926.1417(z) (aa) Counterweight/ballast. (1)-(2) 1926.1417(aa)
§1926.1418
Authority to stop operation
Whenever there is a concern as to safety, the operator must have the authority to stop and refuse to handle loads until a qualified person has determined that safety has been assured.
§1926.1419 Signals — general requirements
(a) A signal person must be provided in each of the following situations: 1926.1419(a)
(1) The point of operation, meaning the load travel or the area near or at load placement, is not in full view of the operator. 1926.1419(a)(1)
(2) When the equipment is traveling, the view in the direction of travel is obstructed. 1926.1419(a)(2)
(3) Due to site specific safety concerns, either the operator or the person handling the load determines that it is necessary. 1926.1419(a)(3)
(b) Types of signals. 1926.1419(b)
(c) Hand signals. 1926.1419(c)
(1) When using hand signals, the Standard Method must be used (see Appendix A of this subpart). Exception: Where use of the Standard Method for hand signals is infeasible, or where an operation or use of an attachment is not covered in the Standard Method, non-standard hand signals may be used in accordance with paragraph (c)(2) of this section. 1926.1419(c)(1)
(2) Non-standard hand signals. When using non-standard hand signals, the signal person, operator, and lift director (where there is one) must contact each other prior to the operation and agree on the non-standard hand signals that will be used. 1926.1419(c)(2)
(d) New signals. Signals other than hand, voice, or audible signals may be used where the employer demonstrates that: 1926.1419(d)
(1) The new signals provide at least equally effective communication as voice, audible, or Standard Method hand signals, or 1926.1419(d)(1)
(2) The new signals comply with a national consensus standard that provides at least equally effective communication as voice, audible, or Standard Method hand signals. 1926.1419(d)(2)
(e) Suitability. 1926.1419(e)
(f) During operations requiring 1926.1419(f)
(g) If the operator becomes aware of a safety problem and needs to communicate with the signal person, the operator must safely stop operations. Operations must not resume until the operator and signal person agree that the problem has been resolved. 1926.1419(g)
(h) Only one person 1926.1419(h)
(i) [Reserved] 1926.1419(i)
(j) Anyone who becomes aware 1926.1419(j)
(k) All directions given to the operator by the signal person must be given from the operator's direction perspective. 1926.1419(k)
(l) [Reserved] 1926.1419(l)
(m) Communication with multiple cranes/derricks. (1)-(2) 1926.1419(m)
§1926.1420
Signals — radio, telephone or other electronic transmission of signals
(a) The device(s) used to transmit signals must be tested on site before beginning operations to ensure that the signal transmission is effective, clear, and reliable. 1926.1420(a)
(b) Signal transmission must be through a dedicated channel, except: 1926.1420(b)
(1) Multiple cranes/derricks and one or more signal persons may share a dedicated channel for the purpose of coordinating operations. 1926.1420(b)(1)
(2) Where a crane is being operated on or adjacent to railroad tracks, and the actions of the crane operator need to be coordinated with the movement of other equipment or trains on the same or adjacent tracks. 1926.1420(b)(2)
(c) The operator's reception of signals must be by a hands-free system. 1926.1420(c)
(a) Prior to beginning operations, the operator, signal person and lift director (if there is one), must contact each other and agree on the voice signals that will be used. Once the voice signals are agreed upon, these workers need not meet again to discuss voice signals unless another worker is added or substituted, there is confusion about the voice signals, or a voice signal is to be changed. 1926.1421(a)
(b) Each voice signal must contain the following three elements, given in the following order: function (such as hoist, boom, etc.), direction; distance and/or speed; function, stop command. 1926.1421(b)
(c) The operator, signal person and lift director (if there is one), must be able to effectively communicate in the language used. 1926.1421(c)
§1926.1422
Signals — hand signal chart
Hand signal charts must be either posted on the equipment or conspicuously posted in the vicinity of the hoisting operations.
(2) The employer must maintain in good condition originallyequipped steps, handholds, ladders and guardrails/railings/ grabrails. 1926.1423(c)(2)
(3) Equipment manufactured after November 8, 2011 must be equipped so as to provide safe access and egress between the ground and the operator work station(s), including the forward and rear positions, by the provision of devices such as steps, handholds, ladders, and guardrails/railings/grabrails. These devices must meet the following criteria: 1926.1423(c)(3)
(i) Steps, handholds, 1926.1423(c)(3)(i)
(ii) Walking/stepping surfaces, except for crawler treads, must have slip-resistant features/properties (such as diamond plate metal, strategically placed grip tape, expanded metal, or slipresistant paint). 1926.1423(c)(3)(ii)
(d) Personal fall arrest and fall restraint systems. Personal fall arrest system components must be used in personal fall arrest and fall restraint systems and must conform to the criteria in §1926.502(d) except that §1926.502(d)(15) does not apply to components used in personal fall arrest and fall restraint systems. Either body belts or body harnesses must be used in personal fall arrest and fall restraint systems. 1926.1423(d)
(e) For non-assembly/disassembly work, (1)-(2) 1926.1423(e)
(f) For assembly/disassembly work, 1926.1423(f)
(g) Anchorage criteria. 1926.1423(g)
(1) Sections 1926.502(d)(15) and 1926.502(e)(2) 1926.1423(g)(1)
(2) Anchorages for personal fall arrest and positioning device systems. (i)-(iii) 1926.1423(g)(2)
(3) Anchorages for fall restraint systems. Fall restraint systems must be anchored to any part of the equipment that is capable of withstanding twice the maximum load that an employee may impose on it during reasonably anticipated conditions of use. 1926.1423(g)(3)
(h) Tower cranes. (1)-(2) 1926.1423(h)
(i) [Reserved] 1926.1423(i)
(j) Anchoring to the load line. (1)-(3) 1926.1423(j)
(k) Training. The employer must train each employee who may be exposed to fall hazards while on, or hoisted by, equipment covered by this subpart on all of the following: 1926.1423(k)
(1) the requirements in this subpart that address fall protection. 1926.1423(k)(1)
(2) the applicable requirements in §§1926.500 and 1926.502. 1926.1423(k)(2)
§1926.1424
Work area control
(a) Swing radius hazards. 1926.1424(a)
(1) The requirements in paragraph (a)(2) (i)-(ii) 1926.1424(a)(1)
(2) To prevent employees from entering these hazard areas, the employer must: 1926.1424(a)(2)
(i) Train each employee assigned to work on or near the equipment ("authorized personnel") in how to recognize struck-by and pinch/crush hazard areas posed by the rotating superstructure. 1926.1424(a)(2)(i)
(ii) Erect and maintain control lines, warning lines, railings or similar barriers to mark the boundaries of the hazard areas. Exception: When the employer can demonstrate that it is neither feasible to erect such barriers on the ground nor on the equipment, the hazard areas must be clearly marked by a combination of warning signs (such as "Danger — Swing/Crush Zone") and high visibility markings on the equipment that identify the hazard areas. In addition, the employer must train each employee to understand what these markings signify.
1926.1424(a)(2)(ii)
(3) Protecting employees in the hazard area. 1926.1424(a)(3)
(i) Before an employee goes to a location in the hazard area that is out of view of the operator, the employee (or someone instructed by the employee) must ensure that the operator is informed that he/she is going to that location. 1926.1424(a)(3)(i)
(ii) Where the operator knows that an employee went to a location covered by paragraph (a)(1) of this section, the operator must not rotate the superstructure until the operator is informed in accordance with a pre-arranged system of communication that the employee is in a safe position. 1926.1424(a)(3)(ii)
(b) Where any part of a crane/derrick is within 1926.1424(b)
§1926.1425 Keeping clear of the load
(a) Where available, hoisting routes that minimize the exposure of employees to hoisted loads must be used, to the extent consistent with public safety. 1926.1425(a)
(b) While the operator is not moving a suspended load, no employee must be within the fall zone, except for employees: 1926.1425(b)
(1) Engaged in hooking, unhooking or guiding a load; 1926.1425(b)(1)
(2) Engaged in the initial attachment of the load to a component or structure; or 1926.1425(b)(2)
(3) Operating a concrete hopper or concrete bucket. 1926.1425(b)(3)
(c) When employees are engaged in hooking, unhooking, or guiding the load, or in the initial connection of a load to a component or structure and are within the fall zone, all of the following criteria must be met: (1)-(3) 1926.1425(c)
(1) The materials being hoisted must be rigged to prevent unintentional displacement. 1926.1425(c)(1)
(3) The materials must be rigged by a qualified rigger. 1926.1425(c)(3)
(d) Receiving a load. Only employees needed to receive a load are permitted to be within the fall zone when a load is being landed. 1926.1425(d)
(e) During a tilt-up or tilt-down operation: (1)-(2) 1926.1425(e)
Note: Boom free fall is prohibited when an employee is in the fall zone of the boom or load, and load line free fall is prohibited when an employee is directly under the load; see §1926.1426.
§1926.1427 Operator training, certification, and evaluation
(a) General requirements for operators. The employer must ensure that each operator is trained, certified/licensed, and evaluated in accordance with this section before operating any equipment covered under subpart CC, except for the equipment listed in paragraph (a)(2) of this section. 1926.1427(a)
(1) Operation during training. An employee who has not been certified/licensed and evaluated to operate assigned equipment in accordance with this section may only operate the equipment as an operator-in-training under supervision in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section. 1926.1427(a)(1)
(2) Exceptions. Operators of derricks (see §1926.1436), sideboom cranes (see §1926.1440), or equipment with a maximum manufacturer-rated hoisting/lifting capacity of 2,000 pounds or less (see §1926.1441) are not required to comply with §1926.1427. Note: The training requirements in those other sections continue to apply (for the training requirement for operators of sideboom cranes, follow section 1926.1430(c)). 1926.1427(a)(2)
(3) Qualification by the U.S. military. (i)-(ii) 1926.1427(a)(3)
(i) For purposes of this section, an operator who is an employee of the U.S. military meets the requirements of this section if he/ she has a current operator qualification issued by the U.S. military for operation of the equipment. An employee of the U.S. military is a Federal employee of the Department of Defense or Armed Forces and does not include employees of private contractors. 1926.1427(a)(3)(i)
(ii) A qualification under this paragraph is:1926.1427(a)(3)(ii)
[A] Not portable: Such a qualification meets the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section only where the operator is employed by (and operating the equipment for) the employer that issued the qualification.
1926.1427(a)(3)(ii)[A]
[B] Valid for the period of time stipulated by the issuing entity. 1926.1427(a)(3)(ii)[B]
(b) Operator training. The employer must provide each operator-intraining with sufficient training, through a combination of formal and practical instruction, to ensure that the operator-in-training develops the skills, knowledge, and ability to recognize and avert risk necessary to operate the equipment safely for assigned work. 1926.1427(b)
(5) Retraining. 1926.1427(b)(5)
(c) Operator certification and licensing. The employer must ensure that each operator is certified or licensed to operate the equipment as follows: 1926.1427(c)
(d) Certification by an accredited crane operator testing organization. 1926.1427(d)
(3) A certification issued under 1926.1427(d)(3)
(4) A certification issued under 1926.1427(d)(4)
(e) Audited employer program. The employer's certification of its employee must meet the following requirements: 1926.1427(e)
(6) The employer must document the completion 1926.1427(f)(6)
(7) When an employer is required to provide 1926.1427(f)(7)
(g) [Reserved] 1926.1427(g)
(h) Language and literacy requirements. (1)-(2) 1926.1427(h) (i) [Reserved] 1926.1427(i)
(j) Certification criteria. Certifications must be based on the following: 1926.1427(j)
(1) A determination through a written test that: 1926.1427(j)(1)
(i) The individual knows the information necessary for safe operation of the specific type of equipment the individual will operate, including all of the following: 1926.1427(j)(1)(i)
[A] The controls and operational/performance characteristics. 1926.1427(j)(1)(i)[A]
[B] Use of, and the ability to calculate (manually or with a calculator), load/capacity information on a variety of configurations of the equipment. 1926.1427(j)(1)(i)[B]
[C] Procedures for preventing and responding to power line contact. 1926.1427(j)(1)(i)[C]
[D] Technical knowledge of the subject matter criteria listed in appendix C of this subpart applicable to the specific type of equipment the individual will operate. Use of the appendix C criteria meets the requirements of this provision. 1926.1427(j)(1)(i)[D]
[E] Technical knowledge applicable to the suitability of the supporting ground and surface to handle expected loads, site hazards, and site access. 1926.1427(j)(1)(i)[E]
§1926.1428
Succinct Construction Regulations and Standards
[F] This subpart, including applicable incorporated materials. 1926.1427(j)(1)(i)[F]
(ii) The individual is able to read and locate relevant information in the equipment manual and other materials containing information referred to in paragraph (j)(1)(i) of this section. 1926.1427(j)(1)(ii)
(2) A determination through a practical test that the individual has the skills necessary for safe operation of the equipment, including the following: 1926.1427(j)(2)
(i) Ability to recognize, from visual and auditory observation, the items listed in §1926.1412(d) (shift inspection). 1926.1427(j)(2)(i)
(ii) Operational and maneuvering skills.1926.1427(j)(2)(ii)
(iii) Application of load chart information.1926.1427(j)(2)(iii)
(iv) Application of safe shut-down and securing procedures. 1926.1427(j)(2)(iv)
(k) Effective dates. (1)-(2) 1926.1427(k)
§1926.1428 Signal person qualifications
(a) The employer of the signal person must ensure that each signal person meets the Qualification Requirements (paragraph (c) of this section) prior to giving any signals. This requirement must be met by using either Option (1) or Option (2) of this section. 1926.1428(a)
(1) Option (1) — Third party qualified evaluator. The signal person has documentation from a third party qualified evaluator (see Qualified Evaluator (third party), §1926.1401 for definition) showing that the signal person meets the Qualification Requirements (see paragraph (c) of this section). 1926.1428(a)(1)
(2) Option (2) — Employer's qualified evaluator. The employer's qualified (see Qualified Evaluator (not a third party), §1926.1401 for definition) evaluator assesses the individual and determines that the individual meets the Qualification Requirements (see paragraph (c) of this section) and provides documentation of that determination. An assessment by an employer's qualified evaluator under this option is not portable — other employers are not permitted to use it to meet the requirements of this section. 1926.1428(a)(2)
(3) The employer must make the documentation for whichever option is used available at the site while the signal person is employed by the employer. The documentation must specify each type of signaling (e.g. hand signals, radio signals, etc.) for which the signal person meets the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section. 1926.1428(a)(3)
(b) If subsequent actions by the signal 1926.1428(b)
(b) Signal persons. The employer must train each employee who will be assigned to work as a signal persons who does not meet the requirements of §1926.1428(c) in the areas addressed in that paragraph. 1926.1430(b)
(c) Operators. 1926.1430(c)
(1) The employer must train each operator in accordance with §1926.1427(a) and (b), on the safe operation of the equipment the operator will be using. 1926.1430(c)(1)
(2) The employer must train each operator covered under the exception of §1926.1427(a)(2) on the safe operation of the equipment the operator will be using. 1926.1430(c)(2)
(3) The employer must train each operator of the equipment covered by this subpart in the following practices: 1926.1430(c)(3)
(i) On friction equipment, whenever moving a boom off a support, first raise the boom a short distance (sufficient to take the load of the boom) to determine if the boom hoist brake needs to be adjusted. On other types of equipment with a boom, the same practice is applicable, except that typically there is no means of adjusting the brake; if the brake does not hold, a repair is necessary. See §1926.1417(f) and (j) for additional requirements. 1926.1430(c)(3)(i)
(ii) Where available, the manufacturer's emergency procedures for halting unintended equipment movement. 1926.1430(c)(3)(ii)
(d) Competent persons and qualified persons. 1926.1430(d)
(e) Crush/pinch points. The employer must train each employee who works with the equipment to keep clear of holes, and crush/pinch points and the hazards addressed in §1926.1424 (Work area control). 1926.1430(e)
(f) Tag-out. 1926.1430(f)
(g) Training administration. (1)-(3) 1926.1430(g)
§1926.1431 Hoisting personnel
The requirements of this section are supplemental to the other requirements in this subpart and apply when one or more employees are hoisted.
(a) The use of equipment to hoist employees is prohibited except where the employer demonstrates that the erection, use, and dismantling of conventional means of reaching the work area, such as a personnel hoist, ladder, stairway, aerial lift, elevating work platform, or scaffold, would be more hazardous, or is not possible because of the project's structural design or worksite conditions. This paragraph does not apply to work covered by subpart R (Steel Erection) of this part and also does not apply to routine personnel access to an underground worksite via shaft as covered by §1926.800 (Underground Construction) of this part. 1926.1431(a)
(b) Use of personnel platform. 1926.1431(b)
(1) When using equipment to hoist employees, the employees must be in a personnel platform that meets the requirements of paragraph (e) of this section. 1926.1431(b)(1)
(2) Exceptions: (i)-(iv) 1926.1431(b)(2)
(c) Equipment set-up. (1)-(2) 1926.1431(c)
(d) Equipment criteria. 1926.1431(d)
(1) Capacity: Use of suspended personnel platforms.
1926.1431(d)(1)
(2) Capacity: Use of boom-attached personnel platforms. 1926.1431(d)(2)
(3) Capacity: Hoisting personnel without a personnel platform. 1926.1431(d)(3)
(4) When the occupied personnel platform 1926.1431(d)(4)
(5) Devices. 1926.1431(d)(5)
(i) Equipment [A]-[B]1926.1431(d)(5)(i)
(ii) Articulating cranes must be equipped 1926.1431(d)(5)(ii)
(iii) Equipment with a luffing jib [A]-[B]1926.1431(d)(5)(iii)
(iv) Equipment with telescoping booms must be equipped with a device to indicate the boom's extended length clearly to the operator, or must have measuring marks on the boom. 1926.1431(d)(5)(iv)
(6) Direct attachment of a personnel platform to a luffing jib is prohibited. 1926.1431(d)(6) (e) Personnel platform criteria. 1926.1431(e) (1) A qualified person familiar 1926.1431(e)(1) (2) The system used to connect 1926.1431(e)(2) (3) The suspension system must be designed 1926.1431(e)(3) (4) The personnel platform itself 1926.1431(e)(4) (5) All welding of the personnel platform 1926.1431(e)(5) (6) The personnel platform must be equipped 1926.1431(e)(6) (7) A grab rail must be installed 1926.1431(e)(7) (8) Access gates/doors. (i)-(ii) 1926.1431(e)(8) (9) Headroom must be sufficient to allow 1926.1431(e)(9) (10) In addition to the use of hard 1926.1431(e)(10) (11) All edges exposed to employee 1926.1431(e)(11) (12) The weight of the platform and its rated capacity must be conspicuously posted on the platform with a plate or other permanent marking. 1926.1431(e)(12) (f) Personnel platform loading. (1)-(4) 1926.1431(f) (g) Attachment and rigging. (1)-(5) 1926.1431(g) (h) Trial lift and inspection. 1926.1431(h)
(1) A trial lift with the unoccupied personnel platform loaded at least to the anticipated liftweight must be made from ground level, or any other location where employees will enter the platform, to each location at which the platform is to be hoisted and positioned. Where there is more than one location to be reached from a single set-up position, either individual trial lifts for each location, or a single trial lift, in which the platform is moved sequentially to each location, must be performed; the method selected must be the same as the method that will be used to hoist the personnel. 1926.1431(h)(1)
(2) The trial lift must be performed (i)-(ii) 1926.1431(h)(2)
(3) The competent person must determine that: (i)-(iv) 1926.1431(h)(3) (4) Immediately after the trial (i)-(ii) 1926.1431(h)(4) (5) Immediately prior to each lift: (i)-(ii) 1926.1431(h)(5)
(6) Any condition found during 1926.1431(h)(6)
(i) [Reserved] 1926.1431(i)
(j) Proof testing. (1)-(4) 1926.1431(j)
(k) Work practices. 1926.1431(k)
(1) Hoisting of the personnel platform must be performed in a slow, controlled, cautious manner, with no sudden movements of the equipment or the platform. 1926.1431(k)(1)
(2) Platform occupants must: 1926.1431(k)(2)
(i) Keep all parts of the body inside the platform during raising, lowering, and horizontal movement. This provision does not apply to an occupant of the platform when necessary to position the platform or while performing the duties of a signal person. 1926.1431(k)(2)(i)
(ii) Not stand, sit on, or work from the top or intermediate rail or toeboard, or use any other means/device to raise their working height. 1926.1431(k)(2)(ii)
(iii) Not pull the platform out of plumb in relation to the hoisting equipment. 1926.1431(k)(2)(iii)
(3) Before employees exit or enter a hoisted personnel platform that is not landed, the platform must be secured to the structure where the work is to be performed, unless the employer can demonstrate that securing to the structure would create a greater hazard. 1926.1431(k)(3)
(4) If the platform is tied to the structure, 1926.1431(k)(4)
(5) Tag lines must be used 1926.1431(k)(5)
(6) Platforms without controls. 1926.1431(k)(6)
(7) Platforms with controls. (i)-(iii) 1926.1431(k)(7)
(9) Employees being hoisted must remain 1926.1431(k)(9)
(10) Fall protection. 1926.1431(k)(10)
(i) Except over water, employees occupying the personnel platform must be provided and use a personal fall arrest system. The system must be attached to a structural member within the personnel platform. When working over or near water, the requirements of §1926.106 apply. 1926.1431(k)(10)(i)
(ii) The fall arrest system, including the attachment point (anchorage) used to comply with paragraph (i) of this section, must meet the requirements in §1926.502. 1926.1431(k)(10)(ii)
(11) Other load lines. (i)-(ii) 1926.1431(k)(11)
(12) Traveling — equipment other than derricks. (i)-(ii) 1926.1431(k)(12)
(13) Traveling — derricks. 1926.1431(k)(13)
(l) [Reserved] 1926.1431(l)
(m) Pre-lift meeting. A pre-lift meeting must be: 1926.1431(m)
(1) Held to review the applicable requirements of this section and the procedures that will be followed. 1926.1431(m)(1)
(2) Attended by the equipment operator, 1926.1431(m)(2)
(3) Held prior to the trial 1926.1431(m)(3)
(n) Hoisting personnel near power lines. 1926.1431(n)
(o) Hoisting personnel in drill shafts. (1)-(3) 1926.1431(o)
(p) Hoisting personnel for pile driving operations. When hoisting an employee in pile driving operations, the following requirements must be met: 1926.1431(p)
(1) The employee must be in a personnel platform 1926.1431(p)(1)
(2) For lattice boom cranes: Clearly mark the cable (so that it can easily be seen by the operator) at a point that will give the operator sufficient time to stop the hoist to prevent two-blocking, or use a spotter who is in direct communication with the operator to inform the operator when this point is reached. For telescopic boom cranes: Clearly mark the cable (so that it can be easily seen by the operator) at a point that will give the operator sufficient time to stop the hoist to prevent two-blocking, and use a spotter who is in direct communication with the operator to inform the operator when this point is reached. 1926.1431(p)(2)
(3) If using a personnel platform, 1926.1431(p)(3)
(4) If using a boatswain's chair: (i)-(vi) 1926.1431(p)(4)
(q) [Reserved] 1926.1431(q)
(r) Hoisting personnel for marine transfer. (1)-(3) 1926.1431(r)
(s) Hoisting personnel for storage-tank (steel or concrete), shaft and chimney operations. (1)-(3) 1926.1431(s)
(1) Rated capacity and related information. (i)-(xvi) 1926.1433(d)(1)
(2) Load hooks 1926.1433(d)(2)
(3) Hook and ball assemblies and load blocks must be marked with their rated capacity and weight. 1926.1433(d)(3)
(4) Latching hooks. (i)-(iii) 1926.1433(d)(4)
(5) Posted warnings. 1926.1433(d)(5)
(6) An accessible fire extinguisher 1926.1433(d)(6)
(7) Cabs. Equipment with cabs must meet the following requirements: 1926.1433(d)(7)
(i) Cabs must be designed with a form 1926.1433(d)(7)(i)
(ii) Cab doors (swinging, sliding) 1926.1433(d)(7)(ii)
(iii) Windows.1926.1433(d)(7)(iii)
(iv) A clear passageway must be provided 1926.1433(d)(7)(iv)
(v) Areas of the cab roof 1926.1433(d)(7)(v)
(8) Belts, gears, 1926.1433(d)(8)
(9) All exhaust pipes, 1926.1433(d)(9)
(10) Hydraulic and pneumatic lines 1926.1433(d)(10)
(11) The equipment must be designed so that exhaust 1926.1433(d)(11)
(a) This section contains supplemental requirements for tower cranes; all sections of this subpart apply to tower cranes unless specified otherwise. 1926.1435(a)
(b) Erecting, climbing and dismantling. (1)-(8) 1926.1435(b)
(c) Signs. The size and location of signs installed on tower cranes must be in accordance with manufacturer specifications. Where these are unavailable, a registered professional engineer familiar with the type of equipment involved must approve in writing the size and location of any signs. 1926.1435(c)
(d) Safety devices. (1)-(3) 1926.1435(d)
(e) Operational aids. 1926.1435(e)
(1) Section 1926.1416 does 1926.1435(e)(1)
(2) The devices listed in this section 1926.1435(e)(2)
(3) Operations must not begin unless 1926.1435(e)(3)
(4) If an operational aid stops 1926.1435(e)(4)
(5) Category I operational aids and alternative measures. Operational aids listed in this paragraph that are not working properly must be repaired no later than 7 calendar days after the deficiency occurs. Exception: If the employer documents that it has ordered the necessary parts within 7 calendar days of the occurrence of the deficiency, the repair must be completed within 7 calendar days of receipt of the parts. 1926.1435(e)(5)
(i) Trolley travel limiting device. The travel of the trolley must be restricted at both ends of the jib by a trolley travel limiting device to prevent the trolley from running into the trolley end stops. Temporary alternative measures: 1926.1435(e)(5)(i)
(ii) Boom hoist limiting device. The range of the boom must be limited at the minimum and maximum radius. Temporary alternative measures: Clearly mark the cable (so it can be seen by the operator) at a point that will give the operator sufficient time to stop the boom hoist within the minimum and maximum boom radius, or use a spotter who is in direct communication with the operator to inform the operator when this point is reached. 1926.1435(e)(5)(ii)
(iii) Anti two-blocking device. The tower crane must be equipped with a device which automatically prevents damage from contact between the load block, overhaul ball, or similar component, and the boom tip (or fixed upper block or similar component). The device(s) must prevent such damage at all points where two-blocking could occur. Temporary alternative measures: Clearly mark the cable (so it can be seen by the operator) at a point that will give the operator sufficient time to stop the hoist to prevent two-blocking, or use a spotter who is in direct communication with the operator to inform the operator when this point is reached. 1926.1435(e)(5)(iii)
(iv) Hoist drum lower limiting device. Tower cranes manufactured after November 8, 2011 must be equipped with a device that prevents the last 2 wraps of hoist cable from being spooled off the drum. Temporary alternative measures: Mark the cable (so it can be seen by the operator) at a point that will give the operator sufficient time to stop the hoist prior to last 2 wraps of hoist cable being spooled off the drum, or use a spotter who is in direct communication with the operator to inform the operator when this point is reached 1926.1435(e)(5)(iv)
(v) Load moment limiting device. 1926.1435(e)(5)(v)
(vi) Hoist line pull limiting device. 1926.1435(e)(5)(vi)
(viii) Boom hoist drum positive locking device and control. 1926.1435(e)(5)(viii)
(6) Category II operational aids and alternative measures. Operational aids listed in this paragraph that are not working properly must be repaired no later than 30 calendar days after the deficiency occurs. Exception: If the employer documents that it has ordered the necessary parts within 7 calendar days of the occurrence of the deficiency, and the part is not received in time to complete the repair in 30 calendar days, the repair must be completed within 7 calendar days of receipt of the parts.
(2) Pre-erection inspection. Before each crane component is erected, it must be inspected by a qualified person for damage or excessive wear. 1926.1435(f)(2)
§1926.1439
Succinct Construction Regulations and Standards
(i) The qualified person must pay 1926.1435(f)(2)(i)
(ii) If the qualified person determines 1926.1435(f)(2)(ii)
(iii) If the qualified person determines that, though not presently a safety hazard, the component needs to be monitored, the employer must ensure that the component is checked in the monthly inspections. Any such determination must be documented, and the documentation must be available to any individual who conducts a monthly inspection. 1926.1435(f)(2)(iii)
(a) The provisions of subpart CC apply to dedicated pile drivers, except as specified in this section. 1926.1439(a)
(b) Section 1926.1416(d)(3) (Anti two-blocking device) does not apply. 1926.1439(b)
(c) Section 1926.1416(e)(4) (Load weighing and similar devices) applies only to dedicated pile drivers manufactured after November 8, 2011. 1926.1439(c)
(d) In §1926.1433, only §§1926.1433(d) and (e) apply to dedicated pile drivers. 1926.1439(d)
§1926.1441 Equipment with a rated hoisting/lifting capacity of 2,000 pounds or less (a)-(k)
§1926.1443 Severability
Should a court of competent jurisdiction hold any provision(s) of subpart CC to be invalid, such action shall not affect any other provision of the subpart.
Appendix A Subpart CC of Part 1926 — Standard Hand Signals
RAISETHEBOOMAND
LOWERTHELOAD– With armextendedhorizontallytothe sideandthumbpointingup, fingersopenand closewhile loadmovementisdesired.
STOP – With arm extended horizontally to the side, palm down, arm is swung back and forth.
EMERGENCY STOP – With both arms extended horizontally to the side, palms down, arms are swung back and forth.
LOWER – With arm and index finger pointing down, hand and finger make small circles.
DOGEVERYTHING– Hands heldtogetheratwaistlevel.
– With upper arm extended to the side, forearm and index finger pointing straight up, hand and finger make small circles.
RAISE BOOM – Witharm extended horizontally to the side, thumb points up with other fingers closed.
EXTEND TELESCOPING BOOM – With hands to the front at waist level, thumbs point outward with other fingers closed.
LOWER BOOM – Witharm extended horizontally to the side, thumb points down with other fingers closed.
SWING – With arm extended horizontally, index finger points in direction that boom is to swing.
RETRACT TELESCOPING BOOM – With hands to the front at waist level, thumbs point at each other with other fingers closed.
LOWERTHEBOOMAND
RAISETHELOAD– Witharm extended horizontally to theside andthumbpointingdown,fingers openand closewhileload movementisdesired.
TRAVEL/TOWER TRAVEL
With all fingers pointing up, arm is extended horizontally out and back to make a pushing motion in the direction of travel.
USE AUXILIARY HOIST (whipline) – With arm bent at elbow and forearm vertical, elbow is tapped with other hand. Then regular signal is used to indicate desired action.
MOVESLOWLY– Ahandis placedinfront ofthe handthat is givingtheactionsignal.
CRAWLER CRANE TRAVEL, BOTH TRACKS –
Rotate fists around each other in front of body; direction of rotation away from body indicates travel forward; rotation towards body indicates travel backward.
HOIST
USE MAIN HOIST – A hand taps on top of the head. Then regular signal is given to indicate desired action.
CRAWLER CRANE TRAVEL, ONE TRACK – Indicate track to be locked by raising fist on that side. Rotate other fist in front of body in direction that other track is to travel.
– With TROLLEY TRAVEL palm up, fingers closed and thumb pointing in direction of motion, hand is jerked horizontally in direction trolley is to travel.
Appendix A Part 1926 — Designations for General Industry Standards Incorporated Into Body of Construction Standards
New Designations for General Industry Standards Incorporated Into Body of Construction Standards.
1926.900 (s) 1910.109 (g)(2)(ii) [Do.] (t) [Do.] (h)(3)(ii)
1926.905(u) [Do.] (e)(3)(iii)
1926.914(aa) [Do.] (a)(12)
1926.1050(b) 1910.21(g)(9)
1926.1071 1910.401
1926.1072 1910.402
1926.1076 1910.410
1926.1080 1910.420
1926.1081 1910.421
1926.1082 1910.422
1926.1083 1910.423
1926.1084
1910.424
1926.1085 1910.425
1926.1086
1926.1087
1926.1090
1926.1091
1926.1092
1926.1102 1910.1002
1926.1103 1910.1003
1926.1104 1910.1004
1926.1105 1910.1005
1926.1106 1910.1006
1926.1107 1910.1007
1926.1108 1910.1008
1926.1109 1910.1009
1926.1110 1910.1010
1926.1111 1910.1011
1926.1112 1910.1012
1926.1113 1910.1013
1926.1114 1910.1014
1926.1115 1910.1015
1926.1116 1910.1016
1926.1117 1910.1017
1926.1118 1910.1018
1926.1128 1910.1028
1926.1129 1910.1029
1926.1144 1910.1044
1926.1145 1910.1045
1926.1147 1910.1047
1926.1148 1910.1048
New § Nº and/or Para.
Source § Nº and/or Para.
New § Nº and/or Para.
Source § Nº and/or Para.
Part 1910 – General Industry
§1910.12 Construction work
(a) Standards. The standards prescribed in part 1926 of this chapter are adopted as occupational safety and health standards under section 6 of the Act and shall apply, according to the provisions thereof, to every employment and place of employment of every employee engaged in construction work. Each employer shall protect the employment and places of employment of each of his employees engaged in construction work by complying with the appropriate standards prescribed in this paragraph.1910.12(a)
(b) Definition. For purposes of this section, Construction work means work for construction, alteration, and/or repair, including painting and decorating. See discussion of these terms in §1926.13 of this title.1910.12(b)
(c) Construction Safety Act distinguished. This section adopts as occupational safety and health standards under section 6 of the Act the standards which are prescribed in part 1926 of this chapter. Thus, the standards (substantive rules) published in subpart C and the following subparts of part 1926 of this chapter are applied. This section does not incorporate subparts A and B of part 1926 of this chapter. Subparts A and B have pertinence only to the application of section 107 of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (the Construction Safety Act). For example, the interpretation of the term "subcontractor" in paragraph (c) of §1926.13 of this chapter is significant in discerning the coverage of the Construction Safety Act and duties thereunder. However, the term "subcontractor" has no significance in the application of the Act, which was enacted under the Commerce Clause and which establishes duties for "employers" which are not dependent for their application upon any contractual relationship with the Federal Government or upon any form of Federal financial assistance.1910.12(c)
(d) For the purposes of this part, to the extent that it may not already be included in paragraph (b) of this section, "construction work" includes the erection of new electric transmission and distribution lines and equipment, and the alteration, conversion, and improvement of the existing transmission and distribution lines and equipment.1910.12(d)
§1910.134 Respiratory protection
This section applies to General Industry (part 1910), Shipyards (part 1915), Marine Terminals (part 1917), Longshoring (part 1918), and Construction (part 1926).
(a) Permissible practice. 1910.134(a)
(1) In the control of those occupational diseases caused by breathing air contaminated with harmful dusts, fogs, fumes, mists, gases, smokes, sprays, or vapors, the primary objective shall be to prevent atmospheric contamination. This shall be accomplished as far as feasible by accepted engineering control measures (for example, enclosure or confinement of the operation, general and local ventilation, and substitution of less toxic materials). When effective engineering controls are not feasible, or while they are being instituted, appropriate respirators shall be used pursuant to this section. 1910.134(a)(1)
(2) A respirator shall be provided to each employee when such equipment is necessary to protect the health of such employee. The employer shall provide the respirators which are applicable and suitable for the purpose intended. The employer shall be responsible for the establishment and maintenance of a respiratory protection program, which shall include the requirements outlined in paragraph (c) of this section. The program shall cover each employee required by this section to use a respirator.
1910.134(a)(2)
(b) Definitions. The following definitions are important terms used in the respiratory protection standard in this section.
Air-purifying respirator means a respirator with an air-purifying filter, cartridge, or canister that removes specific air contaminants by passing ambient air through the air-purifying element.
Assigned protection factor (APF) means the workplace level of respiratory protection that a respirator or class of respirators is expected to provide to employees when the employer implements a continuing, effective respiratory protection program as specified by this section.
Atmosphere-supplying respirator means a respirator that supplies the respirator user with breathing air from a source independent of the ambient atmosphere, and includes supplied-air respirators (SARs) and self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) units.
Canister or cartridge means a container with a filter, sorbent, or catalyst, or combination of these items, which removes specific contaminants from the air passed through the container.
Demand respirator means an atmosphere-supplying respirator that admits breathing air to the facepiece only when a negative pressure is created inside the facepiece by inhalation.
Emergency situation means any occurrence such as, but not limited to, equipment failure, rupture of containers, or failure of control equipment that may or does result in an uncontrolled significant release of an airborne contaminant.
Employee exposure means exposure to a concentration of an airborne contaminant that would occur if the employee were not using respiratory protection.
End-of-service-life indicator (ESLI) means a system that warns the respirator user of the approach of the end of adequate respiratory protection, for example, that the sorbent is approaching saturation or is no longer effective.
Escape-only respirator means a respirator intended to be used only for emergency exit.
Filter or air purifying element means a component used in respirators to remove solid or liquid aerosols from the inspired air.
Filtering facepiece (dust mask) means a negative pressure particulate respirator with a filter as an integral part of the facepiece or with the entire facepiece composed of the filtering medium.
Fit factor means a quantitative estimate of the fit of a particular respirator to a specific individual, and typically estimates the ratio of the concentration of a substance in ambient air to its concentration inside the respirator when worn.
Fit test means the use of a protocol to qualitatively or quantitatively evaluate the fit of a respirator on an individual. (See also Qualitative fit test QLFT and Quantitative fit test QNFT.)
Helmet means a rigid respiratory inlet covering that also provides head protection against impact and penetration.
High efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter means a filter that is at least 99.97% efficient in removing monodisperse particles of 0.3 micrometers in diameter. The equivalent NIOSH 42 CFR 84 particulate filters are the N100, R100, and P100 filters.
Hood means a respiratory inlet covering that completely covers the head and neck and may also cover portions of the shoulders and torso.
Immediately dangerous to life or health (IDLH) means an atmosphere that poses an immediate threat to life, would cause irreversible adverse health effects, or would impair an individual's ability to escape from a dangerous atmosphere.
Interior structural firefighting means the physical activity of fire suppression, rescue or both, inside of buildings or enclosed structures which are involved in a fire situation beyond the incipient stage. (See 29 CFR 1910.155)
Loose-fitting facepiece means a respiratory inlet covering that is designed to form a partial seal with the face.
Maximum use concentration (MUC) means the maximum atmospheric concentration of a hazardous substance from which an employee can be expected to be protected when wearing a respirator, and is determined by the assigned protection factor of the respirator or class of respirators and the exposure limit of the hazardous substance. The MUC can be determined mathematically by multiplying the assigned protection factor specified for a respirator by the required OSHA permissible exposure limit, short-term exposure limit, or ceiling limit. When no OSHA exposure limit is available for a hazardous substance, an employer must determine an MUC on the basis of relevant available information and informed professional judgment.
Negative pressure respirator (tight fitting) means a respirator in which the air pressure inside the facepiece is negative during inhalation with respect to the ambient air pressure outside the respirator.
Oxygen deficient atmosphere means an atmosphere with an oxygen content below 19.5% by volume.
Physician or other licensed health care professional (PLHCP) means an individual whose legally permitted scope of practice (i.e., license, registration, or certification) allows him or her to independently provide, or be delegated the responsibility to provide, some or all of the health care services required by paragraph (e) of this section.
Positive pressure respirator means a respirator in which the pressure inside the respiratory inlet covering exceeds the ambient air pressure outside the respirator.
Powered air-purifying respirator (PAPR) means an air-purifying respirator that uses a blower to force the ambient air through air-purifying elements to the inlet covering.
Succinct Construction Regulations and Standards
Pressure demand respirator means a positive pressure atmosphere-supplying respirator that admits breathing air to the facepiece when the positive pressure is reduced inside the facepiece by inhalation.
Qualitative fit test (QLFT) means a pass/fail fit test to assess the adequacy of respirator fit that relies on the individual's response to the test agent.
Quantitative fit test (QNFT) means an assessment of the adequacy of respirator fit by numerically measuring the amount of leakage into the respirator.
Respiratory inlet covering means that portion of a respirator that forms the protective barrier between the user's respiratory tract and an air-purifying device or breathing air source, or both. It may be a facepiece, helmet, hood, suit, or a mouthpiece respirator with nose clamp.
Self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA) means an atmosphere-supplying respirator for which the breathing air source is designed to be carried by the user.
Service life means the period of time that a respirator, filter or sorbent, or other respiratory equipment provides adequate protection to the wearer.
Supplied-air respirator (SAR) or airline respirator means an atmosphere-supplying respirator for which the source of breathing air is not designed to be carried by the user.
This section means this respiratory protection standard. Tight-fitting facepiece means a respiratory inlet covering that forms a complete seal with the face.
User seal check means an action conducted by the respirator user to determine if the respirator is properly seated to the face.
(c) Respiratory protection program. This paragraph requires the employer to develop and implement a written respiratory protection program with required worksite-specific procedures and elements for required respirator use. The program must be administered by a suitably trained program administrator. In addition, certain program elements may be required for voluntary use to prevent potential hazards associated with the use of the respirator. The Small Entity Compliance Guide contains criteria for the selection of a program administrator and a sample program that meets the requirements of this paragraph. Copies of the Small Entity Compliance Guide will be available on or about April 8, 1998 from the Occupational Safety and Health Administration's Office of Publications, Room N 3101, 200 Constitution Avenue, NW, Washington, DC, 20210 (202-219-4667).1910.134(c)
Letter of Interpretation (LOI) Stop: Medical evaluation for dust mask use - Non-voluntary use of a filtering facepiece (dust mask/disposable paper type dust respirator) requires that the employer establish and implement a written respiratory protection program with worksite-specific procedures [and] must include the medical evalution of employees. Voluntary use does not require medical evaluation. The employer needs only to ensure that the dust masks are not ditry or contaminated, that their use does not interfere with the employee's ability to work safely, and provide a copy of Appendix D [information for employees using respirators when not required under the standard] to each voluntar wearer.
(1) In any workplace where respirators are necessary to protect the health of the employee or whenever respirators are required by the employer, the employer shall establish and implement a written respiratory protection program with worksite-specific procedures. The program shall be updated as necessary to reflect those changes in workplace conditions that affect respirator use. The employer shall include in the program the following provisions of this section, as applicable: 1910.134(c)(1)
(i) Procedures for selecting respirators for use in the workplace;1910.134(c)(1)(i)
(ii) Medical evaluations of employees required to use respirators;1910.134(c)(1)(ii)
(iii) Fit testing procedures for tight-fitting respirators; 1910.134(c)(1)(iii)
(iv) Procedures for proper use of respirators in routine and reasonably foreseeable emergency situations; 1910.134(c)(1)(iv)
(v) Procedures and schedules for cleaning, disinfecting, storing, inspecting, repairing, discarding, and otherwise maintaining respirators; 1910.134(c)(1)(v)
(vi) Procedures to ensure adequate air quality, quantity, and flow of breathing air for atmosphere-supplying respirators; 1910.134(c)(1)(vi)
(vii) Training of employees in the respiratory hazards to which they are potentially exposed during routine and emergency situations; 1910.134(c)(1)(vii)
(viii) Training of employees in the proper use of respirators, including putting on and removing them, any limitations on their use, and their maintenance; and 1910.134(c)(1)(viii)
(ix) Procedures for regularly evaluating the effectiveness of the program. 1910.134(c)(1)(ix)
(2) Where respirator use is not required: 1910.134(c)(2)
(i) An employer may provide respirators at the request of employees or permit employees to use their own respirators, if the employer determines that such respirator use will not in itself create a hazard. If the employer determines that any voluntary respirator use is permissible, the employer shall provide the respirator users with the information contained in appendix D to this section ("Information for Employees Using Respirators When Not Required Under the Standard"); and 1910.134(c)(2)(i)
(ii) In addition, the employer must establish and implement those elements of a written respiratory protection program necessary to ensure that any employee using a respirator voluntarily is medically able to use that respirator, and that the respirator is cleaned, stored, and maintained so that its use does not present a health hazard to the user.
1910.134(c)(2)(ii)
Exception: Employers are not required to include in a written respiratory protection program those employees whose only use of respirators involves the voluntary use of filtering facepieces (dust masks).
(3) The employer shall designate a program administrator who is qualified by appropriate training or experience that is commensurate with the complexity of the program to administer or oversee the respiratory protection program and conduct the required evaluations of program effectiveness. 1910.134(c)(3)
(4) The employer shall provide respirators, training, and medical evaluations at no cost to the employee. 1910.134(c)(4)
(d) Selection of respirators. This paragraph requires the employer to evaluate respiratory hazard(s) in the workplace, identify relevant workplace and user factors, and base respirator selection on these factors. The paragraph also specifies appropriately protective respirators for use in IDLH atmospheres, and limits the selection and use of air-purifying respirators.1910.134(d)
(1) General requirements. 1910.134(d)(1)
(i) The employer shall select and provide an appropriate respirator based on the respiratory hazard(s) to which the worker is exposed and workplace and user factors that affect respirator performance and reliability. 1910.134(d)(1)(i)
(ii) The employer shall select a NIOSH-certified respirator. The respirator shall be used in compliance with the conditions of its certification. 1910.134(d)(1)(ii)
(iii) The employer shall identify and evaluate the respiratory hazard(s) in the workplace; this evaluation shall include a reasonable estimate of employee exposures to respiratory hazard(s) and an identification of the contaminant's chemical state and physical form. Where the employer cannot identify or reasonably estimate the employee exposure, the employer shall consider the atmosphere to be IDLH. 1910.134(d)(1)(iii)
(iv) The employer shall select respirators from a sufficient number of respirator models and sizes so that the respirator is acceptable to, and correctly fits, the user. 1910.134(d)(1)(iv)
(2) Respirators for IDLH atmospheres. 1910.134(d)(2)
(i) The employer shall provide the following respirators for employee use in IDLH atmospheres: 1910.134(d)(2)(i)
(ii) Respirators provided only for escape from IDLH atmospheres shall be NIOSH-certified for escape from the atmosphere in which they will be used. 1910.134(d)(2)(ii)
(iii) All oxygen-deficient atmospheres shall be considered IDLH. 1910.134(d)(2)(iii)
Exception: If the employer demonstrates that, under all foreseeable conditions, the oxygen concentration can be maintained within the ranges specified in Table II of this section (i.e., for the altitudes set out in the table), then any atmosphere-supplying respirator may be used.
(3) Respirators for atmospheres that are not IDLH. 1910.134(d)(3)
(i) The employer shall provide a respirator that is adequate to protect the health of the employee and ensure compliance with all other OSHA statutory and regulatory requirements, under routine and reasonably foreseeable emergency situations. 1910.134(d)(3)(i)
[A] Assigned Protection Factors (APFs). Employers must use the assigned protection factors listed in Table 1 to select a respirator that meets or exceeds the required level of employee protection. When using a combination respirator (e.g., airline respirators with an air-purifying filter), employers must ensure that the
assigned protection factor is appropriate to the mode of operation in which the respirator is being used.
1910.134(d)(3)(i)[A]
1. Air-Purifying Respirator 5
2. Powered AirPurifying Respirator (PAPR)
3. Supplied-Air Respirator (SAR) or Airline Respirator
•
4. SelfContained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA)
• Demand mode 10 50 50
• Pressure-demand or other positive-pressure mode (e.g., open/closed circuit)
Notes:
1 Employers may select respirators assigned for use in higher workplace concentrations of a hazardous substance for use at lower concentrations of that substance, or when required respirator use is independent of concentration.
2 The assigned protection factors in Table 1 are only effective when the employer implements a continuing, effective respirator program as required by this section (29 CFR 1910.134), including training, fit testing, maintenance, and use requirements.
3 This APF category includes filtering facepieces, and half masks with elastomeric facepieces.
4 The employer must have evidence provided by the respirator manufacturer that testing of these respirators demonstrates performance at a level of protection of 1,000 or greater to receive an APF of 1,000. This level of performance can best be demonstrated by performing a WPF or SWPF study or equivalent testing. Absent such testing, all other PAPRs and SARs with helmets/ hoods are to be treated as loose-fitting facepiece respirators, and receive an APF of 25.
5 These APFs do not apply to respirators used solely for escape. For escape respirators used in association with specific substances covered by 29 CFR 1910 subpart Z, employers must refer to the appropriate substance-specific standards in that subpart. Escape respirators for other IDLH atmospheres are specified by 29 CFR 1910.134 (d)(2)(ii).
[B] Maximum Use Concentration (MUC).[1]-[3] 1910.134(d)(3)(i)[B]
(ii) The respirator selected shall be appropriate for the chemical state and physical form of the contaminant. 1910.134(d)(3)(ii)
(iii) For protection against gases and vapors, the employer shall provide: 1910.134(d)(3)(iii)
[A] An atmosphere-supplying respirator, or 1910.134(d)(3)(iii)[A]
[B] An air-purifying respirator, provided that: 1910.134(d)(3)(iii)[B]
[1] The respirator is equipped with an end-of-service-life indicator (ESLI) certified by NIOSH for the contaminant; or1910.134(d)(3)(iii)[B][1]
[2] If there is no ESLI appropriate for conditions in the employer's workplace, the employer implements a change schedule for canisters and cartridges that is based on objective information or data that will ensure that canisters and cartridges are changed before the end of their service life. The employer shall describe in the respirator program the information and data relied upon and the basis for the canister and cartridge change schedule and the basis for reliance on the data. 1910.134(d)(3)(iii)[B][2]
(iv) For protection against particulates, the employer shall provide:1910.134(d)(3)(iv)
[A] An atmosphere-supplying respirator; or 1910.134(d)(3)(iv)[A]
[B] An air-purifying respirator equipped with a filter certified by NIOSH under 30 CFR part 11 as a high efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter, or an air-purifying respirator equipped with a filter certified for particulates by NIOSH under 42 CFR part 84; or 1910.134(d)(3)(iv)[B]
[C] For contaminants consisting primarily of particles with mass median aerodynamic diameters (MMAD) of at least 2 micrometers, an air-purifying respirator equipped with any filter certified for particulates by NIOSH. 1910.134(d)(3)(iv)[C]
1 Above 8,000 feet the exception does not apply. Oxygen-enriched breathing air must be supplied above 14,000 feet.
(e) Medical evaluation. Using a respirator may place a physiological burden on employees that varies with the type of respirator worn, the job and workplace conditions in which the respirator is used, and the medical status of the employee. Accordingly, this paragraph specifies the minimum requirements for medical evaluation that employers must implement to determine the employee's ability to use a respirator.1910.134(e)
(1) General. The employer shall provide a medical evaluation to determine the employee's ability to use a respirator, before the employee is fit tested or required to use the respirator in the workplace. The employer may discontinue an employee's medical evaluations when the employee is no longer required to use a respirator. 1910.134(e)(1)
(2) Medical evaluation procedures. 1910.134(e)(2)
(i) The employer shall identify a physician or other licensed health care professional (PLHCP) to perform medical evaluations using a medical questionnaire or an initial medical examination that obtains the same information as the medical questionnaire. 1910.134(e)(2)(i)
(ii) The medical evaluation shall obtain the information requested by the questionnaire in Sections 1 and 2, part A of appendix C of this section. 1910.134(e)(2)(ii)
(3) Follow-up medical examination. 1910.134(e)(3)
(i) The employer shall ensure that a follow-up medical examination is provided for an employee who gives a positive response to any question among questions 1 through 8 in Section 2, part A of appendix C or whose initial medical examination demonstrates the need for a follow-up medical examination. 1910.134(e)(3)(i)
(ii) The follow-up medical examination shall include any medical tests, consultations, or diagnostic procedures that the PLHCP deems necessary to make a final determination. 1910.134(e)(3)(ii) Table 1 — Assigned Protection Factors5
Table I — Assigned Protection Factors [Reserved]Table II
(4) Administration of the medical questionnaire and examinations. 1910.134(e)(4)
(i) The medical questionnaire and examinations shall be administered confidentially during the employee's normal working hours or at a time and place convenient to the employee. The medical questionnaire shall be administered in a manner that ensures that the employee understands its content. 1910.134(e)(4)(i)
(ii) The employer shall provide the employee with an opportunity to discuss the questionnaire and examination results with the PLHCP. 1910.134(e)(4)(ii)
(5) Supplemental information for the PLHCP. 1910.134(e)(5)
(i) The following information must be provided to the PLHCP before the PLHCP makes a recommendation concerning an employee's ability to use a respirator: 1910.134(e)(5)(i)
[A] The type and weight of the respirator to be used by the employee; 1910.134(e)(5)(i)[A]
[B] The duration and frequency of respirator use (including use for rescue and escape); 1910.134(e)(5)(i)[B]
[C] The expected physical work effort; 1910.134(e)(5)(i)[C]
[D] Additional protective clothing and equipment to be worn; and 1910.134(e)(5)(i)[D]
[E] Temperature and humidity extremes that may be encountered. 1910.134(e)(5)(i)[E]
(ii) Any supplemental information provided previously to the PLHCP regarding an employee need not be provided for a subsequent medical evaluation if the information and the PLHCP remain the same. 1910.134(e)(5)(ii)
(iii) The employer shall provide the PLHCP with a copy of the written respiratory protection program and a copy of this section. 1910.134(e)(5)(iii)
Note to paragraph (e)(5)(iii): When the employer replaces a PLHCP, the employer must ensure that the new PLHCP obtains this information, either by providing the documents directly to the PLHCP or having the documents transferred from the former PLHCP to the new PLHCP. However, OSHA does not expect employers to have employees medically reevaluated solely because a new PLHCP has been selected.
(6) Medical determination. In determining the employee's ability to use a respirator, the employer shall: 1910.134(e)(6)
(i) Obtain a written recommendation regarding the employee's ability to use the respirator from the PLHCP. The recommendation shall provide only the following information: 1910.134(e)(6)(i)
[A] Any limitations on respirator use related to the medical condition of the employee, or relating to the workplace conditions in which the respirator will be used, including whether or not the employee is medically able to use the respirator; 1910.134(e)(6)(i)[A]
[B] The need, if any, for follow-up medical evaluations; and 1910.134(e)(6)(i)[B]
[C] A statement that the PLHCP has provided the employee with a copy of the PLHCP's written recommendation. 1910.134(e)(6)(i)[C]
(ii) If the respirator is a negative pressure respirator and the PLHCP finds a medical condition that may place the employee's health at increased risk if the respirator is used, the employer shall provide a PAPR if the PLHCP's medical evaluation finds that the employee can use such a respirator; if a subsequent medical evaluation finds that the employee is medically able to use a negative pressure respirator, then the employer is no longer required to provide a PAPR. 1910.134(e)(6)(ii)
(7) Additional medical evaluations. At a minimum, the employer shall provide additional medical evaluations that comply with the requirements of this section if: 1910.134(e)(7)
(i) An employee reports medical signs or symptoms that are related to ability to use a respirator; 1910.134(e)(7)(i)
(ii) A PLHCP, supervisor, or the respirator program administrator informs the employer that an employee needs to be reevaluated; 1910.134(e)(7)(ii)
(iii) Information from the respiratory protection program, including observations made during fit testing and program evaluation, indicates a need for employee reevaluation; or 1910.134(e)(7)(iii)
(iv) A change occurs in workplace conditions (e.g., physical work effort, protective clothing, temperature) that may result in a substantial increase in the physiological burden placed on an employee. 1910.134(e)(7)(iv)
Letter of Interpretation (LOI) Stop: Medical evaluation for dust mask use - Non-voluntary use of a filtering facepiece (dust mask/disposable paper type dust respirator) requires that the employer establish and implement a written respiratory protection program with worksite-specific procedures [and] must include the medical evalution of employees. Voluntary
use does not require medical evaluation. The employer needs only to ensure that the dust masks are not ditry or contaminated, that their use does not interfere with the employee's ability to work safely, and provide a copy of Appendix D [information for employees using respirators when not required under the standard] to each voluntar wearer.
(f) Fit testing. This paragraph requires that, before an employee may be required to use any respirator with a negative or positive pressure tight-fitting facepiece, the employee must be fit tested with the same make, model, style, and size of respirator that will be used. This paragraph specifies the kinds of fit tests allowed, the procedures for conducting them, and how the results of the fit tests must be used.
1910.134(f)
(1) The employer shall ensure that employees using a tight-fitting facepiece respirator pass an appropriate qualitative fit test (QLFT) or quantitative fit test (QNFT) as stated in this paragraph. 1910.134(f)(1)
(2) The employer shall ensure that an employee using a tight-fitting facepiece respirator is fit tested prior to initial use of the respirator, whenever a different respirator facepiece (size, style, model or make) is used, and at least annually thereafter. 1910.134(f)(2)
(3) The employer shall conduct an additional fit test whenever the employee reports, or the employer, PLHCP, supervisor, or program administrator makes visual observations of, changes in the employee's physical condition that could affect respirator fit. Such conditions include, but are not limited to, facial scarring, dental changes, cosmetic surgery, or an obvious change in body weight. 1910.134(f)(3)
(4) If after passing a QLFT or QNFT, the employee subsequently notifies the employer, program administrator, supervisor, or PLHCP that the fit of the respirator is unacceptable, the employee shall be given a reasonable opportunity to select a different respirator facepiece and to be retested. 1910.134(f)(4)
(5) The fit test shall be administered using an OSHA-accepted QLFT or QNFT protocol. The OSHA-accepted QLFT and QNFT protocols and procedures are contained in appendix A of this section. 1910.134(f)(5)
(6) QLFT may only be used to fit test negative pressure air-purifying respirators that must achieve a fit factor of 100 or less.
1910.134(f)(6)
(7) If the fit factor, as determined through an OSHA-accepted QNFT protocol, is equal to or greater than 100 for tight-fitting half facepieces, or equal to or greater than 500 for tight-fitting full facepieces, the QNFT has been passed with that respirator.
1910.134(f)(7)
(8) Fit testing of tight-fitting atmosphere-supplying respirators and tight-fitting powered air-purifying respirators shall be accomplished by performing quantitative or qualitative fit testing in the negative pressure mode, regardless of the mode of operation (negative or positive pressure) that is used for respiratory protection. 1910.134(f)(8)
(g) Use of respirators. This paragraph requires employers to establish and implement procedures for the proper use of respirators. These requirements include prohibiting conditions that may result in facepiece seal leakage, preventing employees from removing respirators in hazardous environments, taking actions to ensure continued effective respirator operation throughout the work shift, and establishing procedures for the use of respirators in IDLH atmospheres or in interior structural firefighting situations.1910.134(g)
(1) Facepiece seal protection. 1910.134(g)(1)
(i) The employer shall not permit respirators with tight-fitting facepieces to be worn by employees who have:
1910.134(g)(1)(i)
[A] Facial hair that comes between the sealing surface of the facepiece and the face or that interferes with valve function; or 1910.134(g)(1)(i)[A]
[B] Any condition that interferes with the face-to-facepiece seal or valve function. 1910.134(g)(1)(i)[B]
(ii) If an employee wears 1910.134(g)(1)(ii)
(iii) For all tight-fitting respirators, 1910.134(g)(1)(iii)
[A] To wash their faces and respirator facepieces as necessary to prevent eye or skin irritation associated with respirator use; or 1910.134(g)(2)(ii)[A]
[B] If they detect vapor or gas breakthrough, changes in breathing resistance, or leakage of the facepiece; or 1910.134(g)(2)(ii)[B]
[C] To replace the respirator or the filter, cartridge, or canister elements. 1910.134(g)(2)(ii)[C]
(3) Procedures for IDLH atmospheres. For all IDLH atmospheres, the employer shall ensure that: 1910.134(g)(3)
[A] Pressure demand or other positive pressure SCBAs, or a pressure demand or other positive pressure supplied-air respirator with auxiliary SCBA; and either 1910.134(g)(3)(vi)[A]
[B] Appropriate retrieval equipment for removing the employee(s) who enter(s) these hazardous atmospheres where retrieval equipment would contribute to the rescue of the employee(s) and would not increase the overall risk resulting from entry; or 1910.134(g)(3)(vi)[B]
[C] Equivalent means for rescue where retrieval equipment is not required under paragraph (g)(3)(vi)(B). 1910.134(g)(3)(vi)[C]
(4) Procedures for interior structural firefighting. In addition to the requirements set forth under paragraph (g)(3), in interior structural fires, the employer shall ensure that: 1910.134(g)(4)
Note 1 to paragraph (g): One of the two individuals located outside the IDLH atmosphere may be assigned to an additional role, such as incident commander in charge of the emergency or safety officer, so long as this individual is able to perform assistance or rescue activities without jeopardizing the safety or health of any firefighter working at the incident.
Note 2 to paragraph (g): Nothing in this section is meant to preclude firefighters from performing emergency rescue activities before an entire team has assembled.
(h) Maintenance and care of respirators. This paragraph requires the employer to provide for the cleaning and disinfecting, storage, inspection, and repair of respirators used by employees.1910.134(h)
(1) Cleaning and disinfecting. The employer shall provide each respirator user with a respirator that is clean, sanitary, and in good working order. The employer shall ensure that respirators are cleaned and disinfected using the procedures in appendix B-2 of this section, or procedures recommended by the respirator manufacturer, provided that such procedures are of equivalent effectiveness. The respirators shall be cleaned and disinfected at the following intervals: 1910.134(h)(1)
(i) Respirators issued for the exclusive use of an employee shall be cleaned and disinfected as often as necessary to be maintained in a sanitary condition; 1910.134(h)(1)(i)
(ii) Respirators issued to more than one employee shall be cleaned and disinfected before being worn by different individuals; 1910.134(h)(1)(ii)
(iii) Respirators maintained for emergency use shall be cleaned and disinfected after each use; and 1910.134(h)(1)(iii)
(iv) Respirators used in fit testing and training shall be cleaned and disinfected after each use. 1910.134(h)(1)(iv)
(2) Storage. The employer shall ensure that respirators are stored as follows: 1910.134(h)(2)
(i) All respirators shall be stored to protect them from damage, contamination, dust, sunlight, extreme temperatures, excessive moisture, and damaging chemicals, and they shall be packed or stored to prevent deformation of the facepiece and exhalation valve. 1910.134(h)(2)(i)
(ii) In addition to the requirements [A]-[C]1910.134(h)(2)(ii)
[A] Kept accessible to the work area; 1910.134(h)(2)(ii)[A]
[B] Stored in compartments or in covers that are clearly marked as containing emergency respirators; and 1910.134(h)(2)(ii)[B]
[C] Stored in accordance with any applicable manufacturer instructions. 1910.134(h)(2)(ii)[C]
(3) Inspection. 1910.134(h)(3)
(i) The employer shall ensure that respirators are inspected as follows: 1910.134(h)(3)(i)
[A] All respirators used in routine situations shall be inspected before each use and during cleaning; 1910.134(h)(3)(i)[A]
[B] All respirators maintained for use in emergency situations shall be inspected at least monthly and in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, and shall be checked for proper function before and after each use; and 1910.134(h)(3)(i)[B]
[C] Emergency escape-only respirators shall be inspected before being carried into the workplace for use. 1910.134(h)(3)(i)[C]
(ii) The employer shall ensure that respirator inspections include the following: 1910.134(h)(3)(ii)
[A] A check of respirator function, tightness of connections, and the condition of the various parts including, but not limited to, the facepiece, head straps, valves, connecting tube, and cartridges, canisters or filters; and 1910.134(h)(3)(ii)[A]
[B] A check of elastomeric parts for pliability and signs of deterioration. 1910.134(h)(3)(ii)[B]
(iii) In addition to the requirements of paragraphs (h)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section, self-contained breathing apparatus shall be inspected monthly. Air and oxygen cylinders shall be maintained in a fully charged state and shall be recharged when the pressure falls to 90% of the manufacturer's recommended pressure level. The employer shall determine that the regulator and warning devices function properly. 1910.134(h)(3)(iii)
(iv) For respirators maintained for emergency use, the employer shall: 1910.134(h)(3)(iv)
[A] Certify the respirator by documenting the date the inspection was performed, the name (or signature) of the person who made the inspection, the findings, required remedial action, and a serial number or other means of identifying the inspected respirator; and 1910.134(h)(3)(iv)[A]
[B] Provide this information on a tag or label that is attached to the storage compartment for the respirator, is kept with the respirator, or is included in inspection reports stored as paper or electronic files. This information shall be maintained until replaced following a subsequent certification. 1910.134(h)(3)(iv)[B]
(4) Repairs. The employer shall ensure that respirators that fail an inspection or are otherwise found to be defective are removed from service, and are discarded or repaired or adjusted in accordance with the following procedures: 1910.134(h)(4)
(i) Breathing air quality and use. (1)-(9) 1910.134(i)
(j) Identification of filters, cartridges, and canisters. The employer shall ensure that all filters, cartridges and canisters used in the workplace are labeled and color coded with the NIOSH approval label and that the label is not removed and remains legible.1910.134(j)
(k) Training and information. This paragraph requires the employer to provide effective training to employees who are required to use respirators. The training must be comprehensive, understandable, and recur annually, and more often if necessary. This paragraph also requires the employer to provide the basic information on respirators in appendix D of this section to employees who wear respirators when not required by this section or by the employer to do so.
1910.134(k)
(1) The employer shall ensure that each employee can demonstrate knowledge of at least the following: 1910.134(k)(1)
(i) Why the respirator is necessary and how improper fit, usage, or maintenance can compromise the protective effect of the respirator; 1910.134(k)(1)(i)
(ii) What the limitations and capabilities of the respirator are; 1910.134(k)(1)(ii)
(iii) How to use the respirator effectively in emergency situations, including situations in which the respirator malfunctions; 1910.134(k)(1)(iii)
(iv) How to inspect, put on and remove, use, and check the seals of the respirator; 1910.134(k)(1)(iv)
(v) What the procedures are for maintenance and storage of the respirator; 1910.134(k)(1)(v)
(vi) How to recognize medical signs and symptoms that may limit or prevent the effective use of respirators; and 1910.134(k)(1)(vi)
(vii) The general requirements of this section.1910.134(k)(1)(vii)
(2) The training shall be conducted in a manner that is understandable to the employee. 1910.134(k)(2)
(3) The employer shall provide the training prior to requiring the employee to use a respirator in the workplace. 1910.134(k)(3)
(4) An employer who is able to demonstrate that a new employee has received training within the last 12 months that addresses the elements specified in paragraph (k)(1)(i) through (vii) is not required to repeat such training provided that, as required by paragraph (k)(1), the employee can demonstrate knowledge of those element(s). Previous training not repeated initially by the employer must be provided no later than 12 months from the date of the previous training. 1910.134(k)(4)
(5) Retraining shall be administered annually, and when the following situations occur: 1910.134(k)(5)
(i) Changes in the workplace or the type of respirator render previous training obsolete; 1910.134(k)(5)(i)
(ii) Inadequacies in the employee's knowledge or use of the respirator indicate that the employee has not retained the requisite understanding or skill; or 1910.134(k)(5)(ii)
(iii) Any other situation arises in which retraining appears necessary to ensure safe respirator use. 1910.134(k)(5)(iii)
Appendix A-1
(6) The basic advisory information on respirators, as presented in appendix D of this section, shall be provided by the employer in any written or oral format, to employees who wear respirators when such use is not required by this section or by the employer. 1910.134(k)(6)
(l) Program evaluation. This section requires the employer to conduct evaluations of the workplace to ensure that the written respiratory protection program is being properly implemented, and to consult employees to ensure that they are using the respirators properly. 1910.134(l)
(1) The employer shall conduct evaluations of the workplace as necessary to ensure that the provisions of the current written program are being effectively implemented and that it continues to be effective. 1910.134(l)(1)
(2) The employer shall regularly consult employees required to use respirators to assess the employees' views on program effectiveness and to identify any problems. Any problems that are identified during this assessment shall be corrected. Factors to be assessed include, but are not limited to: 1910.134(l)(2)
(i) Respirator fit (including the ability to use the respirator without interfering with effective workplace performance); 1910.134(l)(2)(i)
(ii) Appropriate respirator selection for the hazards to which the employee is exposed; 1910.134(l)(2)(ii)
(iii) Proper respirator use under the workplace conditions the employee encounters; and 1910.134(l)(2)(iii)
(m) Recordkeeping. This section requires the employer to establish and retain written information regarding medical evaluations, fit testing, and the respirator program. This information will facilitate employee involvement in the respirator program, assist the employer in auditing the adequacy of the program, and provide a record for compliance determinations by OSHA.1910.134(m)
(1) Medical evaluation. Records of medical evaluations required by this section must be retained and made available in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1020. 1910.134(m)(1)
(2) Fit testing. 1910.134(m)(2)
(i) The employer shall establish a record of the qualitative and quantitative fit tests administered to an employee including: 1910.134(m)(2)(i)
[A] The name or identification of the employee tested; 1910.134(m)(2)(i)[A]
[B] Type of fit test performed; 1910.134(m)(2)(i)[B]
[C] Specific make, model, style, and size of respirator tested; 1910.134(m)(2)(i)[C]
[D] Date of test; and 1910.134(m)(2)(i)[D]
[E] The pass/fail results for QLFTs or the fit factor and strip chart recording or other recording of the test results for QNFTs. 1910.134(m)(2)(i)[E]
(ii) Fit test records shall be retained for respirator users until the next fit test is administered. 1910.134(m)(2)(ii)
(3) A written copy of the current respirator program 1910.134(m)(3)
(4) Written materials required to be retained under this paragraph shall be made available upon request to affected employees and to the Assistant Secretary or designee for examination and copying. 1910.134(m)(4)
(n) Effective date. 1910.134(n)
(o) Appendices. Compliance with appendix A, appendix B-1, appendix B-2, appendix C, and appendix D to this section are mandatory. 1910.134(o)
Appendix A-1 §1910.134 — Fit Testing Procedures (Mandatory)
I. OSHA-Accepted Fit Test Protocols
A. Fit Testing Procedures — General Requirements
The employer shall conduct fit testing using the following procedures. The requirements in this appendix apply to all OSHAaccepted fit test methods, both QLFT and QNFT.
1. The test subject shall be allowed to pick the most acceptable respirator from a sufficient number of respirator models and sizes so that the respirator is acceptable to, and correctly fits, the user.
2. Prior to the selection process, the test subject shall be shown how to put on a respirator, how it should be positioned on the face, how to set strap tension and how to determine an acceptable fit. A mirror shall be available to assist the subject in evaluating the fit and positioning of the respirator. This instruction may not constitute the subject's formal training on respirator use, because it is only a review.
3. The test subject shall be informed that he/she is being asked to select the respirator that provides the most acceptable fit. Each respirator represents a different size and shape, and if fitted and used properly, will provide adequate protection.
4. The test subject shall be instructed to hold each chosen facepiece up to the face and eliminate those that obviously do not give an acceptable fit.
5. The more acceptable facepieces are noted in case the one selected proves unacceptable; the most comfortable mask is donned and worn at least five minutes to assess comfort. Assistance in assessing comfort can be given by discussing the points in the following item A.6. If the test subject is not familiar with using a particular respirator, the test subject shall be directed to don the mask several times and to adjust the straps each time to become adept at setting proper tension on the straps.
6. Assessment of comfort shall include a review of the following points with the test subject and allowing the test subject adequate time to determine the comfort of the respirator:
(a) Position of the mask on the nose
(b) Room for eye protection
(c) Room to talk
(d) Position of mask on face and cheeks
7. The following criteria shall be used to help determine the adequacy of the respirator fit:
(a) Chin properly placed;
(b) Adequate strap tension, not overly tightened;
(c) Fit across nose bridge;
(d) Respirator of proper size to span distance from nose to chin;
(e) Tendency of respirator to slip;
(f) Self-observation in mirror to evaluate fit and respirator position.
8. The test subject shall conduct a user seal check, either the negative and positive pressure seal checks described in appendix B-1 of this section or those recommended by the respirator manufacturer which provide equivalent protection to the procedures in appendix B-1. Before conducting the negative and positive pressure checks, the subject shall be told to seat the mask on the face by moving the head from side-to-side and up and down slowly while taking in a few slow deep breaths. Another facepiece shall be selected and retested if the test subject fails the user seal check tests.
9. The test shall not be conducted if there is any hair growth between the skin and the facepiece sealing surface, such as stubble beard growth, beard, mustache or sideburns which cross the respirator sealing surface. Any type of apparel which interferes with a satisfactory fit shall be altered or removed.
10. If a test subject exhibits difficulty in breathing during the tests, she or he shall be referred to a physician or other licensed health care professional, as appropriate, to determine whether the test subject can wear a respirator while performing her or his duties.
11. If the employee finds the fit of the respirator unacceptable, the test subject shall be given the opportunity to select a different respirator and to be retested.
12. Exercise regimen. Prior to the commencement of the fit test, the test subject shall be given a description of the fit test and the test subject's responsibilities during the test procedure. The description of the process shall include a description of the test exercises that the subject will be performing. The respirator to be tested shall be worn for at least 5 minutes before the start of the fit test.
13. The fit test shall be performed while the test subject is wearing any applicable safety equipment that may be worn during actual respirator use which could interfere with respirator fit.
14. Test Exercises.
(a) Employers must perform the following test exercises for all fit testing methods prescribed in this appendix, except for the two modified ambient aerosol CNC quantitative fit testing protocols, the CNP quantitative fit testing protocol, and the CNP REDON quantitative fit testing protocol. For the modified ambient aerosol CNC quantitative fit testing proto-
cols, employers shall ensure that the test subjects (i.e., employees) perform the exercise procedure specified in Part I.C.4(b) of this appendix for fullfacepiece and half-mask elastomeric respirators, or the exercise procedure specified in Part I.C.5(b) for filtering facepiece respirators. Employers shall ensure that the test subjects (i.e., employees) perform the exercise procedure specified in Part I.C.6(b) of this appendix for the CNP quantitative fit testing protocol, or the exercise procedure described in Part I.C.7(b) of this appendix for the CNP REDON quantitative fit testing protocol. For the remaining fit testing methods, employers shall ensure that the test exercises are performed in the appropriate test environment in the following manner:
[1] Normal breathing. In a normal standing position, without talking, the subject shall breathe normally.
[2] Deep breathing. In a normal standing position, the subject shall breathe slowly and deeply, taking caution so as not to hyperventilate.
[3] Turning head side to side. Standing in place, the subject shall slowly turn his/her head from side to side between the extreme positions on each side. The head shall be held at each extreme momentarily so the subject can inhale at each side.
[4] Moving head up and down. Standing in place, the subject shall slowly move his/her head up and down. The subject shall be instructed to inhale in the up position (i.e., when looking toward the ceiling).
[5] Talking. The subject shall talk out loud slowly and loud enough so as to be heard clearly by the test conductor. The subject can read from a prepared text such as the Rainbow Passage, count backward from 100, or recite a memorized poem or song.
Rainbow Passage
When the sunlight strikes raindrops in the air, they act like a prism and form a rainbow. The rainbow is a division of white light into many beautiful colors. These take the shape of a long round arch, with its path high above, and its two ends apparently beyond the horizon. There is, according to legend, a boiling pot of gold at one end. People look, but no one ever finds it. When a man looks for something beyond reach, his friends say he is looking for the pot of gold at the end of the rainbow.
[6] Grimace. The test subject shall grimace by smiling or frowning. (This applies only to QNFT testing; it is not performed for QLFT)
[7] Bending over. The test subject shall bend at the waist as if he/she were to touch his/her toes. Jogging in place shall be substituted for this exercise in those test environments such as shroud type QNFT or QLFT units that do not permit bending over at the waist.
[8] Normal breathing. Same as exercise (1).
(b) Each test exercise shall be performed for one minute except for the grimace exercise which shall be performed for 15 seconds. The test subject shall be questioned by the test conductor regarding the comfort of the respirator upon completion of the protocol. If it has become unacceptable, another model of respirator shall be tried. The respirator shall not be adjusted once the fit test exercises begin. Any adjustment voids the test, and the fit test must be repeated.
B. Qualitative Fit Test (QLFT) Protocols
1. General
(a) The employer shall ensure that persons administering QLFT are able to prepare test solutions, calibrate equipment and perform tests properly, recognize invalid tests, and ensure that test equipment is in proper working order.
(b) The employer shall ensure that QLFT equipment is kept clean and well maintained so as to operate within the parameters for which it was designed.
2. Isoamyl Acetate Protocol
Note: This protocol is not appropriate to use for the fit testing of particulate respirators. If used to fit test particulate respirators, the respirator must be equipped with an organic vapor filter.
3. Saccharin Solution Aerosol Protocol
The entire screening and testing procedure shall be explained to the test subject prior to the conduct of the screening test.
4. Bitrex™ (Denatonium Benzoate) Solution Aerosol Qualitative Fit Test Protocol
The Bitrex™ (Denatonium benzoate) solution aerosol QLFT protocol uses the published saccharin test protocol because that protocol is widely accepted. Bitrex is routinely used as a taste aversion agent in household liquids which children should not be drinking and is endorsed by the American Medical Association, the National Safety Council, and the American Association of Poison Control Centers. The entire screening and testing procedure shall be explained to the test subject prior to the conduct of the screening test.
5. Irritant Smoke (Stannic Chloride) Protocol
This qualitative fit test uses a person's response to the irritating chemicals released in the "smoke" produced by a stannic chloride ventilation smoke tube to detect leakage into the respirator.
C. Quantitative Fit Test (QNFT) Protocols
The following quantitative fit testing procedures have been demonstrated to be acceptable: Quantitative fit testing using a non-hazardous test aerosol (such as corn oil, polyethylene glycol 400 [PEG 400], di-2-ethyl hexyl sebacate [DEHS], or sodium chloride) generated in a test chamber, and employing instrumentation to quantify the fit of the respirator; Quantitative fit testing using ambient aerosol as the test agent and appropriate instrumentation (condensation nuclei counter) to quantify the respirator fit; Quantitative fit testing using controlled negative pressure and appropriate instrumentation to measure the volumetric leak rate of a facepiece to quantify the respirator fit.
1. General
(a) The employer shall ensure that persons administering QNFT are able to calibrate equipment and perform tests properly, recognize invalid tests, calculate fit factors properly and ensure that test equipment is in proper working order.
(b) The employer shall ensure that QNFT equipment is kept clean, and is maintained and calibrated according to the manufacturer's instructions so as to operate at the parameters for which it was designed.
2. Generated Aerosol Quantitative Fit Testing Protocol
The ambient aerosol condensation nuclei counter (CNC) quantitative fit testing (PortaCount®) protocol quantitatively fit tests respirators with the use of a probe. The probed respirator is only used for quantitative fit tests. A probed respirator has a special sampling device, installed on the respirator, that allows the probe to sample the air from inside the mask. A probed respirator is required for each make, style, model, and size that the employer uses and can be obtained from the respirator manufacturer or distributor. The primary CNC instrument manufacturer, TSI Incorporated, also provides probe attachments (TSI mask sampling adapters) that permit fit testing in an employee's own respirator. A minimum fit factor pass level of at least 100 is necessary for a half-mask respirator (elastomeric or filtering facepiece), and a minimum fit factor pass level of at least 500 is required for a fullfacepiece elastomeric respirator. The entire screening and testing procedure shall be explained to the test subject prior to the conduct of the screening test.
4. Modified ambient aerosol condensation nuclei counter (CNC) quantitative fit testing protocol for full-facepiece and half-mask elastomeric respirators.
5. Modified ambient aerosol condensation nuclei counter (CNC) quantitative fit testing protocol for filtering facepiece respirators.
6. Controlled negative pressure (CNP) quantitative fit testing protocol.
The CNP protocol provides an alternative to aerosol fit test methods. The CNP fit test method technology is based on exhausting air from a temporarily sealed respirator facepiece to generate and then maintain a constant negative pressure inside the facepiece. The rate of air exhaust is controlled so that a constant negative pressure is maintained in the respirator during the fit test.
Appendix B-1 Succinct Construction Regulations and
The level of pressure is selected to replicate the mean inspiratory pressure that causes leakage into the respirator under normal use conditions. With pressure held constant, air flow out of the respirator is equal to air flow into the respirator. Therefore, measurement of the exhaust stream that is required to hold the pressure in the temporarily sealed respirator constant yields a direct measure of leakage air flow into the respirator. The CNP fit test method measures leak rates through the facepiece as a method for determining the facepiece fit for negative pressure respirators. The CNP instrument manufacturer Occupational Health Dynamics of Birmingham, Alabama also provides attachments (sampling manifolds) that replace the filter cartridges to permit fit testing in an employee's own respirator. To perform the test, the test subject closes his or her mouth and holds his/her breath, after which an air pump removes air from the respirator facepiece at a pre-selected constant pressure. The facepiece fit is expressed as the leak rate through the facepiece, expressed as milliliters per minute. The quality and validity of the CNP fit tests are determined by the degree to which the in-mask pressure tracks the test pressure during the system measurement time of approximately five seconds. Instantaneous feedback in the form of a real-time pressure trace of the inmask pressure is provided and used to determine test validity and quality. A minimum fit factor pass level of 100 is necessary for a half-mask respirator and a minimum fit factor of at least 500 is required for a full facepiece respirator. The entire screening and testing procedure shall be explained to the test subject prior to the conduct of the screening test.
7. Controlled negative pressure (CNP) REDON quantitative fit testing protocol.
II. New Fit Test Protocols
Appendix B-1 §1910.134: User Seal Check Procedures (Mandatory)
The individual who uses a tight-fitting respirator is to perform a user seal check to ensure that an adequate seal is achieved each time the respirator is put on. Either the positive and negative pressure checks listed in this appendix, or the respirator manufacturer's recommended user seal check method shall be used. User seal checks are not substitutes for qualitative or quantitative fit tests.
Appendix
B-2 §1910.134:
Respirator Cleaning Procedures (Mandatory)
These procedures are provided for employer use when cleaning respirators. They are general in nature, and the employer as an alternative may use the cleaning recommendations provided by the manufacturer of the respirators used by their employees, provided such procedures are as effective as those listed here in appendix B-2. Equivalent effectiveness simply means that the procedures used must accomplish the objectives set forth in appendix B-2, i.e., must ensure that the respirator is properly cleaned and disinfected in a manner that prevents damage to the respirator and does not cause harm to the user.
Appendix C §1910.134:
OSHA Respirator Medical Evaluation Questionnaire (Mandatory)
Appendix D §1910.134 (Mandatory) Information for Employees Using Respirators When Not Required Under the Standard
Respirators are an effective method of protection against designated hazards when properly selected and worn. Respirator use is encouraged, even when exposures are below the exposure limit, to provide an additional level of comfort and protection for workers. However, if a respirator is used improperly or not kept clean, the respirator itself can become a hazard to the worker. Sometimes, workers may wear respirators to avoid exposures to hazards, even if the amount of hazardous substance does not exceed the limits set by OSHA standards. If your employer provides respirators for your voluntary use, or if you provide your own respirator, you need to take certain precautions to be sure that the respirator itself does not present a hazard.
You should do the following:
§1910.136 Foot protection
(a) General requirements. The employer shall ensure that each affected employee uses protective footwear when working in areas where there is a danger of foot injuries due to falling or rolling objects, or objects piercing the sole, or when the use of protective footwear will protect the affected employee from an electrical hazard, such as a static-discharge or electric-shock hazard, that remains after the employer takes other necessary protective measures.1910.136(a)
Letter of Interpretation (LOI) Stop: Determining requirements for foot protection The standard requires that foot protection be used whenever it is necessary by reason of hazard of processes or environment which could cause foot injury. Foot protection may depend on the frequency of the employees' exposure to foot injury, the employer's accident experience, the severity of any potential injury that could occur and the customary practice in the industry.
(b) Criteria for protective footwear. 1910.136(b)
(1) Protective footwear must comply with any of the following consensus standards: 1910.136(b)(1)
(i) ASTM F-2412-2005, "Standard Test Methods for Foot Protection," and ASTM F-2413-2005, "Standard Specification for Performance Requirements for Protective Footwear," which are incorporated by reference in §1910.6; 1910.136(b)(1)(i)
(ii) ANSI Z41-1999, "American National Standard for Personal Protection — Protective Footwear," which is incorporated by reference in §1910.6; or 1910.136(b)(1)(ii)
(iii) ANSI Z41-1991, "American National Standard for Personal Protection — Protective Footwear," which is incorporated by reference in §1910.6. 1910.136(b)(1)(iii)
Regulation Stop: The ANSI standards are no longer in effect. ASTM is the only applicable standard for footwear.
(2) Protective footwear that the employer demonstrates is at least as effective as protective footwear that is constructed in accordance with one of the above consensus standards will be deemed to be in compliance with the requirements of this section. 1910.136(b)(2)
§1910.178 Powered industrial trucks
Letter of Interpretation (LOI) Stop: Fall Protection for Scissor Lifts As you are aware, OSHA does not have specific standard addressing scissor lifts. For additional information regarding scissor lift safety, please refer to national consensus standard ANSI/SIA A92.3 Manually Propelled Elevating Aerial Platforms, and ANSI/SIA A92.6, Self Propelled Elevating Work Platforms.
Letter of Interpretation (LOI) Stop: Use of seat belts on powered industrial trucks; retrofit program for trucks without seat belts OSHA does not have a specific standard that requires the use of seat belts, however recognition of the hazard of powered industrial truck tipover and the need for the use of an operator restraint system is evidenced by certain requirements for powered industrial trucks at ASME B56.1-1993. Therefore, OSHA would enforce this standard under Section 5(a)(1) of the OSHA Act (General Duty Clause). Regarding forklift trucks already in use (that do not have seat belts) when an employers has been notified by a powered industrial truck manufacturer of the hazard of lift truck overturn and made aware of an operator restraint system retrofit program, then OSHA may cite Section 5(a)(1) of the OSHA Act if the employer has not taken advantage of this program.
(a) General requirements. (1)-(7) 1910.178(a)
(1) This section contains safety requirements relating to fire protection, design, maintenance, and use of fork trucks, tractors, platform lift trucks, motorized hand trucks, and other specialized industrial trucks powered by electric motors or internal combustion engines. This section does not apply to compressed air or nonflammable compressed gas-operated industrial trucks, nor to farm vehicles, nor to vehicles intended primarily for earth moving or over-the-road hauling. 1910.178(a)(1)
(2) All new powered industrial trucks acquired 1910.178(a)(2)
(3) Approved trucks shall bear a label or some other identifying mark indicating approval by the testing laboratory. See paragraph (a)(7) of this section and paragraph 405 of "American National Standard for Powered Industrial Trucks, Part II, ANSI B56.1-1969", which is incorporated by reference in paragraph (a)(2) of this section and which provides that if the powered industrial truck is accepted by a nationally recognized testing laboratory it should be so marked. 1910.178(a)(3)
(4) Modifications and additions which affect capacity and safe operation shall not be performed by the customer or user without manufacturers prior written approval. Capacity, operation, and maintenance instruction plates, tags, or decals shall be changed accordingly. 1910.178(a)(4)
Letter of Interpretation (LOI) Stop: Modifications to a powered industrial truck (forklift) Employers must seek written approval from powered industrial truck manufacturers when modifications and additions affect the capacity and safe operation of powered industrial trucks. If no response or negative response is received from the manufacturer, OSHA will accept a written approval of the modification/addition from a Qualified Registered Professional Engineer.
(5) If the truck is equipped with front-end attachments other than factory installed attachments, the user shall request that the truck be marked to identify the attachments and show the approximate weight of the truck and attachment combination at maximum elevation with load laterally centered. 1910.178(a)(5)
(6) The user shall see that all nameplates and markings are in place and are maintained in a legible condition. 1910.178(a)(6)
(7) As used in this section, the term, approved truck or approved industrial truck means a truck that is listed or approved for fire safety purposes for the intended use by a nationally recognized testing laboratory, using nationally recognized testing standards. Refer to §1910.155(c)(3)(iv)(A) for definition of listed, and to §1910.7 for definition of nationally recognized testing laboratory. 1910.178(a)(7)
(b) Designations. (1)-(12) 1910.178(b)
(c) Designated locations. (1)-(2) 1910.178(c)
(d) Converted industrial trucks. 1910.178(d)
(e) Safety guards. (1)-(2) 1910.178(e)
(1) High Lift Rider trucks shall be fitted with an overhead guard manufactured in accordance with paragraph (a)(2) of this section, unless operating conditions do not permit. 1910.178(e)(1)
Letter of Interpretation (LOI) Stop: Overhead guards are not required for trucks operating in low overhead locations Section 1910.178(e)(1) requires that overhead guards be installed on High Lift Rider Trucks unless operating conditions do not permit. His trucks would be exempted from the requirements for overhead guards, while being used in low overhead locations. Trucks used in other areas would be required to have overhead guards. This could be accomplished by assigning certain trucks for used in each area, or by the use of overhead guards which flip back or tilt to the side.
(2) If the type of load presents a hazard, 1910.178(e)(2)
(f) Fuel handling and storage. (1)-(2) 1910.178(f)
(1) The storage and handling of liquid fuels such as gasoline and diesel fuel shall be in accordance with NFPA Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code (NFPA No. 30-1969), which is incorporated by reference as specified in §1910.6. 1910.178(f)(1)
(2) The storage and handling of liquefied petroleum gas fuel shall be in accordance with NFPA Storage and Handling of Liquefied Petroleum Gases (NFPA No. 58-1969), which is incorporated by reference as specified in §1910.6. 1910.178(f)(2)
(g) Changing and charging storage batteries. (1)-
(12) 1910.178(g)
(1) Battery charging installations shall be located in areas designated for that purpose. 1910.178(g)(1)
(2) Facilities shall be provided for flushing and neutralizing spilled electrolyte, for fire protection, for protecting charging apparatus from damage by trucks, and for adequate ventilation for dispersal of fumes from gassing batteries. 1910.178(g)(2)
(3) [Reserved] 1910.178(g)(3)
(4) A conveyor, overhead hoist, 1910.178(g)(4)
(5) Reinstalled batteries 1910.178(g)(5)
(6) A carboy tilter or siphon shall be provided for handling electrolyte. 1910.178(g)(6)
(7) When charging batteries, 1910.178(g)(7)
(8) Trucks shall be properly positioned 1910.178(g)(8)
(9) Care shall be taken to assure 1910.178(g)(9)
(10) Smoking shall be prohibited in the charging area. 1910.178(g)(10)
(11) Precautions shall be taken 1910.178(g)(11)
(12) Tools and other metallic objects 1910.178(g)(12)
(h) Lighting for operating areas. (1)-(2) 1910.178(h)
(2) Where general lighting is less than 2 lumens per square foot, auxiliary directional lighting shall be provided on the truck. 1910.178(h)(2)
(i) Control of noxious gases and fumes. (1) 1910.178(i)
(j) Dockboards (bridge plates). 1910.178(j)
(k) Trucks and railroad cars. (1)-(4) 1910.178(k)
(1) The brakes of highway trucks shall be set and wheel chocks placed under the rear wheels to prevent the trucks from rolling while they are boarded with powered industrial trucks. 1910.178(k)(1)
Letter of Interpretation (LOI) Stop: OSHA requirements for wheel chocks The word, 'chocks' as it appears in the OSHA standard 29 CFR 1910.178(k)(1) is a grammatical construction only, and does not mean that OSHA would require the placing of multiple chocks. One chock should fully satisfy the intent of the safety regulation if it effectively prevents movement of the truck during loading operations involving powered industrial trucks.
(2) Wheel stops or other recognized positive protection 1910.178(k)(2)
(3) Fixed jacks may be necessary to support a semitrailer and prevent upending during the loading or unloading when the trailer is not coupled to a tractor. 1910.178(k)(3)
(4) Positive protection shall be provided 1910.178(k)(4)
(l) Operator training. 1910.178(l)
Letter of Interpretation (LOI) Stop: Powered industrial truck training: different types of trucks/workplace conditions Operators who have successfully completed training and evaluation (in a specific type of truck) would not need additional training when they are assigned to operate the same type of truck made by a different manufacturer. However, operators would need additional training if the applicable truck-related and workplace-related topics listed in 1910.175(I)(3) are different for that truck.
(1) Safe operation. 1910.178(l)(1)
(i) The employer shall ensure that each powered industrial truck operator is competent to operate a powered industrial truck safely, as demonstrated by the successful completion of the training and evaluation specified in this paragraph (l). 1910.178(l)(1)(i)
Letter of Interpretation (LOI) Stop: Disabled (hearing impaired) forklift operators 29 CFR 1910.178(I)(1)(i) requires the employer shall ensure that each power industrial truck operator is competent to operate a powered industrial truck safely. The standard does not address operator or physical requirements. However, OSHA would consider issuing citations under the general duty clause on a case-by-case basis.
(ii) Prior to permitting an employee to operate a powered industrial truck (except for training purposes), the employer shall ensure that each operator has successfully completed the training required by this paragraph (l), except as permitted by paragraph (l)(5). 1910.178(l)(1)(ii)
(2) Training program implementation. 1910.178(l)(2)
(i) Trainees may operate a powered industrial truck only: 1910.178(l)(2)(i)
[A] Under the direct supervision of persons who have the knowledge, training, and experience to train operators and evaluate their competence; and 1910.178(l)(2)(i)[A]
[B] Where such operation does not endanger the trainee or other employees. 1910.178(l)(2)(i)[B]
(ii) Training shall consist of a combination of formal instruction (e.g., lecture, discussion, interactive computer learning,
video tape, written material), practical training (demonstrations performed by the trainer and practical exercises performed by the trainee), and evaluation of the operator's performance in the workplace. 1910.178(l)(2)(ii)
(iii) All operator training and evaluation shall be conducted by persons who have the knowledge, training, and experience to train powered industrial truck operators and evaluate their competence. 1910.178(l)(2)(iii)
(3) Training program content. Powered industrial truck operators shall receive initial training in the following topics, except in topics which the employer can demonstrate are not applicable to safe operation of the truck in the employer's workplace. 1910.178(l)(3)
(i) Truck-related topics:1910.178(l)(3)(i)
[A] Operating instructions, warnings, and precautions for the types of truck the operator will be authorized to operate; 1910.178(l)(3)(i)[A]
[B] Differences between the truck and the automobile; 1910.178(l)(3)(i)[B]
[C] Truck controls and instrumentation: where they are located, what they do, and how they work; 1910.178(l)(3)(i)[C]
[D] Engine or motor operation; 1910.178(l)(3)(i)[D]
[E] Steering and maneuvering; 1910.178(l)(3)(i)[E]
[F] Visibility (including restrictions due to loading); 1910.178(l)(3)(i)[F]
[G] Fork and attachment adaptation, operation, and use limitations; 1910.178(l)(3)(i)[G]
[H] Vehicle capacity; 1910.178(l)(3)(i)[H]
[I] Vehicle stability; 1910.178(l)(3)(i)[I]
[J] Any vehicle inspection and maintenance that the operator will be required to perform; 1910.178(l)(3)(i)[J]
[K] Refueling and/or charging and recharging of batteries; 1910.178(l)(3)(i)[K]
[L] Operating limitations; 1910.178(l)(3)(i)[L]
[M] Any other operating instructions, warnings, or precautions listed in the operator's manual for the types of vehicle that the employee is being trained to operate. 1910.178(l)(3)(i)[M]
(ii) Workplace-related topics:1910.178(l)(3)(ii)
[A] Surface conditions where the vehicle will be operated; 1910.178(l)(3)(ii)[A]
[B] Composition of loads to be carried and load stability; 1910.178(l)(3)(ii)[B]
[C] Load manipulation, stacking, and unstacking; 1910.178(l)(3)(ii)[C]
[D] Pedestrian traffic in areas where the vehicle will be operated; 1910.178(l)(3)(ii)[D]
[E] Narrow aisles and other restricted places where the vehicle will be operated; 1910.178(l)(3)(ii)[E]
[F] Hazardous (classified) locations where the vehicle will be operated; 1910.178(l)(3)(ii)[F]
[G] Ramps and other sloped surfaces that could affect the vehicle's stability; 1910.178(l)(3)(ii)[G]
[H] Closed environments and other areas where insufficient ventilation or poor vehicle maintenance could cause a buildup of carbon monoxide or diesel exhaust; 1910.178(l)(3)(ii)[H]
[I] Other unique or potentially hazardous environmental conditions in the workplace that could affect safe operation. 1910.178(l)(3)(ii)[I]
(iii) The requirements of this section.1910.178(l)(3)(iii)
(4) Refresher training and evaluation. 1910.178(l)(4)
(i) Refresher training, including an evaluation of the effectiveness of that training, shall be conducted as required by paragraph (l)(4)(ii) to ensure that the operator has the knowledge and skills needed to operate the powered industrial truck safely. 1910.178(l)(4)(i)
(ii) Refresher training in relevant topics shall be provided to the operator when: 1910.178(l)(4)(ii)
(iii) An evaluation of each powered industrial truck operator's performance shall be conducted at least once every three years. 1910.178(l)(4)(iii)
(5) Avoidance of duplicative training. If an operator has previously received training in a topic specified in paragraph (l)(3) of this section, and such training is appropriate to the truck and working conditions encountered, additional training in that topic is not required if the operator has been evaluated and found competent to operate the truck safely. 1910.178(l)(5)
(6) Certification. The employer shall certify that each operator has been trained and evaluated as required by this paragraph (l). The certification shall include the name of the operator, the date of the training, the date of the evaluation, and the identity of the person(s) performing the training or evaluation. 1910.178(l)(6)
(7) Dates. 1910.178(l)(7)
(8) Appendix A to this section provides non-mandatory guidance to assist employers in implementing this paragraph (l). This appendix does not add to, alter, or reduce the requirements of this section. 1910.178(l)(8)
(m) Truck operations. 1910.178(m)
(1) Trucks shall not be driven up to anyone standing in front of a bench or other fixed object. 1910.178(m)(1)
(2) No person shall be allowed to stand or pass under the elevated portion of any truck, whether loaded or empty. 1910.178(m)(2)
(3) Unauthorized personnel shall not be permitted to ride on powered industrial trucks. A safe place to ride shall be provided where riding of trucks is authorized. 1910.178(m)(3)
(4) The employer shall prohibit arms or legs from being placed between the uprights of the mast or outside the running lines of the truck. 1910.178(m)(4)
(5) (i) When a powered industrial truck is left unattended, load engaging means shall be fully lowered, controls shall be neutralized, power shall be shut off, and brakes set. Wheels shall be blocked if the truck is parked on an incline.1910.178(m)(5)(i)
(ii) A powered industrial truck is unattended when the operator is 25 ft. or more away from the vehicle which remains in his view, or whenever the operator leaves the vehicle and it is not in his view. 1910.178(m)(5)(ii)
(iii) When the operator of an industrial truck is dismounted and within 25 ft. of the truck still in his view, the load engaging means shall be fully lowered, controls neutralized, and the brakes set to prevent movement. 1910.178(m)(5)(iii)
(6) A safe distance shall be maintained from the edge of ramps or platforms while on any elevated dock, or platform or freight car. Trucks shall not be used for opening or closing freight doors. 1910.178(m)(6)
(7) Brakes shall be set and wheel blocks shall be in place 1910.178(m)(7)
(8) There shall be sufficient headroom under overhead installations, lights, pipes, sprinkler system, etc. 1910.178(m)(8)
(9) An overhead guard shall be used as protection against falling objects. It should be noted that an overhead guard is intended to offer protection from the impact of small packages, boxes, bagged material, etc., representative of the job application, but not to withstand the impact of a falling capacity load. 1910.178(m)(9)
(10) A load backrest extension shall be used whenever necessary to minimize the possibility of the load or part of it from falling rearward. 1910.178(m)(10)
(11) Only approved industrial trucks shall be used in hazardous locations. 1910.178(m)(11)
(12) — (13) [Reserved]
(14) Fire aisles, access to stairways, and fire equipment shall be kept clear. 1910.178(m)(14)
(n) Traveling. 1910.178(n)
(1) All traffic regulations shall be observed, including authorized plant speed limits. A safe distance shall be maintained approximately three truck lengths from the truck ahead, and the truck shall be kept under control at all times. 1910.178(n)(1)
(2) The right of way shall be yielded 1910.178(n)(2)
(3) Other trucks traveling in the same direction 1910.178(n)(3)
(4) The driver shall be required to slow down and sound the horn at cross aisles and other locations where vision is obstructed. If the load being carried obstructs forward view, the driver shall be required to travel with the load trailing. 1910.178(n)(4)
(5) Railroad tracks shall be crossed diagonally wherever 1910.178(n)(5)
(6) The driver shall be required to look in the direction of, and keep a clear view of the path of travel. 1910.178(n)(6)
(7) Grades shall be ascended or descended slowly. (i)-(iii) 1910.178(n)(7)
(i) When ascending or descending grades in excess of 10 percent, loaded trucks shall be driven with the load upgrade. 1910.178(n)(7)(i)
(ii) [Reserved]1910.178(n)(7)(ii)
(iii) On all grades the load and load engaging means shall be tilted back if applicable, and raised only as far as necessary to clear the road surface. 1910.178(n)(7)(iii)
(8) Under all travel conditions the truck shall be operated at a speed that will permit it to be brought to a stop in a safe manner. 1910.178(n)(8)
(9) Stunt driving and horseplay shall not be permitted. 1910.178(n)(9)
(10) The driver shall be required to slow down 1910.178(n)(10)
(11) Dockboard or bridgeplates, shall be properly secured 1910.178(n)(11)
(12) Elevators shall be approached slowly, 1910.178(n)(12)
(13) Motorized hand trucks must enter elevator or other confined areas with load end forward. 1910.178(n)(13)
(14) Running over loose objects on the roadway 1910.178(n)(14)
(15) While negotiating turns, speed shall be reduced to a safe level by means of turning the hand steering wheel in a smooth, sweeping motion. Except when maneuvering at a very low speed, the hand steering wheel shall be turned at a moderate, even rate. 1910.178(n)(15)
(o) Loading. 1910.178(o)
(1) Only stable or safely arranged loads shall be handled. Caution shall be exercised when handling off-center loads which cannot be centered. 1910.178(o)(1)
(2) Only loads within the rated capacity of the truck shall be handled. 1910.178(o)(2)
(3) The long or high (including multiple-tiered) loads which may affect capacity shall be adjusted. 1910.178(o)(3)
(4) Trucks equipped with attachments shall be operated as partially loaded trucks when not handling a load. 1910.178(o)(4)
(p) Operation of the truck. 1910.178(p)
(1) If at any time a powered industrial truck is found to be in need of repair, defective, or in any way unsafe, the truck shall be taken out of service until it has been restored to safe operating condition. 1910.178(p)(1)
(2) Fuel tanks shall not be filled while the engine is running. Spillage shall be avoided. 1910.178(p)(2)
(3) Spillage of oil or fuel shall be carefully washed away or completely evaporated and the fuel tank cap replaced before restarting engine. 1910.178(p)(3)
(4) No truck shall be operated with a leak in the fuel system until the leak has been corrected. 1910.178(p)(4)
(5) Open flames shall not be used for checking electrolyte level in storage batteries or gasoline level in fuel tanks. 1910.178(p)(5) (q) Maintenance of industrial trucks. (1)-(12) 1910.178(q)
(1) Any power-operated industrial truck not in safe operating condition shall be removed from service. All repairs shall be made by authorized personnel. 1910.178(q)(1)
(2) No repairs shall be made in Class I, II, and III locations. 1910.178(q)(2)
(3) Those repairs to the fuel and ignition systems 1910.178(q)(3)
(4) Trucks in need of repairs to the electrical system shall have the battery disconnected prior to such repairs. 1910.178(q)(4)
(5) All parts of any such industrial truck 1910.178(q)(5)
(6) Industrial trucks shall not be altered so that the relative positions of the various parts are different from what they were when originally received from the manufacturer, nor shall they be altered either by the addition of extra parts not provided by the manufacturer or by the elimination of any parts, except as provided in paragraph (q)(12) of this section. Additional counterweighting of fork trucks shall not be done unless approved by the truck manufacturer. 1910.178(q)(6)
(7) Industrial trucks shall be examined before being placed in service, and shall not be placed in service if the examination shows any condition adversely affecting the safety of the vehicle. Such examination shall be made at least daily. Where industrial trucks are used on a round-the-clock basis, they shall be examined after each shift. Defects when found shall be immediately reported and corrected.
Letter of Interpretation (LOI) Stop: Pre-operation forklift examinations are not required to be written 1910.178(q)(7) requires powered industrial trucks to be examined before being placed in service. They must not be placed in service if the examination shows any conditions adversely affecting the safety of the vehicle. Although the standard requires that the examination be conducted, there is no OSHA requirement that the examination be recorded.
(8) Water mufflers shall be filled daily or 1910.178(q)(8)
(9) When the temperature of any part of any truck 1910.178(q)(9)
(10) Industrial trucks shall be kept in a clean condition, free of lint, excess oil, and grease. Noncombustible agents should be used for cleaning trucks. Low flash point (below 100 °F.) solvents shall not be used. High flash point (at or above 100 °F.) solvents may be used. Precautions regarding toxicity, ventilation, and fire hazard shall be consonant with the agent or solvent used.
1910.178(q)(10)
§1910.333 Succinct Construction Regulations and Standards
(11) [Reserved] 1910.178(q)(11)
(12) Industrial trucks originally approved for the use 1910.178(q)(12)
§1910.333 Selection and use of work practices
(a) General. Safety-related work practices shall be employed to prevent electric shock or other injuries resulting from either direct or indirect electrical contacts, when work is performed near or on equipment or circuits which are or may be energized. The specific safety-related work practices shall be consistent with the nature and extent of the associated electrical hazards.1910.333(a)
(1) Deenergized parts. Live parts to which an employee may be exposed shall be deenergized before the employee works on or near them, unless the employer can demonstrate that deenergizing introduces additional or increased hazards or is infeasible due to equipment design or operational limitations. Live parts that operate at less than 50 volts to ground need not be deenergized if there will be no increased exposure to electrical burns or to explosion due to electric arcs. 1910.333(a)(1)
Note 1: Examples of increased or additional hazards include interruption of life support equipment, deactivation of emergency alarm systems, shutdown of hazardous location ventilation equipment, or removal of illumination for an area.
Note 2: Examples of work that may be performed on or near energized circuit parts because of infeasibility due to equipment design or operational limitations include testing of electric circuits that can only be performed with the circuit energized and work on circuits that form an integral part of a continuous industrial process in a chemical plant that would otherwise need to be completely shut down in order to permit work on one circuit or piece of equipment.
Note 3: Work on or near deenergized parts is covered by paragraph (b) of this section.
(2) Energized parts. If the exposed live parts are not deenergized (i.e., for reasons of increased or additional hazards or infeasibility), other safety-related work practices shall be used to protect employees who may be exposed to the electrical hazards involved. Such work practices shall protect employees against contact with energized circuit parts directly with any part of their body or indirectly through some other conductive object. The work practices that are used shall be suitable for the conditions under which the work is to be performed and for the voltage level of the exposed electric conductors or circuit parts. Specific work practice requirements are detailed in paragraph (c) of this section. 1910.333(a)(2)
(b) Working on or near exposed deenergized parts. 1910.333(b)
(1) Application. This paragraph applies to work on exposed deenergized parts or near enough to them to expose the employee to any electrical hazard they present. Conductors and parts of electric equipment that have been deenergized but have not been locked out or tagged in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section shall be treated as energized parts, and paragraph (c) of this section applies to work on or near them. 1910.333(b)(1)
(2) Lockout and tagging. While any employee is exposed to contact with parts of fixed electric equipment or circuits which have been deenergized, the circuits energizing the parts shall be locked out or tagged or both in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. The requirements shall be followed in the order in which they are presented (i.e., paragraph (b)(2)(i) first, then paragraph (b)(2)(ii), etc.). 1910.333(b)(2)
Note 1: As used in this section, fixed equipment refers to equipment fastened in place or connected by permanent wiring methods.
Note 2: Lockout and tagging procedures that comply with paragraphs (c) through (f) of §1910.147 will also be deemed to comply with paragraph (b)(2) of this section provided that:
(1). The procedures address the electrical safety hazards covered by this Subpart; and (2). The procedures also incorporate the requirements of paragraphs (b)(2)(iii)(D) and (b)(2)(iv)(B) of this section.
(i) Procedures. The employer shall maintain a written copy of the procedures outlined in paragraph (b)(2) and shall make it available for inspection by employees and by the Assistant Secretary of Labor and his or her authorized representatives. 1910.333(b)(2)(i)
Note: The written procedures may be in the form of a copy of paragraph (b) of this section.
(ii) Deenergizing equipment.1910.333(b)(2)(ii)
[A] Safe procedures for deenergizing circuits and equipment shall be determined before circuits or equipment are deenergized. 1910.333(b)(2)(ii)[A]
[B] The circuits and equipment to be worked on shall be disconnected from all electric energy sources. Control circuit devices, such as push buttons, selector switches, and interlocks, may not be used as the sole means for deenergizing circuits or equipment. Interlocks for electric equipment may not be used as a substitute for lockout and tagging procedures. 1910.333(b)(2)(ii)[B]
[C] Stored electric energy which might endanger personnel shall be released. Capacitors shall be discharged and high capacitance elements shall be short-circuited and
grounded, if the stored electric energy might endanger personnel. 1910.333(b)(2)(ii)[C]
Note: If the capacitors or associated equipment are handled in meeting this requirement, they shall be treated as energized.
[D] Stored non-electrical energy in devices that could reenergize electric circuit parts shall be blocked or relieved to the extent that the circuit parts could not be accidentally energized by the device. 1910.333(b)(2)(ii)[D]
(iii) Application of locks and tags.1910.333(b)(2)(iii)
[A] A lock and a tag shall be placed on each disconnecting means used to deenergize circuits and equipment on which work is to be performed, except as provided in paragraphs (b)(2)(iii)(C) and (b)(2)(iii)(E) of this section. The lock shall be attached so as to prevent persons from operating the disconnecting means unless they resort to undue force or the use of tools. 1910.333(b)(2)(iii)[A]
[B] Each tag shall contain a statement prohibiting unauthorized operation of the disconnecting means and removal of the tag. 1910.333(b)(2)(iii)[B]
[C] If a lock cannot be applied, or if the employer can demonstrate that tagging procedures will provide a level of safety equivalent to that obtained by the use of a lock, a tag may be used without a lock. 1910.333(b)(2)(iii)[C]
[D] A tag used without a lock, as permitted by paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(C) of this section, shall be supplemented by at least one additional safety measure that provides a level of safety equivalent to that obtained by the use of a lock. Examples of additional safety measures include the removal of an isolating circuit element, blocking of a controlling switch, or opening of an extra disconnecting device.
1910.333(b)(2)(iii)[D]
[E] A lock may be placed without a tag only under the following conditions: 1910.333(b)(2)(iii)[E]
[1] Only one circuit or piece of equipment is deenergized, and 1910.333(b)(2)(iii)[E][1]
[2] The lockout period does not extend beyond the work shift, and1910.333(b)(2)(iii)[E][2]
[3] Employees exposed to the hazards associated with reenergizing the circuit or equipment are familiar with this procedure.1910.333(b)(2)(iii)[E][3]
(iv) Verification of deenergized condition. The requirements of this paragraph shall be met before any circuits or equipment can be considered and worked as deenergized.
1910.333(b)(2)(iv)
[A] A qualified person shall operate the equipment operating controls or otherwise verify that the equipment cannot be restarted. 1910.333(b)(2)(iv)[A]
[B] A qualified person shall use test equipment to test the circuit elements and electrical parts of equipment to which employees will be exposed and shall verify that the circuit elements and equipment parts are deenergized. The test shall also determine if any energized condition exists as a result of inadvertently induced voltage or unrelated voltage backfeed even though specific parts of the circuit have been deenergized and presumed to be safe. If the circuit to be tested is over 600 volts, nominal, the test equipment shall be checked for proper operation immediately before and immediately after this test. 1910.333(b)(2)(iv)[B]
(v) Reenergizing equipment. These requirements shall be met, in the order given, before circuits or equipment are reenergized, even temporarily. 1910.333(b)(2)(v)
[A] A qualified person shall conduct tests and visual inspections, as necessary, to verify that all tools, electrical jumpers, shorts, grounds, and other such devices have been removed, so that the circuits and equipment can be safely energized. 1910.333(b)(2)(v)[A]
[B] Employees exposed to the hazards associated with reenergizing the circuit or equipment shall be warned to stay clear of circuits and equipment. 1910.333(b)(2)(v)[B]
[C] Each lock and tag shall be removed by the employee who applied it or under his or her direct supervision. However, if this employee is absent from the workplace, then the lock or tag may be removed by a qualified person designated to perform this task provided that:
1910.333(b)(2)(v)[C]
[D] There shall be a visual determination that all employees are clear of the circuits and equipment.
1910.333(b)(2)(v)[D]
(c) Working on or near exposed energized parts. (1)-(10) 1910.333(c)
Letter of Interpretation (LOI) Stop: Refer to NFPA 70(E). That is the consensus standard for working on or near exposed, energized parts.
§1910.1020 Access to employee exposure and medical records
(a) Purpose. The purpose of this section is to provide employees and their designated representatives a right of access to relevant exposure and medical records; and to provide representatives of the Assistant Secretary a right of access to these records in order to fulfill responsibilities under the Occupational Safety and Health Act. Access by employees, their representatives, and the Assistant Secretary is necessary to yield both direct and indirect improvements in the detection, treatment, and prevention of occupational disease. Each employer is responsible for assuring compliance with this section, but the activities involved in complying with the access to medical records provisions can be carried out, on behalf of the employer, by the physician or other health care personnel in charge of employee medical records. Except as expressly provided, nothing in this section is intended to affect existing legal and ethical obligations concerning the maintenance and confidentiality of employee medical information, the duty to disclose information to a patient/employee or any other aspect of the medical-care relationship, or affect existing legal obligations concerning the protection of trade secret information.1910.1020(a)
(b) Scope and application. 1910.1020(b)
(1) This section applies to each general industry, maritime, and construction employer who makes, maintains, contracts for, or has access to employee exposure or medical records, or analyses thereof, pertaining to employees exposed to toxic substances or harmful physical agents. 1910.1020(b)(1)
(2) This section applies to all employee exposure and medical records, and analyses thereof, of such employees, whether or not the records are mandated by specific occupational safety and health standards. 1910.1020(b)(2)
(3) This section applies to all employee exposure and medical records, and analyses thereof, made or maintained in any manner, including on an in-house of contractual (e.g., fee-for-service) basis. Each employer shall assure that the preservation and access requirements of this section are complied with regardless of the manner in which the records are made or maintained. 1910.1020(b)(3)
(c) Definitions.
(4) Employee means a current employee, a former employee, or an employee being assigned or transferred to work where there will be exposure to toxic substances or harmful physical agents. In the case of a deceased or legally incapacitated employee, the employee's legal representative may directly exercise all the employee's rights under this section.
(5) Employee exposure record means a record containing any of the following kinds of information:
(i) Environmental (workplace) monitoring or measuring of a toxic substance or harmful physical agent, including personal, area, grab, wipe, or other form of sampling, as well as related collection and analytical methodologies, calculations, and other background data relevant to interpretation of the results obtained;
(ii) Biological monitoring results which directly assess the absorption of a toxic substance or harmful physical agent by body systems (e.g., the level of a chemical in the blood, urine, breath, hair, fingernails, etc) but not including results which assess the biological effect of a substance or agent or which assess an employee's use of alcohol or drugs;
(iii) Material safety data sheets indicating that the material may pose a hazard to human health; or
(iv) In the absence of the above, a chemcial inventory or any other record which reveals where and when used and the identity (e.g., chemical, common, or trade name) of a toxic substance or harmful physical agent.
Letter of Interpretation (LOI) Stop: Employee exposure records Monitoring results that indicate that particular exposure is nondetectable or below the limit of detection are employee exposure records that have to be preserved and maintained.
(6) (i) Employee medical record means a record concerning the health status of an employee which is made or maintained by a physician, nurse, or other health care personnel or technician, including:
[A] Medical and employment questionnaires or histories (including job description and occupational exposures),
[B] The results of medical examinations (pre-employment, pre-assignment, periodic, or episodic) and laboratory tests (including chest and other X-ray examinations taken for the purposes of establishing a base-line or detecting occupational illness, and all biological monitoring not defined as an "employee exposure record"),
[C] Medical opinions, diagnoses, progress notes, and recommendations,
[D] First aid records,
[E] Descriptions of treatments and prescriptions, and
[F] Employee medical complaints.
(ii) "Employee medical record" does not include medical information in the form of:
[A] Physical specimens (e.g., blood or urine samples) which are routinely discarded as a part of normal medical practice; or
[B] Records concerning health insurance claims if maintained separately from the employer's medical program and its records, and not accessible to the employer by employee name or other direct personal identifier (e.g., social security number, payroll number, etc.); or
[C] Records created solely in preparation for litigation which are privileged from discovery under the applicable rules of procedure or evidence; or
[D] Records concerning voluntary employee assistance programs (alcohol, drug abuse, or personal counseling programs) if maintained separately from the employer's medical program and its records.
(7) Employer means a current employer, a former employer, or a successor employer.
(8) Exposure or exposed means that an employee is subjected to a toxic substance or harmful physical agent in the course of employment through any route of entry (inhalation, ingestion, skin contact or absorption, etc.), and includes past exposure and potential (e.g., accidental or possible) exposure, but does not include situations where the employer can demonstrate that the toxic substance or harmful physical agent is not used, handled, stored, generated, or present in the workplace in any manner different from typical non-occupational situations.
(10) Record means any item, collection, or grouping of information regardless of the form or process by which it is maintained (e.g., paper document, microfiche, microfilm, X-ray film, or automated data processing).
(12) (i) Specific written consent
[A]-[G]
[A] The name and signature of the employee authorizing the release of medical information,
[B] The date of the written authorization,
[C] The name of the individual or organization that is authorized to release the medical information,
[D] The name of the designated representative (individual or organization) that is authorized to receive the released information,
[E] A general description of the medical information that is authorized to be released,
[F] A general description of the purpose for the release of the medical information, and
[G] A date or condition upon which the written authorization will expire (if less than one year).
(ii) A written authorization does not
(iii) A written authorization may be revoked
(13) Toxic substance or harmful physical agent means any chemical substance, biological agent (bacteria, virus, fungus, etc.), or physical stress (noise, heat, cold, vibration, repetitive motion, ionizing and non-ionizing radiation, hypo-or hyperbaric pressure, etc.) which:
(d) Preservation of records. 1910.1020(d)
(1) Unless a specific occupational safety and health standard provides a different period of time, each employer shall assure the preservation and retention of records as follows: 1910.1020(d)(1)
(i) Employee medical records. The medical record for each employee shall be preserved and maintained for at least the duration of employment plus thirty (30) years, except that the following types of records need not be retained for any specified period: 1910.1020(d)(1)(i)
[A] Health insurance claims records maintained separately 1910.1020(d)(1)(i)[A]
Succinct Construction Regulations and Standards
[B] First aid records (not including medical histories) 1910.1020(d)(1)(i)[B]
[C] The medical records of employees who have worked for less 1910.1020(d)(1)(i)[C]
(ii) Employee exposure records. Each employee exposure record shall be preserved and maintained for at least thirty (30) years, except that: 1910.1020(d)(1)(ii)
[A] Background data to environmental (workplace) 1910.1020(d)(1)(ii)[A]
[B] Material safety data sheets and paragraph (c)(5)(iv) records concerning the identity of a substance or agent need not be retained for any specified period as long as some record of the identity (chemical name if known) of the substance or agent, where it was used, and when it was used is retained for at least thirty (30) years;1 and 1910.1020(d)(1)(ii)[B]
1Material safety data sheets must be kept for those chemicals currently in use that are effected by the Hazard Communication Standard in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1200(g).
[C] Biological monitoring results designated as exposure records 1910.1020(d)(1)(ii)[C]
(iii) Analyses using exposure or medical records. Each analysis using exposure or medial records shall be preserved and maintained for at least thirty (30) years. 1910.1020(d)(1)(iii)
(2) Nothing in this section is intended to mandate the form, 1910.1020(d)(2)
(e) Access to records. 1910.1020(e)
(1) General. 1910.1020(e)(1)
(i) Whenever an employee or designated representative requests access to a record, the employer shall assure that access is provided in a reasonable time, place, and manner. If the employer cannot reasonably provide access to the record within fifteen (15) working days, the employer shall within the fifteen (15) working days apprise the employee or designated representative requesting the record of the reason for the delay and the earliest date when the record can be made available. 1910.1020(e)(1)(i)
(ii) The employer may require of the requester only such information as should be readily known to the requester and which may be necessary to locate or identify the records being requested (e.g. dates and locations where the employee worked during the time period in question). 1910.1020(e)(1)(ii)
(iii) Whenever an employee or designated representative requests a copy of a record, the employer shall assure that either: 1910.1020(e)(1)(iii)
[A] A copy of the record is provided without cost to the employee or representative, 1910.1020(e)(1)(iii)[A]
[B] The necessary mechanical copying facilities (e.g., photocopying) are made available without cost to the employee or representative for copying the record, or 1910.1020(e)(1)(iii)[B]
[C] The record is loaned to the employee or representative for a reasonable time to enable a copy to be made. 1910.1020(e)(1)(iii)[C]
(iv) In the case of an original X-ray, the employer may restrict access to on-site examination or make other suitable arrangements for the temporary loan of the X-ray.
1910.1020(e)(1)(iv)
(v) Whenever a record has been previously provided without cost to an employee or designated representative, the employer may charge reasonable, non-discriminatory administrative costs (i.e., search and copying expenses but not including overhead expenses) for a request by the employee or designated representative for additional copies of the record, except that 1910.1020(e)(1)(v)
[A] An employer shall not charge for an initial request for a copy of new information that has been added to a record which was previously provided; and 1910.1020(e)(1)(v)[A]
[B] An employer shall not charge for an initial request by a recognized or certified collective bargaining agent for a copy of an employee exposure record or an analysis using exposure or medical records. 1910.1020(e)(1)(v)[B]
(vi) Nothing in this section is intended to preclude employees and collective bargaining agents from collectively bargaining to obtain access to information in addition to that available under this section. 1910.1020(e)(1)(vi)
(2) Employee and designated representative access 1910.1020(e)(2)
(i) Employee exposure records.1910.1020(e)(2)(i)
[A] Except as limited by paragraph (f) of this section, each employer shall, upon request, assure the access to
each employee and designated representative to employee exposure records relevant to the employee. For the purpose of this section, an exposure record relevant to the employee consists of: 1910.1020(e)(2)(i)[A]
[1] A record which measures or monitors the amount of a toxic substance or harmful physical agent to which the employee is or has been exposed;1910.1020(e)(2)(i)[A][1]
[2] In the absence of such directly relevant records, such records of other employees with past or present job duties or working conditions related to or similar to those of the employee to the extent necessary to reasonably indicate the amount and nature of the toxic substances or harmful physical agents to which the employee is or has been subjected, and1910.1020(e)(2)(i)[A][2]
[3] Exposure records to the extent necessary to reasonably indicate the amount and nature of the toxic substances or harmful physical agents at workplaces or under working conditions to which the employee is being assigned or transferred. 1910.1020(e)(2)(i)[A][3]
[B] Requests by designated representatives for unconsented access to employee exposure records shall be in writing and shall specify with reasonable particularity: 1910.1020(e)(2)(i)[B]
[1] The records requested to be disclosed; and 1910.1020(e)(2)(i)[B][1]
[2] The occupational health need for gaining access to these records.1910.1020(e)(2)(i)[B][2]
(ii) Employee medical records.1910.1020(e)(2)(ii)
[A] Each employer shall, upon request, assure the access of each employee to employee medical records of which the employee is the subject, except as provided in paragraph (e)(2)(ii)(D) of this section. 1910.1020(e)(2)(ii)[A]
[B] Each employer shall, upon request, assure the access of each designated representative to the employee medical records of any employee who has given the designated representative specific written consent. Appendix A to this section contains a sample form which may be used to establish specific written consent for access to employee medical records. 1910.1020(e)(2)(ii)[B]
[C] Whenever access to employee medical records is requested, a physician representing the employer may recommend that the employee or designated representative: 1910.1020(e)(2)(ii)[C]
[1] Consult with the physician for the purposes of reviewing and discussing the records requested, 1910.1020(e)(2)(ii)[C][1]
[2] Accept a summary of material facts and opinions in lieu of the records requested, or 1910.1020(e)(2)(ii)[C][2]
[3] Accept release of the requested records only to a physician or other designated representative. 1910.1020(e)(2)(ii)[C][3]
[D] Whenever an employee requests access to his or her employee medical records, and a physician representing the employer believes that direct employee access to information contained in the records regarding a specific diagnosis of a terminal illness or a psychiatric condition could be detrimental to the employee's health, the employer may inform the employee that access will only be provided to a designated representative of the employee having specific written consent, and deny the employee's request for direct access to this information only. Where a designated representative with specific written consent requests access to information so withheld, the employer shall assure the access of the designated representative to this information, even when it is known that the designated representative will give the information to the employee. 1910.1020(e)(2)(ii)[D]
[E] A physician, nurse, or other responsible health care personnel maintaining medical records may delete from requested medical records the identity of a family member, personal friend, or fellow employee who has provided confidential information concerning an employee's health status. 1910.1020(e)(2)(ii)[E]
(iii) Analyses using exposure or medical records.
1910.1020(e)(2)(iii)
[A] Each employee shall, upon request, assure the access of each employee and designated representative
to each analysis using exposure or medical records concerning the employee's working conditions or workplace.
1910.1020(e)(2)(iii)[A]
[B] Whenever access is requested to an analysis which reports the contents of employee medical records by either direct identifier (name, address, social security number, payroll number, etc.) or by information which could reasonably be used under the circumstances indirectly to identify specific employees (exact age, height, weight, race, sex, date of initial employment, job title, etc.), the employer shall assure that personal identifiers are removed before access is provided. If the employer can demonstrate that removal of personal identifiers from an analysis is not feasible, access to the personally identifiable portions of the analysis need not be provided.
1910.1020(e)(2)(iii)[B]
(3) OSHA access. 1910.1020(e)(3)
(i) Each employer shall, upon request, and without derogation of any rights under the Constitution or the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, 29 U.S.C. 651 et seq., that the employer chooses to exercise, assure the prompt access of representatives of the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health to employee exposure and medical records and to analyses using exposure or medical records. Rules of agency practice and procedure governing OSHA access to employee medical records are contained in 29 CFR 1913.10. 1910.1020(e)(3)(i)
(ii) Whenever OSHA seeks access to personally identifiable employee medical information by presenting to the employer a written access order pursuant to 29 CFR 1913.10(d), the employer shall prominently post a copy of the written access order and its accompanying cover letter for at least fifteen (15) working days. 1910.1020(e)(3)(ii)
(f) Trade secrets. (1)-(13) 1910.1020(f)
(g) Employee information. 1910.1020(g)
(1) Upon an employee's first entering into employment, and at least annually thereafter, each employer shall inform current employees covered by this section of the following: 1910.1020(g)(1)
(i) The existence, location, and availability of any records covered by this section; 1910.1020(g)(1)(i)
(ii) The person responsible for maintaining and providing access to records; and 1910.1020(g)(1)(ii)
(iii) Each employee's rights of access to these records. 1910.1020(g)(1)(iii)
(2) Each employer shall keep a copy of this section and its appendices, and make copies readily available, upon request, to employees. The employer shall also distribute to current employees any informational materials concerning this section which are made available to the employer by the Assistant Secretary of Labor for Occupational Safety and Health. 1910.1020(g)(2)
(h) Transfer of records. 1910.1020(h)
(1) Whenever an employer is ceasing to do business, the employer shall transfer all records subject to this section to the successor employer. The successor employer shall receive and maintain these records. 1910.1020(h)(1)
(2) Whenever an employer is ceasing to do business and there is no successor employer to receive and maintain the records subject to this standard, the employer shall notify affected current employees of their rights of access to records at least three (3) months prior to the cessation of the employer's business. 1910.1020(h)(2)
(i) Appendices. 1910.1020(i)
§1910.1030
Bloodborne pathogens
Safety STOP: OSHA expects products such as discarded sanitary napkins to be discarded into waste containers that are lined in such a way as to prevent contact with the contents. But at the same time, the employer must determine if employees can come into contact with blood during the normal handling of such products from initial pick-up through disposal in the outgoing trash. [OSHA Letter of Interpretation02/01/93; Most]
Safety STOP: Teachers are not covered by the Standard unless they are designated as responsible for rendering first-aid or medical assistance should the need arise or have other occupational exposure. If the teacher's only exposure is as a result of a designated first-aider, the vaccine may be offered following the teacher's involvement in a first-aid incident. [OSHA Letter of Interpretation - 10/19/93; Petri]
Safety STOP: Employers in the hotel/motel industry must take into account all circumstances of potential exposure and determine which, if any, employees may come into contact with blood or other potentially infectious materials during the normal cleaning of rooms, stripping of beds, and handling of laundry from initial pick-up through laundering. Employees who handle, for example, linens soiled with urine that contains visible blood would be occupationally exposed. The employer may designate specific employees to perform the tasks and procedures, if any, that involve occupational exposure and train other employees to defer such tasks to employees designated to perform them. [OSHA Letter of Interpretation - 01/26/93; Frank]
Safety STOP: OSHA does not generally consider maintenance personnel and janitorial staff employed in non-health care facilities to have occupational exposure. However, it is the employer's responsibility to determine occupational exposure. If OSHA determines that sufficient evidence of reasonably anticipated exposure exists, the employer will be held responsible for providing the protections of the Bloodborne Pathogens Standard to the employees with occupational exposure. [OSHA Letter of Interpretation - 02/01/93; Most]
(a) Scope and Application. This section applies to all occupational exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials as defined by paragraph (b) of this section.1910.1030(a)
Letter of Interpretation (LOI) Stop: Feminine hygiene products as regulated waste OSHA does not generally consider discarded feminine hygiene products, used to absorb menstrual flow, to fall within the definition of regulated waste
Letter of Interpretation (LOI) Stop: Bloodborne pathogens standard's relationship to employees who perform maintenance operations Plumbers performing repairs on pipes or drains in laboratories, operating rooms, or mortuaries may have occupational exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials. If OSHA determines, on a case by case basis, that sufficient evidence of reasonably anticipated exposure exists, the employer will be held responsible for providing the protections of the standard to employees with occupational exposure.
Letter of Interpretation (LOI) Stop: Bloodborne pathogens standard's relationship to housekeepers and laundry attendants in a hotel environment Employers in the hotel industry must, then, take into account all circumstances of potential exposure and determine which, if any employees may come into contact with blood or OPIM [other potentially infectious materials] during the normal handling of laundry. For compliance purposes, if OSHA determines, that sufficient evidence exists of reasonably anticipated exposure, the employer will be held responsible for providing the protections of 29 CFR 1910.1030
(b) Definitions. For purposes of this section, the following shall apply:
Bloodborne Pathogens means pathogenic microorganisms that are present in human blood and can cause disease in humans. These pathogens include, but are not limited to, hepatitis B virus (HBV) and human immunodeficiency virus (HIV).
Contaminated means the presence or the reasonably anticipated presence of blood or other potentially infectious materials on an item or surface.
Contaminated Laundry means laundry which has been soiled with blood or other potentially infectious materials or may contain sharps.
Contaminated Sharps means any contaminated object that can penetrate the skin including, but not limited to, needles, scalpels, broken glass, broken capillary tubes, and exposed ends of dental wires.
Decontamination means the use of physical or chemical means to remove, inactivate, or destroy bloodborne pathogens on a surface or item to the point where they are no longer capable of transmitting infectious particles and the surface or item is rendered safe for handling, use, or disposal.
Exposure Incident means a specific eye, mouth, other mucous membrane, non-intact skin, or parenteral contact with blood or other potentially infectious materials that results from the performance of an employee's duties.
Handwashing facilities means a facility providing an adequate supply of running potable water, soap, and single-use towels or air-drying machines.
Needleless systems means a device that does not use needles for:
(1) The collection of bodily fluids or withdrawal of body fluids after initial venous or arterial access is established;
(2) The administration of medication or fluids; or
(3) Any other procedure involving the potential for occupational exposure to bloodborne pathogens due to percutaneous injuries from contaminated sharps.
Occupational Exposure means reasonably anticipated skin, eye, mucous membrane, or parenteral contact with blood or other potentially infectious materials that may result from the performance of an employee's duties.
(1) The following human body fluids: semen, vaginal secretions, cerebrospinal fluid, synovial fluid, pleural fluid, pericardial fluid, peritoneal fluid, amniotic fluid, saliva in dental procedures, any body fluid that is visibly contaminated with blood, and all body fluids in situations where it is difficult or impossible to differentiate between body fluids;
(2) Any unfixed tissue or organ (other than intact skin) from a human (living or dead); and
(3) HIV-containing cell or tissue cultures, organ cultures, and HIVor HBV-containing culture medium or other solutions; and blood, organs, or other tissues from experimental animals infected with HIV or HBV.
Parenteral means piercing mucous membranes or the skin barrier through such events as needlesticks, human bites, cuts, and abrasions.
Personal Protective Equipment is specialized clothing or equipment worn by an employee for protection against a hazard. General work clothes (e.g., uniforms, pants, shirts or blouses) not intended to function as protection against a hazard are not considered to be personal protective equipment.
Universal Precautions is an approach to infection control. According to the concept of Universal Precautions, all human blood and certain human body fluids are treated as if known to be infectious for HIV, HBV, and other bloodborne pathogens.
Work Practice Controls means controls that reduce the likelihood of exposure by altering the manner in which a task is performed (e.g., prohibiting recapping of needles by a two-handed technique).
(c) Exposure control — 1910.1030(c)
(1) Exposure Control Plan. 1910.1030(c)(1)
(i) Each employer having an employee(s) with occupational exposure as defined by paragraph (b) of this section shall establish a written Exposure Control Plan designed to eliminate or minimize employee exposure. 1910.1030(c)(1)(i)
(ii) The Exposure Control Plan [A]-[C]1910.1030(c)(1)(ii)
(iii) Each employer shall ensure that a copy 1910.1030(c)(1)(iii)
(iv) The Exposure Control Plan shall be reviewed and updated at least annually and whenever necessary to reflect new or modified tasks and procedures which affect occupational exposure and to reflect new or revised employee positions with occupational exposure. The review and update of such plans shall also: 1910.1030(c)(1)(iv)
[A] Reflect changes in technology that eliminate or reduce exposure to bloodborne pathogens; and 1910.1030(c)(1)(iv)[A]
[B] Document annually consideration and implementation of appropriate commercially available and effective safer medical devices designed to eliminate or minimize occupational exposure. 1910.1030(c)(1)(iv)[B]
(v) An employer, who is required to establish an Exposure Control Plan shall solicit input from non-managerial employees responsible for direct patient care who are potentially exposed to injuries from contaminated sharps in the identification, evaluation, and selection of effective engineering and work practice controls and shall document the solicitation in the Exposure Control Plan. 1910.1030(c)(1)(v)
(vi) The Exposure Control Plan 1910.1030(c)(1)(vi)
(1) General. Universal precautions shall be observed to prevent contact with blood or other potentially infectious materials. Under circumstances in which differentiation between body fluid types is difficult or impossible, all body fluids shall be considered potentially infectious materials. 1910.1030(d)(1)
(2) Engineering and work practice controls. 1910.1030(d)(2)
(i) Engineering and work practice controls shall be used to eliminate or minimize employee exposure. Where occupational exposure remains after institution of these controls, personal protective equipment shall also be used. 1910.1030(d)(2)(i)
(ii) Engineering controls shall be examined and maintained or replaced on a regular schedule to ensure their effectiveness. 1910.1030(d)(2)(ii)
(iii) Employers shall provide handwashing facilities which are readily accessible to employees. 1910.1030(d)(2)(iii)
Letter of Interpretation (LOI) Stop: Bloodborne pathogens: Hand washing facilities must be readily accessible Facilities for proper hand washing need to be readily available in all areas where occupational exposure to bloodborne pathogens is anticipated. Exam rooms where procedures are limited to taking blood pressures and temperatures or other simple non-invasive procedures, would not require hand washing facilities, or even gloves.
(iv) When provision of handwashing facilities is not feasible, the employer shall provide either an appropriate antiseptic hand cleanser in conjunction with clean cloth/paper towels or antiseptic towelettes. When antiseptic hand cleansers or towelettes are used, hands shall be washed with soap and running water as soon as feasible. 1910.1030(d)(2)(iv)
(v) Employers shall ensure that employees wash their hands immediately or as soon as feasible after removal of gloves or other personal protective equipment. 1910.1030(d)(2)(v)
(vi) Employers shall ensure that employees wash hands and any other skin with soap and water, or flush mucous membranes with water immediately or as soon as feasible following contact of such body areas with blood or other potentially infectious materials. 1910.1030(d)(2)(vi)
(vii) Contaminated needles and other contaminated sharps [A]-[B]1910.1030(d)(2)(vii)
(viii) Immediately or as soon as possible after use, contaminated reusable sharps shall be placed in appropriate containers until properly reprocessed. These containers shall be:
1910.1030(d)(2)(viii)
[A] Puncture resistant; 1910.1030(d)(2)(viii)[A]
[B] Labeled or color-coded in accordance with this standard; 1910.1030(d)(2)(viii)[B]
[C] Leakproof on the sides and bottom; and 1910.1030(d)(2)(viii)[C]
[D] In accordance with the requirements set forth in paragraph (d)(4)(ii)(E) for reusable sharps. 1910.1030(d)(2)(viii)[D]
(ix) Eating, drinking, smoking, applying cosmetics or lip balm, and handling contact lenses are prohibited in work areas where there is a reasonable likelihood of occupational exposure. 1910.1030(d)(2)(ix)
(x) Food and drink shall not be kept in refrigerators, freezers, shelves, cabinets or on countertops or benchtops where blood or other potentially infectious materials are present. 1910.1030(d)(2)(x)
(xi) All procedures involving blood or other potentially infectious materials shall be performed in such a manner as to minimize splashing, spraying, spattering, and generation of droplets of these substances. 1910.1030(d)(2)(xi)
(xii) Mouth pipetting/suctioning of blood or other potentially infectious materials is prohibited. 1910.1030(d)(2)(xii)
(xiii) Specimens of blood or other potentially infectious materials [A]-[C]1910.1030(d)(2)(xiii)
(xiv) Equipment which may become contaminated with blood [A]-[B]1910.1030(d)(2)(xiv)
(3) Personal protective equipment — 1910.1030(d)(3)
Letter of Interpretation (LOI) Stop: PPE is required only when there is anticipated exposure to bloodborne pathogens Personal protective equipment is required only when there is reasonably anticipated exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials.
(i) Provision. When there is occupational exposure, the employer shall provide, at no cost to the employee, appropriate personal protective equipment such as, but not limited to, gloves, gowns, laboratory coats, face shields or masks and eye protection, and mouthpieces, resuscitation bags, pocket masks, or other ventilation devices. Personal protective equipment will be considered "appropriate" only if it does not permit blood or other potentially infectious materials to pass through to or reach the employee's work clothes, street clothes, undergarments, skin, eyes, mouth, or other mucous membranes under normal conditions of use and for the duration of time which the protective equipment will be used. 1910.1030(d)(3)(i)
(ii) Use. 1910.1030(d)(3)(ii)
(iii) Accessibility. 1910.1030(d)(3)(iii)
(iv) Cleaning, Laundering, and Disposal. The employer shall clean, launder, and dispose of personal protective equipment required by paragraphs (d) and (e) of this standard, at no cost to the employee. 1910.1030(d)(3)(iv)
(v) Repair and Replacement. 1910.1030(d)(3)(v)
(vi) If a garment(s) is penetrated by blood or other potentially infectious materials, the garment(s) shall be removed immediately or as soon as feasible. 1910.1030(d)(3)(vi)
(vii) All personal protective equipment 1910.1030(d)(3)(vii)
(viii) When personal protective equipment is removed 1910.1030(d)(3)(viii)
(ix) Gloves. [A]-[D]1910.1030(d)(3)(ix)
(x) Masks, Eye Protection, and Face Shields. 1910.1030(d)(3)(x)
(xi) Gowns, Aprons, and Other Protective Body Clothing. 1910.1030(d)(3)(xi)
(xii) Surgical caps or hoods and/or shoe covers or boots 1910.1030(d)(3)(xii)
(4) Housekeeping — 1910.1030(d)(4)
(i) General. Employers shall ensure that the worksite is maintained in a clean and sanitary condition. The employer shall determine and implement an appropriate written schedule for cleaning and method of decontamination based upon the location within the facility, type of surface to be cleaned, type of soil present, and tasks or procedures being performed in the area. 1910.1030(d)(4)(i)
(ii) All equipment and environmental and working surfaces shall be cleaned and decontaminated after contact with blood or other potentially infectious materials. 1910.1030(d)(4)(ii)
(iii) Regulated Waste — 1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)
[A] Contaminated Sharps Discarding and Containment. 1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)[A]
[B] Other Regulated Waste Containment — 1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)[B]
[C] Disposal of all regulated waste shall be in accordance with applicable regulations of the United States, States and Territories, and political subdivisions of States and Territories. 1910.1030(d)(4)(iii)[C]
(iv) Laundry.[A]-[C]
1910.1030(d)(4)(iv)
(e) HIV and HBV Research Laboratories and Production Facilities. (1)-(5) 1910.1030(e)
(f) Hepatitis B vaccination and post-exposure evaluation and follow-up — 1910.1030(f)
(1) General. 1910.1030(f)(1)
(i) The employer shall make available the hepatitis B vaccine and vaccination series to all employees who have occupational exposure, and post-exposure evaluation and follow-up to all employees who have had an exposure incident. 1910.1030(f)(1)(i)
(ii) The employer shall ensure that all medical evaluations [A]-[D]1910.1030(f)(1)(ii)
(iii) The employer shall ensure that all laboratory tests 1910.1030(f)(1)(iii)
(2) Hepatitis B Vaccination. 1910.1030(f)(2)
(i) Hepatitis B vaccination shall be made available after the employee has received the training required in paragraph (g)(2)(vii)(I) and within 10 working days of initial assignment to all employees who have occupational exposure unless the employee has previously received the complete hepatitis B vaccination series, antibody testing has revealed that the employee is immune, or the vaccine is contraindicated for medical reasons. 1910.1030(f)(2)(i)
(ii) The employer shall not make participation in a prescreening 1910.1030(f)(2)(ii)
(iii) If the employee initially declines hepatitis B vaccination 1910.1030(f)(2)(iii)
(iv) The employer shall assure that employees who decline 1910.1030(f)(2)(iv)
(v) If a routine booster dose(s) of hepatitis B vaccine 1910.1030(f)(2)(v)
(3) Post-exposure Evaluation and Follow-up. Following a report of an exposure incident, the employer shall make immediately available to the exposed employee a confidential medical evaluation and follow-up, including at least the following elements:
1910.1030(f)(3)
(i) Documentation of the route(s) of exposure, 1910.1030(f)(3)(i)
(ii) Identification and documentation of the source individual, [A]-[C]1910.1030(f)(3)(ii)
(iii) Collection and testing of blood [A]-[B]1910.1030(f)(3)(iii)
(vi) Evaluation of reported illnesses. 1910.1030(f)(3)(vi)
(4) Information Provided to the Healthcare Professional. (i)-(ii) 1910.1030(f)(4)
(5) Healthcare Professional's Written Opinion. The employer shall obtain and provide the employee with a copy of the evaluating healthcare professional's written opinion within 15 days of the completion of the evaluation. 1910.1030(f)(5)
(6) Medical recordkeeping. 1910.1030(f)(6)
(g) Communication of hazards to employees — 1910.1030(g)
(1) Labels and signs — 1910.1030(g)(1)
(i) Labels.1910.1030(g)(1)(i)
[A] Warning labels shall be affixed to containers of regulated waste, refrigerators and freezers containing blood or other potentially infectious material; and other containers used to store, transport or ship blood or other potentially infectious materials, except as provided in paragraph (g)(1)(i)(E), (F) and (G). 1910.1030(g)(1)(i)[A]
[B] Labels required by this section shall include the following legend: 1910.1030(g)(1)(i)[B]
[C] These labels shall be fluorescent orange or orangered or predominantly so, with lettering and symbols in a contrasting color. 1910.1030(g)(1)(i)[C]
[D] Labels shall be affixed as close as feasible to the container 1910.1030(g)(1)(i)[D]
[E] Red bags or red containers may be substituted for labels.1910.1030(g)(1)(i)[E]
[F] Containers of blood, blood components, or blood products 1910.1030(g)(1)(i)[F]
[G] Individual containers of blood or other potentially 1910.1030(g)(1)(i)[G]
[H] Labels required for contaminated equipment shall be 1910.1030(g)(1)(i)[H]
[I] Regulated waste that has been decontaminated 1910.1030(g)(1)(i)[I]
(ii) Signs.1910.1030(g)(1)(ii)
[A] The employer shall post signs at the entrance to work areas specified in paragraph (e), HIV and HBV Research Laboratory and Production Facilities, which shall bear the following legend: 1910.1030(g)(1)(ii)[A]
(Name of the Infectious Agent)
(Special requirements for entering the area)
(Name, telephone number of the laboratory director or other responsible person.)
[B] These signs shall be fluorescent orange-red or predominantly so, with lettering and symbols in a contrasting color. 1910.1030(g)(1)(ii)[B]
(2) Information and Training. 1910.1030(g)(2)
(i) The employer shall train 1910.1030(g)(2)(i)
(ii) Training shall be provided as follows:1910.1030(g)(2)(ii)
[A] At the time of initial assignment to tasks where occupational exposure may take place; 1910.1030(g)(2)(ii)[A]
[B] At least annually thereafter. 1910.1030(g)(2)(ii)[B]
(iii) [Reserved] 1910.1030(g)(2)(iii)
(iv) Annual training for all employees 1910.1030(g)(2)(iv)
(v) Employers shall provide additional training when changes 1910.1030(g)(2)(v)
(vi) Material appropriate in content and vocabulary 1910.1030(g)(2)(vi)
(vii) The training program shall contain at a minimum the following elements: 1910.1030(g)(2)(vii)
(viii) The person conducting the training 1910.1030(g)(2)(viii)
(ix) Additional Initial Training for Employees in HIV and HBV Laboratories [A]-[C]1910.1030(g)(2)(ix)
Appendix A Succinct Construction Regulations and Standards
(h) Recordkeeping — 1910.1030(h)
(1) Medical Records. 1910.1030(h)(1)
(i) The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record for each employee with occupational exposure, in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1020. 1910.1030(h)(1)(i)
(ii) This record shall include: [A]-[E]1910.1030(h)(1)(ii)
(iv) The employer shall maintain the records required by paragraph (h) for at least the duration of employment plus 30 years in accordance with 29 CFR 1910.1020. 1910.1030(h)(1)(iv)
(2) Training Records. 1910.1030(h)(2)
(3) Availability. (i)-(iii) 1910.1030(h)(3)
(4) Transfer of Records. 1910.1030(h)(4)
(5) Sharps injury log. 1910.1030(h)(5)
Safety STOP: Employers may use the OSHA 300 Log and 301 Form to meet the Sharps Injury Log requirement of §1910.1030(h)(5) if the employer: Enters the type and brand of the device causing the sharps injury on the log, and Maintains the records in a way that segregates sharps injuries from other types of work-related injuries and illnesses, or allows sharps injuries to be easily separated Don't forget, an injury with a sharp contaminated with another person's blood is a privacy concern case. Therefore, you may not enter the employee's name on the 300 Log. Instead, enter ”privacy case” in the space normally used for the employee's name. [OSHA Directive - CPL 02-00-131]
(i) The employer shall establish and maintain a sharps injury log for the recording of percutaneous injuries from contaminated sharps. The information in the sharps injury log shall be recorded and maintained in such manner as to protect the confidentiality of the injured employee. The sharps injury log shall contain, at a minimum: 1910.1030(h)(5)(i)
[A] The type and brand of device involved in the incident, 1910.1030(h)(5)(i)[A]
[B] The department or work area where the exposure incident occurred, and 1910.1030(h)(5)(i)[B]
[C] An explanation of how the incident occurred. 1910.1030(h)(5)(i)[C]
(ii) The requirement to establish and maintain a sharps injury log shall apply to any employer who is required to maintain a log of occupational injuries and illnesses under 29 CFR part 1904. 1910.1030(h)(5)(ii)
(iii) The sharps injury log 1910.1030(h)(5)(iii)
1 Editor's Note: Federal Register 1218-AC67 dated May 14, 2019, specified the removal of the words "social security number" where it appears in 1910.1030(h). The eCFR is not currently reflecting this change.
(i) Dates — (1)-(4) 1910.1030(i)
Appendix A to §1910.1030 — Hepatitis B Vaccine
Declination (Mandatory)
I understand that due to my occupational exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials I may be at risk of acquiring hepatitis B virus (HBV) infection. I have been given the opportunity to be vaccinated with hepatitis B vaccine, at no charge to myself. However, I decline hepatitis B vaccination at this time. I understand that by declining this vaccine, I continue to be at risk of acquiring hepatitis B, a serious disease. If in the future I continue to have occupational exposure to blood or other potentially infectious materials and I want to be vaccinated with hepatitis B vaccine, I can receive the vaccination series at no charge to me.
§1910.1200 Hazard communication
(a) Purpose. 1910.1200(a)
(1) The purpose of this section is to ensure that the hazards of all chemicals produced or imported are classified, and that information concerning the classified hazards is transmitted to employers and employees. The requirements of this section are intended to be consistent with the provisions of the United Nations Globally Harmonized System of Classification and Labelling of Chemicals (GHS), Revision 3. The transmittal of information is to be accomplished by means of comprehensive hazard communication programs, which are to include container labeling and other forms of warning, safety data sheets and employee training. 1910.1200(a)(1)
(2) This occupational safety and health 1910.1200(a)(2)
(b) Scope and application. 1910.1200(b)
(1) This section requires chemical manufacturers or importers to classify the hazards of chemicals which they produce or import, and all employers to provide information to their employees about the hazardous chemicals to which they are exposed, by means of a hazard communication program, labels and other
forms of warning, safety data sheets, and information and training. In addition, this section requires distributors to transmit the required information to employers. (Employers who do not produce or import chemicals need only focus on those parts of this rule that deal with establishing a workplace program and communicating information to their workers.) 1910.1200(b)(1)
(2) This section applies to any chemical which is known to be present in the workplace in such a manner that employees may be exposed under normal conditions of use or in a foreseeable emergency. 1910.1200(b)(2)
(3) This section applies to laboratories only as (i)-(iv) 1910.1200(b)(3)
(4) In work operations where employees (i)-(iii) 1910.1200(b)(4)
(i) Employers shall ensure that labels on incoming containers of hazardous chemicals are not removed or defaced; 1910.1200(b)(4)(i)
(ii) Employers shall maintain copies of any safety data sheets that are received with incoming shipments of the sealed containers of hazardous chemicals, shall obtain a safety data sheet as soon as possible for sealed containers of hazardous chemicals received without a safety data sheet if an employee requests the safety data sheet, and shall ensure that the safety data sheets are readily accessible during each work shift to employees when they are in their work area(s); and, 1910.1200(b)(4)(ii)
(iii) Employers shall ensure that employees are provided with information and training in accordance with paragraph (h) of this section (except for the location and availability of the written hazard communication program under paragraph (h)(2)(iii) of this section), to the extent necessary to protect them in the event of a spill or leak of a hazardous chemical from a sealed container. 1910.1200(b)(4)(iii)
(5) This section does not require labeling of the following chemicals: (i)-(vi) 1910.1200(b)(5)
(i) Any pesticide as such term is defined in the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (7 U.S.C. 136 et seq.), when subject to the labeling requirements of that Act and labeling regulations issued under that Act by the Environmental Protection Agency; 1910.1200(b)(5)(i)
(ii) Any chemical substance or mixture as such terms are defined in the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. 2601 et seq.), when subject to the labeling requirements of that Act and labeling regulations issued under that Act by the Environmental Protection Agency. 1910.1200(b)(5)(ii)
(iii) Any food, food additive, color additive, drug, cosmetic, or medical or veterinary device or product, including materials intended for use as ingredients in such products (e.g., flavors and fragrances), as such terms are defined in the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.) or the Virus-Serum-Toxin Act of 1913 (21 U.S.C. 151 et seq.), and regulations issued under those Acts, when they are subject to the labeling requirements under those Acts by either the Food and Drug Administration or the Department of Agriculture; 1910.1200(b)(5)(iii)
(iv) Any distilled spirits (beverage alcohols), wine, or malt beverage intended for nonindustrial use, as such terms are defined in the Federal Alcohol Administration Act (27 U.S.C. 201 et seq.) and regulations issued under that Act, when subject to the labeling requirements of that Act and labeling regulations issued under that Act by the Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives; 1910.1200(b)(5)(iv)
(v) Any consumer product or hazardous substance as those terms are defined in the Consumer Product Safety Act (15 U.S.C. 2051 et seq.) and Federal Hazardous Substances Act (15 U.S.C. 1261 et seq.) respectively, when subject to a consumer product safety standard or labeling requirement of those Acts, or regulations issued under those Acts by the Consumer Product Safety Commission; and, 1910.1200(b)(5)(v)
(vi) Agricultural or vegetable seed treated with pesticides and labeled in accordance with the Federal Seed Act (7 U.S.C. 1551 et seq.) and the labeling regulations issued under that Act by the Department of Agriculture. 1910.1200(b)(5)(vi)
(6) This section does not apply to: 1910.1200(b)(6)
(i) Any hazardous waste as such term is defined by the Solid Waste Disposal Act, as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, as amended (42 U.S.C. 6901 et seq.), when subject to regulations issued under that Act by the Environmental Protection Agency; 1910.1200(b)(6)(i)
(ii) Any hazardous substance as such term is defined by the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation
and Liability Act (CERCLA) (42 U.S.C. 9601 et seq.) when the hazardous substance is the focus of remedial or removal action being conducted under CERCLA in accordance with Environmental Protection Agency regulations.
1910.1200(b)(6)(ii)
(iii) Tobacco or tobacco products;1910.1200(b)(6)(iii)
(iv) Wood or wood products, including lumber which will not be processed, where the chemical manufacturer or importer can establish that the only hazard they pose to employees is the potential for flammability or combustibility (wood or wood products which have been treated with a hazardous chemical covered by this standard, and wood which may be subsequently sawed or cut, generating dust, are not exempted); 1910.1200(b)(6)(iv)
(v) Articles (as that term is defined in paragraph (c) of this section); 1910.1200(b)(6)(v)
(vi) Food or alcoholic beverages which are sold, used, or prepared in a retail establishment (such as a grocery store, restaurant, or drinking place), and foods intended for personal consumption by employees while in the workplace; 1910.1200(b)(6)(vi)
(vii) Any drug, as that term is defined in the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 301 et seq.), when it is in solid, final form for direct administration to the patient (e.g., tablets or pills); drugs which are packaged by the chemical manufacturer for sale to consumers in a retail establishment (e.g., over-the-counter drugs); and drugs intended for personal consumption by employees while in the workplace (e.g., first aid supplies); 1910.1200(b)(6)(vii)
(viii) Cosmetics which are packaged for sale to consumers in a retail establishment, and cosmetics intended for personal consumption by employees while in the workplace; 1910.1200(b)(6)(viii)
(ix) Any consumer product or hazardous substance, as those terms are defined in the Consumer Product Safety Act (15 U.S.C. 2051 et seq.) and Federal Hazardous Substances Act (15 U.S.C. 1261 et seq.) respectively, where the employer can show that it is used in the workplace for the purpose intended by the chemical manufacturer or importer of the product, and the use results in a duration and frequency of exposure which is not greater than the range of exposures that could reasonably be experienced by consumers when used for the purpose intended; 1910.1200(b)(6)(ix)
(x) Nuisance particulates where the chemical manufacturer or importer can establish that they do not pose any physical or health hazard covered under this section; 1910.1200(b)(6)(x)
(xi) Ionizing and nonionizing radiation; and,1910.1200(b)(6)(xi)
Letter of Interpretation (LOI) Stop: Employer responsibility under Hazard Communication Each employer with employees exposed to hazardous chemicals must have a hazard communication program. Office workers who encounter hazardous chemicals only in isolated instances are not covered by the rule. OSHA considers most office products (such as pens, pencils, adhesive tape) to be exempt under the provisions of the rule, either as articles or as consumer products.
Article means a manufactured item other than a fluid or particle:
(i) which is formed to a specific shape or design during manufacture;
(ii) which has end use function(s) dependent in whole or in part upon its shape or design during end use; and
(iii) which under normal conditions of use does not release more than very small quantities, e.g., minute or trace amounts of a hazardous chemical (as determined under paragraph (d) of this section), and does not pose a physical hazard or health risk to employees.
Chemical means any substance, or mixture of substances.
Common name means any designation or identification such as code name, code number, trade name, brand name or generic name used to identify a chemical other than by its chemical name.
Container means any bag, barrel, bottle, box, can, cylinder, drum, reaction vessel, storage tank, or the like that contains a hazardous chemical. For purposes of this section, pipes or piping systems, and engines, fuel tanks, or other operating systems in a vehicle, are not considered to be containers.
Employee means a worker who may be exposed to hazardous chemicals under normal operating conditions or in foreseeable emergencies. Workers such as office workers or bank tellers who
encounter hazardous chemicals only in non-routine, isolated instances are not covered.
Employer means a person engaged in a business where chemicals are either used, distributed, or are produced for use or distribution, including a contractor or subcontractor.
Exposure or exposed means that an employee is subjected in the course of employment to a chemical that is a physical or health hazard, and includes potential (e.g., accidental or possible) exposure. "Subjected" in terms of health hazards includes any route of entry (e.g., inhalation, ingestion, skin contact or absorption.)
Foreseeable emergency means any potential occurrence such as, but not limited to, equipment failure, rupture of containers, or failure of control equipment which could result in an uncontrolled release of a hazardous chemical into the workplace.
Hazard category means the division of criteria within each hazard class, e.g., oral acute toxicity and flammable liquids include four hazard categories. These categories compare hazard severity within a hazard class and should not be taken as a comparison of hazard categories more generally.
Hazard class means the nature of the physical or health hazards, e.g., flammable solid, carcinogen, oral acute toxicity.
Hazard not otherwise classified (HNOC) means an adverse physical or health effect identified through evaluation of scientific evidence during the classification process that does not meet the specified criteria for the physical and health hazard classes addressed in this section. This does not extend coverage to adverse physical and health effects for which there is a hazard class addressed in this section, but the effect either falls below the cut-off value/concentration limit of the hazard class or is under a GHS hazard category that has not been adopted by OSHA (e.g., acute toxicity Category 5).
Hazard statement means a statement assigned to a hazard class and category that describes the nature of the hazard(s) of a chemical, including, where appropriate, the degree of hazard.
Hazardous chemical means any chemical which is classified as a physical hazard or a health hazard, a simple asphyxiant, combustible dust, pyrophoric gas, or hazard not otherwise classified. Health hazard means a chemical which is classified as posing one of the following hazardous effects: acute toxicity (any route of exposure); skin corrosion or irritation; serious eye damage or eye irritation; respiratory or skin sensitization; germ cell mutagenicity; carcinogenicity; reproductive toxicity; specific target organ toxicity (single or repeated exposure); or aspiration hazard. The criteria for determining whether a chemical is classified as a health hazard are detailed in Appendix A to §1910.1200 — Health Hazard Criteria.
Immediate use means that the hazardous chemical will be under the control of and used only by the person who transfers it from a labeled container and only within the work shift in which it is transferred.
Label means an appropriate group of written, printed or graphic information elements concerning a hazardous chemical that is affixed to, printed on, or attached to the immediate container of a hazardous chemical, or to the outside packaging.
Label elements means the specified pictogram, hazard statement, signal word and precautionary statement for each hazard class and category.
Physical hazard means a chemical that is classified as posing one of the following hazardous effects: explosive; flammable (gases, aerosols, liquids, or solids); oxidizer (liquid, solid or gas); selfreactive; pyrophoric (liquid or solid); self-heating; organic peroxide; corrosive to metal; gas under pressure; or in contact with water emits flammable gas. See Appendix B to §1910.1200 — Physical Hazard Criteria.
Pictogram means a composition that may include a symbol plus other graphic elements, such as a border, background pattern, or color, that is intended to convey specific information about the hazards of a chemical. Eight pictograms are designated under this standard for application to a hazard category.
Precautionary statement means a phrase that describes recommended measures that should be taken to minimize or prevent adverse effects resulting from exposure to a hazardous chemical, or improper storage or handling.
Product identifier means the name or number used for a hazardous chemical on a label or in the SDS. It provides a unique means by which the user can identify the chemical. The product identifier used shall permit cross-references to be made among the list of hazardous chemicals required in the written hazard communication program, the label and the SDS.
Responsible party means someone who can provide additional information on the hazardous chemical and appropriate emergency procedures, if necessary.
§1910.1200
Succinct Construction Regulations and Standards
Safety data sheet (SDS) means written or printed material concerning a hazardous chemical that is prepared in accordance with paragraph (g) of this section.
Signal word means a word used to indicate the relative level of severity of hazard and alert the reader to a potential hazard on the label. The signal words used in this section are "danger" and "warning." "Danger" is used for the more severe hazards, while "warning" is used for the less severe.
Substance means chemical elements and their compounds in the natural state or obtained by any production process, including any additive necessary to preserve the stability of the product and any impurities deriving from the process used, but excluding any solvent which may be separated without affecting the stability of the substance or changing its composition.
Use means to package, handle, react, emit, extract, generate as a byproduct, or transfer.
Work area means a room or defined space in a workplace where hazardous chemicals are produced or used, and where employees are present.
Workplace means an establishment, job site, or project, at one geographical location containing one or more work areas.
(d) Hazard classification. 1910.1200(d)
(1) Chemical manufacturers and importers shall evaluate chemicals produced in their workplaces or imported by them to classify the chemicals in accordance with this section. For each chemical, the chemical manufacturer or importer shall determine the hazard classes, and, where appropriate, the category of each class that apply to the chemical being classified. Employers are not required to classify chemicals unless they choose not to rely on the classification performed by the chemical manufacturer or importer for the chemical to satisfy this requirement.
1910.1200(d)(1)
(2) Chemical manufacturers, importers or employers classifying chemicals shall identify and consider the full range of available scientific literature and other evidence concerning the potential hazards. There is no requirement to test the chemical to determine how to classify its hazards. Appendix A to §1910.1200 shall be consulted for classification of health hazards, and Appendix B to §1910.1200 shall be consulted for the classification of physical hazards. 1910.1200(d)(2)
(3) Mixtures. 1910.1200(d)(3)
(i) Chemical manufacturers, importers, or employers evaluating chemicals shall follow the procedures described in Appendices A and B to §1910.1200 to classify the hazards of the chemicals, including determinations regarding when mixtures of the classified chemicals are covered by this section. 1910.1200(d)(3)(i)
(ii) When classifying mixtures they produce or import, chemical manufacturers and importers of mixtures may rely on the information provided on the current safety data sheets of the individual ingredients, except where the chemical manufacturer or importer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable diligence should know, that the safety data sheet misstates or omits information required by this section. 1910.1200(d)(3)(ii)
(e) Written hazard communication program. 1910.1200(e)
(1) Employers shall develop, implement, and maintain at each workplace, a written hazard communication program which at least describes how the criteria specified in paragraphs (f), (g), and (h) of this section for labels and other forms of warning, safety data sheets, and employee information and training will be met, and which also includes the following: 1910.1200(e)(1)
(i) A list of the hazardous chemicals known to be present using a product identifier that is referenced on the appropriate safety data sheet (the list may be compiled for the workplace as a whole or for individual work areas); and, 1910.1200(e)(1)(i)
(ii) The methods the employer will use to inform employees of the hazards of non-routine tasks (for example, the cleaning of reactor vessels), and the hazards associated with chemicals contained in unlabeled pipes in their work areas. 1910.1200(e)(1)(ii)
(2) Multi-employer workplaces. Employers who produce, use, or store hazardous chemicals at a workplace in such a way that the employees of other employer(s) may be exposed (for example, employees of a construction contractor working on-site) shall additionally ensure that the hazard communication programs developed and implemented under this paragraph (e) include the following: 1910.1200(e)(2)
(i) The methods the employer will use to provide the other employer(s) on-site access to safety data sheets for each
hazardous chemical the other employer(s)' employees may be exposed to while working; 1910.1200(e)(2)(i)
(ii) The methods the employer will use to inform the other employer(s) of any precautionary measures that need to be taken to protect employees during the workplace's normal operating conditions and in foreseeable emergencies; and, 1910.1200(e)(2)(ii)
(iii) The methods the employer will use to inform the other employer(s) of the labeling system used in the workplace. 1910.1200(e)(2)(iii)
(3) The employer may rely on an existing hazard communication program to comply with these requirements, provided that it meets the criteria established in this paragraph (e). 1910.1200(e)(3)
(4) The employer shall make the written hazard communication program available, upon request, to employees, their designated representatives, the Assistant Secretary and the Director, in accordance with the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.20(e).
1910.1200(e)(4)
Editor's Note: The CFR refers to §1910.20(e), which is not in the current CFR publication. For further information on regulatory matters pertaining to written hazard communication programs, readers may benefit from reviewing §1910.1200(e).
(5) Where employees must travel between workplaces during a workshift, i.e., their work is carried out at more than one geographical location, the written hazard communication program may be kept at the primary workplace facility. 1910.1200(e)(5)
(f) Labels and other forms of warning — 1910.1200(f)
(1) Labels on shipped containers. The chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor shall ensure that each container of hazardous chemicals leaving the workplace is labeled, tagged, or marked. Hazards not otherwise classified do not have to be addressed on the container. Where the chemical manufacturer or importer is required to label, tag or mark the following information shall be provided: 1910.1200(f)(1)
(vi) Name, address, and telephone number of the chemical manufacturer, importer, or other responsible party.
1910.1200(f)(1)(vi)
(2) The chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor 1910.1200(f)(2)
(3) The chemical manufacturer, 1910.1200(f)(3)
(4) Solid materials. (i)-(iii) 1910.1200(f)(4)
(5) Chemical manufacturers, 1910.1200(f)(5)
(6) Workplace labeling. Except as provided in paragraphs (f)(7) and (f)(8) of this section, the employer shall ensure that each container of hazardous chemicals in the workplace is labeled, tagged or marked with either: 1910.1200(f)(6)
(i) The information specified under paragraphs (f)(1)(i) through (v) of this section for labels on shipped containers; or, 1910.1200(f)(6)(i)
(ii) Product identifier and words, pictures, symbols, or combination thereof, which provide at least general information regarding the hazards of the chemicals, and which, in conjunction with the other information immediately available to employees under the hazard communication program, will provide employees with the specific information regarding the physical and health hazards of the hazardous chemical. 1910.1200(f)(6)(ii)
(7) The employer may use signs, 1910.1200(f)(7)
(8) The employer is not required to label portable containers into which hazardous chemicals are transferred from labeled containers, and which are intended only for the immediate use of the employee who performs the transfer. For purposes of this section, drugs which are dispensed by a pharmacy to a health care provider for direct administration to a patient are exempted from labeling. 1910.1200(f)(8)
(9) The employer shall not remove or deface 1910.1200(f)(9)
(10) The employer shall ensure that workplace labels or other forms of warning are legible, in English, and prominently displayed on the container, or readily available in the work area throughout each work shift. Employers having employees who speak other languages may add the information in their language to the material presented, as long as the information is presented in English as well. 1910.1200(f)(10)
(11) Chemical manufacturers, importers, distributors, or employers who become newly aware of any significant information regarding the hazards of a chemical shall revise the labels for the chemical within six months of becoming aware of the new infor-
mation, and shall ensure that labels on containers of hazardous chemicals shipped after that time contain the new information. If the chemical is not currently produced or imported, the chemical manufacturer, importer, distributor, or employer shall add the information to the label before the chemical is shipped or introduced into the workplace again. 1910.1200(f)(11)
(g) Safety data sheets. 1910.1200(g)
(1) Chemical manufacturers and importers shall obtain or develop a safety data sheet for each hazardous chemical they produce or import. Employers shall have a safety data sheet in the workplace for each hazardous chemical which they use. 1910.1200(g)(1)
(2) The chemical manufacturer or importer preparing the safety data sheet shall ensure that it is in English (although the employer may maintain copies in other languages as well), and includes at least the following section numbers and headings, and associated information under each heading, in the order listed (See Appendix D to §1910.1200 — Safety Data Sheets, for the specific content of each section of the safety data sheet): 1910.1200(g)(2)
(i) Section 1, Identification; 1910.1200(g)(2)(i)
(ii) Section 2, Hazard(s) identification; 1910.1200(g)(2)(ii)
(iii) Section 3, Composition/information on ingredients; 1910.1200(g)(2)(iii)
(xiv) Section 14, Transport information; 1910.1200(g)(2)(xiv)
(xv) Section 15, Regulatory information; and 1910.1200(g)(2)(xv)
(xvi) Section 16, Other information, including date of preparation or last revision. 1910.1200(g)(2)(xvi)
Note 1 to paragraph (g)(2): To be consistent with the GHS, an SDS must also include the headings in paragraphs (g)(2)(xii) through (g)(2)(xv) in order.
Note 2 to paragraph (g)(2): OSHA will not be enforcing information requirements in sections 12 through 15, as these areas are not under its jurisdiction.
(3) If no relevant information is found 1910.1200(g)(3)
(4) Where complex mixtures have similar hazards and contents
1910.1200(g)(4)
(5) The chemical manufacturer, 1910.1200(g)(5)
(6) (i) Chemical manufacturers or importers shall ensure that distributors and employers are provided an appropriate safety data sheet with their initial shipment, and with the first shipment after a safety data sheet is updated; 1910.1200(g)(6)(i)
(ii) The chemical manufacturer or importer 1910.1200(g)(6)(ii)
(iii) If the safety data sheet 1910.1200(g)(6)(iii)
(iv) The chemical manufacturer or importer 1910.1200(g)(6)(iv)
(7) (i) Distributors shall ensure that material data sheets, and updated information, are provided to other distributors and employers with their initial shipment and with the first shipment after a safety data sheet is updated; 1910.1200(g)(7)(i)
(ii) The distributor shall either provide safety data sheets with 1910.1200(g)(7)(ii)
(v) If an employer without a commercial account 1910.1200(g)(7)(v)
(vi) Wholesale distributors shall also provide 1910.1200(g)(7)(vi)
(vii) Chemical manufacturers, importers, and distributors 1910.1200(g)(7)(vii)
Letter of Interpretation (LOI) Stop: Distributors of hazardous chemicals must provide [material] safety data sheets ([M]SDS) and updated information to other distributors and employers. Retail distributors must provide [M]SDS upon request, and must post a sign or otherwise inform employers that an [M]SDS is available. An employer purchasing chemicals for his workers is responsible for asking for the [M]SDS.
Editor's Note: Federal Register 1218-AC20 dated March 26, 2012, specified a change in 1910.1200 (g)(7)(i) through (vii) that is partially reflected in the CFR.
The change involved removal of the word "material" in the phrase "material safety data sheet" or "material safety data sheets" wherever they appear.
(8) The employer shall maintain in the workplace copies of the required safety data sheets for each hazardous chemical, and shall ensure that they are readily accessible during each work shift to employees when they are in their work area(s). (Electronic access and other alternatives to maintaining paper copies of the safety data sheets are permitted as long as no barriers to immediate employee access in each workplace are created by such options.) 1910.1200(g)(8)
(9) Where employees must travel between workplaces during 1910.1200(g)(9)
(10) Safety data sheets may be kept in any form, 1910.1200(g)(10)
(11) Safety data sheets shall also be made readily available, 1910.1200(g)(11)
(h) Employee information and training. 1910.1200(h)
(1) Employers shall provide employees with effective information and training on hazardous chemicals in their work area at the time of their initial assignment, and whenever a new chemical hazard the employees have not previously been trained about is introduced into their work area. Information and training may be designed to cover categories of hazards (e.g., flammability, carcinogenicity) or specific chemicals. Chemical-specific information must always be available through labels and safety data sheets. 1910.1200(h)(1)
(2) Information. Employees shall be informed of: 1910.1200(h)(2) (i) The requirements of this section; 1910.1200(h)(2)(i) (ii) Any operations in their work area where hazardous chemicals are present; and, 1910.1200(h)(2)(ii)
(iii) The location and availability of the written hazard communication program, including the required list(s) of hazardous chemicals, and safety data sheets required by this section. 1910.1200(h)(2)(iii)
(3) Training. Employee training shall include at least: 1910.1200(h)(3)
(i) Methods and observations that may be used to detect the presence or release of a hazardous chemical in the work area (such as monitoring conducted by the employer, continuous monitoring devices, visual appearance or odor of hazardous chemicals when being released, etc.);
1910.1200(h)(3)(i)
(ii) The physical, health, simple asphyxiation, 1910.1200(h)(3)(ii)
(iii) The measures employees can take to protect themselves from these hazards, including specific procedures the employer has implemented to protect employees from exposure to hazardous chemicals, such as appropriate work practices, emergency procedures, and personal protective equipment to be used; and, 1910.1200(h)(3)(iii)
(iv) The details of the hazard communication 1910.1200(h)(3)(iv)
(i) Trade secrets. (1)-(13) 1910.1200(i)
(j) Effective dates. (1)-(3) 1910.1200(j)
Appendix A §1910.1200
— Health Hazard Criteria (Mandatory)
A.0 General Classification Considerations 1-5
A.0.1 Classification
A.0.1.1 The term "hazard classification" is used to indicate that only the intrinsic hazardous properties of chemicals are considered. Hazard classification incorporates three steps:
(a) Identification of relevant data regarding the hazards of a chemical;
(b) Subsequent review of those data to ascertain the hazards associated with the chemical;
(c) Determination of whether the chemical will be classified as hazardous and the degree of hazard.
A.0.1.2 For many hazard classes, the criteria are semi-quantitative or qualitative and expert judgment is required to interpret the data for classification purposes.
A.1 ACUTE TOXICITY
A.1.1 Definition
1-3
Acute toxicity refers to those adverse effects occurring following oral or dermal administration of a single dose of a substance, or multiple doses given within 24 hours, or an inhalation exposure of 4 hours.
A.2 SKIN CORROSION/IRRITATION 1-4
A.2.1 Definitions and General Considerations
A.2.1.1 Skin corrosion is the production of irreversible damage to the skin; namely, visible necrosis through the epidermis and into the dermis, following the application of a
Appendix A
test substance for up to 4 hours. Corrosive reactions are typified by ulcers, bleeding, bloody scabs, and, by the end of observation at 14 days, by discoloration due to blanching of the skin, complete areas of alopecia, and scars. Histopathology should be considered to evaluate questionable lesions.
Skin irritation is the production of reversible damage to the skin following the application of a test substance for up to 4 hours.
A.2.1.2 Skin corrosion/irritation shall be classified using a tiered approach as detailed in figure A.2.1. Emphasis shall be placed upon existing human data (See A.0.2.6), followed by other sources of information. Classification results directly when the data satisfy the criteria in this section. In case the criteria cannot be directly applied, classification of a substance or a mixture is made on the basis of the total weight of evidence (See A.0.3.1). This means that all available information bearing on the determination of skin corrosion/irritation is considered together, including the results of appropriate scientifically validated in-vitro tests, relevant animal data, and human data such as epidemiological and clinical studies and well-documented case reports and observations.
A.3 SERIOUS EYE DAMAGE/EYE IRRITATION 1-4
A.3.1 Definitions and General Considerations
A.3.1.1 Serious eye damage is the production of tissue damage in the eye, or serious physical decay of vision, following application of a test substance to the anterior surface of the eye, which is not fully reversible within 21 days of application.
Eye irritation is the production of changes in the eye following the application of test substance to the anterior surface of the eye, which are fully reversible within 21 days of application.
A.3.1.2 Serious eye damage/eye irritation shall be classified using a tiered approach as detailed in Figure A.3.1. Emphasis shall be placed upon existing human data (See A.0.2.6), followed by animal data, followed by other sources of information. Classification results directly when the data satisfy the criteria in this section. In case the criteria cannot be directly applied, classification of a substance or a mixture is made on the basis of the total weight of evidence (See A.0.3.1). This means that all available information bearing on the determination of serious eye damage/eye irritation is considered together, including the results of appropriate scientifically validated in vitro tests, relevant animal data, and human data such as epidemiological and clinical studies and well-documented case reports and observations.
A.4 RESPIRATORY OR SKIN SENSITIZATION A.4.1 Definitions and General Considerations 1-5
A.4.1.1 Respiratory sensitizer means a chemical that will lead to hypersensitivity of the airways following inhalation of the chemical.
Skin sensitizer means a chemical that will lead to an allergic response following skin contact.
A.4.2 Classification Criteria for Substances
A.4.2.1 Respiratory Sensitizers
A.4.2.1.1 Hazard Categories.
A.4.2.1.1.1 Effects seen in either humans or animals will normally justify classification in a weight of evidence approach for respiratory sensitizers. Substances may be allocated to one of the two subcategories 1A or 1B using a weight of evidence approach in accordance with the criteria given in Table A.4.1 and on the basis of reliable and good quality evidence from human cases or epidemiological studies and/or observations from appropriate studies in experimental animals.
A.4.2.1.1.2 Where data are not sufficient for sub-categorization, respiratory sensitizers shall be classified in Category 1.
Table A.4.1—Hazard Category and Sub-Categories for Respiratory Sensitizers
Category 1 Respiratory sensitizer
A substance is classified as a respiratory sensitizer.
(a) if there is evidence in humans that the substance can lead to specific respiratory hypersensitivity and/or
Table A.4.1—Hazard Category and Sub-Categories for Respiratory Sensitizers Category 1 Respiratory sensitizer
(b) if there are positive results from an appropriate animal test.1
Subcategory 1A
Subcategory 1B
Substances showing a high frequency of occurrence in humans; or a probability of occurrence of a high sensitization rate in humans based on animal or other tests.1 Severity of reaction may also be considered.
Substances showing a low to moderate frequency of occurrence in humans; or a probability of occurrence of a low to moderate sensitization rate in humans based on animal or other tests.1 Severity of reaction may also be considered.
1At this writing, recognized and validated animal models for the testing of respiratory hypersensitivity are not available. Under certain circumstances, data from animal studies may provide valuable information in a weight of evidence assessment.
A.5 GERM CELL MUTAGENICITY
A.5.1 Definitions and General Considerations
1-4
A.5.1.1 A mutation is defined as a permanent change in the amount or structure of the genetic material in a cell. The term mutation applies both to heritable genetic changes that may be manifested at the phenotypic level and to the underlying DNA modifications when known (including, for example, specific base pair changes and chromosomal translocations). The term mutagenic and mutagen will be used for agents giving rise to an increased occurrence of mutations in populations of cells and/or organisms.
A.5.1.2The more general terms genotoxic and genotoxicity apply to agents or processes which alter the structure, information content, or segregation of DNA, including those which cause DNA damage by interfering with normal replication processes, or which in a non-physiological manner (temporarily) alter its replication. Genotoxicity test results are usually taken as indicators for mutagenic effects.
A.6 CARCINOGENICITY 1-4
A.6.1 Definitions
Carcinogen means a substance or a mixture of substances which induce cancer or increase its incidence. Substances and mixtures which have induced benign and malignant tumors in well-performed experimental studies on animals are considered also to be presumed or suspected human carcinogens unless there is strong evidence that the mechanism of tumor formation is not relevant for humans.
Classification of a substance or mixture as posing a carcinogenic hazard is based on its inherent properties and does not provide information on the level of the human cancer risk which the use of the substance or mixture may represent.
A.7 REPRODUCTIVE TOXICITY 1-3
A.7.1 Definitions and General Considerations 1-4
A.7.1.1 Reproductive toxicity includes adverse effects on sexual function and fertility in adult males and females, as well as adverse effects on development of the offspring. Some reproductive toxic effects cannot be clearly assigned to either impairment of sexual function and fertility or to developmental toxicity. Nonetheless, chemicals with these effects shall be classified as reproductive toxicants. For classification purposes, the known induction of genetically based inheritable effects in the offspring is addressed in Germ cell mutagenicity (See A.5).
A.7.1.2 Adverse effects on sexual function and fertility means any effect of chemicals that interferes with reproductive ability or sexual capacity. This includes, but is not limited to, alterations to the female and male reproductive system, adverse effects on onset of puberty, gamete production and transport, reproductive cycle normality, sexual behaviour, fertility, parturition, pregnancy outcomes, premature reproductive senescence, or modifications in other functions that are dependent on the integrity of the reproductive systems.
A.7.1.3 Adverse effects on development of the offspring means any effect of chemicals which interferes with normal development of the conceptus either before or after birth, which is induced during pregnancy or results from parental exposure. These effects can be manifested at any point in the life span of the organism. The major manifestations of developmental toxicity include death of the developing organism, structural abnormality, altered growth and functional deficiency.
A.8 SPECIFIC TARGET ORGAN TOXICITY SINGLE EXPOSURE 1-3
A.8.1 Definitions and General Considerations 1-6
A.8.1.1 Specific target organ toxicity — single exposure, (STOT-SE) means specific, non-lethal target organ toxicity arising from a single exposure to a chemical. All significant health effects that can impair function, both reversible and irreversible, immediate and/or delayed and not specifically addressed in A.1 to A.7 and A.10 of this Appendix are included. Specific target organ toxicity following repeated exposure is classified in accordance with SPECIFIC TARGET ORGAN TOXICITY — REPEATED EXPOSURE (A.9 of this Appendix) and is therefore not included here.
A.9 SPECIFIC TARGET ORGAN TOXICITY REPEATED OR PRO-
LONGED EXPOSURE 1-3
A.9.1 Definitions and general considerations 1-5
A.9.1.1 Specific target organ toxicity — repeated exposure (STOT-RE) means specific target organ toxicity arising from repeated exposure to a substance or mixture. All significant health effects that can impair function, both reversible and irreversible, immediate and/or delayed and not specifically addressed in A.1 to A.7 and A.10 of this Appendix are included. Specific target organ toxicity following a single-event exposure is classified in accordance with SPECIFIC TARGET ORGAN TOXICITY — SINGLE EXPOSURE (A.8 of this Appendix) and is therefore not included here.
A.10 ASPIRATION HAZARD 1-3
A.10.1 Definitions and General and Specific Considerations 1-5
A.10.1.1 Aspiration means the entry of a liquid or solid chemical directly through the oral or nasal cavity, or indirectly from vomiting, into the trachea and lower respiratory system.
Appendix B To §1910.1200 — Physical Criteria (Mandatory)
B.1 EXPLOSIVES
B.1.1 Definitions and General Considerations
B.1.1.1 An explosive chemical is a solid or liquid chemical which is in itself capable by chemical reaction of producing gas at such a temperature and pressure and at such a speed as to cause damage to the surroundings. Pyrotechnic chemicals are included even when they do not evolve gases.
A pyrotechnic chemical is a chemical designed to produce an effect by heat, light, sound, gas or smoke or a combination of these as the result of non-detonative selfsustaining exothermic chemical reactions.
An explosive item is an item containing one or more explosive chemicals.
A pyrotechnic item is an item containing one or more pyrotechnic chemicals.
An unstable explosive is an explosive which is thermally unstable and/or too sensitive for normal handling, transport, or use.
An intentional explosive is a chemical or item which is manufactured with a view to produce a practical explosive or pyrotechnic effect.
B.1.1.2 The class of explosives comprises:
(a) Explosive chemicals;
(b) Explosive items, except devices containing explosive chemicals in such quantity or of such a character that their inadvertent or accidental ignition or initiation shall not cause any effect external to the device either by projection, fire, smoke, heat or loud noise; and
(c) Chemicals and items not included under (a) and (b) above which are manufactured with the view to producing a practical explosive or pyrotechnic effect.
B.1.2 Classification Criteria
Chemicals and items of this class shall be classified as unstable explosives or shall be assigned to one of the following six divisions depending on the type of hazard they present:
(a) Division 1.1 — Chemicals and items which have a mass explosion hazard (a mass explosion is one which affects almost the entire quantity present virtually instantaneously);
(b) Division 1.2 — Chemicals and items which have a projection hazard but not a mass explosion hazard;
(c) Division 1.3 — Chemicals and items which have a fire hazard and either a minor blast hazard or a minor projection hazard or both, but not a mass explosion hazard:
(i) Combustion of which gives rise to considerable radiant heat; or
(ii) Which burn one after another, producing minor blast or projection effects or both;
(d) Division 1.4 — Chemicals and items which present no significant hazard: chemicals and items which present only a small hazard in the event of ignition or initiation. The effects are largely confined to the package and no projection of fragments of appreciable size or range is to be expected. An external fire shall not cause virtually instantaneous explosion of almost the entire contents of the package;
(e) Division 1.5 — Very insensitive chemicals which have a mass explosion hazard: chemicals which have a mass explosion hazard but are so insensitive that there is very little probability of initiation or of transition from burning to detonation under normal conditions;
(f) Division 1.6 — Extremely insensitive items which do not have a mass explosion hazard: items which contain only extremely insensitive detonating chemicals and which demonstrate a negligible probability of accidental initiation or propagation.
B.1.3 Additional Classification Considerations
B.1.3.1 Explosives shall be classified as unstable explosives or shall be assigned to one of the six divisions identified in B.1.2 in accordance with the three step procedure in Part I of the UN ST/SG/AC.10 (incorporated by reference; See §1910.6). The first step is to ascertain whether the substance or mixture has explosive effects (Test Series 1). The second step is the acceptance procedure (Test Series 2 to 4) and the third step is the assignment to a hazard division (Test Series 5 to 7). The assessment whether a candidate for "ammonium nitrate emulsion or suspension or gel, intermediate for blasting explosives (ANE)" is insensitive enough for inclusion as an oxidizing liquid (See B.13) or an oxidizing solid (See B.14) is determined by Test Series 8 tests.
Note: Classification of solid chemicals shall be based on tests performed on the chemical as presented. If, for example, for the purposes of supply or transport, the same chemical is to be presented in a physical form different from that which was tested and which is considered likely to materially alter its performance in a classification test, classification must be based on testing of the chemical in the new form.
B.1.3.2 Explosive properties are associated with the presence of certain chemical groups in a molecule which can react to produce very rapid increases in temperature or pressure. The screening procedure in B.1.3.1 is aimed at identifying the presence of such reactive groups and the potential for rapid energy release. If the screening procedure identifies the chemical as a potential explosive, the acceptance procedure (See section 10.3 of the UN ST/SG/AC.10 (incorporated by reference; See §1910.6)) is necessary for classification.
Note: Neither a Series 1 type (a) propagation of detonation test nor a Series 2 type (a) test of sensitivity to detonative shock is necessary if the exothermic decomposition energy of organic materials is less than 800 J/g.
B.1.3.3 If a mixture contains any known explosives, the acceptance procedure is necessary for classification.
B.1.3.4 A chemical is not classified as explosive if: (a) There are no chemical groups associated with explosive properties present in the molecule. Examples of groups which may indicate explosive properties are given in Table A6.1 in Appendix 6 of the UN ST/SG/AC.10 (incorporated by reference; See §1910.6); or
Appendix B
Succinct Construction Regulations and Standards
(b) The substance contains chemical groups associated with explosive properties which include oxygen and the calculated oxygen balance is less than -200. The oxygen balance is calculated for the chemical reaction:
oxygen balance = -1600 [2x + (y/2) -z]/molecular weight; or
(c) The organic substance or a homogenous mixture of organic substances contains chemical groups associated with explosive properties but the exothermic decomposition energy is less than 500 J/g and the onset of exothermic decomposition is below 500 °C (932 °F). The exothermic decomposition energy may be determined using a suitable calorimetric technique; or
(d) For mixtures of inorganic oxidizing substances with organic material(s), the concentration of the inorganic oxidizing substance is:
(i) Less than 15%, by mass, if the oxidizing substance is assigned to Category 1 or 2;
(ii) Less than 30%, by mass, if the oxidizing substance is assigned to Category 3.
B.2 FLAMMABLE GASES
B.2.1 Definition
1-3
Flammable gas means a gas having a flammable range with air at 20 °C (68 °F) and a standard pressure of 101.3 kPa (14.7 psi).
B.3 FLAMMABLE AEROSOLS 1-3
B.3.1 Definition
Aerosol means any non-refillable receptacle containing a gas compressed, liquefied or dissolved under pressure, and fitted with a release device allowing the contents to be ejected as particles in suspension in a gas, or as a foam, paste, powder, liquid or gas.
B.4 OXIDIZING GASES
B.4.1 Definition
Oxidizing gas means any gas which may, generally by providing oxygen, cause or contribute to the combustion of other material more than air does.
Note: "Gases which cause or contribute to the combustion of other material more than air does" means pure gases or gas mixtures with an oxidizing power greater than 23.5% (as determined by a method specified in ISO 10156 or 10156-2 (incorporated by reference, See §1910.6) or an equivalent testing method.)
B.5 GASES UNDER PRESSURE
B.5.1 Definition
Gases under pressure are gases which are contained in a receptacle at a pressure of 200 kPa (29 psi) (gauge) or more, or which are liquefied or liquefied and refrigerated. They comprise compressed gases, liquefied gases, dissolved gases and refrigerated liquefied gases.
B.6 FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS
B.6.1 Definition
Flammable liquid means a liquid having a flash point of not more than 93 °C (199.4 °F).
Flash point means the minimum temperature at which a liquid gives off vapor in sufficient concentration to form an ignitable mixture with air near the surface of the liquid, as determined by a method identified in Section B.6.3.
B.6.2 Classification Criteria
A flammable liquid shall be classified in one of four categories in accordance with Table B.6.1:
Table B.6.1—Criteria for Flammable Liquids
1
2
4
B.7 FLAMMABLE SOLIDS
B.7.1 Definitions
1-2
Flammable solid means a solid which is a readily combustible solid, or which may cause or contribute to fire through friction.
Readily combustible solids are powdered, granular, or pasty chemicals which are dangerous if they can be easily ignited by brief contact with an ignition source, such as a burning match, and if the flame spreads rapidly.
B.8 SELF-REACTIVE CHEMICALS 1-3
B.8.1 Definitions
Self-reactive chemicals are thermally unstable liquid or solid chemicals liable to undergo a strongly exothermic decomposition even without participation of oxygen (air). This definition excludes chemicals classified under this section as explosives, organic peroxides, oxidizing liquids or oxidizing solids.
A self-reactive chemical is regarded as possessing explosive properties when in laboratory testing the formulation is liable to detonate, to deflagrate rapidly or to show a violent effect when heated under confinement.
B.9 PYROPHORIC LIQUIDS 1-3
B.9.1 Definition
Pyrophoric liquid means a liquid which, even in small quantities, is liable to ignite within five minutes after coming into contact with air.
B.10 PYROPHORIC SOLIDS 1-3
B.10.1 Definition
Pyrophoric solid means a solid which, even in small quantities, is liable to ignite within five minutes after coming into contact with air.
B.11 SELF-HEATING CHEMICALS 1-3
B.11.1 Definition
A self-heating chemical is a solid or liquid chemical, other than a pyrophoric liquid or solid, which, by reaction with air and without energy supply, is liable to self-heat; this chemical differs from a pyrophoric liquid or solid in that it will ignite only when in large amounts (kilograms) and after long periods of time (hours or days).
Note: Self-heating of a substance or mixture is a process where the gradual reaction of that substance or mixture with oxygen (in air) generates heat. If the rate of heat production exceeds the rate of heat loss, then the temperature of the substance or mixture will rise which, after an induction time, may lead to self-ignition and combustion.
B.12 CHEMICALS WHICH, IN CONTACT WITH WATER, EMIT FLAMMABLE GASES 1-3
B.12.1 Definition
Chemicals which, in contact with water, emit flammable gases are solid or liquid chemicals which, by interaction with water, are liable to become spontaneously flammable or to give off flammable gases in dangerous quantities.
B.13 OXIDIZING LIQUIDS 1-3
B.13.1 Definition
Oxidizing liquid means a liquid which, while in itself not necessarily combustible, may, generally by yielding oxygen, cause, or contribute to, the combustion of other material.
B.14 OXIDIZING SOLIDS 1-3
B.14.1 Definition
Oxidizing solid means a solid which, while in itself is not necessarily combustible, may, generally by yielding oxygen, cause, or contribute to, the combustion of other material.
B.15 ORGANIC PEROXIDES 1-3
B.15.1 Definition
B.15.1.1 Organic peroxide means a liquid or solid organic chemical which contains the bivalent -0-0- structure and as such is considered a derivative of hydrogen peroxide, where one or both of the hydrogen atoms have been replaced by organic radicals. The term organic peroxide includes organic peroxide mixtures containing at least one organic peroxide. Organic peroxides are thermally unstable chemicals, which may undergo exothermic self-accelerating decomposition. In addition, they may have one or more of the following properties:
(a) Be liable to explosive decomposition;
(b) Burn rapidly;
(c) Be sensitive to impact or friction; (d) React dangerously with other substances.
B.15.1.2 An organic peroxide is regarded as possessing explosive properties when in laboratory testing the formulation is liable to detonate, to deflagrate rapidly or to show a violent effect when heated under confinement.
B.16 CORROSIVE TO METALS 1-3
B.16.1 Definition
A chemical which is corrosive to metals means a chemical which by chemical action will materially damage, or even destroy, metals.
Appendix C §1910.1200 — Allocation of Label Elements (Mandatory)
C.1.1 The labels on shipped containers shall also include the name, address, and telephone number of the chemical manufacturer, importer, or responsible party.
C.2 The label for each hazardous chemical that is classified shall include the signal word, hazard statement(s), pictogram(s), and precautionary statement(s) specified in C.4 for each hazard class and associated hazard category, except as provided for in C.2.1 through C.2.4.
C.2.1.1 If the signal word "Danger" is included, the signal word "Warning" shall not appear;
C.2.1.2 If the skull and crossbones pictogram is included, the exclamation mark pictogram shall not appear where it is used for acute toxicity;
C.2.1.3 If the corrosive pictogram is included, the exclamation mark pictogram shall not appear where it is used for skin or eye irritation;
C.2.1.4 If the health hazard pictogram is included for respiratory sensitization, the exclamation mark pictogram shall not appear where it is used for skin sensitization or for skin or eye irritation.
C.2.2.1 The text of all applicable hazard statements shall appear on the label, except as otherwise specified. The information in italics shall be included as part of the hazard statement as provided. For example: "causes damage to organs (state all organs affected) through prolonged or repeated exposure (state route of exposure if no other routes of exposure cause the hazard)". Hazard statements may be combined where appropriate to reduce the information on the label and improve readability, as long as all of the hazards are conveyed as required.
C.2.2.2 If the chemical manufacturer, importer, or responsible party can demonstrate that all or part of the hazard statement is inappropriate to a specific substance or mixture, the corresponding statement may be omitted from the label.
C.2.3 Pictograms
C.2.3.1 Pictograms shall be in the shape of a square set at a point and shall include a black hazard symbol on a white background with a red frame sufficiently wide to be clearly visible. A square red frame set at a point without a hazard symbol is not a pictogram and is not permitted on the label.
C.2.3.2 One of Eight standard hazard symbols shall be used in each pictogram. The eight hazard symbols are depicted in Figure C.1. A pictogram using the exclamation mark symbol is presented in Figure C.2, for the purpose of illustration.
— Hazard Symbols and Classes
Flame Flame Over Circle Exclamation Mark Exploding Bomb
Flammables
Self Reactives
Pyrophorics
Self-Heating Emits
Flammable Gas Organic Peroxides
Oxidizers
Irritant
Dermal Sensitizer
Acute Toxicity (harmful)
Narcotic effects
Respiratory Tract Irritation
Explosives Self Reactives Organic Peroxides
Corrosion Gas Cylinder Health Hazard Skull and Crossbones
Corrosives Gases Under Pressure
Carcinogen Respiratory Sensitizer
Reproductive Toxicity
Target Organ Toxicity
Mutagenicity
Aspiration Toxicity
Acute Toxicity (severe)
C.2.3.3 Where a pictogram required by the department of Transportation under Title 49 of the Code of federal regulations appears on a shipped container, the pictogram specified in C.4 for the same hazard shall not appear.
C.2.4.1 There are four types of precautionary statements presented, "prevention," "response," "storage," and "disposal." The core part of the precautionary statement is presented in bold print. This is the text, except as otherwise specified, that shall appear on the label. Where additional information is required, it is indicated in plain text.
C.2.4.2 When a backslash or diagonal mark (/) appears in the precautionary statement text, it indicates that a choice has to be made between the separated phrases. In such cases, the chemical manufacturer, importer, or responsible party can choose the most appropriate phrase(s). For example, "Wear protective gloves/protective clothing/eye protection/face protection" could read "wear eye protection".
C.2.4.3 When three full stops (* * *) appear in the precautionary statement text, they indicate that all applicable conditions are not listed. For example, in "Use explosionproof electrical/ventilating/lighting/* * */equipment", the use of "* * *" indicates that other equipment may need to be specified. In such cases, the chemical manufacturer, importer, or responsible party can choose the other conditions to be specified.
Figure C.1
Figure C.2 — Exclamation Mark Pictogram
Appendix D Succinct Construction Regulations and Standards
C.2.4.4 When text in italics is used in a precautionary statement, this indicates specific conditions applying to the use or allocation of the precautionary statement. For example, "Use explosion-proof electrical/ventilating/ lighting/* * */equipment" is only required for flammable solids "if dust clouds can occur". Text in italics is intended to be an explanatory, conditional note and is not intended to appear on the label.
C.2.4.5 Where square brackets ([ ]) appear around text in a precautionary statement, this indicates that the text in square brackets is not appropriate in every case and should be used only in certain circumstances. In these cases, conditions for use explaining when the text should be used are provided. For example, one precautionary statement states: "[In case of inadequate ventilation] wear respiratory protection." This statement is given with the condition for use "- text in square brackets may be used if additional information is provided with the chemical at the point of use that explains what type of ventilation would be adequate for safe use". This means that, if additional information is provided with the chemical explaining what type of ventilation would be adequate for safe use, the text in square brackets should be used and the statement would read: "In case of inadequate ventilation wear respiratory protection." However, if the chemical is supplied without such ventilation information, the text in square brackets should not be used, and the precautionary statement should read: "Wear respiratory protection."
C.2.4.6 Precautionary statements may be combined or consolidated to save label space and improve readability. For example, "Keep away from heat, sparks and open flame," "Store in a well-ventilated place" and "Keep cool" can be combined to read "Keep away from heat, sparks and open flame and store in a cool, well-ventilated place."
C.2.4.7 In most cases, the precautionary statements are independent (e.g., the phrases for explosive hazards do not modify those related to certain health hazards, and products that are classified for both hazard classes shall bear appropriate precautionary statements for both). Where a chemical is classified for a number of hazards, and the precautionary statements are similar, the most stringent shall be included on the label (this will be applicable mainly to preventive measures). An order of precedence may be imposed by the chemical manufacturer, importer or responsible party in situations where phrases concern "Response." Rapid action may be crucial. For example, if a chemical is carcinogenic and acutely toxic, rapid action may be crucial, and first aid measures for acute toxicity will take precedence over those for long-term effects. In addition, medical attention to delayed health effects may be required in cases of incidental exposure, even if not associated with immediate symptoms of intoxication.
C.2.4.8 If the chemical manufacturer, importer, or responsible party can demonstrate that a precautionary statement is inappropriate to a specific substance or mixture, the precautionary statement may be omitted from the label.
C.3.1 To ensure that non-standardized information does not lead to unnecessarily wide variation or undermine the required information, supplementary information on the label is limited to when it provides further detail and does not contradict or cast doubt on the validity of the standardized hazard information.
C.3.2 Where the chemical manufacturer, importer, or distributor chooses to add supplementary information on the label, the placement of supplemental information shall not impede identification of information required by this section.
C.3.3 Where an ingredient with unknown acute toxicity is used in a mixture at a concentration 1%, and the mixture is not classified based on testing of the mixture as a whole, a statement that X% of the mixture consists of ingredient(s) of unknown acute toxicity is required on the label.
C.4 Requirements For Signal Words, Hazard Statements, Pictograms, And Precautionary Statements
C.4.1 Acute Toxicity - Oral
C.4.2 Acute Toxicity - Dermal
C.4.3 Acute Toxicity - Inhalation
C.4.4 Skin Corrosion/Irritation
C.4.5 Eye Damage/Irritation
C.4.6 Sensitization - Respiratory
C.4.7 Sensitization - Skin
C.4.8 Germ Cell Mutagenicity
C.4.9 Carcinogenicity
C.4.10 Toxic To Reproduction
C.4.11 Specific Target Organ Toxicity (Single Exposure)
C.4.12 Specific Target Organ Toxicity (Repeated Exposure)
C.4.13 Aspiration Hazard
C.4.14 Explosives
C.4.15 Flammable Gases
C.4.16 Flammable Aerosols
C.4.17 Oxidizing Gases
C.4.18 Gases Under Pressure
C.4.19 Flammable Liquids
C.4.20 Flammable Solids
C.4.21 Self-Reactive Substances And Mixtures
C.4.22 Pyrophoric Liquids
C.4.23 Pyrophoric Solids
C.4.24 Self-Heating Substances And Mixtures
C.4.25 Substances And Mixtures Which, In Contact With Water, Emit Flammable Gases
C.4.26 Oxidizing Liquids
C.4.27 Oxidizing Solids
C.4.28 Organic Peroxides
C.4.29 Corrosive To Metals
C.4.30 Label elements for OSHA defined hazards
Appendix D §1910.1200 — Safety Data Sheets (Mandatory)
A safety data sheet (SDS) shall include the information specified in Table D.1 under the section number and heading indicated for sections 1-11 and 16. If no relevant information is found for any given subheading within a section, the SDS shall clearly indicate that no applicable information is available. Sections 12-15 may be included in the SDS, but are not mandatory.
Table D.1—Minimum Information for an SDS Heading Subheading
(a) Product identifier used on the label;
(b) Other means of identification;
1. Identification
2. Hazard(s) identification
(c) Recommended use of the chemical and restrictions on use;
(d) Name, address, and telephone number of the chemical manufacturer, importer, or other responsible party;
(e) Emergency phone number.
(a) Classification of the chemical in accordance with paragraph (d) of §1910.1200;
(b) Signal word, hazard statement(s), symbol(s) and precautionary statement(s) in accordance with paragraph (f) of §1910.1200. (Hazard symbols may be provided as graphical reproductions in black and white or the name of the symbol, e.g., flame, skull and crossbones);
(c) Describe any hazards not otherwise classified that have been identified during the classification process;
(d) Where an ingredient with unknown acute toxicity is used in a mixture at a concentration 1% and the mixture is not classified based on testing of the mixture as a whole, a statement that X% of the mixture consists of ingredient(s) of unknown acute toxicity is required.
3. Composition/ information on ingredients
Except as provided for in paragraph (i) of §1910.1200 on trade secrets: For Substances
(a) Chemical name;
(b) Common name and synonyms;
(c) CAS number and other unique identifiers;
(d) Impurities and stabilizing additives which are themselves classified and which contribute to the classification of the substance.
For Mixtures
In addition to the information required for substances:
(a) The chemical name and concentration (exact percentage) or concentration ranges of all ingredients which are classified as health hazards in accordance with paragraph (d) of §1910.1200 and
(1) Are present above their cut-off/concentration limits; or
(2) Present a health risk below the cut-off/ concentration limits.
(b) The concentration (exact percentage) shall be specified unless a trade secret claim is made in accordance with paragraph (i) of §1910.1200, when there is batch-to-batch variability in the production of a mixture, or for a group of substantially similar mixtures (See A.0.5.1.2) with similar chemical composition. In these cases, concentration ranges may be used.
For All Chemicals Where a Trade Secret is Claimed
Where a trade secret is claimed in accordance with paragraph (i) of §1910.1200, a statement that the specific chemical identity and/or exact percentage (concentration) of composition has been withheld as a trade secret is required.
4. First-aid measures
5. Fire-fighting measures
(a) Description of necessary measures, subdivided according to the different routes of exposure, i.e., inhalation, skin and eye contact, and ingestion; (b) Most important symptoms/effects, acute and delayed.
(c) Indication of immediate medical attention and special treatment needed, if necessary.
(b) Specific hazards arising from the chemical (e.g., nature of any hazardous combustion products).
(c) Special protective equipment and precautions for fire-fighters.
Table D.1—Minimum Information for an SDS (Continued) Heading Subheading
8. Exposure controls/ personal protection
6. Accidental release measures
7. Handling and storage
(a) Personal precautions, protective equipment, and emergency procedures.
(b) Methods and materials for containment and cleaning up.
(a) Precautions for safe handling.
(b) Conditions for safe storage, including any incompatibilities.
9. Physical and chemical properties
(a) OSHA permissible exposure limit (PEL), American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) Threshold Limit Value (TLV), and any other exposure limit used or recommended by the chemical manufacturer, importer, or employer preparing the safety data sheet, where available.
(b) Appropriate engineering controls.
(c) Individual protection measures, such as personal protective equipment.
(a) Appearance (physical state, color, etc.);
(b) Odor;
(c) Odor threshold;
(d) pH;
(e) Melting point/freezing point;
(f) Initial boiling point and boiling range;
(g) Flash point;
(h) Evaporation rate;
(i) Flammability (solid, gas);
(j) Upper/lower flammability or explosive limits;
(k) Vapor pressure;
(l) Vapor density;
(m) Relative density;
(n) Solubility(ies);
(o) Partition coefficient: n-octanol/water;
(p) Auto-ignition temperature;
(q) Decomposition temperature;
(r) Viscosity.
(a) Reactivity;
(b) Chemical stability;
(c) Possibility of hazardous reactions;
10. Stability and reactivity
11. Toxicological information
(d) Conditions to avoid (e.g., static discharge, shock, or vibration);
(e) Incompatible materials;
(f) Hazardous decomposition products.
Description of the various toxicological (health) effects and the available data used to identify those effects, including:
(a) Information on the likely routes of exposure (inhalation, ingestion, skin and eye contact);
(b) Symptoms related to the physical, chemical and toxicological characteristics;
(c) Delayed and immediate effects and also chronic effects from short- and long-term exposure;
(d) Numerical measures of toxicity (such as acute toxicity estimates).
(e) Whether the hazardous chemical is listed in the National Toxicology Program (NTP) Report on Carcinogens (latest edition) or has been found to be a potential carcinogen in the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) Monographs (latest edition), or by OSHA.
Table D.1—Minimum Information for an SDS (Continued) Heading Subheading
Table D.1—Minimum Information for an SDS (Continued) Heading Subheading
12. Ecological information
(Nonmandatory)
13. Disposal considerations (Nonmandatory)
(a) Ecotoxicity (aquatic and terrestrial, where available);
(b) Persistence and degradability;
(c) Bioaccumulative potential;
(d) Mobility in soil;
(e) Other adverse effects (such as hazardous to the ozone layer).
Description of waste residues and information on their safe handling and methods of disposal, including the disposal of any contaminated packaging.
(f) Transport in bulk (according to Annex II of MARPOL 73/78 and the IBC Code);
(g) Special precautions which a user needs to be aware of, or needs to comply with, in connection with transport or conveyance either within or outside their premises.
15. Regulatory information (Nonmandatory) Safety, health and environmental regulations specific for the product in question.
16. Other information, including date of preparation or last revision
The date of preparation of the SDS or the last change to it.
Appendix E §1910.1200 — Definition of "Trade Secret" (Mandatory) b.
Appendix F §1910.1200 — Guidance for Hazard Classifications Re: Carcinogenicity (NonMandatory)
Part A:-Part D:
§1910.1201 Retention of DOT markings, placards and labels
(a) Any employer who receives a package of hazardous material which is required to be marked, labeled or placarded in accordance with the U. S. Department of Transportation's Hazardous Materials Regulations (49 CFR Parts 171 through 180) shall retain those markings, labels and placards on the package until the packaging is sufficiently cleaned of residue and purged of vapors to remove any potential hazards.1910.1201(a)
(b) Any employer who receives a freight container, rail freight car, motor vehicle, or transport vehicle that is required to be marked or placarded in accordance with the Hazardous Materials Regulations shall retain those markings and placards on the freight container, rail freight car, motor vehicle or transport vehicle until the hazardous materials which require the marking or placarding are sufficiently removed to prevent any potential hazards.1910.1201(b)
(c) Markings, placards and labels shall be maintained in a manner that ensures that they are readily visible.1910.1201(c)
(d) For non-bulk packages which will not be reshipped, the provisions of this section are met if a label or other acceptable marking is affixed in accordance with the Hazard Communication Standard (29 CFR 1910.1200).1910.1201(d)
(e) For the purposes of this section, the term "hazardous material" and any other terms not defined in this section have the same definition as in the Hazardous Materials Regulations (49 CFR Parts 171 through 180).1910.1201(e)
The General Duty Clause
The Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970
An Act
To assure safe and healthful working conditions for working men and women; by authorizing enforcement of the standards developed under the Act; by assisting and encouraging the States in their efforts to assure safe and healthful working conditions; by providing for research, information, education, and training in the field of occupational safety and health; and for other purposes.
Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That this Act may be cited as the "Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970."
What is OSHA's General Duty Clause?
Section 5(a)(1) of the Williams-Steiger Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 has become known as "The General Duty Clause." It is a catch-all for citations if OSHA identifies unsafe conditions for which a regulation does not exist.
In practice, OSHA, court precedent, and the review commission have established that if the following elements are present, a "general duty clause" citation may be issued.
1. The employers failed to keep the workplace free of a hazard to which employees of that employer were exposed.
2. The hazard was recognized. (Examples might include: through your safety personnel, employees, organization, trade organization or industry customs.)
3. The hazard was causing or was likely to cause death or serious physical harm.
4. There was a feasible and useful method to correct the hazard.
Two important sections of the Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970 Act: Duties and Judicial Review
5. Duties
(a) Each employer
(1) shall furnish to each of his employees employment and a place of employment which are free from recognized hazards that are causing or are likely to cause death or serious physical harm to his employees;
(2) shall comply with occupational safety and health standards promulgated under this Act.
(b) Each employee shall comply with occupational safety and health standards and all rules, regulations, and orders issued pursuant to this Act which are applicable to his own actions and conduct.
11. Judicial Review
(c)(1) No person shall discharge or in any manner discriminate against any employee because such employee has filed any complaint or instituted or caused to be instituted any proceeding under or related to this Act or has testified or is about to testify in any such proceeding or because of the exercise by such employee on behalf of himself or others of any right afforded by this Act.
(2) Any employee who believes that he has been discharged or otherwise discriminated against by any person in violation of this subsection may, within thirty days after such violation occurs, file a complaint with the Secretary alleging such discrimination. Upon receipt of such complaint, the Secretary shall cause such investigation to be made as he deems appropriate. If upon such investigation, the Secretary determines that the provisions of this subsection have been violated, he shall bring an action in any appropriate United States district court against such person. In any such action the United States district courts shall have jurisdiction, for cause shown to restrain violations of paragraph (1) of this subsection and order all appropriate relief including rehiring or reinstatement of the employee to his former position with back pay.
(3) Within 90 days of the receipt of a complaint filed under this subsection the Secretary shall notify the complainant of his determination under paragraph 2 of this subsection.
OSHA's Citation Policy on Multi-Employer Worksite Inspections
Employers must not create conditions that violate OSHA standards or make a workplace unsafe. On multi-employer worksites (in all industry sectors), more than one employer may be citable for a hazardous condition that violates an OSHA standard.
OSHA classifies employers into one or more of four categories — the creating, exposing, correcting, and controlling employers — to determine if a citation will be issued.
The Creating Employer: an employer who causes a hazardous condition that violates an OSHA standard. An employer who creates the hazard is citable even if the only employees exposed in the workplace are those who work for other employers.
The Exposing Employer: an employer whose own employees are exposed to the hazard. If the exposing employer created the violation, he/she is citable for the violation as a creating employer. If the violation was created by another employer, the exposing employer is citable if he/she:
(1) knew of the hazardous condition or failed to exercise reasonable diligence to discover the condition, and (2) failed to take steps to protect his/her employees. If the exposing employer has the authority to correct the hazard, he/she must do so. If he/she lacks the authority to correct the hazard, he/she is citable if he/she fails to do each of the following:
(1) ask the creating and/or controlling employer to correct the hazard
(2) inform his/her employees of the hazard, and
(3) take reasonable alternative protective measures.
Note: In some circumstances, the employer is citable for failing to remove his/her employees from the job to avoid the hazard.
The Correcting Employer: an employer who is responsible for correcting a hazard on the exposing employer's worksite, usually occurring while the correcting employer is installing and/or maintaining safety/health equipment. The correcting employer must exercise reasonable care in preventing and discovering violations and meet his/her obligation of correcting the hazard.
The Controlling Employer: an employer who has general supervisory authority over the worksite, including the power to correct safety and health violations or requiring others to correct them. A controlling employer must exercise reasonable care to prevent and detect violations on the site.
Editor's Note: This is based on OSHA's Directive CPL 02-00-124: Multi-Employer Citation Policy.
Electronic Submission of Injury and Illness Records to OSHA
Establishments with 250 or more employees that are currently required to keep OSHA injury and illness records, and establishments with 20 -- 249 employees that are classified in certain industries with historically high rates of occupational injuries and illnesses (see Appendix A to Subpart E of Part 1904) must electronically submit their Form 300A data to OSHA. Notes: (1) Employers in all states, even those with their own state plans and those that have not yet adopted the federal rule, must submit electronically if required. (2) Currently, covered establishments must submit Form 300A data by March 2nd of every year. (3) See the OSHA website at https://www.osha.gov/injuryreporting/index.html for more information.
The Phalanx of Safety
States with Approved Plans - State Office Directory
Arizona Division of Occupational Safety and Health
800 W. Washington Phoenix, AZ 85007 (602) 542-5795 Fax: (602) 542-1614
Californian Division of Occupational Safety and Health 1515 Clay Street, 19th Floor Oakland, California 94612 (510) 286-7000 Fax: (510) 286-7037
Connecticut Occupational Safety and Health Division* 38 Wolcott Hill Rd Wethersfield, CT 06109 (860) 263-6900 Fax: (860) 263-6940
Hawaii Occupational Safety and Health Division
830 Punchbowl Street, Suite 425 Honolulu, HI 96813 (808) 586-9116 Fax: (808) 586-9104
Illinois Department of Labor, Division of Occupational Safety and Health*
524 S. 2nd Street, Suite 400 Springfield, IL 62701 (217) 782-6206 Fax: (217) 782-0596
Indiana Occupational Safety and Health Administration
402 W. Washington St., Room W195 Indianapolis, Indiana 46204-2751 (317) 232-2693 Fax: (317) 233-3790
Iowa Division of Labor Services 150 Des Moines St. Des Moines, Iowa 50309-1836 (515) 242-5870 Fax: (515) 281-7995
Kentucky Labor Cabinet 500 Mero Street Frankfort, Kentucky 40601 (502) 564-3070 Fax: (502) 564-5959
Maine Dept. of Labor Workplace Safety and Health Division* 45 State House Station Augusta, Maine 04333-0045 (207) 623-7900 Fax: (207) 623-7934
Maryland Occupational Safety and Health 10946 Golden West Drive, Suite 160 Hunt Valley, MD 21031 (410) 527-4499 Fax: (410) 527-4481
Massachusetts Department of Labor Standards* Taunton Career Center 72 School Street Taunton, MA 02780 (508) 616-0461 ext. 1 Fax: 508-822-2033
Michigan Occupational Safety & Health Administration
*State Plan for Public Employees Only
530 W. Allegan Street P.O. Box 30643 Lansing, Michigan 48909-8143 (517) 284-7777 Fax: (517) 284-7725
Minnesota Occupational Safety and Health Administration
43 Lafayette Road North St. Paul, MN 55155-4307 (651) 284-5050 Fax: (651) 284-5741
Nevada Occupational Safety and Health Administration
3360 West Sahara Avenue, Suite 200 Las Vegas, NV 89102 (702) 486-9020 Fax: (702) 990-0358
New Jersey Public Employees Occupational Safety and Health* 1 John Fitch Plaza PO Box 369 Trenton, NJ 08625-0369 (609) 633-3896 Fax: (609) 292-3749
New Mexico Occupational Health & Safety Bureau 525 Camino de los Marquez, Ste. 3 Santa Fe, New Mexico 87502 (505) 476-8700 Fax: (505) 476-8734
New York Public Employee Safety and Health (PESH) Bureau* Governor W. Averell Harriman State Building Campus Building 12, Room 158 Albany, NY 12240 (518) 457-1263 Fax: (518) 457-5545
North Carolina Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Division 1101 Mail Service Center Raleigh, NC 27699-1101 (919) 707-7806
Puerto Rico Occupational Safety and Health Administration
Prudencio Rivera Martinez Building 505 Muñoz Rivera Ave., 20th floor Hato Rey, Puerto Rico 00918 (787) 754-2172 Fax: (787) 767-6051
South Carolina Dept. of Labor, Licensing, and Regulation
Synergy Business Park 121 Executive Center Dr., Suite 230 P.O. Box 11329 Columbia, SC 29211-1329 (803) 896-7665 Fax: (803) 896-7670
Tennessee Occupational and Safety and Health Administration 220 French Landing Drive Nashville, Tennessee 37243-1002 (615) 741-2793 Fax: (615) 741-3325
Utah Occupational Safety and Health Administration PO Box 146600 160 East 300 South Salt Lake City, Utah 84114-6650 Tel: (801) 530-6800 Fax: (801) 530-6044
Vermont Occupational Safety and Health Administration PO Box 488 5 Green Mountain Drive Montpelier, VT 05601-0488 Tel: (800) 287-2765
Virgin Islands Division of Occupational Safety and Health* 4401 Sion Farm Christiansted St. Croix, Virgin Islands 00820-4245 (340) 773-1994
Virginia Occupational Safety and Health Headquarters Main Street Centre 600 East Main Street, Suite 207 Richmond, VA 23219 (804) 371-2327 Fax: (804) 371-6524
Washington Division of Occupational Safety and Health 7273 Linderson Way SW Tumwater, WA 98501-5414 (360) 902-5580 Fax: (360) 902-5619
Wyoming Dept. of Workforce Services Herschler Building 5221 Yellowstone Road Cheyenne, WY 82002 (307) 777-7786 Fax: (307) 777-3646
U.S. Dept. of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration - Regional Offices
REGION 1
JFK Federal Building 25 New Sudbury St., Room E340 Boston, Massachusetts 02203 (617) 565-9860
FAX: (617) 565-9827
Area Offices: | Connecticut | Massachusetts | | Maine | New Hampshire | | Rhode Island | Vermont |
REGION 6
A. Maceo Smith Federal Building 525 Griffin Street, Suite 602 Dallas, TX 75202 (972) 850-4145 FAX: (972) 850-4149 Area Offices: | Arkansas | Louisiana | | New Mexico | Oklahoma | | Texas |
REGION 2
Federal Building 201 Varick Street, Room 670 New York, NY 10014 (212) 337-2378
FAX: (212) 337-2371 Area Offices: | New Jersey | New York | | Puerto Rico | Virgin Islands |
REGION 7 Two Pershing Square Building, 2300 Main Street, Suite 10030 Kansas City, Missouri 64108 (816) 283-8745 FAX: (816) 283-0547 Area Offices: | Iowa | Kansas | Missouri | | Nebraska |
National Offices
Office of Small Business Assistance
U.S. Department of Labor Directorate of Cooperative and State Programs
U.S. Department of Labor 1835 Market Street Mailstop OSHA-RO/19 Philadelphia, PA 19103 (215) 861-4900 FAX: (215) 861-4904 Area Offices: | District of Columbia | Delaware | | Maryland | Pennsylvania | Virginia | | West Virginia |
REGION 8
Cesar Chavez Memorial Building 1244 Speer Blvd., Suite 551 Denver, CO 80204 (720) 264-6550 FAX: (720) 264-6585 Area Offices: | Colorado | Montana | North Dakota | | South Dakota | Utah | Wyoming |
REGION 4
Sam Nunn Atlanta Federal Center 61 Forsyth Street, SW Room 6T50 Atlanta, Georgia 30303 (678) 237-0400 FAX: (678) 237-0447 Area Offices: | Alabama | Florida | Georgia | | Kentucky | Mississippi | | North Carolina | South Carolina | | Tennessee |
REGION 9
90 7th Street, Suite 2650 San Francisco, California 94103 (415) 625-2547 FAX: (415) 625-2534 Area Offices: | Arizona | California | Hawaii | | Nevada | Guam | American Samoa | | Northern Mariana Islands |
REGION 5
John C. Kluczynski Federal Building 230 South Dearborn Street, Room 3244 Chicago, Illinois 60604 (312) 353-2220 FAX: (312) 353-7774
